Full text of "Concentrated organic medicines [electronic resource]: being a practical exposition of the therapeutic properties and clinical employment of the combined proximate medicinal constituents of indigenous and foreign plants ..."

THIS BOOK,

Presented to the Carnegie Library, Atlanta, Ga. by Judge Robert
L. Rodgers, was formerly the property of Dr. Robert Y. Rodgers, a
prominent physician. He lived most of his life in Washington coun-
ty, Ga., where he was well known, and did a large practice.

He died suddenly, fell dead as he was walking on the street, in
Monticello, Ga., on Saturday, October 7th, 1893.

The following notice of him appeared in the Jasper County News,
October 12th, 1893:

The sadden death of Dr. It. Y. tlodgers, last Saturday morning, was in-
deed a shock to our community. It had been but a short while since his
friends had seen him up town, in his usuai health and cheerful spirits, and
when a few minutes later the sad news that be had fallen dead on the
street was being circulated, it was hard to realize the possibility of such a
tbing. Although it was not discernable to a casual observer, yet his most inti-
mate friends had noticed for several weeks that he was failing. His death,
the Physicians announced, was caused from heart failure.

Dr Robert Young Kodgers was born in Mecklenburg county. North Caro-
lina, on the 4th day of August, 1817. He was the eldest child of his parents,
and his parents were children of soldiers of the Kevolutionary War, and they
were among those sturdy patriots who first declared the Independence of the
people of this country when the Mecklenburg Declaration was published. The
paternal grand father was Matthew Rodgers. The maternal grandfather was
John Gillen. They were of that Scotch Irish stock that came from the Nbrth
of Ireland to this country before the Revolution, and settled in North Caro-
lina. They both joined the colonial forces in resistance to the British usurpa-
tion in America. John Gillen was wounded severely by a sabre cut, parting his
scalp on the left side, and left a scar the full length of the wound, and Dr.
Rodgers said he had laid his little fingers on the scar many times in his child-
hood, and listened to his grandfather, John Gillen, tell of the scenes of t hat
struggle for the liberty of America. John Gillen married Jane Young, a lady
born in Antrim county, Ireland. They were married in South Carolina. Prom
the Gillen grandmother's family name came the middle name, Young, of the
subject of this sketch. When he was about 16 years old his parents moved
from North Carolina to Harris county, Georgia. There they reared their chil-
dren, four in all, two sons and two daughters. The brother of Dr. Rodgers
died in Camp Chase prison in 1865. About 1844 Dr. R. Y. Rodgers attended
medical lectures at the first school or college of medicine ever established in
this State, at Forsyth, in Monroe county, Ga. It was the same college which is
now located in Atlanta. Ga., and known as the Eclectic Medical College. From
the college lectures be went to Sandersville, in Washington county, Ga., and
began the practice of medicine, and subsequently became one of the most dis-
tinguished physicians in Middle Georgia, and had a very extensive and lucra-
tive practice.

In Washington county he married Miss Martha Lin Greer, a daughter of a
prominent citizen there, David Greer, who was himself a soldier and survivor
of the war of 1812 and 1814.

In this marriage of Dr. Rodgers only one child was born to him, a son, who
is now Judge Robert L. Rodgers, a citizen and lawyer of Atlanta.

In 1871 the wife of Dr. Roigers died in Burke county, <ia.

in 1888 he was tgarried to Mrs. Martha E. Carter, a most excellent lady of
Monticello, and he resided here from then until his death. His wife survives
him, and has the earnest sympathy of all our people in this county.

The son. Judge Rodgers, came to the burial, and likewise has the sympathy
of our citizens.

His remains were interred Sabbath afternoon, at the Baptist Cemetery,
Rev. A. J. Beck officiating.

£fe

.-" V

I L

c «.

-y

£>^<f

fe? ! 0L

;

■ ■ :. * C

/* • A,

•

2^ &L

l4»

,'.

-?-/£

-6*

£~

■

$\\JL fry

■

■ i

(/en

**• V - "

Vy^/ y y

THE

ABNER WELLBORN CALHOUN

MEDICAL LIBRARY

1923

Class.

JhTT/C

BOOK-

PRESENTED BY

CONCENTRATED

ORGANIC MEDICINES :

BEING A

PRACTICAL EXPOSITION

OP THE

THERAPEUTIC PROPERTIES

AND

CLINICAL EMPLOYMENT

Or THE COMBINED PROXIMATE MEDICINAL CONSTITUENTS OK

INDIGENOUS AND FOREIGN PLANTS.

TO WHICH IS ADDED A BRIEF HISTORY OF CRUDE ORGANIC

REMEDIES, CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS, CONCENTRATED

MEDICINES, OFFICINAL PREPARATIONS, &C, AC.

BY GROVER COE M.D.

ELEVENTH EDITION.

NEW YORK:
PUBLISHED BY B. KEITH «fe CO., 4! LIBERTY STREET.

1870.

• • •<

Entered according to Act of Congress in the year 1858, by

B. KEITH & COMPANY,

In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the United States for the Souther*

District of New York.

% : :*:

• • •

I • • • „ •« •!
• • _

«• • •

•

• •

• • »

CONTENTS.

-♦*-♦-

PART I.

CIIAPTER I.

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

Objections to their use— Of uncertain value — Frequently inert — Facts of analy-
sis — Influences of soil, climate, cultivation, ki n-drying, etc.

CHAPTER II.

CONSTITUENTS Of' PLANTS.

Acids — Alkaloid? — Indifferent or neutral substances — Cellulose — Xylogen —
Cuticular or cork substance — Protein — Amylum — Dextrine — Sugars — Pectin — Gum
— Mucilage — Muciresins — Viscin — Inorganic elements — Fixed oils — Wax — Vola-
tile oils — Camphors — Resins — Oleo-Rcsins — Gum-Resins — Resinoids — Caoutchouc
— Coloring matters — Extractive substances or neutrals — Humus — Apothem
Fermentation — Decomposition — Putrefaction — Amygdalin — Ernulsin — etc., etc.

CHAPTER III.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINE?.

Officinal preparations — Infusions — Decoctions — Extracts — Aqueous, Alcoholic,
Hydro-alcoholic, Inspissated, Fluid, etc. — their liability to decomposition — of vari-
able strength — frequently inert, etc. — Concentrated Medicines Proper — their advan-
tage — uniform and defiuite in strength — not liable to change — methods of adminis
tratiou, etc., etc

PART II.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Their therapeutic and clinical history — Senecin — Asclepin — Golsemin — Macrotin
— Ampelopsin — Gcranin — Populin— Cypripedin— Chimaphiiiu — Dioscorcin — Cheio-
nin — Helonin— Leptandrin— Digitalin — Khusin — Baptisin — Podophyllin— Myricin—
Euonymin — Alnuin — Viburnin — Cornin — Rumin — Caulophyllin — Jalapin — Phyto-
hu-in — Hyoscyamin — Stillingin — Lupulin — Veratrin — Eupatorin Perfo. — Eupatoria
Purpu. — Corydalin — Juglandin — Trilliin — Scutellarin— Apocynin — Irisin — Hydras-
tin — Hamameliu — Euphorbin — Lycopin — Fraserin— Xanthoxylin — Aconiiiu — C©lo«
eynthin — Rhein — Atropin— Boptisin — etc., etc.

♦

TABLE OF AVERAGE DOSES.

Powders. grs.

Ahmin £ to 10

Ampelopsin 2 to 5

Apocjnin i to 3

Asclepin 1 to 5

Baptism 1 to 3

Caulophyllin 2 to 6

Ceraseiii 2 to 10

Chelonin 2 to 5

Chimaphilin 2 to 6

Collinsonin 2 to 6

Coram 2 to 5

Corydalin 1 to 3

■Cypripcdin 2 to 4

Digitalin £ to i

Dioscorein 2to 6

Euonymin 1 to 4

Euphovbin 1 to 3

Eupatorin Perfo 1 to 4

Eupatorin Purpu..... 2 to 5

Fraserin 2 to 10

•Gdsemin i to 2

<3<?ranin„ 2 to 5

Hamameliu lto 3

Helonin 2 to 6

Hydrastin lto 3

Hyoscyamin i to £

Irisin 1 to 3

Jalapin 2 to 5

Juglandin 2 to 10

Leptandrin 2 to 5

Lupulin 1 to 4

Lycopin 1 to 4

Macrotin £ to 2

jVIenispermin 1 to 5

.IVlyricin 2 to 5

Podophyllin \ to 3

Populin 2 to 5

Prunin lto 3

Phytolacin i to 3

Rhusia lto 3

llumin lto 3

Powders. grs.

Sanguinariu i to 2

Senecin.. ." 2 to 6

Scutell aria 2 to 5

Stillingin 2 to ft

Smilacin 2 to 6

Strychnia s \ to ,',

Trilliin 2 to ft

Veratrin i to 1

Viburniu 2 to 5

Xanthoxylia 2 to 5

CONCENTRATED TINCTURES.

gtt.

Apocynum .. 2 to 10

Collinsonia 6 to 20

Digitalis 1 to 4

Euonymus 2 to 10

Eupatorium Purpu 2 to 10

Gelseminum 5 to 20

Hyoscyamus 5 to 20

RhusGlab 2 to 10

Scutellaria 2 to 10

Smilax 10 to 20

Senecio 2 to 10

Veratrum 1 to 8

Xauthoxy luni 2 to 5

OILS.

Capsicum i to 2

Erigerou 2 to 10

Lobelia £ to 2

Solidago 2 U> 5

Stillingia i to 2

Xanthoxylum 2 t j 5

Con. Comp. Stillingia Altera-
tive 2 to 10

Wine Tinct. Lobelia :—

As an expectorant 2 *.*» 10

As an emetic 3 " i "*

PREFACE

He is said to be a bold author who writes a preface,
Nevertheless, undaunted by the fates of our prede-
cessors, we voluntarily submit to the allegation of
hardihood, and bow our head submissively in defe-
rence to the omniscient wisdom of the critics.

We remember to have somewhere read a good
story of an artist, who, after painting a beautiful pic-
ture, bestowing upon it much time and labor, exposed
it for criticism in the market place. Beside the pic-
ture he placed brushes and a pallet of colors, with a
request that all good judges of the art of painting
would remedy those defects they might discover which
had escaped his own eye.

Nothing could be more gratifying to the innate
vanity of such as considered themselves capable of
deciding upon the merits or demerits of all they saw,
than this general invitation. Every one who looked
upon the canvass discovered something essentially
wrong in the composition, which was retouched, ac-

8 PREFACE.

cording to his individual idea of the sublime or the
beautiful. The brush was no sooner laid down than
another took it up ; it was, therefore constantly ap-
plied ; but when the author called at evening to ex-
amine and admire the friendship which had been mani-
fested for his reputation as an artist, not a single
vestige of the original design remained. Although
all who chose had contributed the pigment they con-
sidered absolutely indispensible to perfect the picture,
the next day it was unanimously declared that the
painter was a man of no ingenuity or knowledge of his
profession.

In the arrangement of the little volume now submit-
ted to the profession, the writer has consulted his own
notions of propriety, striving to keep in view, at the
same time, the best interests of his readers. That it
has its imperfections, will be apparent to all who do
him the honor to peruse it. Yet we can not emulate
the generosity of the artist by supplying the materials
with which to remedy apparent defects, although con-
scious that had the original materials been placed in
abler and more experienced hands, a more perfect
work would have been secured. Like the artist, we
may extend a general invitation to the profession to
modify the peculiarities of detail, not for universal ap-
plication, but for the purpose of meeting the require-
ments of individual circumstances and necessities.

We have not sought to charm the sense by elegance
of diction, nor aimed to delude the reason by ingeniously
wrought hypotheses ; but simply to present, in a con-
cise manner, an array of scientific facts which we hope
will be of practical utility to the profession. We

PREFACE. 9

invite attention to the subject matter of our treatise,
rather than to a critical examination of the language
in which it is embodied. In treating of crude organic
remedies, constituents of plants, and officinal prepara-
tions, we have presented many new, and, it may be,
startling facts ; but they are none the less worthy, for
this reason, of the serious and impartial consideration
of the profession. Therapeutical and pharmaceutical
science are at the very foundation of practical medi-
cine, and he who perfects their principles will be the
acknowledged benefactor of his race. The field ot
organic chemical science has been, as yet, but little
tilled, and much ground still remains wherein progres-
sive explorations and manipulative skill have inex-
haustible resources vet to unfold, But notwithstand-
ing the existence of hidden mines of therapeutic
wealth yet undeveloped, much has already been
accomplished in bringing forth from the secret recesses
of nature's store-house the means wherewith to prac-
tice the art of healing. Organic chemistry has solved
the problem of vegetable organisms, defined the cha-
racteristics that distinguish the physical from the thera-
P'Utic, isolated the motor-excitant constituents from
their non-medicinal investure, and furnished the physi-
cian with the means of cure, defined in sensible proper-
ties, of uniform therapeutic power, and of specific
value in fulfilling the indications of disease. The isola-
tion and re-combination of the active constituents of
medicinal plants is one of the most important features
of modern pharmacy, Instead of isolating a single
principle and rejecting the remainder, thus doing vio-
lence to the therapeutic integrity of the plant, the

10 PREFACE.

aggregate medicinal constituents are now combined
in one preparation, and thus we have a pharmaceutical
compound of nature's own preparing. Hereby are
secured the various therapeutic powers of which the
plant, from a consideration of its physiological effects,
is known to be possessed.

The reader will perceive, in the second part of tins
vomme, that we have ignored the medical casuistry
of those authors who have attempted to disprove, with
specious arguments, the existence of certain classes
of therapeutic powers. We have faithfully recorded
our carefully made observations of the physiological
effects of the remedies, and we hold that, when a
medicine produces a specific physiological effect, it
should be accredited with the power known to be
requisite to produce it. It is not for us to determine
whether this result be primary or secondary, so long
as we can rely upon the certainty of the remedy in
fulfilling the indications for which we exhibit it. As
Podophyllin promotes the catamenial flow, we award
it the possession of an emmenagogue power. As Ve-
ratrin lessens the force and frequency of the pulse,
when abnormally excited, we term it an arterial seda-
tive, although the question might arise whether the
^eiiative influence is the result of primary or reflex
action. In a practical point of view it is sufficient for
as to know that it may be relied upon for fulfilling this
indication. Gelsemin, Viburnin, Dioscorein and Lobe-
: ? (ia lelax spasm and control the action of the muscular
|jsystom, hence we term them, and we think with pro-
Y>rie'*y, anti-spasmodics. But as we have to deal with
tne jwactical rather than the theoretical, we leave the

PREFACE II

solution of the modus operandi of medicines to those
whose forte lies in framing plausible hypotheses.

In the second chapter, in giving the chemical formu-
las of the various constituents, it will be observed that
we have followed the earlier method of single atoms
Most of the facts there adduced in relation to vegeta-
ble constituents have been elucidated by recent analy-
ses. The history of the resinoid, neutral, and mucire-
sin principles is entirely original, never before having
appeared in print, and is the fruit of personal research.
We have to acknowledge but little indebtedness to
other authors. In some few instances we have con-
sulted Berzelius, Rhind, and other vegetable physiolo-
gists and chemists, when controversial points arose,
preferring, however, to rely upon recent personal
analyses and experiments.

To Adolph Behr, A.lVf ., the gentlemanly and accom-
plished chemist attached to the laboratory of B. Keith
& Co., we are under especial obligations. He has
kindly afforded us access to valuable private notes,
and materially facilitated our labors by timely furnish-
ing important facts and suggestions. The profession
are deeply indebted to the labors of this gentleman for
having so successfully elevated the standard of thera-
peutical and pharmaceutical science.

Our thanks are likewise due to the enterprising
publishers, Messrs. B. Keith & Co., for the liberal man-
ner in which they have gotten up this volume, a com-
pliment which, together with the approbation of the
profession, rewards us amply for the labor bestowed.

Some few typographical errors have undoubtedly
crept in, consequent upon family afflictions and pro-

12 PREFACE.

fessionai cares, by which our attention has been much
diverted, but we trust to the kindly consideration of
our readers to overlook the mechanical defects. The
text we have carefully revised, and believe it to be free
from any serious imperfections.

And now we commit our little volume to the hands
of a conservative, yet liberal profession, confident that
they will impartially consider the substance of our ex-
position, and neither approve nor condemn except in
accordance with the rigid requirements of experimental
science.

If we have herein recorded a single additional truth
that shall be deemed worthy of being employed in rear-
ing the superstructure of medical science; if we have
suggested aught that shall enable our professional
brethren to smooth a single wrinkle in the pillow ot
care, or check the coursing of a single tear down the
furrowed cheek of suffering humanity, we will accept
the token, with gratitude, as the full measure of our
reward. G. C.

New York, Sept., 1858.

PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION.

The urgent demands of the profession rendering a
second edition of the present volume necessary, the
author avails himself of the opportunity to express
his sincere acknowledgments for the favor with which
his feeble attempt to elevate the standard of Materia
Medica has been received. Progression is the order of
the day, and in no department of medical science is its
operations more manifest than in that of therapeutics.
The writer hopes to see, at no distant day, the formation
of an indigenous Materia Medica, competent for the
wants of all, and at once the pride and glory of our
common country.

To the present volume has been added the history
of several agents not unknown to the profession,
but for the first time presented in their present form.
The characteristic difference is the same as that of the
other concentrated preparations described in this work,
namely, the isolation and recombination of the several

14 PT1EFACE.

active constituents resident in each plant. Their clin-
ical history has been drawn from competent sources,
upon which the writer has been compelled to rely in
the absence of satisfactory personal observation. The
authority, however, is as much entitled to credence as
would be the vouching of the author's own experience.

This addition has been made in the form of addenda,
with a view to an ultimate revision of the entire work
together with the rendition of whatever valuable ori-
ginal information upon the subject of organic remedies
may have been at such time developed. The writer
is well aware that such revision is much needed, and
trusts that • his life and health may be spared to the
completion of his ultimate design.

A word in reference to the doses of the concentrated
remedies. Complaints have reached the author that of
some of the preparations the doses indicated were too
large, as of the Gelsemin, for instance. In the course

of the work the writer frequently referred to the fact,

that the doses named were such as he employed in the
locality where he then resided, and that while the
properties- of the remedies would remain the same un-
der all circumstances, the ji Igment of the practitioner
must decide the propriety of quantity, repetition, and
continuance. Since the pi >sent work was written, the

PREFACE. 15

author lias had several months' experience in practice
in the South, and has practically tested the fact, that
in warn climates the doses of sedatives, narcotics, re-
laxants, &c. y require to be diminished from 25 to 50
per cent., while stimulants and tonics require a propor-
tionate increase. For instance, in the locality where
the present lines are written, one-fourth of a grain of
Gelsemin is equivalent in effect to one-half grain in
the latitude of New York. On tn« contrary, three
grains of Podophyllin are required here where two
would answer the purpose at the North. The proper-
ties and employment of a remedy being given, it re-
mains for the practitioner to graduate the dose. This
can never be stated with such precision as to meet the
necessities of every case, but only approximative^,
time, circumstance, and idiosyncrasy forming the stand-
ard by which to judge.

Again this little volume is committed to the pro-
fession, with the assurance that the author holds him-
self strictly responsible for whatever of error as well
as of truth may be incorporated in its pages, frankly
inviting clinical criticism of all he may have said in
relation to the properties and employment of the
remedies considered. None are claimed to be specifics
in the cure of disease, but all are claimed to possess

1G P R E F A C F.

specific properties, manifested, however, not uniformly,
butin -specific conditions. The condition ascertained, and
adaptation of a suitable remedy being had, a manifest-
ation of its specific powers may reasonably be expected.
That those of the profession into whose hands this
volume may fall, will receive and test the opinions and
statements put forth by the author, and render their
verdict in the same spirit in which it was indicted is
the wish of

Their obedient servant,

GROVER COE,

Wilmington, N. C, June, 1860.

CHAPTER I.

0KT7DE ORGANIC REMEDIES,

Objections to their Use — Of Uncertain Value — Frequently Inert —

Facts of Analysis, etc.

The essential pre-requisites to the successful employment
of Organic Remedies, are the possession of specific therapeutic
powers, uniformity of strength, non-liability to deteriorate
. by age, and convenience of administration. Such remedies,
either simple or compound, may be appropriately termed
positive medical agents. Positive, not because they will
infallibly cure disease, but because their sensible properties
are definite, uniform, and certain. Such are the remedies of
which it is proposed to treat in the present volume. In order
to demonstrate the correctness of this appellation, it will bo
necessary to point out the deficiencies of crude medicines, and,
by contrast, make apparent the superior claims of concentrated
remedies to our confidence. To this end we shall endeavor to
adduce a few facts in support of the exceptions we have taken
to the use of crude remedies at the head of this chapter.

We have charged that they are of uncertain remedial value.
By this we mean to be understood, that plants of the same
gpecies vary infinitely as to the amount of proximate principles
inherent in them. The fact has been amply demonstrated bj

18 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

analysis. The causes we will endeavor to explain. Vegetable
organisms may be said to be possessed of two constitutions,
physical and therapeutical, blended into one system. By the
term physical we would designate the structural apparatus of
the plant; and the therapeutic to consist of the various secre-
tions of this apparatus. By drawing a nicer line of distinction,
we may divide the products of this apparatus into nutritive
and medicinal. The constituents of this apparatus we term
lignin, liber, &c; of the nutritive products, amylum, gluten,
sugar, mucilage, and albumen constitute the principal ; while
therapeutic constituents are variously denominated resins,
resinoids, gum-resins, balsams, oils, alkaloids, neutrals, cam-
phors, &c. In order to ensure the perfect development of the
plant, it is evident that certain conditions of soil, climate,
season, &c, must be present. The soil must be supplied with
the various inorganic elements of the plant, and afford a suffi-
ciency of water, in order that a proper degree of diluency of
the various juices may be maintained. The climate must be
such as will afford the requisite temperature, while the season
must be of sufficient length to enable the plant to complete i ts
numerous processes, and perfect its varions parts. Any de-
parture from these conditions will be followed by a corresponding
deviation in the constituents of the plant. Poverty of the soil
will starve the plant of its necessary food. Too high a tem-
perature will urge on the various functions of the plant to
complete its labors prematurely. Too low a temperature will
retard the organic energies of the plant, and prolong its labors
into the frosts of winter, which there will shut out all further
chances of maturity. Excess of moisture, accompanied, as it
must necessarily be, with a corresponding deficiency of sun-
liglit and warmth, will exercise a strong influence over the
future history of the plant. The burning sun of the summer
drought, will, with insatiable thirst, drink dry every pore of
the yielding soil, and the thirsting plants will droop and wither
on the parched bosom of the parent earth. Thus do we behold
the inevitable results which attend the working of nature's
laws. Adaptation is the law of the universe, and in no lio-ht

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 19

is it more vividly portrayed, than in its relation to the growth
and development of the vegetable world. There are sermons
in stones, and books in running brooks, saith the proverb.
The vegetable kingdom may be called the very printing press
of nature, each verdant leaf a type that prints a thousand va-
ried impressions upon the quickened tablets of the reverent
mind. The " still small voice " of creative wisdom is audible
in all of nature's works, but the voiceless language of plants
6peaks most unassumingly in praise of " Him who doeth all
things well." No study is more instructive, and at the same
time interesting, than that of the laws which govern organic
srrowth ; and none more conducive to our best interest in this
life. As the creatures of those laws, we must, of necessity,
understand them, that»we may be enabled to yield the alle-
giance implied in their establishment. By studying the phy-
siology of plants, then, we may derive much instruction for
the proper government, of our own bodies. The facts set
forth above in relation to the causes which influence the
growth and development of plants, may teach us a useful
lesson in regard to the conditions necessary to preserve the
integrity of our own systems.

Dependent upon the, causes above enumerated, plants are
oftentimes entirely inert, so far as regards the possession of any
therapeutic power. The vicissitudes of the climate and season
may have so interrupted or suspended the secretive functions
of the plant, that not a single proximate principle has been
perfected. On the other hand, the absence of proper elements
in the soil may have been the sole cause of the defect. Other
causes might be enumerated, chief amongst which is, the
gathering of a plant at an improper season. By so doing, the
development of the proximate principles is arrested while they
are yet, so to speak, in a transition state. The elaborating pro-
cesses of the plant are arrested, perhaps, at the very moment
when the various medicinal constituents are approximating
the perfected principle. In such an event it is most certain
that nothing of therapeutic value can attach to the plant.

In order that the reader may more fully understand our

20 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

meaning, we will endeavor to be mOre explicit. For this pur-
pose, we will enter briefly into the physiological history of
plants. To illustrate the subject, we will choose a perennial,,
deciduous plant of the temperate zone. The life of such a
plant may be said to consist of api indefinite number of com-
pleted cycles periodically conjoined. These cycles are marked
by four eras, spring, summer, autumn, and winter. During
the winter months the organic energies of the plant lie
dormant, nor are they awakened from their hibernal
slumber except by the dawning of the succeeding era.
This period illustrates the static condition of organic activity
most forcibly. It is emphatically the season of rest, and may
be appropriately termed the sleep of plants. Presuming
that the labors of the previous seasons have completed the
object of their mission, it is philosophical to suppose the plant
to be complete in all its parts. Gathered at this season, and
subjected to the searching powers of analysis, the manipulative
skill of the chemist will penetrate each well-stored cell, and
bring from their secret hiding places the various constituents
of the organic body. Isolated, they stand forth as fractional
representatives of the different constitutions of the plant —
elementary parts of a compound system. This is the proper
season to select such a plant, in order to determine its chemical
constituency. This is the proper season to gather it for medi-
cinal use ; and this the season to collect it as timber for the
purposes of the builder. Let us note the changes which follow
an awakening of its latent forces. Now it may be compared
to a well-stocked storehouse, wherein all the rich harvestings
of the previous season are carefully laid by for future use.
Let us watch how the present store may add in turn to the
capital stock. The snows have melted under the thermal
breath of returning spring, and gone to swell the volume of
the turbid streams. The rigid, frozen earth has thrown off
the icy chains that bound it in the embrace of winter, and its
bosom swells with grateful pride as it drinks in the rich in*
ispiring draughts of warm sunlight. The gentle showers de-
scend, and the quickened soil presents, in each liberated pore,

.itfJDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 21

a willing reservoir. The time has now arrived for the resump-
tion of organic activity on the part of the plant. The condi-
tions necessary to this manifestation are, the presence of certain
external stimuli. These consist of certain nutritious matters
contained in the soil, water, atmospheric gases, electricity, and
its allotropic conditions, light and heat. The stimuli of the
soil are first available, being rendered so by the presence of
water, and impelled by the electrical forces. The nutritive
elements of the soil consist of carbon, silex, magnesia, lime,
soda, potass, sulphur, the oxides of iron, alumina, etc. Water
is the necessary vehicle of the nutritive elements of plants;
but it is also decomposed, and its components, hydrogen arid
oxygen, enter into the structure of the plant. Carbon is also
derived from the atmosphere, in the form of carbonic acid gas.
The other elements afforded by the atmosphere, are, oxygen,
both in its combined and simple form, and nitrogen. Before
the nutritive matters of the soil can be appropriated by the
plant, it is necessary that they should be in a state of solution.
This is mainly effected by water. The roots, by means of
minute vessels attached to their extremities, termed spongioles,
now absorb the juices from the moist soil, and these, ascend-
ing, mingle with those already in the stem. These juices con-
stitute the sap, so-called, of the plant. It holds, in solution,
the proper nutritious substances which go to add to the
volume of the plant, and also affords the necessary material
for the reparation of its expended fluids. T^hat it deposits
some of its nutritive materials in its ascent, is undoubtedly
true ; but, of necessity, a certain portion must, be conveyed to
the extremities of its branches, in order that the gemmules, or
buds, may receive the food necessary to their development,
and the formation of leaves. The sap, in its ascent, has per-
formed certain changes in the constituent principles of the
plant, which, in the elucidation of our subject, it is important
for us to notice. It has dissolved out a greater portion of the
contents of the living cell, reduced them to a condition of
solubility, ,and commingled them in one heterogenous mass.
This we hold to be the established advent of the first era in
the annual history of the plant.

22 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

Out of the ascending sap each part of the plant absorbs
the material requisite for its nourishment. Following it in its
ascent, we shall find that, as it successively reaches the buds,,
they swell, expand, and develope into leaves and flowers. The
development of the leaves gives rise to the establishment of
new functions on the part of the plant, which now will play a
conspicuous part in its future history. Taking from the sap
such materials as are necessary to the completion of this struc-
ture, they combine them with others drawn from the atmos*
phere, and appropriate the perfected constituents to the com-
pletion of their own apparatus. They are now in a condition
to perform their share of the labor imposed by the establish-
ment of organic activity, and to assist in the consummation of
its object. Leaves have been denominated the lungs of plants..
The similitude is correct, so far as regards the object, which is
mutual , but will not apply to their functions. While the of-
fice of the lung is to absorb oxygen and give off carbonic acid,,
that of the leaf is to absorb carbonic acid and give off oxygen.
In both instances the object is the preparation of nutritive ma--
erials for the purpose of organic growth and reparation.

We now have a period of organic activity which, at its
culmination, will complete the first era. This is the final
elaboration in the leaf of the various nutritive elements drawn
from the soil and atmosphere, and their descent into the per-
manent structure of the plant. The fluid which, in its ascent,
was called sap, has now, by its elaboration in the leaf, been
converted into what is termed the proper juice of the plant.
It is a highly elaborated, viscid fluid, composed of various rudi-
mentary compounds, which, when reduced to perfected princi-
ples, will be recognised as starch, gluten, sugar, resins, gum,
oils, alkaloids, resinoids, etc. The first era closes with what
might properly be termed the completion of the digestive pro-
cesses of the plant. The second era will comprise the period
during which the nutritive apparatus of the plant makes
appropriation of the duly elaborated materials. ' During this
period the plant more sensibly increases in volume, new
repositories are formed, and new stores laid ill for a future season.

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 23

We would not be understood to imply that this is exclusively
the period for the manifestation of these changes. On the
contrary, we distinctly state, that these various phenomena are
being carried forward during the entire period of organic ac-
tivity. But we wish simply to impress the fact, that this is
essentially the period when the organic stimulus is in its
greatest force. During this, the second era, is the proper
season for gathering leaves for medicinal use. They are now
charged with the proper juice of the plant in a highly elabor-
ate form. Should we wait until after the descent of the proper
juice into the stem of the plant, we shall find that nothing but an
exhausted apparatus is left behind. True, the leaf may pre-
serve all its outward semblances of vitality, yet shall we find
on anatysis, that the therapeutic constituents are mostly want-
ing. The cellular tissue will be found deserted of its nutritive
and medicinal substances, and their presence partially replaced
with air A tree cut down during the second era, will be
found useless for all the purposes of timber. The vital forces
being mainly distributed to the periphery, that is, to the leaves,
together with a greater portion of the vital constituents of the
plant, the stem will be found to be deprived of too great a
proportion of the preservative principles to enable it to resist
decay. The alburnum commences a rapid decomposition,
giving rise to a generation of worms, which, in turn, eat into
the duramen or heart, and thus complete the destruction of the
stem. We are assured by a gentleman from North Carolina,
that a stem cut from a pine tree in the month of May, and
placed in contact with the trunk of a healthy growing pine,
will destroy it in the course of the season. The worms gener-
ating in the severed stem will pass to the living tree, and
rapidly compass its destruction. We have seen the monarch
of our northern forests, the lordly oak, when felled in June,
pass into a state of complete decay in a space of from four to
eight weeks.

Botanists have remarked that a plant early stripped of its
leaves will soon perish. The reason given for this result is,
that the absorption by the roots is insufficient to supply all the

24 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

materials for its nourishment. This we have reason to be*
lieve, however, is not the sole cause. A great proportion of
the resident nutritive materials of the plant having been dis-
solved out of the stem by the ascending sap, and carried in a
state of solution to the leaves, it follows that if they are
stripped, off at this period, the stem will be exhausted beyond
all chances of recuperation. A major part of the vitality of
the plant is now at its circumference, and the severance of the
lea res at this juncture will result in 'the hopeless impoverish-
ment of the stem.

The third era in the annual history of the plant, comprise?
the period during which the products of the labors of the pre-
vious era are stored away in the various repositories of the
6tem ; thp withdrawal of the organic forces from the peri-
phery ; the exhalation of superfluous moisture ; the fall of the
leaf, and the suspension of all organic activity, preparatory to
the coming of the fourth era, winter. Now, for a season, is
all manifestation of organic activity withheld, and thus we
have the completion of the cycle.

Let us recapitulate briefly the different stages of organic
growth. First we have the ascending sap dissolving out the
nutritive deposits of the root and stem, and conveying them
to assist in the development of leaves and flowers. Now it
is evident that if the root, bark, or st^m of the plant be gath-
ered at this season for medicinal purposes, it must, of necessity,
be deficient of the constituents of which we are in pursuit.
Not only will they be deficient in amount, but defective in
composition ; for, in arder to be of assimilative utility, the
various constituents must be reduced to their rudimentary
forms. Researches upon this point have established this fact
beyond a doubt. Analysis has determined that the entire secre-
tions of the living cells of the plant undergo complete disintegra-
tion and re-assimilation. What wonder then, if the plant be col-
lected at this season, that we find it nearly or quite inert. If,
on the other hand, we gather the Jeavcs at this period, we shall
find that they are premature and worthless. Nor, if we wait
until the advent of the second era, shall we find that either the

CRUDE ORGANIC* REMEDIES. 25

bark, root, or stem is of full therapeutic value. True, the
proper juice is now descending, a new layer of cambium is be-
ing deposited, and the various parts of both liber and stem are
succulent with the returning fluid. But much labor remains to
be done ere the various proximate principles shall have reached
organic completeness. The descending fluid is a heterogeneous
mass, holding in solution the variously constituted compounds
which go to replenish the various repositories of nutritive and
medicinal substances. The absorbent and assimilative powers
of the plant are now directed to this mass, its constituents
isolated, taken up and deposited in their appropriate recep-
tacles. Although winter is the period when we should look
for the highest degree of perfection in the medicinal principles
of a living plant, such as we have described, yet we cannot say,
with truthfulness, that the cessation of all outward manifesta-
tions of organic activity argues pen'ectability in the various
constituents of the plant. The labor of assimilation is still
going on within its silent organism. The precise moment
when this a&similative action has reached its highest point of
culmination is very difficult to determine, even in the living
plant. How much more so, then, in the detached portions of
the dead specimen. If, during the life of the plant, organic
activity has done its complete work, then may we expect that
the death of the plant will usher in a period during which
material changes will be effected in its constituents, terminating
onlv by their reduction to primary forms, or entrance into new
combinations. The laws of chemical decomposition and re-
combination know no rest. Their action is as ceaseless as the
footsteps of time. All created matters feel their mighty im-
press, and yield resistless to the eternal law of mutation.

The peculiar chemical action which goes on in the constitu-
ents of dried plants, is productive of directly opposite results.
In the one case it tends to perfect, or we should say rather, to
render available certain peculiar principles. We have an
example in the concrete juice of the Fraxinus Ornus or manna
ash — the manna of commerce. This substance increases in
purgative qualities by age. Some reaction of its constituents

2G CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

upon each other undoubtedly produces this result* One of the
principal constituents of manna is mucilage, known by its
yielding mucic acid. It is not strictly a proximate principle,
but contains bassorin, cerasin, &c. This substance acting upon
the nitrogenous constituents of the manna, effects their decom-
position, brings about new combinations, and thereby increases
its purgative power.

The oak bark employed in tanning leather improves in
value for a period of four or five years after it is stripped from
the stem. So well established is this fact, that, where capital
w r ill permit, a stock is constantly kept from two to five years
ahead. The reason of this we will now explain. Tannic acid
cannot properly be considered a proximate principle of vege-
table organisms. It never exists in the living cells of the
plant, but is the legitimate product of a peculiar putrefactive
decomposition which takes place in the dead cells. Proximate
principles are those which undergo progressive formation in
the living cells of the plant during the period of organic activ-
ity. But tannic acid is the result of a regressive chemical
action within the dead cells. As it is found onlv in the dead
cells of the living plant, it follows that the arresting of the life
of the plant will, by destroying the vitality of the cells, favor
the decomposition which results in the formation of this prin-
ciple. We shall have occasion to revert to this subject in the
next chapter. It is in this way that age augments the amount
of tannic acid in the bark, and gives to it increased value.

The Kubia Tinctorium, a root much in use by dyers, im-
proves in value for an equal number of years. It is never
employed until it has attained the age of two years, dating
from the period of its collection. Here, again, certain chem-
ical decompositions take place in the interior structure of the
plant, which give rise to new combinations, whereby the pe-
culiar principle for w T hich the plant is esteemed is largely"
increased in amount.

Apples, pears, peaches, oranges, and other fruits, undergo a
series of ripening processes after they are detached from the
plant that bore them. The peculiar action here involved, is

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 27

the conversion of starch into sugar, and the development of
the flavoring principle. Coffee so improves in flavor by age,
that the most inferior kinds are said to rival the finest Mocha,
after having been kept lor a period of from ten to fourteen
years. Tobacco is also subject to the same improvement.
Instances mi^ht be multiplied, but we deem the above suffi-
cient for illustration.

Thus we see, that even after the continuity of the different
parts of the plant is broken up, the detached portions are
silently, yet surely, undergoing important constitutional
changes. In the cases above cited, this peculiar action tends
towards desirable results. But we shall see that age is equally
potent in the destruction of the perfected proximate principles
of the dried plant. These changes, as we shall show, render
it valueless. While the plant is endowed with organic life, it
possesses the power of resisting the action of external disinte-
grating influences. But, when deprived of that life, it becomes
a prey to those active disorganising agents, air and moisture.
Indeed, within its own substance it conceals those restless
agencies which are instrumental in effecting the dissolution of
vegetable organisms.

External appearances, it will be shown, do not afford reliable
indications of the therapeutic value of plants. Therefore, the
presence or absence of proximate medicinal principles cannot
be ascertained by visual scrutiny. Neither the giving off by
the plant of its natural odor, nor the preservation of its pecu-
liar color, can be relied upon as evidence of therapeutic worth.
The flavoring and coloring matters, although of medicinal
value, are distinct principles, and may exist independent of the
more active medicinal constituents. Hence no degree of
certainty can attach to outward signs. A quantitive analysis
alone, by isolating its various constituents, can determine the
fact of the presence or absence of the inherent proximate
medicinal principles of any given plant. Though perfect when
collected by the botanist, time may have effected the reduction
t and dissipation of its constituents, or rendered them into new
combinations. In the one instance they are made valueless ;

28 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

and in the other, their character is changed, and rendered
uncertain. On the other hand, climatic, meteoric, and other
influences, separately or combined, may have effectually pre-
vented organic completeness, by arresting the growth of the
plant ere maturity.

Winter, then, is apparently the season for collecting such a
plant as we have described for medicinal purposes. We would
naturally expect to find in such a plant, at this season, an
entire completeness in its organism. The reader will perceive,
from the facts above set forth, that the directions given by
some botanists for collecting barks in the season when they
will peel from the stem are erroneous.

We hope we have now made it apparent to all how liable
plants are to suffer from the vicissitudes of soil, climate, season,
&c; and how liable they are to vary as to the amount of the
various proximate principles attributed to them. Repeated
analysis have demonstrated the fact, that specimens of the same
plant grown in different localities will vary infinitely in the
proportions of active principles yielded. The want of a know-
ledge of this fact has given rise to much contrariety of sentiment
amongst practitioners in different sections of the country, in
regard to the remedial value of various plants. The Scutellaria
Lateriflora has been condemned by some practitioners as inert
and worthless, while others set a high estimate upon its value
as a nervine tonic. It remains for organic chemistry to recon-
cile this difference of opinion. Analysis of various samples of
this plant grown in different sections of the eastern States, has
proven it to be very deficient in the active principles attributed
to it. The yield of various samples, amounting in the aggre-
gate to over one thousand pounds, was not sufficient to pay the
first cost of materials. On the other hand, samples of the same
plant grown at the South and West have yielded a fair pro-
portion of the proximate principles belonging to the plant.
The Senecio Gracilis varies remarkably as to its yield of active
piinciples. From the analysis of a great number of samples,
at different times, it has been found that the yield from a given
quantity will vary in the proportions of from one to four.

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 29

With the Ilelonias Dioica the same variableness has been
found- In this plant the variations have been remarked to be
from two to five. The plants, in every instance, bore upon
their exterior an equally promising aspect. Analysis alone
could detect and make apparent the deficiency. Here is a
discrepancy which can be accounted for only upon the grounds"
we have above shadowed forth.

The Asclepias Tuberosa, growing in the comparatively bar-
ren and sandy soil of New Jersey, yields from one to two
hundred per cent, more of Asclepin, than that grown in the
rich alluvions of the West. Numerous other plants might be
mentioned, the analyses of which have been attended with like
results: bat we deem these sufficient to illustrate the fact.
From this it will be seen that uniformity of therapeutic power
can never be looked for in crude remedies. Suppose we take?
for instance, the usual formulas of the dispensatories for the
preparation of infusions and decoctions. A given amount, by
weight, of some root, bark, or herb, is directed to be added to
a stipulated quantity of water. The dose is defined, and the
necessary requisitions are considered complete. Now let us
look a moment at the reliability of such a preparation. Bear-
ing in mind the facts, previously adduced, the reader will
easily follow us to a common conclusion. Water being the
menstruum, it follows that the active principles it is capable of
holding in solution, can not be other than neutrals, alkaloids,
acids, gums, mucilages, and coloring matters. Now what
guarantee have we of the value of such infusion or decoction \
We have seen that plants bearing on their exterior all the
marks of genuineness, have, on analysis, been found nearly
destitute of any medicinal principles whatever.

Admitting that the plant has been grown under the most
favorable auspices, we yet shall see that the actual amount of
active principles present will be indefinite. No two samples
of the same plant yet analysed have given a uniform amount
of proximate principles, no matter how favorable the
conditions accompanying their growth. Considering the
liability of plants, then, to be influenced in their development

30 CliUDE OKGAJS'IC remedies.

by the vicissitudes heretofore enumerated, it will readily be
perceived how much more indefinite must be the remedial
value of a plant, the circumstances of the growth of which we
know nothing. We are informed by the dispensatory that the
amount of a certain alkaloid (JVarcotm,) afforded by even the
.same varities of opium, will vary from 1.30 to 9.36 per cent.
This discrepancy amounts to over 700 per cent., and, with so
potent a remedy, is a matter of great moment.* Even
admitting a uniformity of constitution in the article employed,
we yet shall see that but a short time is necessary to effect a
complete decomposition of the therapeutic constituents. We
are further told by the authority above quoted that certain
decoctions and infusions, in warm weather, "speedily run into
the putrefactive fermentation." The philosophy of this pecu-
liar decomposition we shall explain in a future chapter. We
refer to it at the present time only as an additional objection
to the employment, or rather method of preparation, of crude
medicines. The neutral principle of plants is that which is
most liable to be decomposed by this peculiar chemical decom-
position, and yet it is the principal constituent usually afforded
in aqueous preparations. From either, or a combination of
the causes we have enumerated, practitioners have, no doubt,
been frequently disappointed in the anticipated remedial value
of watery preparations. If we should ask, what reliance can
be placed upon preparations so uncertain in therapeutic

* Thfs is also true as regards the yield of morphia. Sometimes this alkaloid
is almost entirely wanting. We are informed by an eminent physician of this
city, that a friend of his lately returned from India, states that in a wet season,
although the product of opium is increased, yet it is found to be almost entire-
ly deficient of morphia. A dry, hot season seems to be most favorable to the
production of this principle. Suit was brought in this city a few years since
for the recovery of the value of 3000 pounds of opium, which had been pur-
chased for the purpose of manufacturing morphine. On analysis the drug was
found to be nearly destitute of this alkaloid. Hence, from a want of a know-
lodge of the true causo, a charge of fraud was preferred. The Cannabis Indica
grown upon the elevated ridges of India is extremely different from that grown
in the vallies. Locality, as well as other circumstances of growth, seems to
wield a potent influence in the development of medicinal plants.

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 31

strength, it might be answered, that the physician will deter-
mine their utility by experimental administration. True, by
such a course, their comparative value might be ascertained,
but are not such experiments extremely hazardous, both to the
interests of patient and physician? In urgent cases, time is
of the greatest moment, and its lavish expenditure in institut-
ing a series of clinical qualitive and quantitive analyses under
such circumstances, in order to test the therapeutic value of
any given remedy, could scarcely be looked upon in any other
light than criminal. In its most favorable aspect, a degree of
recklessness would attach to it which no conscientious phy-
sician would willingly countenance.

Nor if we employ the remedy in substance, shall we have
nrrived at any greater degree of exactitude. If we write a
prescription for a pill of crude opium, how shall we, by the
above showing, be enabled to tell anything of the proportions
of the nineteen or twenty constituent principles attributed to
it? As the amount of some of its most active constituents
vary from 1.30 to 9.36 per cent, in a given quantity, it is
apparent that great uncertainty must attend its exhibition.
These facts admit of a wide range of application. Such of the
medicinal plants as contain highly active constituents, for
instance the Digitalis, and others of its class, can never be
understandingly exhibited, either in infusion, tincture, or sub-
stance. The same may be said of all crude organic remedies,
but more nearly concerns those possessed of peculiar potency.
Morphine is a positive medical agent, being of definite, uniform
and certain power. Not so with Opium. Here the therapeu-
tic constituents are blended with, and diffused through, a mass
of non-medicinal substances, the number and amount of which
can only be determined by analysis. Here it is that the scru-
tinising powers of organic chemistry display their peculiar
utility. Divesting the therapeutic constituents of all extraneous
admixture, it hands them over to the physician, denned in
amount, character, and sensible properties. This fits them
with those characteristics which enable the practitioner to under-
standingly and successfully employ them.

32 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES

^Another division of the influences which have a bearing
upon the history of organic remedies, now claims our consid-
eration ; and that is. the artificial cultivation of medicinal
plants. In the transference of plants from their native locali-
ties to soils prepared by the hand of man, many and impor-
tant changes are effected in their individual constitutions. This
is an established fact in regard to vegetables used as food,,
which has long been recognised by botanists ; but we are not
aware that the subject, as it relates to the changes effected in
medicinal plants, has been so fully elucidated. The natural
order of Crucifera, tribe Brassica, furnishes many examples of
plants reclaimed from their wild habitudes, and rendered sub-
servient to the purposes of food. True, all esculents must
have been domesticated by the genius of man at some period
of the world's history, but the greater number of them date
the advent of 1heir initial culture so remotely, that we have
little information respecting their primeval habits or characters.
Of those above referred to, botanists have been enabled to note
the changes effected by cultivation. Many plants now culti-
vated for the table, were formerly esteemed exclusively as
medicines. Cultivation has converted the small acrid root of
the brassica rapa, or turnip, into a large and nutritious article
of diet. Numerous similar illustrations might be adduced*
but we presume our readers are already familiar with the facts*
Now if plants can be so essentially changed in their character-
istics that, from being bitter, acrid, and worthless as food, they
become nutritious, palatable and wholesome, we have but to
transfer the application of the principle to medicinal plants
reared in the garden of the botanist, to see that our exceptions
to the artificial cultivation of medicinal plants are well taken.
By such a procedure they are much deteriorated in medicinal
value, and often rendered entirely worthless. Take, for ex-
ample, the Leontodon Taraxicum, or dandelion. That which
is grown in natural localities possesses well defined and efficient
remedial powers. True, much controversy has been had in
relation to its therapeutic worth, and much been said, both
pro and con. Much has been said and written to prove its

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 33

inutility, and with many practitioners it has fallen into disre-
pute. But the reason for this, as we shall show in a future
chapter, when treating of extracts, has not always been the
natural defects of the plant, but of the method of its preparation.

By instituting a comparison between the dandelion of the
shops — we mean such as has been artificially cultivated — and
that collected from its native haunts, many important differ-
ences will be found, not only in its external aspect, but also in
its analytical and therapeutic peculiarities. In the cultivated
plant the proportions of starch, grape-sugar, and ofeher non-
medicinal constituents are largely increased; while the amount
of proximate principles is proportionably diminished. Medi-
cinally, the native plant is of well established utility in the
treatment of a variety of diseases, particularly affections of the
liver, kidneys, and respiratory system. Let any practitioner
skeptical of its remedial value, gather the plant in the month of
August, express the juice, and administer it in table-spoonful
doses to such as are laboring under hepatic derangement, and
he will fully realise the fact of its power to produce decided
and sanative physiological results. That this is true of the
recent plant, admits of no doubt ; but the great difficulty con-
sists in so curing or pharmaceutical^ preparing the plant as
to preserve its peculiar virtues. The process of kiln-drying
medicinal plants is another most objectionable feature in the
history of such as are artificially reared. By this process the
volatile principles are dissipated, and certain chemical changes
effected in other of the constituents. We need not multiply
instances to make the fact, that material changes are effected
in the constituents of medicinal plants, by artificial culture,
patent to the mind of the reader. That even the structural aspect
of plants may be altered by cultivation, is illustrated in the case
of the Rose, in which, by culture, the stamens have been con-
verted into petals.

Plants also adapt their habits to the circumstances under
which they are placed. The evergreens of the south become
deciduous when transplanted to a northern clime. For exam-
ple, the Magnolia Grandinora, and others. The Castor Oil
3

34 CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

plant, which in Africa forms woody trees, becomes an annual
in our gardens. The Mignonette, which, in Europe, is an
annual plant, becomes perennial in the sandy deserts of Egypt.
Thus, on either hand, do plants conform their habitudes to the
circumstances of their exposure. If, then, as we have seen,
plants can so essentially change in their habits and external forms,
is it not reasonable to suppose that they are capable of being
materially altered in the chemistry of their organism. But we
do not have to depend upon supposition in the latter instance
more than in the former. We have the corroborative tests of
analysis to sustain our inferences of the fact.

While we wish to adhere to our advocacy of the
fact, that cultivation materially affects the therapeutic
constituency of plants, we do not wish to be understood
to imply that said fact invariably militates against their
comparative value. On the contrary, we are aware that
cultivation has had much to do in developing and augmenting
the medicinal as well as the nutritive value of certain plants.
Their number, however, is comparatively few. "We might
* mention the Poppy, Hops, and various species of Labiatse
which yield the aromatic oils of commerce. Success in these
instances, however, depends upon accident of adaptation. Soil,
climate, season, exposure, all unite in conducing to this end, or
conspire in militating against the perfect development of the
plant. We are of opinion that very little attention has been
given to the question of adaptation in all its essential requisites,
and that chance alone has favored the experiments. In this
opinion we are confirmed by the perusal of all the treatises
upon the artificial rearing of medicinal plants to which we have
had access. Not only is no mention made of the chemical
qualities of the soil, exposure, length of season required for
development, etc. ; but seldom are the chemical constituents
of the plant defined with anything like precision. These
omissions seem peculiarly pertinent to the question of the suc-
cessful cultivation of medicinal plants. Attempts have been
made, in England, to cultivate the Rhubarb for medical pur-
poses, but popular predilection so much favored the imported

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES. 35

root, that the project has been nearly or quite abandoned. The
preference, in this instance, was based upon the accredited su-
periority of the foreign article, while a consideration of the
essential causes of the difference have no share in the forma-
tion of the opinion. Clinical experiment demonstrated the
relative value of the two, and here the question rested. The
fact seems not to have incited a very rigid inquiry into the
philosophy.

We hope that we have now established the various points
of our argument. Inasmuch as we have demonstrated the
fact, that plants vary infinitely in regard to the amount of act-
ive principles yielded by different samples of the same species;
that the vicissitudes of soil, climate, season, exj)osure, &c, all
conspire in influencing the growth and developmejit of the
plant — that the period of collecting, and method of curing ex-
ercise great control over the constituency and preservation of
its active principles — the external appearances are no indica-
tion of reliability — that cultivation changes, and renders uncer-
tain its essential therapeutic properties — and that by age the
medicinal constituents of the dried plant are decomposed and
dissipated, we hold that the exceptions at the head of this
chapter were well taken. "We have shown that crude organic
remedies can never be of definite, much less of uniform thera-
peutic power. These points, setting aside all consideiato'on of
the causes, have been amply demonstrated by analysis. That
they are frequently inert, has been substantiated by the same
authority. These facts alone are sufficient to prove them non-
reliable, and, at best, of uncertain value. It follows then, that
no matter what form we may exhibit them in, we will not
Brrive at any degree of definiteness in regard to their remedial
value. Be it in substance, tincture, infusion, decoction, syrup
or extract, the same uncertainty will ever be attendant. Experi*
ment alone can determine the relative value of each preparation ;
but to such a proceeding, in the present state of pharmaceutical
science, attaches a high degree of culpability. A knowledge
of the facts set forth in this chapter being accessible to all who
desire to learn, no excuse can be accepted from any one for

CRUDE ORGANIC REMEDIES.

not availing himself of the superior advantages offered by con-
centrated medicines.

We are far from advising that the ordinary methods for
the preparation- of the simpler plants should be abandoned.
On the contrary, we are a strong advocate for the employment
of the simpler vegetable agents as auxiliaries in the treatment
of disease. In our own practice we make frequent use of such
agencies, in infusion, decoction, etc. But we confine ourselves
to such incidental plants as may not yet have been prepared
in a concentrated form and whose properties are such as not to
render their indefinite administration hazardous. But with
all the more potent agencies, and where efficiency and promp-
titude of action is demanded, we have long ago dispensed with
the employment of other than concentrated agents.

We now come to a consideration of the chemical properties
of vegetable constituents, and the rationale of the reactions
whereby the proximate principles are decomposed. To this
subject we shall devote another chapter.

'■' i

■ it,:

CHAPTER II

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

Acids— Alkaloids — Indifferent or Neutral Substances, eto.

No branch of human knowledge is so much indebted to the
researches and developments of the chemist, as that of the
science of medicine. He it is who prepares and provides the
physician with means wherewith to do battle against the many
" ills to which flesh is heir." He defines the laws which govern
the form, properties, and affinities of matter, thus furnishing
the physician with a chart to guide him safely o'er the troubled
sea of medical practice. Even the physician himself must be-
come a chemist — a chemist of the higher order of organic
chemistry. His duty it is to control the chemical processes of
life ; to harmonise irregularities and correct morbid conditions
by means of reagents. It devolves upon him to superintend
the formation, secretion and excretion of chemical combinations.
It is necessary therefore, that he should be acquainted with the
laws which govern chemical action, and with the properties of
the reagents he employs. He must understand what particular
circumstances and external influences will diminish, or com-
pletely suppress the efficacy of his reagents. He must know
whether his reagents will radically cure disease, or whether
they will simply afford temporary relief, entailing still greater
complications by their reaction. He must know whether they
will relieve a lesser evil by the substitution of a greater;

38 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

whether the substances conveyed into the system are capable
of healthful assimilation ; or whether they will form combina-
tions destructive to the integrity of animal organisms. Provided
with this knowledge, he will be enabled to practice his profes-
sion understandingly arid successfully.

In order to a better understanding of the remedies treated
of in this volume, we now propose to consider, in detail, the
various proximate principles of whichthey are composed. To
do this more comprehensively, we will first consider each of
the principles separately, defining their sensible properties in
the isolated form, and finally treat of them in a state of com-
bination.

The number of single substances produced by Vegetable
activity is very great. Many of these substances are very
little understood, if, indeed, they are known at all. Certain
substances are common to all plants, and constitute the mater-
ials of vegetable formations. These, by way of distinction, we
term nutritive. Again, there are substances which are found
only in a certain class of plants ; while others are peculiar to
a single plant. Upon the peculiar properties of these sub-
stances is based their employment in medicine. Such are
designated therapeutic principles.

In considering the chemical properties of vegetable sub-
stances, we will divide them into the three following classes :

Class I. — Vegetable Acids.

In the strong affinity displayed- by these substances for
bases, they much resemble the inorganic acids. With few ex-
ceptions, they are crystallizable and soluble in water. The
greater number of them yield crystalline salts with bases.
Nearly all vegetable acids change the color of blue litmus paper
to red. Some of these acids are common to a large number of
plants; others are found only in a certain genera; while some
are confined to a single species. A part of the acids common
to plants are the products of organic growth, while others are
formed only after the vital activity of the plant has ceased.
These latter are formed by the decomposition of the constitu-
ents of the plant, under the agency of external influences, ,v he

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 39

vegetable acids are*mostly found in the nutritive constituents
of plants, and but few of them possess any peculiar medicinal
value. They exist partly free, partly united with bases, and
partly in combination with neutral substances.

Vegetable acids are formed by the conversion of amylum
and oil into cell-substance. By the operation of the same vital
power, acids are again reduced and reassimilated to the primary
form. Therefore if we rind in plants a peculiar oil, common
only to a certain class, or an individual species, we may be
sure to find, also, a peculiar acid ; and if the oil possess thera-
peutic value, the acid will possess it likewise, although in a
modified form.

A large number of acid principles are employed in medicine
which depend for therapeutic value upon their astringent pro-
perties. These form a class to which we shall give the name
of tanneous acids. These acids are not, as we have stated in
the preceding chapter, strictly speaking, proximate principles ;
that is, they are not formed in the living cells of the plant
during the season of organic activity, but are the product of a
peculiar putrefactive decomposition which takes place in the
dead cells, whereby the cellulose is converted into tannin. As
tannin is found only in the dead cells, and as cellulose is con-
verted by the vital processes of organic activity into* wood and
cork substances only, it follows, therefore, that tannin is a pro-
duct, not of organic formative power, but of regressive chemical
action.

These tannin substances are not distinct principles, but are
composed of a number of different principles combined together.
A part of these substances, only, give acid reactions ; that is
change blue litmus paper to red. They are known by their
astringent taste — by giving with the salts of iron, blue, black,
and dirty green precipitates — and by their power of combining
with animal skin. With protein substances they form insolu-
ble compounds. This we hold to be ' a strong reason why
tannin cannot exist in the living cell. It would combine with
and coagulate the contents of the cell, and render the albumin-
ous matters, those great reagents of vegetable activity, insolu

40 CONSTITUTENTS OF PLANTS.

ble. Thus would the nutritive constituents be rendered
unavailable, the secretions checked, progressive formation
arrested, and the functions of organic life suspended.

By the action of water and oxygen, tanneous acids are con-
verted into a brown colored substance, but slightly soluble in
water, termed humus. In this respect they resemble the
extractive or neutral substances.

Tanneous acids exist in great variety, and of very different
properties. Those derived from gallnuts, oak bark, &c, are
distinguished by the name of gallo-tannic, querci-tannic, etc.
Another class is derived from Peruvian bark, catechu, &c.
And still another class belongs to the indifferent or neutral
vegetable compounds, and gives to many astringent plants
their principal medicinal value.

Class II. — Alkaloids, or Vegetable bases.

These are certain organic compounds, which, on account of
their possessing properties analagous to inorganic bases, par-
ticularly alkalies, have received the above appellation. The
greater number of these substances change red litmus paper
blue. They all combine with acids, and form crystallizable
salts, out of which they may be again separated by the action
of a stronger base. It is from this similarity in their chemical
reactions to the mineral alkalies, that they have received the
name of alkaloids. The vegetable alkaloids exist both in a
solid and liquid form. The former are mostly crystalizable,
with few exceptions are colorless, non-volatile, and have but a
faint odor. The latter are volatile, and have a stronger odor.
By far the greater number of vegetable alkaloids have a bitter
taste, and are more soluble in alcohol than in water ; while a
few, like the Ilyosciamir.e, are more soluble in water than in
alcohol.

Most vegetable alkaloids are composed of oxygen, hydro-
gen, carbon, and nitrogen. A few, the liquid alkaloids partic-
ularly, are composed of hydrogen, carbon, and nitrogen only ;
while we occasionally find an inorganic element, as in the
Thiosinnamine, which consists of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen
and sulphur.

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 41

Alkaloids do not exist free in plants, but are generally com-
bined with acids, forming acidulous, and but slightly soluble
salts. They are formed by the reaction of the bast-cells upon
their abuminous contents, or the so-called milk sap of the
plant, and are produced only in living plants. They are solely
the products of organic activity, and their quantity is never
increased in the dead or dried plant. Plants are generally
richest in alkaloids during the winter months ; that is, after
the cessation of the vegetating process, and while they are
enjoying their hibernal sleep.

When plants are undergoing decomposition, alkaloids are
the last of the medicinal principles to be attacked ; but they are
liable to be greatly modified or completely subverted in thera-
peutic value by the products which arise from the decomposi-
tion of the constituents of the plant. For instance, if tannic
acid be formed in considerable quantities, it will combine with
and completely suppress their activity as remedial agents, the
bi-tannate of every vegetable alkaloid being entirely insoluble
in all menstrua except stronger acids. How important this
knowledge is to the physician, that he may avoid combining
together incompatable principles, and thereby render nugatory
their medicinal power.

Some of the alkaloid principles of plants form their most
active and valuable medicinal constituents, while others are
possessed of but feeble properties.

Class III. — Indifferent or Neutral PrincijDles.

This class embraces all the remaining substances of vegeta-
ble activity, and which are of very diverse chemical character-
istics. A part of these are formed during the period of func-
tional activity, and part are the result of subsequent decompo-
sition. They are called neutral because they have not the
power of neutralizing acids or bases, although they often
combine with both. A larger number of these substances are
more nearly allied to the class of acids, and are evidently of
an electro-negative character. Amongst these may be
enumerated a large number of resins, extractive or neutral
principles, coloring matters, and products of decomposition.

42 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

Others partake more of the basic character, of which we have
examples in the ether resulting from the decomposition of
alcohol, and the methyl-oxyd obtained from wood spirit.
Many of these substances, as the greater portion of the fats,
fixed oils, and ethereal compounds, partake of the character of
salts. Such of the volatile oils as contain no oxygen, may be
considered as simply hydrogenous compounds of hydro-car Don
radicals. The greater number of the principal substances of
plants are oxydes, either with or without nitrogen, but
without any distinct chemical character, being, as before stated,
neither basic nor acid, yet possessing the power, under some
circumstances, of combining with both. When submitted to
chemical processes, they yield for the most part acid and basic
substances.

There are many substances pertaining to plants, sonic
of which are common to all plants, others are distri-
buted through different genera, which possess no particular
medicinal value, and which it might be thought unneces-
sary to notice in this connection. But their importance, in
view of the results produced by their reaction upon the ther-
apeutic constituents of the plant, demand that we should
examine their history and influence more closely, before we
enter upon a description of the properties and employment of
the remedial agents under consideration.- We will consider
first —

Cellulose. — This substance is also known by the name of
cell-substance, or cell-membrane. Its formula is C12 H20 O10. It
is a white flexible mass, without smell or taste, insoluble in
water, alcohol, ether, alkalies and concentrated hydrochloric
and nitric acids. Exposed to destructive dry distillation, it
does not soften, nor melt, but is converted into a beautiful
colorless ^charcoal, which retains the cell form. Under the
microscope it has the transparency and appearance of diamond.
Under the action of concentrated sulphuric acid it is dissolved
and converted into dextrine, and by long continued boiling in
water acidulated with sulphuric acid, it yields, like dextrine
crystal izable grape-sugar. A solution of caustic potassa sim-

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. -V6

ply causes it to swell, without producing any further visible
change. A solution of iodine colors cellulose of a pale yellow j
chloriodide of zinc gives, in some cases, a blue color, as also
will iodine and sulphuric acid, but in other cases gives only
a pale yellow, It seems evident, therefore, from this, that
cellulose exists under different modifications. By the progres-
sive organic activity of the plant, it is converted into wood and
cork substance j while, by regressive chemical action, it is
converted into amylwm or starch.

Xylogen. — Wood substance. — This principle is but slightly
soluble in concentrated sulphuric acid, but is easily and com-
pletely dissolved by caustic potassa ; also, when boiled with
chlorate of potassa and nitric acid. "When boiled in dilute
sulphuric acid for a long time, it yields grape-sugar, in which
respect it is similar to cellulose. Chloriodide of zinc, and
iodine and sulphuric acid do not color it blue. Xylogen is
found in the primary cell- wall, and in the thickening layers of
all woody cells. It is formed by the progressive conversion
of cellulose, and gives stiffness to the cell- wall. Its quantitive
elementary analysis has not yet been made.

Cuticular or Corlc-substance is somewhat similar in its
character to the preceding. It is not soluble in sulphuric acid,
neither is it invariably completely soluble in a solution of
caustic potassa. It differs from xylogen in its behavior towards
oxydising agents. "When boiled with chlorate of potassa and
nitric acid, it is converted into a resinous substance, which is
soluble in alcohol and ether, and burns with a strong, shining,
but smoky flame, giving off a feeble aromatic odor, and leav-
ing a porous coal.

Cuticular substance is found in the walls of the older cork-
cells, which are frequently formed entirely of this material,
and in the so-called cuticular layers of the cells of the epider-
mis. Cuticular substance is also the product of a progressive
conversion of cellulose, which diminishes in quantity in
proportion to the increase of the former, until, in the perfected
cork formation, it has entirely disappeared. The chemical
differences between cuticular substance and xylogen are pro-

44 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

duced by the direct reaction of air and light upon the former,
to which it is more exposed. Cuticular substanpe has the
power of preventing the diffusion of fluids. It prevents
exhalation from the surface, and the commingling of the sap
of neighboring cells. It is therefore a substance of great
importance in the vegetable economy.

Protein. — Protein substances are insoluble in concentrated
sulphuric acid, but are dissolved by caustic potassa. Iodine
and sulphuric acid color them of a light golden yellow. By
the action of chloriodide of zinc they are coagulated. Hydro-
chloric acid gives, after twenty -four hours, a violet color.
Sugar and sulphuric acid the same. Nitrate of mercury
produces, after from five to ten minutes, a beautiful rose-colored
tint.

Protein substances eagerly absorb soluble coloring matters.
By taking advantage of this property, flowers may be artifi-
cially colored by mixing soluble coloring matters with the soil
in which they grow. In this way, flowers which are naturally
white, may be rendered blue, red, and even black. Flowers
naturally colored may be made to partake of all intermediate
hues.

A part of these protein substances, mixed with other matters,
enter into the structure of the cell-walls, and the rest form a
portion of the contents of the cell. This latter portion we
term protoplasma. It is a granular, slimy, nitrogenous liquid,
and is found collected upon the inner surface of the cell-wall,
and surrounding the nucleus of the cell. It does not mix with
the cell contents, but in young cells is frequently found sus-
pended in the cell-sap, and travelling in currents. Protoplasma
has been long know under various names, such as vegetable
mucous, vegetable glue, etc. ; but it is only by later and more
strict investigation of its character and properties, that its
importance in the vegetable economy has been fully established.

It constitutes the different degrees of development, degrees
of oxydation we may say, of protein, the radical of albuminous
substances, either combined with sulphur alone, or with sulphur
and phosphorus. By their chemical properties, three groups of

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 45

protein substances may be distinguished, viz ; albumen, legu*
mim, or cas&in, and the so-called fibrin. This term, however,
is a misnomer, as it bears but a slight similarity to animal
fibrin, and is never identical with it. Fibrin is the product
of a higher organic activity, originated solely in animal cells,
and formed by the action of the life forces upon the constituents
of animal fluidity.

Protein substances are found only in living cells, and as soon
es the cell-sap is consumed, and the cell dies, these substances
disappear, and the cell becomes filled with air. The current
motion which we spoke of as being apparent in the protoplasma
of the cells, is produced by a reciprocal chemical reaction
which takes place between the protein substances and the rest
of the cell contents. Protoplasma is of the greatest importance
to the cells, constituting, as it were, their life agency. It
assimilates the various substances brought into the cells,
conduces to the formation of cell-substance, and its separation
in the form of a membrane. The proper cell-sap is passive,
while the protoplasma is circulating through it in never ceasing
currents ; and while the protoplasma is of itself undergoing
continuous material changes, it effects a metamophosis in all
the constituents of plants. Alkaloids, and all other nitrogenous
medicinal principles of plants, are formed by the direct decom-
position of these protein substances. They also afford the
, materials and stimulus for an increased production of their
primary substances. These protein substances are readily
decomposed by the action of heat, air, and water. This power
of spontaneous decomposition is transferred to substances of a
more constant and enduring composition, when brought in
contact with them, which property renders them great promo-
ters of fermentation and putrefaction. Protein substances
exist in two conditions or degrees of modification, one class
being soluble the other insoluble in water. In chemical prop-
erties they are very similar.

Amylum. — ( Cu H 20 Oio ) — Starch is the most common of
all the substances concerned in vegetable activity, being found
in all plants, although it is not everywhere present in the same

-±6 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

plant at all seasons. It is principally the product of the paren-
chymous cells, but is likewise found in the cells of the
medullary rays, and also in some of the bast-cells, of which
we have examples in the various species of Euphorbias.
Amylum is produced in the plant at certain periods of its
growth, and at other periods is again consumed, entering into
new combinations, and forming new products. It is seldom to
be met with in an amorphous condition, but usually occurs in
grains of different form and size, the smallest of which mea*
sure v C0 of a millimetre, and the largest ^ of a millimetre in
diameter. These grains are each one composed of numerous
layers. They are colorless, transparent, and insoluble in cold
water, alcohol and ether. When boiled with water, or treated
with acids, they are simply swelled up and suspended, but are
not really dissolved. Paste consists of these starch grains
swelled up in water. When this paste is further diluted with
water and filtered, the starch remains upon the filter, as is
proven by the filtrate not being colored by a solution of iodine.
Starch grains, both solid and swelled in water, are colored by
iodine. The color varies from a light wine-red, to a deep in-
digo-blue, according to the amount of iodine present. In the
production of this color the iodine has combined chemically
with the starch, forming an iodide. Iodide of starch does not
swell up either in sulphuric or hydrochloric acids, nor in boil-
ing water, so long as free iodine is present, but remains
unaltered ; but as soon as the iodine is volatilised it is decom-
posed.

Dry starch is colored brown by iodine, but becomes instantly
blue on the addition of water. Chloriodide of zinc colors
starch of various shades, from violet to blue. When starch is
swelled up in water and allowed to stand for a length of time,
it undergoes successive chemical changes or decompositions.
It is first converted into dextrine, then into grape-sugar, and
finally into acetic and lactic acids. The decompositions are
brought about by the reaction of the albuminous substances
with which starch is always admixed. When boiled in diluted
sulphuric acid, starch is gradually converted into dextrine •

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 47

and when the process is farther continued, into ciystallisable
grape-sugar. Boiled in diluted nitric acid, oxalic and mucic
acids are produced.

Starch is- generally converted by the processes of vegetable
activity into dextrine and sugar. Out of these products cel-
lulose is formed by the reaction of the protoplasma and cell-
nucleus ; and by the further action of the protoplasma is
separated in the form of membrane. On the other hand,
cellulose is again reduced by the organic processes and re-
converted into starch. It follows, as a matter of course, that
these progressive and regressive metamorphoses must give rise
to a number of substances, degrees of formation they might
be termed, which, though isomeric in their composition, differ
essentially in their physical and chemical properties. Inulin
seems to be substituted in some plants for amylum. Its pro-
perties and manner of origin are similar, and in reality it is
nothing else but amylum in a certain stage of transformation.

Dextrine. — (C w H 20 O 10 .) — This is a yellowish, or dark
brown, lustrous, brittle substance, insoluble in alcohol and
ether. Water dissolves it to a tasteless, frothy, viscous liquid. »
When boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, it yields grape-sugar.
Iodine does not color it blue. When diastase is mixed with
a solution of dextrine and allowed to stand, grape-sugar is
formed. Dextrine occurs in plants dissolved in the cell-sap.
It is produced by the transformation of amylum, and consti-
tutes the intermediate stage between starch and sugar.
Dextrine is active in the formation of new cells.

Sugars. — Six varieties of sugar are known in chemistry,
four of which are crystallisable, and two uncrystallisable. Of
the crystallisable, we have cane-sugar, mushroom-sugar, grape-
sugar and mdlk-sugar. The uncrystallisable are the fruit
sugars, and treacle. Milk-sugar occurs only in the milk of
animals.

Cane-sugar has the formula, C 12 H 2& O 10 . Grape-sugar, Ci a
-Sao Oio + 2 H 2 O. Sugar is frequently found dissolved in the
cell-sap, being the product of a transformation of the preced-
ng substances. Sugar is known by its having a sweet taste,

48 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

and by being colored rose-red by sulphuric acid in the pre
ence of protein substances. When a solution of sugar is
mixed with caustic potassa, and a solution of copper is added,
the liquid assumes a deep blue color. By the application of
heat, and even at the ordinary temperature, the copper-oxyde is
reduced, and red protoxide of copper is separated. If sugar
dissolved in water come in contact with protein substances, or
other agents of fermentation, it is soon decomposed. Various
acids are originated, both by the spontaneous and chemical
decomposition of sugar.

Besides the kinds of sugar already enumerated, various
substances occur in plants, which, on account of their sweet
taste, would seem to be entitled to be classed amongst the
sugars. Many chemists and physiological botanists have
indeed so classified them, but in their other properties they
so resemble the extractive or neutral substances that we deem
it more proper to treat of them in that connection.

Pectin. — Vegetable Gelatime. — This substance, in the moist
state, forms a colorless, tasteless jelly. When deprived of its
water by expression, it becomes opaque, forming a fibrous
mass, in which may be traced the outlines of organic struc-
tures. When thoroughly dried, it may be reduced to powder.
Placed in water, it swells up gradually, and on standing for a
time, the whole becomes reduced to a clear, transparent liquid,
which, on the addition of alcohol, salts, or sugar, becomes
gelatinous. Boiled in dilute sulphuric acid, it yields grape'
sugar. When boiled with a solution of caustic alkali, a clear
liquid is produced — pectinate of alkali — out of which, by the
addition of acids, pectic acid is separated in the form of gela-
tine.

Pectin occurs in all plants, but is found in the greatest
quantity in juicy fruits and fleshy roots. It is the product of a
regressive metamorphosis, and constitutes the first condition in
the series of changes which cellulose undergoes when it is
being reconverted by the vegetable activity into primary
nutritive subtances.

Gum.— (C 12 H^ O 10 .) — Gum is found in all plants, and in

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 49

every part of their structure, dissolved in the cell-sap. It
exudes from the ruptured bark of various trees, particularly
of the genus Acacia, jPrunus, and Amygdalus. In the recent
state, gum is liquid, but soon hardens on exposure to the air.
When sugar in solution comes in contact with protein sub-
stances, fermentation ensues, and among the products of the
decomposition which takes place, we find a peculiar gum.

Gum occurs in the form of an amorphous, transparent, or
semi-transparent, bright and brittle mass, without smell, or
taste. It is soluble in water, forming a frothy, sticky liquid,
but is insoluble in alcohol and ether. It combines with bases,
and when boiled with dilute sulphuric acid yields grape-sugar.
Gum in solution is precipitated by basic acetate of lead, (3 Pb
4- a,) and gives as a product, 2 Pb 4- C 12 H 20 O 10 .

When a solution of gum is mixed with a solution of caustic
potassa, and sulphate of copper is added, a blue precipitate,
composed of gum and oxide of copper is thrown down. This
precipitate is not changed in color by boiling. Gum, like the
preceding substance, is also a product of vegetable metamor-
phosis.

Mucilage. — (C 12 H 20 O 10 .) — This substance, like the preced-
ing, is also common to all plants, and occurs in a similar
manner. It exudes from the ruptured bark of many trees and
plants, either pure or mixed with gum. It forms the covering
of many seeds, and is a constituent of many roots. Mucilage
forms an amorphous, semi-transparent, tough mass, without
smell or taste. When mixed with water it swells considerably,
forming a sort of jelly, its particles being suspended in a par-
tial state of solution. It is insoluble in alcohol and ether.
When boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, it is first converted
into gum, and finally, by continued boiling, into grape-sugar.
Mucilage combines with bases.

This substance was for a long time considered to be identical
with gum, but the essential characteristics of the two are so
dissimilar that we marvel much at their being confounded.
Giim dissolves readily in water, while mucilage, which is com-
posed of ardbm, lassorin, ccrasin, dec, simply swells up,
4

50 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

forming a gelatinous mass. Mucilage, like the preceding arti-
cle, is onlj a peculiar condition of metamorphosed vegetable
material.

There are several articles of therapeutic value recommended
m medicine, which, from their properties of swelling up in
water, and forming gelatinous masses, would seem to belong to
this class. Among these are the Calendulin from the Calen-
dula Officinalis, and the Trilliin, from the Trillium Pendu-
lum. But their other properties, for instance their solubility
in alcohol, would seem to entitle them to a distinct classifica-
tion. In view of these distinctive characteristics, therefore, we
propose for this class the name of Muciresins.

Yiscin is a glutinous substance obtained from the berries of
the Yiscum Album or Misletoe. It is not a particular chem-
ical compound, being only -a product of the decomposition of
the cellulose contained in the outer-cells of the misletoe
seeds.

Many inorganic elements enter the structure of plants,
forming therein various chemical compounds. Amongst the
more important of these substances, we might mention various
earthy matters, alkalies and alkaline earths, metallic oxides,
particularly those of iron, alumina, manganese, &c. In general
we find the alkalies and alkaline earths combined with inor-
ganic or organic acids, forming salts ; while the proper earths
and metallic substances are mostly combined with inorganic
matters, particularly with the coloring matters. The alkaline
salts are found dissolved in the cell-sap ; while the salts of the
alkaline earths are suspended in the form of crystals in the
cell-sap, and amongst the cell secretions. If either the cell-
sap or the cell secretions are extracted from the plant, these
crystals are also extracted, still retaining their original form.
If this extracted substance contains resins, resinoids, or oleo-
resins, they are precipitated on the addition of water, being
insoluble in that menstruum, and mechanically carry down at
the same time these earthy crystals. This mechanical combin-
ation is so strong, that a great complication of chemical pro-
cesses would be rendered necessary to overcome this

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 51

admixture. In fact it would be impossible to effect a separation
without injuring, and oftentimes destroying the properties of
the various proximate principles. Ignorance of these facts has
given rise to unjust and malevolent charges of impurity and adul-
teration of concentrated remedies. But malice and chemical
ignorance are alike unavailing, and aspiring tyros may "hide
their diminished heads" in the presence of the stern array of
facts we now adduce. Honest and capable criticism is the
great conservator of medical science ; but the puerile vaporings
of the mercenary and incompetent sometimes cast a blighting
incubus over the motives and labors of those who are honestly
striving to advance the interests of true science. As we have
stated in the preceding chapter, the coloring matters of plants
are often possessed of valuable remedial properties. They are
often combined, as above stated, with earthy and metallic sub-
stances, from which they cannot be separated without effecting
their decomposition. Hence it will be seen that the retention
of the coloring principles in the concentrated remedies is based
upon sound philosophical and chemical authority ; and instead
of militating against their value, confirms them in the posses-
sion of the aggregate medicinal value of the plant.

Among the bases common to plants, potassa, soda, lime and
magnesia predominate. Of acids, the sulphuric, phospho-
ric, carbonic, tartaric, vinic,. oxalic, and malic occur most
frequently. The organic acids are in general combined with
the above mentioned bases, forming acidulous salts. Silica is
found in the cell- walls of nearly all plants, -and oftentimes in
considerable quantity. These inorganic constituents of plants
are not accidental admixtures, but act as important agents in
the processes of vegetable activity. Their particular influence
seems to partake more of a catalytic than a chemical character.

Fixed Oils. — These substances occur in plants suspended
in the cell-sap, in the form of minute drops or globules of
variable size. They are more abundant in seeds, but are found
in lesser quantities in a great number of plants. The fixed oils
are soluble to a greater or lesser extent in alcohol and ether,
but are insoluble in water. They are saponified by a solution

62 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

of caustic alkalies, and are then soluble in water. The strong
light-refractive power of the fixed-oil drops, and the fact of
their disappearing under the action of caustic alkalies, enables
us to detect them, even in the smallest quantity, by means of
the microscope.

Fixed Oils are a mixture of margarin anl elain, the former
being a compound of margarinic acid, (C 34 H 80 3 ,) and the
latter of elaic acid, (G 41 Hgo 4? ) with glycerine, (0 3 H 4 2 )
which answers the purposes of a base. They are often color-
less, but in general possess a distinctive color, in consequence
of their holding in solution certain absorbed coloring matters.
In many plants they are substituted for starch and its meta-
morphosed conditions. They are also liable to similar trans-
formations, of which we have an example in the germinating
of an oily seed, in which instance the fixed oil affords the
pioper materials for the formation of cell-substance. By
similar transformations a great number of products are
originated, but of many of them we know but very little. In
general they have an acidulous, or electro-negative reaction.
The fixed oils are very dissimilar in their composition,
although they all conform in containing carbon, hydrogen, and
oxygen. Only a smajl part of them can be considered as
simple organic oxydes, while by far the greater number of
them are salt-like compounds possessing different degrees of
fusibility. The number of these salt-like compounds is very
large, the more common and greater part of them being
employed for technical and economical purposes, a small num-
ber only possessing medicinal value. Each one of these
compounds consists of a peculiar fat, having an acidulous
reaction, (arising from the presence of sebacic acid,) neutralised
by an indifferent organic oxyde, which oxyde cannot be sepa-
rated without being altered in its composition. When treated
with strong inorganic bases, these compounds are decomposed,
the sebacic acid unites with the base, forming a sebate, and the
indifferent organic oxyde is set free. While this decomposi-
tion is taking place, the organic oxyde absorbs the elements
;>f water, and appears in an altered condition. Every fixed

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 53

•oil possessing a peculiar medicinal value, yields, by this pro-
cess, a peculiar acid, which acid, however, does not entirely
conform in its therapeutic reaction with the compound from
which it is derived. The acids thus artificially produced,
occur also in plants, being originated by the metamorphosis of
vegetable material.

A part of the fixed oils, when exposed to the air, absorb
oxygen, discharge carbonic acid, and are converted into a re-
sinous substance. Another portion of them, when similarly
exposed, simply dry down to a soft, greasy mass.

Wax. — Of this substance we have many varieties. They
do not, however, form a distinct class of substances, but belong
properly to the class of fixed oils. Like the latter, they are
salt-like compounds, consisting of a fatty acid (cerain) united
with an indifferent organic oxyde. Wax is never found in a
liquid form, but always of a solid consistence, somewhat soft
and unctious to the touch at a common temperature, but hard
and brittle when exposed to the cold. It is but very slightly
soluble in cold alcohol, somewhat more so in hot . alcohol, but
readily dissolves in the fixed and volatile oils, &c. Wax
occurs in many plants, forming in many instances a thin
granular coating upon the epidermis. It also is found as a
coating upon the berries of certain plants, as the Bayberry or
Wax Myrtle, (Myrica Cerifera.) Wax possesses but feeble,
if any, therapeutic power. Its use is mostly confined to the
preparation of plasters, ointments, and other external appli-
ances.

Volatile Oils. — These substances are of very frequent
occurrence in plants, but are mostly confined to certain organs
-or groups of cells. Where they exist in but small quantity,
they are generally dissolved in the cell-sap ; but they are often
found occupying the entire cell, as well as the spaces between
•the cells.

Volatile oils, like the preceding substances, are gradually
•developed by progressive vegetable activity. The greater
number of them are liquid at a common temperature. A few
are solid, but very readily fusible. They are for the most

54 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

part colorless. A small portion are colored, and may be either
yellow, green, blue, red, or brown. They all possess a pene-
trating odor, and a warm, pungent taste. When brought in
contact with paper, a transparent stain is produced, which dis-
appears upon the application of heat. Many liquid volatile
oils hold solid volatile oils in solution. When allowed' to
stand undisturbed for a period of time, or at a low temperature,
the latter are separated in a crystalline form and precipitated.
This precipitate is termed stearoptene.

Volatile oils are but very slightly soluble in water, the solu-
tion simply acquiring in a slight degree the odor and taste of
the oil. They are readily soluble in alcohol, ether, and liquid
fats. Only those volatile oils that contain oxygen are soluble
in dilute alcohol. The greater the proportion of oxygen they
contain, the greater their solubility. The boiling point of
volatile oils is variable. The greater part of them, however,
boil at 320° F. When' distilled alone they are partially de-
composed. Most of the volatile oils contain oxj^gen ; a large
number, however, are destitute of oxygen. When exposed to
the air, they absorb oxygen, give off carbonic acid gas, and are
finally converted into resins. Some volatile oils become acid
ulous by the absorption of oxygen, and gradually separate
crystals of a peculiar acid. Alkaloids convert them, in the
presence of air, into resins,' with which they enter into com-
bination forming resinates. A few of these oils contain
sulphur. Volatile oils are not alone produced during the
period of organic activity, but are frequently originated by
fermentation, or the reaction of nitrogenous or oxydising
substances upon indifferent vegetable materials. Many living
plants contain no volatile oil ; but as soon as they cease to
grow, and are subjected to fermentation, volatile oils are
originated. We have an illustration in the volatile oil of bit-
ter almonds. This oil does not exist ready formed in the
almond, but is originated by the reactions which take place
while it is undergoing decomposition. By powdering the
kernels coarsely, mixing them with water, and allowing them
to stand for 24 hours, a peculiar fermentation ensues. Two.

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 55

products are originated by this fermentation, viz, volatile oil,
and hydrocyanic acid. This is brought about by the reaction
of einulsin, a peculiar nitrogenous substance, upon amygdalin,
whereby the latter is decomposed, and the two above-named
substances are produced.

The Camphors are nothing more nor less than solid volatile
oils, (stearoptene.)

Many plants owe their employment in medicine to the vola-
tile oils they afford.

Kesin — Resins are peculiar proximate principles, possessing
different degrees of solidity. They are mostly hard, brittle,
and pulverulent ; sometimes soft, and, when they exist mixed
with volatile oils, semi-liquid. The solid resins are non-
conductors of electricity ; but, when subjected to friction,
become electro-negative. A small number only are crystallis-
able. The speciiic gravity of the larger number of them is
greater than that of water, ranging from .9 to 1.2. All resins
are fusible, some being decomposed, others not, but none can
be volatilised without undergoing decomposition. They are
inflammable, and burn with a bright, but smoky flame. Solid
resins undergo no alteration when exposed to the air ; but soft
and semi-liquid resins gradually harden, by reason of the vol-
atile oil being converted by degrees into resin.

The origination of resins out of volatile oils is effected in
various ways. For instance, a certain amount of oxygen is
absorbed from the atmosphere, and an equivalent amount of
hydrogen is displaced, resulting in a degree of oxydation. In
the second place, a certain quantity of oxygen is absorbed
without displacing the elements of water, and in the third
place, by the absorption of a larger quantity of oxygen, with
or without displacing hydrogen, but forming and discharging
carbonic acid gas. This last reaction results in a higher degree
of oxydation.

All resins contain carbon, hydrogen and oxygen. They are
insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether, volatile and
fatty oils. They do not unite with acids, but, on the contrary,
many of them have an acidulous reaction, which is shown by

56 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

their changing blue litmus paper to red. They combine
readily with bases, forming res-mates, and are freely soluble in
a solution of caustic or carbonic alkali. Acidulous resins,
when dissolved in alcohol, are not precipitated by the addition
of ammonia, but those possessing no acid character are thrown
down. Resins sometimes occur in the cells of plants, but in
general exist in the form of secretions outside of the cell.
They are truly nothing more nor less than oxydised volatile
oils, and are often artificially produced by the reaction of acids,
or a higher temperature, upon organic substances. Resins form
an important class of remedial agents.

Balsams are simply a mixture of resin and volatile oil.

Oleo-Resins. — The substances designated by this appella-
tion do not form a separate class, possessing distinct chemical
characteristics, but are simply a mixture of resin, wax, and
fixed oil. These compounds are mostly found in the leaves
and steins of plants, and are generally of a greenish color.
The wax and fatty oil, admixed with the resin, seldom have
any particular medicinal value. The therapeutic properties
reside chiefly in the admixed resins.

Gum-Resins. — Gum-resins are likewise a mixture of differ-
ent substances, which are found circulating through certain of
the cell- vessels, particularly the bast-cells, of various plants.
When these cells are ruptured, the gum-resin exudes out, and,
on coming in contact with the atmosphere, hardens, forming a
brown or yellowish gray mass. When it first exudes from the
plant it resembles the 'milk-sap in appearance, and is of a white
or yellowish cast.

Gum-resins are only partly soluble in water, with which
they simply form an emulsion ; neither are they wholly solu-
ble in alcohol. In general they are composed of a mixture of
different resins, gum, mucilage, volatile oil, and in some
instances,- alkaloids.

Resinoids. — Like the preceding, these are also a mixture of
different vegetable constituents. They are formed by a com-
bination of several resins possessing different degrees of electro-
negative reaction, and of dissimilar chemical properties. A

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. ui

portion of these resins, when separated, are readily and wholly
soluble in a solution of caustic ammonia, and a saturated
solution may be boiled for a short time without separating the
resin. When the solution is evaporated, a compound of
ammonia and resin remain behind, in which the resin largely
predominates. This portion of the resins have an acidulous
reaction, and are strongly electro-negative.

Another portion of these resinous constituents are also
soluble in a solution of caustic ammonia at the ordinary tem-
perature ; but when the solution is boiled for a quarter of an
hour, the resin is separated free of ammonia. Although less
electro-negative than the preceding class, they are precipitated
from their alcoholic solution by the addition of a solution of
acetate of copper. They are soluble, by the aid of heat, in a
solution of carbonate of soda, carbonic acid being expelled
during the process. Their alcoholic solution reddens blue lit-
mus paper.

A third class of these resins are neither soluble in a solution
of caustic ammonia, nor in, a boiling solution of carbonate of
soda, but are readily soluble in a solution of caustic potassa or
caustic soda. They are not precipitated from their alcoholic
solution by the acetate of copper ; but give a precipitate when
treated with an alcoholic solution of the acetate of lead. Their
alcoholic solution, when hot, reddens blue litmus paper. This
class of resins are feebly electro-negative.

A fourth class of these resins are insoluble even in a solu-

tion of caustic potassa or soda, but may sometimes be dis-
solved in a saturated alkaline solution of some other resin,
from which they are again precipitated on the addition of more
of the alkalie. These resins have no acidulous or electro-neg-
ative reaction, and form a distinct class, for which we propose
the term indifferent or neutral resins. Resinoids are insolu-
ble in water, but are completely soluble in alcohol. They
form a common constituent of plants, and are produced chiefly
in those bast-cells having a milk-sap circulation. None are
colorless, neither uniform in color, varying from light to dark
yellow, red. brown, or green. Plants are richest in resinoids

58 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

at the period when vegetable activity is arrested by. the ap-
proach of winter. By the reaction of strong acids, resinoids*
are decomposed and converted into tanneous substances. The
greater number of them combine with tannic acid and form-
compounds insoluble in alcohol. All resinoids possess, with-
out exception, valuable remedial properties.

Caoutchouc. — This substance occurs only in bast-cells
having a milk-sap circulation, and appears in the form of small
globules suspended in the milk-sap, giving to it an emulsion-
like appearance. It is extensively employed for technical
purposes, but cannot be considered as a therapeutic principle,
seldom or never being used internally.

Coloring Matters. — These substances are diffused through-
out the entire structure of plants, and give to them their
characteristic colors. They differ very much in their chemical
properties, many of them being soluble in water, and bearing
a strong resemblance to the neutral or extractive substances ,*
while others are insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, and
bear a strong similarity to the resins. Another portion are
soluble in ether, and conform in their general properties with
wax. Many of them combine with acids and bases-, whereby
their original color is greatly modified, and their properties
changed. The larger number of them combine with metallic
oxydes, and form insoluble compounds. A few of the color-
ing matters contain nitrogen.

The most common of the coloring matters is chlorophyll
It is found in all plants; and gives to them their green color..
Chlorophyl contains nitrogen. It generally appears in the
form of minute grains ; but these grains are not wholly com-
posed of chlorophyl, being a mixture of chlorophyl and
colorless protein substances, the latter largely predominating
in quantity. Chlorophyl is produced directly from protein
substances by the action of sun-light. It is insoluble in water,
but soluble in alcohol, ether, hydrochloric acid, and solutions
of alkalies. During the fall months it undergoes a series of
changes, being converted into a red coloring matter termed
erythrophylj or into yellow colored substances called xantho~

CONSTITUENTS uF PLANTS. f)W

I. The peculiar processes by which these changes are pro-
duced are not understood. Coloring matters, in general, are
found dissolved in the cell-^ap, or suspended in it in small
globules. We know of but a few instances in which the cell-
walls themselves are colored, while at the same time the cell-
sap is colorless ; but we often find cells entirely filled up with
coloring matters, particularly with those possessing tanneous
properties. We also often find coloring matters existing in
the form of secretions outside of the cells, and which, in general,
partake of a resinous character. When the cell-sap is of a red
color, it indicates the presence of free acid. Blue cell-sap indi-
cates the presence of free alkalie. The coloring matters
increase in amount, in dried plants, for a series of years.
Many of these coloring principles possess valuable therapeutic
properties, while others are wholly inert and worthless as
medicine.

Extractive Substances or Neutrals. — These terms are
applied to a great number of substances which may be extract-
ed from plants by means of water or alcohol, either cold or
hot, and which possess very different physical and chemical
properties. They are called neutral because they have neither
basic nor acid properties, and possess neither positive nor
negative electricity. Many of the neutral substances are crys*
tallisable, others are amorphous ; some are colorless, but in
general they possess a distinctive color, varying according to
the source from whence they are derived. But few of the
neutrals are tasteless. They may be either sweet, bitter,
astringent, or sharp and caustic. When a solution of these
neutral substances is exposed for a time to the action of the
atmosphere, they are materially altered in their composition
and properties. Particularly is this the case when a watery
solution is evaporated. During the process of evaporation
oxygen is absorbed, carbonic acid is formed and escapes in the
form of gas, and a dark brown substance but slightly sol uble
in water is separated. This extractive sediment is termed
apotheme. This apothemean substance first appears upon the
surface of the liquid in the form of a brown colored pellicle,

60 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

and finally precipitates in the form of a powder. This sub-
stance continues to form so long as the evaporation is continued,
or so long as any of the neutral principle remains. Neutral sub-
stances may be instantly converted into apotheme by the action
of chlorine. The conversion of neutral substances into apo-
theme is brought about by the absorption of oxygen from the
atmosphere, which combines with a portion of the carbon of
the neutral, forming carbonic acid, which is expelled, while at
the same time a part, of the hydrogen and oxygen of the neu-
tral unite and form water. For this reason the apotheme
appears richer in carbon than the neutral from which it is
derived. Apotheme is slightly soluble in cold alcohol, more
so in hot, and easily and readily dissolved in a solution of car-
bonic or caustic alkalie, out of which solutions it is again pre-
cipitated by the addition of acids, with a portion of which it
combines. Apotheme bears a striking resemblance to ulmic,
humic, and japonic acids, according to the neutral from which
it is derived.

The neutrals agree in their general character in one respect
only ; and that is, in being very easily and readily decomposed,
the slightest influence of other substances, when brought in
contact, being sufficient to produce their complete decom-
position and destruction, and entirely change their chemical
and therapeutic properties. In other respects they are very
dissimilar, having no general character in common.

A solution of some of the neutral substances is readily ab-
sorbed by charcoal, either animal or vegetable ; while others
are absorbed only after long continued boiling. Others are
precipitated from their solution by the addition of a solution
of the tri-basic acetate of lead, (3 Pb O-f-X)- Many of the
neutrals are insoluble in absolute alcohol. Many of them are
remarkable for their hygroscopic properties, absorbing moisture
from the atmosphere very rapidly.

Neutral principles occur in all plants, and form a large and
important class of proximate medicinal principles. Many
plants are entirely dependent upon the possession of this

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 61

principle for remedial value and to its presence owe their
employment in medicine.

Humus and its metamorphosed products are not constitu-
ents of the living cells, and have no therapeutic vaiue. They
are products of the decomposition and putrefaction of solid
organic matters, and are important only as belonging to the
class of nutritive substances which the plant absorbs from the
soil.

Having now completed our brief history of the principal
constituents of vegetable activity, we propose to give the
'rationale of the reactions whereby the proximate medicinal
principles are decomposed, and their chemical composition and
therapeutic properties either modified or entirely changed. In
order that the reader may more readily trace the application
of our exposition, we will first briefly recapitulate the main
facts in relation thereto, set forth in the preceding pages.

We have seen that acids are originated during the period of
organic activity, and also by the decomposition of some of the
constituents of the plant after the cessation of that period. A
greater number of the vegetable acids pertain to the nutritive
constituents, and are originated by the conversion of amylum
and oils into cell-substance. These acids are reconvertible
into amylum and oils. Tannin substances, it has been shown,
are not products of organic growth, but are formed by a putre-
factive conversion of cellulose. With protein substances they
form insoluble compounds, and by the action of water and
oxygen are converted into huminoid substances.

Alkaloids are the products of living cells only, never increas-
ing in amount in the dead plant, yet liable to form combinations
whereby their medicinal value is suppressed. Thus, they com-
bine with tannic acid, and when the latter is present in
sufficient quantity, form bi-tannates, which are insoluble except
/n stronger acids.

Cellulose, xylogen, amylum, dextrine, pectin, gum, and
mucilage all agree in yielding grape-sugar. Cellulose is con
verted by the living cells into wood and cork substance, and
by retrogressive chemical action into starch. Protein substan*

*j2 constituents of plants.

ces undergo spontaneous decomposition, and transfer this
property to substances of a more enduring composition, thus
greatly promoting putrefaction and decomposition.

Starch is converted by the processes of vegetable activity
into dextrine and grape-sugar, out of which products cellulose
is formed by the action of protoplasma. " By the same activity
cellulose is reconverted into starch. By the reaction of albu.
minous substances, starch is converted, first into dextrine, then
into grape-sugar, and finally into acetic and lactic acids.

Sugars are liable to both spontaneous and chemical decom-

O J.

positions, by which various acids are originated, and which in '
turn react upon the therapeutic principles.

Gum combines with bases, and is sometimes originated by
the reaction of protein substances upon a solution of sugar.

Mucilages also combine with bases, and sometimes with
resins, forming a class of substances to which we have given
the name of muci-resins.

Fixed oils are substituted for starch in some plants, and are
liable to similar decompositions, and give origin to a variety
of acids.

Volatile oils are converted by the action of the atmosphere
into resins. By the absorption of oxygen some of them become
acidulous, and deposit crystals of a peculiar acid. Alkalies con-
vert them, when exposed to the air, into resins, with which they
combine and form- resinates. Many volatile oils do not exist
in the living plant, but are originated by the reaction of nitro-
genous or oxydising substances upon neutral vegetable mate-
rials, during the process of decomposition.

Eesins are frequently acidulous, and combine with bases,
forming resinates. They are often artificially produced by the
reaction of acids, or of a higher temperature, upon organic
matters, particularly volatile oils.

Balsams, oleo-resins, and resinoids are compound substances,
containing two or more of the previously described proximate
principles. Eesinoids are converted by the action of strong
acids into tanneous substances. The greater number of them

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 63

combine with tannic acids, and form compounds insoluble in
alcohol.

Neutral principles form a large class of remedial substances,
constituting the entire medicinal value of many plants. They
are remarkably susceptible to disorganising influences, and are
readily and rapidly decomposed. By the evaporation of their
watery solution they are converted into a peculiar substance
termed apotheme. .They are remarkable for the avidity with
which they absorb water, hence should be carefully ex-
cluded from the air. They are the principles usually afforded
by aqueous preparations, and the first to undergo decomposi-
tion in pharmaceutical preparations. We shall notice them
again in speaking of extracts.

Those compound vegetable substances which are least com-
plicated in their structure, that is, which contain the smallest
number of elements, as well as the smallest number of
equivalents, or atoms of the elements of which they are com-
posed, are the most constant and enduring in their character,
and longest resist decomposition. In proportion as the
number of elements, or the number of the atoms or equiva-
lents of the component elements is increased, do organic
compounds manifest a disposition to undergo transformations,
and to resolve into more simple forms. The presence of watei
and oxygen is sufficient, at the ordinary temperature, to insti-
tute and promote those peculiar decompositions which are
variously termed fermentation, putrefaction, moldering, and
rotting. Every substance which will absorb water and repel
oxygen, or which will combine directly with organic com-
pounds, rendering them more permanent in their composition,
will prevent or retard decomposition.

The processes by which the different kinds of decomposition
above-named are effected, are various and dissimilar, accord-
ingly as the substance is exposed to a free access of air, or is
immersed in water, or buried in the soil. The most simple
form of decomposition is that which organic substances con-
taining no nitrogen undergo, when exposed to the action of
the atmosphere. The rat ionale of the process is as follows-

6-i CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

Oxygen is absorbed, combines with the hydrogen of the
organic substance, and forms water ; while the carbon and
oxygen of the substance unite and form carbonic acid which
is dissipated in the form of gas. This species of decomposi-
tion is simply a process of oxydation. Woody substances
particularly, undergo this variety of decomposition when
exposed to the necessary conditions. It is this species of
decomposition which trees, cut in the early part of the season,
when the stem is succulent with sap, so' rapidly undergo. It
is for thi3 Tc&soia that trees cut at this period are unfit for the
purposes of timber, as we have already stated in the preceding
chapter. Nor are the}?- of much value as firewood, for by this
spontaneous decomposition, a greater portion of their carbon
and hydrogen is, so to speak, bivrned vp; that is, consumed in
the formation of carbonic acid gas, and in this form dissipated.

Medicinal roots, barks, etc., gathered at this season, are sub-
ject to the same species of decomposition, and speedily become
inert and worthless.

Another species of decomposition to which organic sub-
stances containing no uitrogen are subject, takes place when
those substances are brought in contact with water, and
partially excluded from atmospheric air. In this instance
not only is oxygen absorbed, but also the elements of water.
which are taken up in considerable quantities, carbonic acid
gas is expelled, and the result is a compound possessed of very
different chemical and physical properties. Woody fibre is
peculiarly subject to this species of decomposition, and mani-
fests the change by gradually losing its color, density, and
becoming pulverulent. This phenomenon is frequently to be
observed in the stems of old trees. In familiar language it is
termed powder-post.

Not even the complete exclusion of atmospheric air will pre
vent non-nitrogenous organic substances from undergoing de
composition, provided water be present. Of this we have an
example in the formation of bituminous and anthracite coals.

Organic acids, even when chemically pure, cannot be pre-
served in the form of a watery solution, without being decom-

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 65

posed. For example, the oxalic acid, (C 2 3) ) the most simple
in its composition of all the organic acids, is speedily decom-
posed when dissolved in water, no matter how effectually if. is
excluded from the air. In this instance the water is decom-
posed, and its elements uniting with those of the acid, various
products are originated, as follows : a portion of the oxygen of
the water combines with a portion of the carbon of the acid,
and forms carbonic acid ; while a portion of the hydrogen of
the water combines with a portion of the carbon of the acid
forming a hydro-carbon compound, (C. H 2 ,) etc. At the same
time a peculiar fungus is generated, belonging to the lower
order of cryptogamic plants, known in common language by
the name of mould.

A solution of tartaric and other acids will undergo decom-
position in a manner similar to that which we have just
described.

Those organic substances which contain nitrogen, evince a
more ready tendency to undergo decomposition than the pre-
ceding, provided the volume of nitrogen bears a due proportion
to the rest of the elements ; that is, if the number of its atoms
be neither too great nor too small. By the addition of another
element, the affinities of a more simple substance are increased,
and these affinities being displayed at the same time, the con-
sequent reactions become more complex. Vegetable matters
containing nitrogen, absorb oxygen from the atmosphere, and
decompose the water which may be present. The hydrogen
which is set free by the decomposition of the water, combines
with the nitrogen of the organic matter, and forms ammonia,
(N.H 3 ) ; while the oxygen either unites with the carbon of the
vegetable material and forms carbonic acid (C. 2 ), or witli
carbon and a portion of the hydrogen of the water, formim;
some other organic acid, as, for instance, lactic acid (C 6 H 5 0-,
+ H. O.) At the same time carbonic acid and another portion
of the hydrogen are set free, and if the organic substance con-
tains sulphate on phosphate salts, they will be found to yield
traces of sulphuretted or phosphurettcd hydrogen, (H. S.) <>ir
(P. H 3 ). When nitrogenous substances are immersed in water,
o

66 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

they not only undergo spontaneous decomposition, but also
decompose a portion of the water, forming carbonic acid, (0.
2 ) and carburetted hydrogen (C. H 2 ), which escape in the
form of gas ; while certain liuminoid products, poor in oxygen
and hydrogen, and mixed with salts of oxyde of ammonia,
remain. The unstable character of nitrogenous substances
renders them great instigators and promoters of organic decom-
positions ; and being capable of transfering this disposition to
the substances with which they may come in contact, they fre-
quently induce decomposition in organic compounds which
would otherwise resist disintegrating influences for a great
length of time. In consequence of this transferred property,
the constituents of one substance frequently unite with those
of another, when brought in contact. This blending of the
constituents of the two substances does not always occur, how-
ever; but the disposition of the one substance to undergo
decomposition is attended with a consequent activity of its
particles, which are set in motion, and these communicating
their influence to the particles of the passive substance, over-
come the indolence of their chemical affinity, and induce
certain changes or transformations in its composition. The
first species of decomposition is called putrefaction ; the second,
fermentation.

When nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous vegetable sub-
stances are commingled, and undergo putrefaction together,
their constituents reciprocally react upon each other, effecting
their mutual decomposition, and their elements reuniting in
different numbers and proportions, various new products are
formed ; as, for instance, ammonia, lactic acid, carbonic acid,
carburetted hydrogen, butyric acid, mannite, gum, mucil-
age; etc., and various offensive gases, fumes of which are
emitted during the progress of the mutual reactions. This
species of decomposition is sometimes termed mucinous fer-
mentation.

In the instance above cited, if the oxygen cannot be derived
from the atmosphere, by reason of its exclusion, it is obtained
by the reduction of the admixed substances; as, for instance,

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 67

water and sulphate salts, the latter being conveited into sul-
phurets. Thus, if sulphate of iron be present, its oxygen is
absorbed, and it is ^converted into sulphuret of iron. The
hydrogen which is set free by the decomposition of the water,
frequently combines, at the moment of its liberation, with
fragmentary portions of the admixed substances, forming
products rich in hydrogen. This species of putrefaction takes
place when the leaves of the indicjofera, and other plants
yielding the blue indigo of commerce, are immersed in water.
A kind of mucous fermentation ensues, water is decomposed,
■carbonic acid, ammonia, and hydrogen gases are evolved, and
the particles of coloring matter, which were blue in the leaf,
itre held in solution, colorless. This loss of color is effected
by the combination of hydrogen, set free by the decomposi-
tion of water, with the blue indigo. The formula of blue
indigo is 1ST. C J6 .H 5 2 . That of white indigo is C 16 H 5 .N.
2 + H. It will be seen that the latter contains an excess of
hydrogen. By the absorption of oxygen the blue color is
restored.

The term fermentation is generally applied to the decom-
position which sugar undergoes when exposed to the action
of nitrogenous substances ; but upon referring to the preced-
ing definitions and illustrations, and taking into consideration
the great number of organic substances generated by the
processes previously described, it will be seen that the greater
number of organic destructive processes belong to this species
of decomposition.

A great many organic substances may be produced by
fermentation artificially excited.

.The fermentative decomposition of sugar is excited and
promoted by the introduction into its solution of a peculiar
cellular fungus, termed yeast. This substance consists of
small, cell-like globules, of which it is estimated that a cubic
inch contains eleven hundred and fifty- two millions. The
cell-walls of these globules are isomeric in composition with
starch, while the contents consist of a peculiar protein sub-
stance which very readily and speedily undergoes decomposi-

68 CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS.

tion. The formation of this fungus is effected by the action
of the oxygen of the atmosphere upon protein substances heldi
in solution. During the process of fermentation, the protein,
contents of these fungus, cells are decomposed, and acetate of
ammonia and other products are formed, leaving the cells
empty and exhausted. As soon as fermentation begins in the
cells of the yeast, it is transferred to the particles of the sugar,,
which is converted thereby into carbonic acid and alcohoL
When fermentation is once generated in contact with the-
atmosphere, it does not cease when the fermenting substance
is excluded from the air, even if immersed under water. The-
necessary oxygen is obtained by the reduction of water, and
of sugar, while at the same time new products, rich in hydro-
gen, are formed. If the substances undergoing fermentation
are neutral, among tfye products will be found fusel-oil ; if the
fermenting liquid be acidulous, ether-like compounds are
formed. By a temperature above 80° of Farenheit, fermen-
tation is changed into putrefaction, and sugar is then converted
into mannite, gum, lactic acid, and butyric acid.

It is by a similar process of fermentation that amygdalin r
when acted upon by emulsin in the presence of water, is
decomposed, giving rise to the formation of volatile oil, hydro-
cyanic acid, sugar, carbonic acid, and carburetted hydrogen^

Amygdalin belongs to the class of crystallisable neutral
substances. Its formula is C 40 H 27 .N. 22 . It is soluble in
water, out of which it crystallises in large colorless prisms,
containing six equivalents of water. Amygdalin is derived
from the kernels of the bitter almond, peach, cherry, prune
and other fruit stones, and from the bark of the wild cherry^
choke cherry, etc.

Emulsin is a peculiar nitrogenous constituent of both th©
sweet and bitter almond, in the former of which it exists
independent of the presence of amygdalin. It is also found
in the kernels of other fruits, and in many plants. It is 'solu-
ble in water. The formula is N.C J6 H ;2 0.j. In the cotyledon,
of the almond and other fruits, and in those other plants.
yielding these two principles, the amygdalin and emulsin exiss

CONSTITUENTS OF PLANTS. 69

in separate and distinct cells, hence, in that condition, cannot
react upon each other ; but when these substances are bruised
or reduced to powder, and mixed with water, fermentation
and decomposition immediately ensue. Not only are the
amygdalin and emulsin decomposed, but also a portion of the
water, giving rise to the products above named. We shall
have occasion to refer to this peculiar fermentative decompo-
sition when treating of the properties and employment of
Prunin and Cerasein.

A similar fermentation ensues when sinapisine is submitted
to the action of myrosyne, in the presence of water. Decom-
position takes place, and volatile oil, sulpho-hydrocyanic acid,
and other products are originated,

We have now completed our brief history of the different
varieties of decomposition to which vegetable substances are
subject, and propose, in another chapter, to make a practical
application of the preceding facts while discussing the subject
■of officinal preparations. Our great aim is to awaken the
attention of the profession to the best methods of preparing
remedials, be they either simple or compound, so that we may
secure their full, and what is of quite as much importance,
their definite value. If we can show that the ordinary phar-
maceutical preparations, such as are now recognized by the
term officinal, are defective and not prepared in accordance
with the requirements of science, we will have made a begin-
ning. But if we can go further, and point out the manner in
which these imperfections may be rectified, we feel that we
shall be truly advancing the interests of positive medical
science.

CHAPTER HL

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

Officinal Preparations — Infusions — Decoctions — Extracts, etc. — ih&m
liability to Decomposition— of variable strength — frequently inert, etc
— Concentrated Medicines proper — their advantages — uniform and.
definite in strength — not liable to change, etc.

From the earliest times many disadvantages have been recog-
nised in the employment of crude medicines, and many and
various processes have been devised, whereby to bring their
remedial properties into a more definite and convenient fomv
We have shown some of the disadvantages arising from th&
employment of crude organic medicines in the first chapter,,
and, as there promised, will now endeavor to demonstrate the
correctness of the objections there named.

We now propose to critically examine the various methods:
of preparing organic remedies for the use of the physician,,
and to apply the tests of organic chemistry to the preparations
named at the head of this chapter. We shall then be enabled
to see how far the labors of the pharmaceutist have tended to
accomplish the desired object. And first we will examine —

Infusions. — These*constitute the most simple form in which

vegetable remedial substances are prepared for exhibition.

A part, or the whole of a plant is bruised and put into some

eonvenient vessel, boiling water is added, and the whole is-

'allowed to stand for a time in a warm place. The hot wate$r-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 71

softens and swells up the tissues of the plant, and extracts a
portion of those principles which are soluble in water, both
medicinal and nutritive. Thus far the process seems well
enough ; but let us look a little closer at the process, and
examine it in all its aspects. In the first chapter we have
demonstrated that one great objection to the employment of
crude organic remedies, depends upon the fact that they are
extremely variable as regards the quantitive product of active
proximate principles. Not only does the actual amount of
medicinal constituents vary infinitely, but frequently are the
specimens entirely inert. "Will this discrepancy be equalised
by the preparation of the substance in infusion? By no
means whatever. Not only will the therapeutic deficiencies
of the plant go unremedied, but absolutely be rendered more
uncertain in consequence of the presence of a considerable
amount of other active principles insoluble in water, such as
resins, resinoids, oils, etc., which will not only be retained by
the plant, but will also cause the retention of a considerable
amount of such portions as would be otherwise soluble. In
this way the full value of such of the medicinal power* as
would otherwise be yielded to the water, is withheld. As
plants are richer at some seasons than at others in those prin-
ciples which are insoluble in water, it follows that the gather-
ing' of the plant at different seasons, will exercise a great
influence in modifying the character of the infusion.

In the second place, when certain insoluble active principles
are present in the plant employed, they cannot be rejected
without seriously impairing the value of the preparation.
When a number of therapeutic properties are attributed to a
plant, we naturally infer that those properties respectively
reside in separate and distinct proximate principles, and do not
look for them to be concentrated in one single isolated
principle. Hence the disappointment frequently experienced
by the physician, by reason of overlooking the question of
plurality and solubility of the active medicinal constituents
of plants.

Thirdly, the water not only extracts a portion of the medi-

72 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

cinal constituents of the plant, but also a greater part of the
nutritive or non-medicinal substances, such as grape-sugar,
gum, mucilage, dextrine, pectin, various acids, protein sub-
stances, tanneous principles, etc., which of themselves undergo
spontaneous decomposition, and the accompanying fermenta-
tion involves the certain destruction of whatever medicinal
constituents may be present. Thus are infusions speedily
rendered worthless, the time required varying from a few
hours to a few days. By referring to the preceding chapter,
the reader will be enabled to comprehend the nature of the
reactions liable to ensue when the above named substances are
mingled in solution. He there will find the individual char-
acteristics of the different constituents defined. Thus if the
plant be prized on account of its yielding tannin, and at the
same time protein substances are afforded to the solution, they
will combine with the tannin, forming an insoluble compound.
Or if no protein substance be present, the tannin is shortly
converted, by the action of water and oxygen, into humus.
Or on the other hand, if these conditions are not present, and
a neutral principle is held in solution independent of the pre-
sence of other substances, it is converted, if evaporation take
place, into apotheme. If the plant yield a soluble alkaloid,
and at the same time tannic acid, they will combine, forming,
if the quantity of tannic acid be considerable, a bi-tannate,
which is insoluble in every menstruum except a stronger acid.
Other changes are liable to take place, which the reader may
easily determine by consulting the preceding chapter. We
have particularised a few, in order to account for the disap-
pointment which no doubt many physicians have experienced
in the employment of medicinal plants when prepared in thii
form. In consequence of the want of a knowledge of these
facts, many really valuable plants have been condemned as
worthless, or at least as of uncertain value. The natural
defects of the plant, together with the unscientific metho4 of
its preparation, have created much division of opinion, and
brought many excellent remedies into disrepute.

The chemical properties of the water employed in making

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 73

infusions, exercise a greatly modifying influence. Thus, if
the water contain earthy salts, as, for instance, carbonate of
lime, it will precipitate a great proportion of the medicinal
constituents, and render the infusion comparatively worthless.
Decoctions. — When a plant is boiled in water for a time,
the solution so formed is termed a decoction. Such prepara-
tions generally contain more of the soluble constituents of the
plant, particularly the nutritive, a portion of which become
insoluble when the decoction cools, and are precipitated. These
precipitates, in falling, mechanically carry down a considerable
portion of the medicinal matters held in solution, and thus
materially diminish the value of the preparation. By reason
of their containing more constituents, their chemical affinities
are increased, and their tendency to decomposition augmented
in proportion. As stated in the first chapter, such prepara-
tions speedily run into the putrefactive fermentation, particu-
larly in warm weather. If the plant yield tannic acid, it will
combine with protein substances, forming insoluble compounds,
and these, as above stated, will mechanically carry down much
of the medicinal matter present. If the plant happen to yield
a soluble alkaloid, it will combine with the tannic acid, and
thus be rendered inert. It will be remembered that the age
of the plant, dating from the period at which it was gathered,
will make a great difference in regard to the amount of tannic
acid present, as that constituent is formed after the death of
the cells, by a putrefactive conversion of the cellulose. Hence
the amount of tannic acid increases with age. We have, then, to
contend with much uncertainty when a remedy is so prepared.
First, the uncertain amount of medicinal power residing in the
crude material ; second, the liability of such of the medicinal
constituents as may be extracted, to be precipitated from their
solution ; third, the rapid decompositions which take place
when a number of vegetable constituents are mingled togeth er
in solution. Thus, if the plant yield starch, together with
albuminous matters, and which are almost universally present,
it will undergo decomposition, if the decoction be allowed to
stand for a time, being first converted into dextrin, next into

74 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

grape-sugar, and finally into acetic and lactic acids. If grape-
sugar be afforded, it will also undergo decomposition, giving
rise to the formation of various acids. These, in turn, will
react upon other of the constituents present. If tannic acid
be extracted, and does not combine with any other substance,
it will be converted, after a time, by the action of the water
and atmosphere, into humus. Thus are certain and compli-
cated reactions involved, and the character of the preparation
rendered uncertain and inert. The presence of any nutritive
principle whatever, is antagonistic to the integrity of every
pharmaceutical preparation. Complete isolation of the thera-
peutic constituents is the only safeguard. '

Extracts. — Of these preparations we have several varieties,
termed respectively, aqueous, alcoholic, hydro-alcoholic .
inspissated, and fluid. No department of pharmacy more
needs a thorough reformation than this. While we are far
from impugning the motives of those who manufacture these
preparations for the use of the profession, believing that they
have honestly and faithfully endeavored to effect the best
results their knowledge of organic chemistry would permit,
we nevertheless desire to call the attention of the profession to
the obvious defects that pertain to such preparations, and
invite their serious attention to a consideration of the facts we
are about to present in relation thereto.

Aqueous Extracts. — When an infusion or decoction is
evaporated to a syrupy or honey -like consistency, the residue is
known by the general term of extract. It will be remembered
that the usual and almost sole medicinal constituent yielded to
water is a neutral principle. It will also be remembered that
we stated, when treating of the chemical properties of neutral
principles that when their watery solution is exposed to a free
access of air, and evaporated, they undergo a material alteration
in their composition. This is precisely what occurs in the
preparation of watery extracts. The continual change of air
to which the surface of the evaporating liquid is exposed, gives
rise to the formation of a peculiar substance much resembling
humus, tc which the name of apotheme has been given. This

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. iO

6ubstance, as it forms, is precipitated, and in common with the
concentrated nutritive substances which may have been
afforded by the plant, forms the ordinary aqueous extract.
If the evaporating liquid is exposed to a strong heat, the neu-
tral principle is completely decomposed, and the extract
rendered entirely worthless for all medicinal purposes.

This change does not take place to so great an extent when
the extracts are prepared in vacuo / but even then they are
rendered none the less liable to the spontaneous decomposi-
tions which afterwards ensue, as sufficient water will always
be present to institute and promote a destructive metamor-
phosis. Frequently are the plants employed in making
extracts nearly or quite destitute of any proximate active
principles whatever, in which case we have nothing for our
pains but a worthless mass of starch, grape-sugar, protein
substances, gum, pectin, etc. Thus lean we upon a broken
reed perhaps, in the time of our greatest need. Or perhaps
the active principles that give medicinal value to the plant are
insoluble in water, and again is such a preparation obviously
worthless. Even admitting, for the sake of argument, that
the watery extract may have secured the neutral principle
unchanged, yet a very short time will suffice to render the
preparation valueless. This result will arise from the fact of
their admixture with those non-medicinal constituents which
so readily and rapidly undergo decomposition, and which, as
stated in the preceding chapter, communicate their disposition
to substances of a more enduring texture. As neutral princi-
ples are the first to be affected by such decomposition, it
foJ lows that those preparations depending upon the presence
of this principle for therapeutic value, will soonest be rendered
worthless. All extracts become entirely inert in one year
from the time of their preparation. Extracts of narcotic
pknts are generally worthless after the expiration of six
months. Some extracts are entirely decomposed at the end
oi three weeks. Extracts that should be kept in hermetically
closed vessels, are frequently put into earthen pots with

76 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

loosely fitting covers, and thus exposed to the destructive
ravages of air and moisture.

Alcoholic Extracts. — These are prepared by digesting
the crude materials in alcohol, of various per centages,
until the medicinal constituents are dissolved out, and the
solution so formed is reduced by distillation or evaporation to
the proper consistency. Extracts so prepared are preferable
to the preceding, inasmuch as they contain a lesser proportion
of the non-meclicinal constituents of the plant, provided the
alcohol employed in their preparation be not too much
diluted. Yet even these will contain grape-sugar, tanneous
substances, various acids, and water, quite sufficient to cause
them to undergo decomposition in a very short time. It is
also a common practice amongst extract makers, to boil the
materials, after they have been exhausted with alcohol, in
water, so long as they will yield any soluble matters, and to
add this watery product to the alcoholic solution. In this
way the quantity of extract is increased, but the quality is
impaired, as the added constituents consist of gum, staroh.
grape-sugar, pectin, dextrin, and other non-meclicinal matters,
all active agents in promoting fermentation and decomposition.
Even when excluded effectually from the action of the atmos-
phere, extracts are not proof against decomposition, as water
is always present in sufficient quantity to stimulate the chemi-
cal affinities of the non-nitrogenous constituents, and when
once the fermentative or putiefactive processes are commenced,
their influence, as previously explained, is communicated to
the more resisting constituents. The more complex such a
preparation may be, the greater the number of its affinities,
consequently liable to a greater number and variety of cherm-
cal reactions.

Hydro-alcoholic extracts are similar to the above, the only
difference being that the plant is exhausted, or, we might
more properly say, digested in dilute alcohol. Hence less of
the constituents requiring strong alcohol to dissolve them are
obtained, while the non-medicinal nutritive substances are
chiefly extracted. Their defects are therefore self-evident.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 77

Inspissated Extracts. — This name is given to prepara-
tions made by reducing the expressed juice of the fresh plant
to the proper consistency. The plant is bruised and subjected
to pressure, and after all the juice that is possible is obtained
in this manner, hot water is added to xhe plant, and the press-
ure again applied, and so on ad finem until all the properties
are supposed to be extracted. The solutions so obtained are
mixed, and exposed to a heat above 150° F., in order to
coagulate the protein substances, filtered, and evaporated to
the proper consistence. Extracts so prepared are similar to
the alcoholic extracts, except that if the plant from which
they are obtained contain an alkaloid principle, which
generally occurs in a crystalline form, the extract will not
possess it, unless the alkaloid be soluble in water, which, how-
ever, is seldom the case. Pressure will not extract the crys-
talline alkaloid principles of plants.

Fluid Extracts. — These are old preparations with new
titles. They are variously prepared, and are nothing more
than infusions, decoctions, or tinctures, reduced to a semi-fluid
or syrupy consistency. In some cases the plants are treated
with water, the solution evaporated, and a quantity of alcohol
added. At other times, the evaporated solution is mixed
with syrup or molasses, and the required consistency thus
obtained. Sometimes alcohol is employed as the menstruum,
which, however, is generally evaporated off, and sugar and
water substituted. The vapor of alcohol, or water, or both,
is employed by others, but in either case no definite result is
arrived at, so far as regards the medicinal strength of the
preparations. They possess no advantages over other extracts,
being neither definite nor uniform in therapeutic power. As
a general thing, they contain very little of the active medi-
cinal constituents of the plants from which they are derived,
and frequently none at all. In this statement, we are sup-
ported by the experience of eminent and scientific profes-
sional men, their judgment in the matter being rendered
only after carefully conducted and extensive trials. In a
paper read before the New York Academy of Medicine, by a

78 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

distinguished member of that body, an impartial history is
given of numerous clinical and chemical analyses, and these
preparations there proven to be variable, uncertain, and fre-
quently inert. The reader has but to transfer the application
of the foregoing facts to these preparations, and thereby save
us the necessity of a recapitulation. They are open to all the
objections and accidents of other extracts, differing only in
degree.

Tinctures. — The ordinary tinctures of organic medicinal
substances are fully as indefinite in remedial power, as any of
the preparations we have been describing. As in all other
instances, physical considerations alone are the criterion for
their preparation. A given amount, by weight, of some crude
substance is directed to be added to a given quantity of alco-
hol, by measure, and this completes the process, except, in
some instances, digesting and filtering. The alcohol employed
is seldom of uniform strength, and frequently the alcohol
employed in preparing tinctures from the same plant is of
variable per centage. We have amply demonstrated the fact
that all crude organic materials are never uniform in their
yield of active principles, and this alone would prove the
character of ordinary tinctures unreliable. But other consid-
erations may be appropriately cited. If the alcohol is not of
sufficient strength, a great proportion of the active principles
requiring strong alcohol to dissolve them, such as resins,
resinoids, oils, etc., will not be extracted, while at the same
time a larger amount of the nutritive constituents are taken
up, such as grape-sugar, etc., and the tincture thus rendered
more susceptible of decomposition. Not even tinctures are
proof against change and decomposition, although they suffer
to a less extent than the previously described preparations.
Tinctures which, when newly made, have neither alkaline nor
acid reactions, become, after standing for a length of time,
acidulous, as is proved by their power of reddening blue lit-
mus paper. When tinctures are allowed to stand undisturbed
for from three to six months, be they ever so securely stop-
pered, they will give a brownish colored precipitate. This

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 79

precipitate belongs, in consideration of its chemical properties,
to the class of humoid products, which proves abundantly
that the medicinal constituents have been undergoing decom-
position. , Alcohol will not prevent tannic acid from undergo-
ing decomposition, neither will it prevent the catalytic
influence of one constituent over another. Alcohol, when
diluted, is un excitant of decomposition, as may be seen by
observing the process pursued in some parts of the country
for making vinegar.

Strups. — These are simply fluid extracts mixed with cane-
sugar. The extracts may be either aqueous, alcoholic, or
hydro-alcoholic. The usual proportion of sugar employed is
two parts to one of extract. It is generally conceived, and so
stated, that this proportion of sugar will prevent decomposition
of both the medicinal and nutritive substances. This, however,
is an error. Sugar simply retards, but will not prevent
decomposition. That it will not prevent decomposition, we
have many familiar examples in dome'stic economy. For
instance, when certain unripe fruits are preserved in pure
syrup of sugar, they gradually ripen, and in course of time
become matured in flavor and other characteristic properties.
This proves that a material metamorphosis has taken place in
their constituents, retarded perhaps, but not prevented by the
presence of the sugar. Walnuts gathered while yet unripe,
and before any traces whatever of oil can be detected in them,
and preserved in sugar, will undergo a progressive change in
their constitution, and the characteristic oil of the nut will be
developed. Thus we see that even sugar will not hold the
chemic forces in abeyance. But we need not go beyond the
dispensatories to prove that sugar will not prevent decomposi-
tion. It is there admitted. Directions are also given, that if
a syrup ferment, it be re-heated, and again allowed to cool.
It is also stated that " a syrup thus recovered is less apt to
undergo subsequent change, on account of the fermenting
principles having been decreased or consumed." What are
these " fermenting principles" so " decreased or consumed ?"
ft must be borne in mind that syrups depend chiefly for their

SO CONCENTRATED REMEDIES.

medicinal value upon - the presence of neutral principles.
These principles, it must also be remembered, are extremely
susceptible to decomposing influences. No neutral principle
.can preserve its integrity in the presence of fermentation once
excited. They are the first to undergo change in all ferment-
ing solutions. Nor is much time required to effect their total -
destruction. These are a part of the "fermenting principles'*
which are " decreased or consumed" when syrups manifest a
disposition to decompose. We would caution practitioners
not to risk the lives of their patients, nor their own reputations,
by using syrups which have fermented and been re-heated, as
the "fermenting principles decreased or consumed" by the
process constitute, in nine cases out of. ten, the sole remedial
properties of the preparations.

Sugar does possess, in a degree, the power of preventing
direct oxydation, by reason of its property of absorbing oxygen.
It also may retard decomposition for a time by absorbing
water. But this will not prevent the reactions of the con-
stituents upon each other. These reactions partake, in many
instances, of a catalytic nature. Cane-sugar, by the absorption
of two equivalents of water, is converted into grape-sugar, and
its power to prevent oxydation or decomposition is thereby
materially lessened. This conversion proves that certain
reactions have been going forward. But while cane-sugar has
the property of absorbing water, it must be borne in mind
that some of the neutral principles also possess this property
in a preeminent degree. To demonstrate this fact, we have
but to expose a quantity of cane-sugar and an equal amount
of certain of the neutral principles to the action of the atmos-
ph^re, when it will be found that, while the sugar becomes
dried, actually losing a portion of its moisture, or remains un-
changed, -the neutral principles will absorb water and harden.
For the purpose of experiment, Leptandrin, Cj^pripedin,
Populin, etc., may be employed, each of which contains a
neutral principle possessing hygroscopic properties. This
phenomenon as readily takes place in syrups and other
preparations, and affords an illustration of elective affinity. It

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 81

will be seen, therefore, that sugar would be inefficient in pre-
serving such constituents from undergoing change. This
property of the neutral principles exercises a most important
bearing upon the history of all crude organic remedies, and
will explain the variable and uncertain character of many
remedial agents.

We have now enumerated the principal defects of the fore-
going classes of pharmaceutical preparations. We are aware
that the processes we have mentioned are frequently varied,
and that other solvent menstrua are frequently employed, such
as ether, wine, etc., but the main features of the case are not
thereby altered. We do not entertain the idea for a moment
that aught we have said will bring these preparations into
entire disuse. But we hope, nevertheless, that practitioners will
give their serious consideration to the facts we have advanced.
We have given the chemical proofs, step by step, and we
doubt not that the experience of all observing physicians will
confirm the truth of our exposition. Although the facts in
the case have long been apparent, no explanation has hitherto
been <*iven which might serve to reconcile the various opinions
relative to the remedial value of many plants.

Every practitioner of medicine is well aware that there are
times when it is difficult to decide upon the precise remedy
indicated. Of this fact we have an illustration in every con-
sultation held over a case of disease. When, at last, combined
judgment has decided upon the proper remedy, greatly is the
perplexity increased, if it be of indefinite therapeutic power.
Be it either above or below the common standard of medicinal
strength, mischief will equally happen. If too strong, the
reaction may prove fatal. If it be inferior or inert, valuable
time will be lost, and the chances of recovery lessened, if not
destroyed. How often does the reputation of the skillful
practitioner suffer, by reason of the dispensation of such
defective agents as we have enumerated. His diagnosis may
have been perfect, his judgment correct, ' his prescription
appropriate; yet, in consequence of the dispensation of
extracts, tinctures, syrups, etc., prepared from inferior, per-
6

82 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

haps inert materials, his patient fails of receiving benefit, hia
judgment is impugned, his prescription condemned, and his
reputation injured. The positive character of any and every
remedial agent is a consideration of the greatest importance to
every practicing physician. It is a consideration that directly
involves the question of success. No conscientious physician
would risk his patient's health and life by the employment of
remedies of doubtful power. Even were the practice of medi-
cine made a purely commercial transaction, yet would the
hope of further patronage be based upon the power to cure.
In either view of the case, then, the positive character of
remedial agents is a question of great moment. Health, life,
success, reputation, hang in the balance. We feel that we
cannot be too strenuous upon this point, and are certain that
all right-thinking physicians will coincide with us in the
opinion that all remedial agents should be as positive and
definite in their character as human skill can make them.
The substances of the inorganic materia medica have been
defined with great precision and care, and why should not
those of the organic ? In former years the attention of chem-
ists has been more especially devoted to a consideration of the
substances of the mineral kingdom, consequently greater
progress has been made in that department of chemical science.
It is only of late that the subject of organic chemistry has
received that attention to which its importance justly entitles
it, and its true bearing on the interests of practice fully appre-
ciated. ' Within a few years, however, the attention of the
profession has been directed to the development of this branch
of the collateral medical sciences, and already are good results
flowing in upon us from this fountain of scientific industry.
Though yet but in its initial flow, still may we with reason
anticipate that the patient industry of coming years will
expand this little rivulet into a broad and noble stream, upon
whose placid bosom the physician may with safety launch his
therapeutic bark, and guided by the tide of truth, and
impelled by the motive winds of duty and philanthrophy,
" carry healing to all the nations."

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 83

We now come to a consideration of

Concentrated Medicines Proper. — In the history of all
the more important medicinal plants, we find a record of the
various attempts which have been made to ascertain upon
what particular constituents they depended for therapeutic
value. But one prevailing error has rendered the majority of
these attempts abortive. This error consisted in conceiving
that multiple therapeutic powers could reside in one single
•constituent. Thus, an oil, a resin, a resinoid, or an alkaloid
was supposed to embody the entire therapeutic constitution
of the plant. This conception not holding good in practice,
it followed, in many instances, that the attempt to ascertain
this peculiar constituent was abandoned, and the plant con-
tinued to be employed in the ordinary manner; while in
•other instances the vending of these isolated, fragmentary
resin, resinoid, or alkaloid preparations, represented as being
the active constituents of plants, has brought many excellent
remedies into disrepute. This is not to be wondered at when
we consider that, in procuring these fractional constituents,
the more valuable proximate medicinal principles were
rejected as -worthless, and out of some three or four active
principles, some one resin or resinoid only preserved. It is
true that a number of isolated alkaloid principles are esteemed
•of great value in medicine. Usually such principles are
limited in the number of their therapeutic properties, possess-
ing in general but one or two well defined powers. Thus in
morphia we have the principal narcotic power of opium. But
no one will say that morphia is equivalent to opium. Mor-
phia is esteemed especially as an anodyne and soporific
Opium is considered narcotic, sedative, stimulant, astringent,
anti-spasmodic, febrifuge, diaphoretic, etc. Quinia is bat one
of a number of active principles belonging to the Peruvian
bark. It represents the anti-periodic tonic power of the bark.
So with many other similar preparations that we might men-
tion. Eesins are generally possessed of but limited and feeble
powers. Eesinoids are remarkable for possessing a greater
number of distinct therapeutic powers The reason of this we

84 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

have explained in the preceding chapter, under the head of
resinoids. "We have there shown that thej are compound sub*
stances, composed of a number of different resins. We have
enumerated and described four varieties, but some resinoids
are more complex still. Each one of these resins has a differ-
ent chemical character, behaves differently towards reagents,
and possesses individual electric properties. It would be
philosophical, therefore, to suppose each resin to be possessed
of diffeient therapeutic properties, which is absolutely the
ease. The resinoid principle of Podophyllin has been sepa-
rated into five resins, and we have reason to suspect a greater
complexity in its constitution. This will account in a
measure for the great number of physiological results which
that remedy is capable of producing. So we might run on .
through the whole organic materia medica, eliciting facts all
tending to prove that the diverse therapeutic properties of
plants reside, not in o?ie, but in mwny principles. We have
shown how, in the preparation of extracts, etc., the neutral
principles of plants are altered in their composition or com-
pletely destroyed. We have also shown that they constitute
an important class of proximate active principles. We claim
to have been the first to recognise their true remedial value,
and the first to have established their identity as a class of
distinct proximate principles. We were also the first to record
their physical and chemical characteristics. We likewise claim
to have established the existence of a new class of proxi-
mate active principles, to which we have given the name of
muci-resins. In view of all these facts, it must be evident to the
reader that, in order to secure the full value of a medicinal
plant, these various proximate principles should be isolated
from all extraneous combination, and then recombined. This
is precisely what has been done in the preparation of the con-
centrated medicines treated of in this volume. Every plant-
has been carefully and repeatedly analysed, and both its phys-
ical and therapeutical constitutions definitely ascertained.
In the prosecution of these investigations, much patient labor
has been bestowed, and the elevation of pharmaceutical sci

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 85

ence the ultimate object. The results have been gratifying to
those engaged in conducting the investigations, and, we trust,
beneficial to the interests of positive medical science. We
axe now enabled to define the number and character of the
proximate active principles of plants with greater accuracy
than has hitherto been attained. In making this statement
we design to cast no reflections upon the motives and labora
■of others, cheerfully recognising and admitting their claims to
whatever of advancement they have made, simply reserving
to ourselves the credit of having detected and explained
•many of the errors and defects of organic chemistry as at
present conducted, and, consequently, to have made greater
progress and improvement in this department of pharmacy
than any other organic chemists, by their productions, have
yet secured. There may be those engaged in this field of scien-
tific labor who will yet outstrip us in our efforts to perfect the
character of organic concentrated medicines. If so, we shall
be amongst the first to recognize and rejoice at their success,
-and to gratefully acknowledge their superior claims in having
•advanced the interests of progressive medical science. As
yet, however, we believe that the concentrated medicines pre-
pared at the laboratory of B. Keith & Co. are superior to all
others yet offered to the profession. Our reasons for this
■opinion we will now endeavor to state. In the first place,
they are not fragmentary preparations, composed of a single
resin, resinoid or alkaloid principle, but combine all the active
medicinal principles of the plants from which they are sever-
ally derived. The only exception to this rule is when a plant
yields an oil, in which case it will not be present in the
powdered preparations. When this is the case, the fact is
stated. In the concentrated tinctures the oil, if there be any,
is included.

To illustrate the advantages of having all the active con-
stituents of a plant combined, we will take the article of
Podophyllin. By reference to the article treating of the pro-
perties and employment of this agent, it will be seen that it is
composed of three active principles, viz, a resinoid, alkaloid, and

86 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

neutral. Thus combined, the action of this agent is modified*
and its operation rendered comparatively mild, while at the
same time its therapeutic powers are increased. All other
specimens of jPodophyllin we. have ever seen, consisted of the
Tesinoid principle alone. This principle, like all other resin-
oids, is insoluble in the stomach, and soluble only in the enteric
secretions. It also possesses a degree of escharotic power, which,.
in certain inflamed conditions of the glandular surface of the
intestines, renders its employment objectionable, in consequence
of its peculiar irritating properties. This action arises chiefly
in consequence of the derangement of the functions of certain
of the glands, whereby their secreting and absorbing powers
are diminished or suppressed. If the secreting power be sup-
pressed, the resinoid, not meeting with the proper solvents,,
will remain undissolved, and act as a mechanical irritant.
Even admitting the existence of activity on the part of the
absorbent vessels, the resinoid must yet be in a state of solu-
tion before it can be absorbed. If, on the other hand, the-
secreting vessels are active and the absorbent functions sus-
pended, the resinoid, although it pass into a state of solution,,
will be retained and expend its influence locally, and thus add
to the existing irritation. With the jPodophyllin combining;
the three active principles of the plant, this local influence-
will be found to be essentially modified. The neutral and
alkaloid principles, which exist in a state of combination, are
soluble in the stomach, and are generally directly absorbed,
producing a specific effect upon the glandular system before
the resinoid has yet had time to act. In this way the diathesis.
of the system is changed and corrected, and the requisite con-
ditions for the further action of the remedy are secured. It.
is in consequence of the soluble character of the neutral and
alkaloid principles that Podophyllin frequently manifest so
speedy a control over the functions of the system. Many
symptoms are allayed, and decided sanative results produced,
ere the resinoid principle has had time to pass the pylorus,
and be reduced to a state of solution. Another reason why
the resinoid principle is sometimes so much of an irritant, ia

CONCENTRATED 'MEDICINES. 8'/

Che fact of the presence of a minute quantity of a very acrid
oil, which adheres to the resinoid, and which appears to be a
protoplastic resinoid principle not yet matured. It is found
on3y when the plant is gathered at an improper season, and
while the development of the proximate constituents is yet
incomplete.

The Zeptandrin is another remedy combining a number of
important active principles. The Leptandrin of which we
shall haze to treat contains three more proximate medicinal
principles than the Leptandrin of other manufacturers, viz.:
a resin, neutral, and alkaloid. Hence its range of application
and therapeutic powers are proportionately increased. So with
all the concentrated medicines of which we shall have to treat,
with the exception of Geranin and Myricin, they being the
two only remedies with which we are acquainted, of other
manufacture, that contain more than one principle, and these
consist, in each instance, of a resinoid and tannic acid. They
are, therefore, the two only remedies that embody the total
active value of the plants from which they are obtained.

We think we may justly claim, therefore, that the concen-
trated remedies described in this work are superior and more
nearly complete than any yet offered to the profession. "We
claim that they are the concentrated equivalents of the plants
from which they are severally derived, uniform in strength,
definite and positive in therapeutic power, and will preserve
their properties unchanged for an unlimited period of time.
Their several principles are isolated singly, deprived of all
foreign admixture, and then recombined in the same numbers
and proportions as they existed in the plant, unchanged in
composition, and entirely free from the presence of any of
those non-medicinal constituents which we have shown are
instrumental in effecting the decomposition of ordinary phar-
maceutical preparations. Does any one doubt that these results
can be accomplished? Does any one doubt the existence of
Morphine, Quinine, Emetine, Jalapin, etc.? Are they not
well defined, positive medical agents, uniform in therapeutic
power, and capable of being preserved for an indefinite period

88 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

of time ? But, says the reader, these are simple alkaloid 01
resin principles. True, but if it is possible to isolate one single
principle, is it not possible to isolate a numoer of single prin-
ciples residing in the same plant ? And if one is capable of
being denned in chemical and therapeutic properties, is there
any reason why all should not be ? But there is no need of
argument to prove that which is self-evident. The existence
of these various principles so isolated constitutes the bent
evidence of the fact.

It is not consistent with the character of this work to give a
detailed history of the various chemical processes involved in
the preparation of these medicines. Such an exposition
belongs properly to a more elaborate work on general materia
medica. We are not writing a text book for chemists, but are
endeavoring to embody those more important facts which daily
concern the physician in the practice of his profession. In
years past we have sadly felt the need of such information as
we now have the pleasure of submitting to the profession, and
we doubt not that our humble efforts will meet with a welcome
response from all well-wishers of the art of healing. We have
given the physiological and chemical history of each constituent
under its appropriate head, and shall proceed directly to an
exposition of the therapeutic properties and physiological
effects of the combined active constituents. It is this portion
of our subject that more nearly concerns the practitioner,
whose province it is to administer medicines and not to make
them. The manipulations of the laboratory come within the
province of the chemist, whose duty it is to provide the
physician with the means wherewith to execute the require-
ments of his profession. We have given a plain and truthful
history of the active constituents of plants, and every physician
is supposed to possess a sufficiency of chemical knowledge to
enable him to test the correctness of our statements. There-
fore he may easily satisfy himself as to the chemical character
of the several preparations. But this will tell him nothing of
their clinical value. The question with him is, are they
reliable as remedial agents. This question is one that requires

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 89

individual observation at the bedside in order to effect its most
satisfactory solution.

So far as the writer is concerned, he bases his reputation as
a practitioner, and as an author, upon the positive character of
these preparations. Upwards of twenty years experience in
collecting, curing, and preparing plants for medicinal use, and
fourteen years experience in the clinical employment of organic
remedies, both in their crude and concentrated forms, has
given him a familiarity with the physiological effects produced
by vegetable substances upon the human organism which
enables him to pronounce the concentrated preparations, when
all the active pri aciples are combined, fully equivalent to, and
more reliable than the plants from which they are severally
derived, when prepared in any other form. Their curative
action in disease is entirely analogous, and attended with
greater certainty. Amongst the many advantages arising
from the employment of organic remedies in this form, we
esteem their promptitude of action a matter of the greatest
importance. Being divested of all extraneous combination,
they are purely medicinal ; and as such, are prepared to act
the moment they are taken into the system. Not so with
crude remedies. When taken into the stomach, the latter
require to undergo a digestive analysis, in order that the
therapeutic constituents may be separated from their combina-
tion with those inert matters which are incapable of assimilation.
In an enfeebled and disordered condition of the digestive
apparatus, this taxation of its exhausted powers is a matter of
serious moment, and its inability to perform this office will
result in the withholding of the manifestation of any therapeu-
tic power on the part of the substance so administered. This
matter will either remain and act as a mechanical irritant, 01
pass off as useless ingesta. It is in this manner that we may
account for the frequent failures of crude remedies, when
administered in substance, in not producing their specific
effects upon the system. Surely it is as reasonable to suppose
that the stomach is as incapable at times of digesting crude
barks, roots, etc., as it is of digesting bread, meat, etc. The

90 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

skillful hygeist is scrupulously circumspect in apptinting his
patients diet, having reference to the digestive and assimilative
power of his patients system ; — then why should he not observe
the same conditions and requirements in the appointment of
his medicines. Even if the power to perform this office exist,
considerable time must elapse before the medicinal constituents
can be brought into a condition to admit of their appropriation.
And even then, a considerable amount of inert matter fre-
quently remains, imposing further taxation of the depurating
organs to secure its removal. This of itself constitutes a
serious objection to the employment of prude substances in
cases of great debility. And again, the percolating through
the alimentary canal of particles of woody matters and ferment-
ing non-medicinal substances, frequently creates a serious
disturbance of the nervous system, and with patients of a
peculiarly susceptible organism, will often provoke a trouble-
some degree of spasmodic action. With children, this irritation
will sometimes give rise to convulsions. We have seen the
alvine discharges of patients who had dosed themselves, or
been dosed with considerable, quantities of powdered roots,
etc., much resemble a mixture of saw-dust and water, when
under the influence of a cathartic. The retention of such
worthless material is quite as likely to provoke or prolong a
febrile action as any other retained matter. In gastritis, enter-
itis, diarrhea, cholera morbus, dj^sentery, &c, the administration
of vegetable remedies in substance, is bad practice, and can
scarcely fail to aggravate the disease in every instance. Yet
it is an error quite too common amongst some practitioners.

The remedies of which we shall presently treat, are free from
these objections. Their composition and constitution is purely
therapeutic, and they require neither an outlay of digestive ac-
tion to prepare them for appropriation, nor the exercise of
the functions of depuration for the expulsion of waste material.
They therefore ensure a promptitude of action which can never
attach to crude medicines, and thereby effect a saving of time
which is frequently of the utmost importance. We would
have every practitioner test the question of their reliability for

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. ' 91

himself, as we desire no one to be controlled by j>ur judgement
but respectfully ask that all will make the same impartial trial
of their merits that we have done. Independence of action
in this respect will give the practitioner a better conception of
their remedial value than anything we may say concerning
them. We simply give our own convictions, the fruits of a
somewhat extensive clinical experience.

To sum up the advantages claimed for concentrated medi-
cines combining the various active principles of the several
plants, we pronounce them far superior to any yet offered to
the profession, inasmuch as they are concentrated equivalents
of the plants from which they are derived, entirely divested of
all non-medicinal combination, positive in therapeutic power,
uniform in strength, convenient of administration, and capable
of preserving their properties unimpaired for a series of years.
The only way in which the preservation of the active constitu-
ents of plants can be ensured, is to isolate them from all
extraneous admixture, dry and reduce them to powder, and
keep them in closely stopped bottles. It is not to be expected
that a suspension' of natural laws will take place in favor of
the organic substances sooner than in favor of the inorganic.
Light, heat, air, moisture, all conspire in executing the immu-
table laws of chemical trans-formations. The affinities of the
atoms of matter are definite, fixed, and unchangeable. • By the
action of light, hydrocyanic acid, one of the most virulent of
poisons, is decomposed and rendered inert. Iodine is volatile,
and requires to be carefully excluded from the air. Chloride
of zinc, various preparations of potassa, etc. absorb water and
deliquesce. Hence certain precautions are necessary to the
preservation of inorganic remedial substances. So with
organic substances. By exposure to the air, certain volatile
oils absorb oxygen, and are converted into resins. Those
neutral principles possessing hygroscopic properties absorb
water, harden, and become altered in their properties. When
exposed to a strong light, some of the concentrated preparations
will change in color, and as many of the coloring matters

92 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

possess decidedly valuable remedial powers, they are thereby
deteriorated.

Some objections have been held against the concentrated
preparations on account of their not being decolorized. As
we have shown in the second chapter, the retention of the
coloring matters does not militate against the value of these
preparations, but, on the contrary, confirms them in the pos-
session of an additional therapeutic constituent. That coloring
matters possess remedial properties, we have examples in the
cochineal insect, and in hematoxylin derived from logwood,
both of which are used medicinally. The coloring matters of
plants are so intimately blended with the other active con-
stituents that they cannot be separated without effecting their
decomposition, and thus altering, and in many instances
destroying their remedial properties. It will be seen, therefore,
that .the characteristic color of the various preparations, besides
furnishing a distinguishing mark, denotes that no violence has
been done in isolating their several principles.

In this connection we desire to speak of the Concentrated
Tinctures prepared at the laboratory of B. Keith & Co. Their
claim to superiority is based upon the same considerations as
those of the powdered preparations, namely, their freedom from
all inert admixture, positive character, uniformity of strength,
and property of retaining their virtues for a great length of
time unchanged. The process pursued in their preparation is
the same as that observed in preparing the powders. Each
active constituent is isolated singly, freed from all non-medicinal
matters, and so on until the aggregate therapeutic principles*
are all obtained, which are then recombined and redissolved,
in exact proportions, in alcohol of uniform per centage. . This
process ensures a certainty and uniformity in no other way
attainable. Consequently the practitioner is as certain of the
quantity of medicine he is administering, as he would be in
exhibiting a definite solution of morphine, quinine, etc. Suffi-
cient alcohol is employed to hold the various active principles
in complete solution. When the plant contains a valuable oil
or oleo-resinous principle, we deem this the better mode of

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 93

preparation. With the more active plants, as the Veratrum
Viride, Digitalis Purpurea, Hyoscyamus Niger, etc., this form
of preparation is by many preferred. We have reason to
believe that the tinctures operate more promptly under some
circumstances than the powdered preparations, in consequence
of their diffusible character. As a matter of convenience also,
they offer some advantages, as the prescriber is saved the
necessity of dividing them into separate doses. They also
admit of a ready and convenient combination with each other,
and in this way, as with the powders, their properties may be
varied or increased. We will speak further of each under its
appropriate head.

ADMINISTRATION OF CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

Success in the employment of remedial agents depends
upon the observance of certain conditions. This is especially
true of the organic medicines. Remedies ever so positive in
therapeutic power, and uniform in strength, may yet fail of
producing any specific effects upon the system. The first con-
dition to which we would call attention, as being unfavorable
to the action of the concentrated remedies, is the predominance
of acidity in the stomach and bowels. We first called the
attention of the profession to this subject, some two years
since, through the medium of the medical journals, and we
are glad to find that recent writers have adopted and reiterated
our sentiments, although they have omitted, unintentionally,
no doubt, to give us proper credit. Many practitioners,
doubtless, have been disappointed in not realising anticipated
results from the employment of concentrated remedies to
which specific and positive therapeutic powers had been
accredited, and from which, consequently, they were led to
expect much. Frequently after a single trial, a good remedy
has been condemned, simply because it failed to realise all that
was expected of it, and because the true reason of the failure
was misunderstood. In nearly all cases of disordered action
there is a disposition on the part of the system to originate
acid. In chlorosis, this condition incites the patient to seek

94 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

after absorbents and alkalies, as magnesia, chalk, slate pencils,
etc. In many cases the food, instead of being digested, under-
goes a fermentative decomposition, and gives rise to the forma-
tion of various acids. Even the medicines administered, such
as extracts, syrups, sweetened infusions, decoctions, and all
preparations containing starch, sugar, etc., tend to aggravate
the condition, by reason of their nutritive constituents under-
going fermentation. These acids very speedily decompose the
resin, resinoid, and neutral principles, and hold the alkaloids
in solution. The latter are not decomposed, but their action
is suspended. In case an inorganic alkali is administered,
being a stronger base, it robs them of their acid, and they are
again set free. It is in this way that certain plants have
gained the reputation of possessing cumulative properties.
Repeated doses have been administered and failed to act in
t consequence of the acid present, which has combined with the
alkaloid, when, by accident or spontaneous action, the acid has
become neutralised, and the whole power of the accumulated
remedy has been suddenly expended. Another reason we
would assign for the apparent cumulative power of certain
remedies, is the neglect of furnishing to the system the propel'
amount of fluid. In certain cases and stages of disease, wheD
the fluids are greatly expended, this consideration is one of
great importance. The physician's first duty, when called to
prescribe in the advanced stages of typhoid and other fevers,
is to supply the system with a proper quantity of diluent and
demulcent drinks: When continued fever has occasioned
a great expenditure of the serum of the blood, and the tongue,
fauces, and mucous membranes of the stomach and bowels
are dry and inflamed, it is bad practice to exhibit powders, or
other solid substances in a scanty vehicle, as a little syrup, for
. by so doing the symptoms are aggravated and the object of
the medicine defeated. The syrup will have but little effect in
bringing about the necessary degree of solution, while on the
o^her hand it will prove mischievous by reason of undergoing
a fermentative decomposition. More acid is thereby formed,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. , 95

and the local irritation increased, while the medicine itself is
liable to be decomposed and rendered inert.

Among the acids most destructive in their action upon the
organic remedies, is the lactic. Podophyllin is not hindered
in its operation by acetic acid, but the presence of a consid-
erable quantity of lactic acid will almost entirely suppress its
action. This will account for its failure in many instances in
not producing its legitimate impression upon the system. We
have known the operation of fifteen grains of the resinoid
principle to be immediately checked and all further manifes-
tations of therapeutic power arrested by the administration
of sour milk. It is all important to the successful exhibition
of organic remedies that undue acidity of the system be first
neutralized. Attention to this necessity will save disappoint-
ment and loss of time, besides preventing many an excellent
remedy from being unjustly condemned. Super-carbonate
of soda is the most convenient antacid generally at hand, and
may either precede or accompany the medicine. When the
acidity is considerable, it is best to administer the soda half
an hour before the medicine. From one half to one drachm i
is sometimes required. In other cases from five to ten grains
will be sufficient. Common salt, chloride of sodium, will an-
swer when soda cannot be obtained. But when a full dose of
Podophyllin is administered, the too free use of salt during its
operation will sometimes have a tendency to produce hyper-
catharsis, while the remedy is in consequence liable to be un-
justly blamed. We have repeatedly observed this fact.

The proper combination of concentrated remedies is a sub-
ject of much interest to the practitioner. Multiplicity of reme-
dial agents is to be avoided as much as possible. We have
observed, with regret, a fondness amongst physicians for nu-
merical combinations. In the old dispensatories formulas are
given for pharmaceutical compounds containing as high as
sixty ingredients. The philosophy of the composition was,
that where so many agents were combined, one, at least, would
reach the case. The fact seems to be overlooked now, as then,
that organic medicines are capable of and liable to mutual re-

96 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

actions, decompositions, and combinations. In this respect
many of them are quite as susceptible as inorganic substances.
Tannic acid will combine with vegetable alkaloids and ren-
der them insoluble. It will also almost entirely suppress the
action of alteratives, particularly those designed to influence
the liver. The practitioner may avoid the mistake of com-
bining incompatable remedies by making it a point to treat
diseases with simple substances, and to never add an adjunc-
tive remedy unless a thorough knowledge of its influence over
the remedy already administered, or the indications of the case
render it justifiable. The true value of the concentrated re-
medies can never be estimated unless they are singly and
thoroughly tested. One simple remedy will often answer a
better purpose than half a dozen combined, although each one
singly would be admissable and appropriate to the case. Many
combinations may be judiciously formed, whereby the activity
of a special therapeutic property may be augmented or modi-
fied, and by which the number and kind of remedial powers
may be multiplied, instances of which we shall give in the
following pages. Some writers have recommended the ad-
mixture of six and seven of the concentrated medicines, many
of them incompatable and contra-indicated by the described
features of the case. Such promiscuous combinations could
have only been devised in the absence of practical knowledge,
and a proclivity for plausible hypothesis. Brilliant theories
in medicine are like the lightning's flashes; although they
dazzle for a time, their explosion is followed by the thunders of.
discord, and intensified darkness. We were forcibly reminded
of some formulas we have seen recommended for combining
concentrated remedies by a prescription which recently came
under our observation. It read as follows. :
B.

Comp. Fluid Extract of Sarsaparilla,

Simple Syrup,

Phytolacin,

Irisin,

Alcohol,

CONCENTKATEI) MEDICINES. 97

Con. Com. Stillingia Alterative,
Iodide of Potassium.

The Compound Fluid Extract Sarsaparilla contains live in-
gredients, viz.: sarsaparilla, liquorice, sassafras, mezereon,
and guaiacum. The Concentrated Compound Stillingia Al-
terative contains seven ingredients, viz., stillingia, corydalis,
Phytolacca, iris versicolor, xanthoxylum, chimaphila, and
ca/damon seeds. Here are twelve ingredients besides the
syrup, alcohol, and iodide of potassium. As to the modus
operandi of such a combination we confess our entire igno-
rance. It may be a very scientific and eligible preparation,
but we doubt whether its inventor could explain its precise
therapeutic action, or how nature could ever succeed in un-
ravelling the web of its composition. If all the therapeutic
powers attributed to each single ingredient were to be display-
ed at the same time, we can imagine a very lively and com-
plex excitement of the various functions of the system.

We would respectfully, yet earnestly, advise practitioners
to observe simplicity as much as possible, assuring them that
the best results will accrue from such a course. By closely
observing the independent action of each remedy, he will be
better enabled to judiciously effect proper combinations where
occasion requires. Not only this, but he will also be able to
distinguish the remedy from the auxiliary, a feature quite im-
portant in the treatment of disease.

Yarious suggestions have been made in regard to the man-
ner of administering concentrated medicines. The trituration
of the active principles with sugar is advocated by many. To
this plan, however, we cannot yield our assent. We have al-
ready shown the impropriety of sweetened decoctions, syrups,
&c, and can make no distinction between the latter and tritu-
rations with sugar. It is argued in favor of the employment
of sugar, that it will prevent the local action of the medicine
upon the stomach. This would seem to us to be an untenable
position. In order to produce a local impression upon the
stomach, the substances administered must be soluble in that

organ. Will sugar prevent them from entering into solution?
7

yS CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

If so, it will, negative their action entirely, and their remedial
influence will be lost. But such is not the case. Sugar will
not prevent the local action of the remedy upon the stomach,
but it will diffuse it. Again, the local action is one that is
frequently desirable. All neutral principles are soluble in the
stomach, and are absorbed directly by that organ. Sugar will
not promote their solution, nor absorption. It only furnishes
an additional, and, under the circumstances, an unnecessary
constituent, requiring of itself to be digested and assimilated.
If the stomach be competent, all is well. But if not, the sugar
undergoes a fermentative decomposition, and gives rise to the
production of acids which not only aggravate the existing dis-
order, but attack aud decompose the accompanying active
principles, and thereby destroy their power over the system.

Another argument in favor of the trituration of concentrated
medicines with sugar is, that it enables them to become more
readily absorbed and conveyed into the circulation. This we
also deem an erroneous view. If the remedy and the sugar
required the same solvents, no advantage would be gained, as
the presence of the sugar would require more labor to be per-
formed without any prospect of equivalent benefit. The sugar
itself is not a solvent of the active principles, hence is of no
utility in that respect. But as the constitution of the sugar
and the concentrated medicines vary, it follows that different
solvents are required, and that the dissolving, absorbing, and
circulating of the active principles is an action quite independ-
ent, of the presence of the sugar, which not only does not pro-
mote this action, but requires of itself to be similarly acted
upon. Hence is a greater expenditure of digestive action
occasioned to no purpose. We hold it a fixed and truthful
♦principle in the practice of medicine, that the purer medicines
are administered, and the less they are compounded with inert
or nutritive matters, the more certain and satisfactory they are
in their operation. Sugar is most objectionable in the treat-
ment ol many disorders of the digestive apparatus. We have
succeeded in curing many cases of indigestion with the same
remedies with which others have failed. They administered

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 99

I them in syrup, sweetened decoctions, etc., while we exhibited
' them in their purity, without sugar or other extraneous ad-
mixture, at the same time prohibiting the use of sugar and
other fermentescible substances. Notwithstanding our objec-
tions to the use of sugar, we are in favor of triturating some of the
concentrated medicines, with a view to their proper diffusion.
We have devised and practiced a method of trituration which
we now have the pleasure of submitting to the profession, and
which we can assure them will answer a better purpose than
any yet suggested. As most of the concentrated remedies are
soluble in water, but few articles require triturating on that
account. But with some of the more potent remedies, such as
Veratrin, Podophyllin, Digitalin, Sanguinarin, etc., diffusion
is desirable in consequence of the high degree of power attain-
ed by their concentration, and their more kindly operation
when diffused over a larger nervous surface. Our plan is to
triturate one agent with another. In this way is not only the
■desired object attained, but the activity of the remedy may be
augmented or modified at the option of the practitioner. Our
usual agent employed in trituration is the Asclepin. No re-
medy vrith which we are acquainted is so seldom contra-indi-
cated as the Asclepin. In fact we do not know a single indi-
cation in which this remedy could be used amiss. By refer-
ing to the article on the employment of Asclepin, the reader
may learn our reasons for so esteeming it. The Veratrin may
be triturated with Asclepin in the proportion of one grain of
the former to ten or more of the latter, at the option of the
practitioner. The Asclepin will not only not counteract the
Veratrin in any respect, but will enhance its diaphoretic pro-
perty, an advantage instead of an objection, and an effect
always desirable to be produced when Veratrin is indicated.
The Podophyllin may be triturated in the same way, either
with Asclepin or Caulophyllin, according as the diaphoretic
or antispasmodic property may be desired. The Asclepin is
nearly all soluble in water, and will render other of the con-
centrated remedies capable cf being administered in that men-
struum. So with the Cauiophyllin. We shall treat more

100 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

fully upon this subject in the second part of this volume,
when detailing the employment of the concentrated medicines.

In the employment of the concentrated medicines combining
the various active principles of the plant, combinations are not
so frequently necessary as when single resin, resinoid, or alka-
loid principles are used. Nearly all the remedies of which we
shall have occasion to speak, possess several distinct and well
marked therapeutic properties, hence are capable of fulfilling
an equal number of indications. Veratrin is emetic, arterial
sedative, diaphoretic, etc., and with it we may evacuate the
stomach, reduce the force and frequency of the pulse, promote
the cutaneous exhalations, abate febrile excitement, relieve
local congestions, etc. Populin is diuretic, diaphoretic, febri-
fuge, tonic, etc. "With it we may relieve and cure suppression
and scalding of the urine, fevers, night sweats, indigestion, etc.
Each remedy is already a natural combination in itself, and as
such is generally better adapted to the necessities and assim-
ilative powers of the system than any artificial combination.

In the constitution and arrangement of the active constitu-
ents of medicinal plants, we have a wonderful illustration of
the wisdom and perfection of design of the Creator, in having
so constituted and endowed the therapeutic atoms as to ensure
perfect harmony of action when a number of distinct active
principles are blended together. No clashing of adverse powers
is observable when a single medicinal plant is employed. But
when the assumptions of art have advised the indiscriminate
commingling together of a great number of remedials, frequent-
ly is "confusion worse confounded," certainty reduced to
uncertainty, and action and counter-action engaged in unprofit-
able warfare.

Following the discovery of vegetable alkaloids in 1816, the
medical world was thrown into a fever of a decidedly alkaloid
type. Physicians, chemists, druggists, apothecaries and the
whole medical crew run rr ad in the pursuit of what was sup-
posed to be the universus of vegetable remedial powers.
Creation was ransacked high and low, and simultaneous with
the appearance of a purple stain upon a piece of reddened

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES 101

litmus paper, came tlie triumphant cry of eureka / But the
ardor of the enthusiast was destined to be cooled by a suc-
cession of disappointments. Many alkaloids were found to be
possessed of no particular medicinal value, while many plants
Were found destitute of any alkaloid principle whatever.
And even where the alkaloid obtained was of value as a
remedial agent, it failed to represent in full the therapeutic
constitution of the plant from which it was derived. With a
few exceptions, this class of agents have gone into disrepute.
The medical profession have become satisfied that they do not
fairly nor fully represent the remedial properties of the sub-
stances from which they arc derived.

But notwithstanding the search after alkaloids failed of its
purpose, much good has resulted from the investigations
necessarily carried on. Other principles were brought to light,
the existence of which was before unknown, or at least hypo-
thetical. Besins and resinoids became the objects of the
chemist's search, for still laboring under the one principle
delusion, lie sought to find in either of these the active princi-
ple of the plant. The alkaloid mania was not cured, but
simply transferred. If the alcoholic tincture but threw down
a precipitate when added to water, the long sought desideratum
was thought to be obtained. No matter how much the water
might hold in solution, or wash awav, did but some insoluble
matter remain, it was bottled up, vended as the active princi-
ple of the plant, and accredited with all the therapeutic powers
pertaining thereto. Several preparations of this character are
now before the profession, and we Avould caution them to
critically examine all preparations purporting to be concen-
trated, and ascertain whether they actually combine the
different active principles of the plant, or whether they are
not, rather, fragmentary, resin or resinoid preparations only,
and thus deceptive, being in truth isolatedbut not concentrated.
And yet we have known those detached principles to receive
the sanction of writers professing to high scientific culture,
and assuming to be censors of the opinions and labors of
others, and by them to be indorsed as the active principle, and

102 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

as such pompously recorded in dispensatories, and other
publications as among the immense discoveries of the nine-
teenth century. Jl Kow as these preparations are in each
instance simply an active principle, one of many, how are we
t.o relieve these authors of the dilemma in which they have
placed themselves. If we attribute the error to a want of
scientific knowledge, we shall most undoubtedly be visited
with their direst indignation. If, then, we allow them, in?
charity, the credit of being perfect masters of the science of
organic chemistry, how shall we relieve them of the seeming
dishonesty which would lead them to palm off upon the pro-
fession these fractional resin, resinoid, and other 'defective
preparations as being the active constituents of plants, instead
of truthfully proclaiming them to be, what they really are,.
isolations, one of several active constituents, the rest having
been lost, rejected, or their existence not known or suspected.
We are inclined, however, to give them credit for honesty in one
respect, and that is, in stating all they knew.', But at the same
time it would have been as well not to have been too positive
of the dishonesty of others whose researches had fortunately
resulted more successfully, and who had brought to light the
several active constituents of the vegetable organism ; and
bavins: made the discoverv, and succeeded in isolatinc: the
various principles, adopted the rational idea of re-combining
them as they existed in the plant. To those who were
acquainted with single resin, resinoid, or alkaloid principles
only, this combination of a number of principles was a new
and startling idea, and many were inclined, honestly, we hope,
to look upon it as an adulteration. But the better sense of
the profession, as soon as informed of the true state of the
case, generously yielded the credit due to those whose skill
and penetration had secured the real concentrated equivalents
of the various plants. Here we are willing to let the matter
rest with the profession, having been drawn into make these
remarks in consequence of some unjust aspersions having
been cast upon the motives of those whom we believe to be
honestly engaged in a good and important work. We

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES. 103

acknowledge that the aspersions referred to came from sources
which it would be derogatory to our self-respect to mention
here, and we should not have mentioned the circumstance but
to illustrate the liability of all discoverers to be maligned by the
ignorant and viciously inclined.

To briefly recapitulate the most favorable conditions for the
successful administration of concentrated medicines, we would
advise that particular attention be paid to the neutralising
of undue acidity, simplicity of combination, avoidance of the
use of sugar and other fermentescible substances, and such
general considerations in regard to diet, regimen, etc., as the
circumstances of the case may render appropriate.

As a majority of the concentrated medicines are soluble or
mixable in water, we would recommend that menstruum as
being in general the best, as well as the most available. We
are aware that many advocate the plan of rendering medi-
cines as palatable to the patient as possible, entertaining the
idea that their certainty and efficiency of action are governed
in a measure by the likes and dislikes of the patient. With
all due deference to the opinions of others, we would record
our experience in favor of administering medicines in their
purity as much as possible. Our experience goes to prove
that much less medicine will usually be needed, while the
specific influences of the remedy will in no wise be diminished.
Podophyllin will ne'er fail of producing its usual effects in
consequence of being disgusting to the palate. Hyoscyamin
will alleviate pain, and induce a quiescent condition of the
nervous system, despite the objections of the patient to its
nauseous taste. We have never found a medicine to fail of its
accustomed operation in consequence of its unpleasant flavor..
We impress upon our patients the fact that we give medicines,
to cure disease, and not to please the palate ; and we teach
them to expect that any remedy possessing power to remove
disease, must give some indication to the senses of its peculiar
properties. We direct their minds to a consideration of the
beneficial results to follow, and discourage all reference to its
unpalatableness. The smallness of the dose when concen-

104 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES.

trated medicines are employed, renders disguise less frequently
necessary. Our objections to foreign admixture have already
been set forth in the preceding pages, hence there is no need
to recapitulate them here. Pills may be formed in many
instances, as a matter of convenience, to secure a more eligible
form, and to overcome the objections held against the taste of
the various remedies.

We shall now proceed to give a practical exposition of the
therapeutic properties and clinical employment of such of the
concentrated medicines as combine the different principles of
the various plants. We wish it distinctly understood that our
remarks apply only to such concentrated medicines as are
prepared in accordance with the above conditions, that is,
which combine the several active constituents of the plant.
We do not profess to be able to give a history of all the indi-
cations which may be successfully fulfilled with these reme-
dies, nor to enumerate all the combinations that may bo
judiciously and advantageously effected. We shall endeavor
to give a truthful synopsis of the therapeutic properties
characterising each remedy, relying upon the judgment of the
practitioner to select such as are best adapted to the various
necessities of the system.

The formulas we give are such as we employ in daily
practice ; and all refeience to their curative action is a
simple record of our own experience, except when expressly
stated to the contrary. When our own experimental knowl-
edge of a remedy is limited, we shall give the experience of
those practicing physicians whose testimony may be received
as reliable.

We are aware that disease is tempered by climatic and
other influences, and that the treatment which proves success*
ful in our own locality will require to be modified to meet the
peculiarities of other sections. Yet the properties of the
remedies will be the same in all climates, and the modifications
required will be in regard to combination, quantity, time,
repetition, and continuance.

PART II.

(Kwcttrfratefo ^Itbicines 1$xa$tx

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 109

Before entering upon the therapeutic and clinical history
of the Concentrated Medicines Proper, we deem it due to the
enterprise, energy, and industry of B. Keith, M.D., that proper
credit should be here awarded him for his successful efforts in
providing the profession with concentrated preparations of a
ucflnite, reliable, and uniform therapeutic character.

Of long experience in the clinical emploj^ment of crude
organic remedies, his attention was early attracted to an investi-
gation into the merits of so-called concentrated medicines.
Upon testing these preparations in practice, he found a marked
discrepancy between the therapeutic action, of the " active prin-
ciples," so-called, and the plants from which they were derived.
To ascertain the cause of this discrepancy, and to provide the
profession with true concentrated equivalents of the various
medicinal plants, became the engrossing object of his scientific
labors. Taking into consideration the fact that plants were
possessed of numerous and varied therapeutic properties, he
conceived the idea that the aggregate medicinal value of plants
resided not in one, but in several and distinct proximate prin-
ciples. Upon examining the ordinary preparations termed
" concentrated," together with the methods employed for ob*
taining them, he soon ascertained that they were fractional
and imperfect, consisting of isolated resin, resinoid, and alka-
loid principles, as the case might be, and representing only in
part the therapeutic constituents of the plants from which
they were severally derived. As many of the preparations
represented to be "the active principle" of certain plants were
insoluble ; ' resins" and " resinoids," and whereas the plants-
were known to yield soluble medicinal principles to water,
additional evidence was afforded that some one or more of
their active constituents were overlooked and lost. Furnished
with this evidence, his investigations took a new direction,
and their results are now laid before the profession. The
existence of a multiplicity of active medicinal constituents in the
same plant was correctly demonstrated, and two new classes of
proximate principles, the neutrals and mud-resins, discovered
and added to the list of those already known. These princi-

110 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

pies we have the honor of being the first to describe and in-
troduce to the profession. To him belongs the credit of being
the first to advance the idea of combining all the proximate
medicinal constituents of a plant in one preparation — the first
to make and announce to the profession correct chemical
analysis of chemical plants, and the first to caution tkcni
against the unreliable character of extracts, syrups, and other
of the ordinary preparations of the day.

While laboring faithfully during the past six years to ad-
vance the interests of organic chemical science, he has been
none the less diligent in the discharge of the arduous duties
of his profession, testing in clinical practice those preparations
which his scientific skill had succeeded in bringing to a
state as near perfection as possible, thus becoming a guarantee
to the profession of the character of the remedial agents fur-
nished. All preparations offered to the profession, emanating
from his establishment, has been thoroughly tested in prac-
tice, unless explicitly stated to the contrary. Numerous im-
provements have been made from time to time, and " progress"
is the rule of action with this gentleman.

All the preparations manufactured at his establishment are
unlike those of any other manufacturer. The powdered prepa-
rations, as well as the concentrated tinctures, command the
confidence and approbation of the profession. They are defi-
nite, reliable, and uniform in medical strength, portable, not
liable to change, and convenient of administration. The con-
centrated tinctures are a peculiar feature in the improvements
•made by this gentleman in pharmaceutical science, of which
we have already given a history. Every drop is of uniform
therapeutic strength, and invariably represents a positive and
definite amount of active principles.

To this gentleman and his co-laborers in the field of organic
chemistry, belongs the credit of being the first to discover, de-
scribe, and introduce to the profession all but two of the con-
centrated preparations enumerated in this work.

SENECIN.

^*»*^

T)erived from Senecio Gracilis, Nat. Ord. — Aster acem.

Sex. Syst. — Syngenesia Superfiua.

Common Names — Life Root, Cough Weed, Waw Weed,
Unkum, Female Regulator, etc.

Part Used— The Plant.

No. of Principles, two, viz.: resinoid and neutral.

Prqperties — Diuretic, 'diaphoretic, emmenagogue, febrifuge,
expectorant, pectoral, alterative and tonic.

Employment — Amenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, Menorrhagia,
hysteria, gravel, strangury, chloi'osis, dropsy, dysentery, gon-
-orrliea, coughs, colds, loss of appetite, deoility, etc*

Senecin is an elegant and efficient remedy, and one which
admits of a wide range of application. It is deservedly held
in high repute in the treatment of the various affections pecu-
liar to females. From the fact of the plant having been
successfully employed in domestic practice for regulating
menstrual derangements, it derived one of its common names,
y\ that of .Female Regulator.

Senecin, either alone or combined with other positive
medical agents, has proved eminently successful in the treat-
ment of amenorrhea. It is usually exhibited in doses of from

112 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

two to five grains, three times per day. "When the obstruc-
tion has arisen from cold, this remedy, in connection with
warm alkaline pediluvia, is generally sufficient. If it be
desirable to increase its diaphoretic effect, it may be advan-
tageously combined with Asclepin. We employ the following
formula :

e- •

*y Senecin,

Asclepin aa. grs. ij.
To be given at a dose, and repeated twice or thrice a day.
When the affection is uncomplicated, we know of no remedy .
more generally reliable than the above. Vlt operates kindly,
and without excitement, and the catamenial flow is restored
in a manner so natural that the patient is scarcely aware of
being under the influence of medicine. Should the case
prove obstinate, we administer a cathartic dose of Podophyllin
at or near the usual time for the appearance of the menses, or
whenever the system manifests a desire to restore this secre-
tion. We seldom or never employ the Podophyllin alone,
hence we resort to such combinations as the existing condition
of the system may indicate. For 1>he present purpose we
usually give

Podophyllin,

Asclepin aa. grs. ij.
This may be generally given at bed time ; but it is sometimes
better to administer it as soon as any of the usual symptoms
preceding the return of the menses are felt.

When the affection occurs in patients of a peculiarly nervous
constitution, we combine the Senecin with Caulophyllin, as
follows :

Senecin,

Caulophyllin, aa. 3
Mix and divide into ten powders. Of these one may be given
twice or thrice a day, at the option of the practitioner. By
this combination we increase the emmenagogue property of
the Senecin, and at the same time gain the anti-spasmodic

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPElt. 113

effect of the Caulophyllin, which exerts a most desirable
influence when this affection is accompanied with a convulsive
tendency. The Viburin may be substituted for the Caulo-
phyllin, and in some cases will answer a better purpose. If
we require a more energetic relaxant and anti-spasmodic, we
employ the Gelsemin. It may be substituted for either of the
above, or may be combined to meet special indications, as in
the following formulas. As an adjunctive, we have always
found it valuable:

Senecin grs. XXIV

Gelsemin grs. IV
Mix and divide into eight powders. One of these may be
given once in four hours. The quantity of Gelsemin may be
increased or diminished according to the susceptibility of the
patient's system to its influence. The repetition of the doses
must be governed by the same considerations. As a more
efficient combination still, the following may be employed :

Senecin,

Caulophyllin aa. grs. XY t

Gelsemin grs. V.
Mix and divide into ten powders. Administer same as abovo.
These combinations will be found very useful in controlling
all spasmodic manifestations accompanying simple uncompli-
cated amenorrhea. But the Senecin should be employed
alone in all cases where the above combinations are not posi-
tively indicated.

When complications exist or the case has become chronic,
auxiliary remedies will be needed. These will depend, in
each case, upon the existing necessity. If the liver be deranged
in its functions, the prompt administration of Podophyllin or
some other chologogue should precede all other treatment. If
the biliary obstruction be slight, Leptandrin, Juglandin, or
Irisin may be sufficient. If constipation be an attendant
symptom, measures must be employed to obviate it. For this

purpose from one fourth to one grain of Podophyllin, triturated

114 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

with Asclepin, in the proportion of one to four, may be
exhibited every night, or every second night. As a general
thing we prefer to administer Podophyllin at night, and inde-
pendent of whatever general remedies we may be employing,
finding that it operates more kindly and pleasantly when thua
exhibited.

We have derived equally happy effects from the employ-
ment of Senecin in the treatment of dysmenorrhea. The most
beneficial results are obtained by exhibiting it during the
intermenstrual period. It acts as a special tonic upon the
uterine system, invigorating the menstrual function, and
restoring equilibrium of action. For this affection it may be
given in doses of from two to five grains two or three times a
day, and alternated with Helonin. Or the two may be com-
bined, as follows :

Senecin grs. XX.

Helonin grs. X.
Mix and divide into ten powders. This we have found to be
a valuable combination. If the menstrual secretion be profuse,
Trilliin should be substituted for the Helonin. If the secretion
be scanty, Macrotin or Baptisin may be employed. Below
we give our usual formulas :

Senecin,

Trilliin aa. grs. XVI.
Mix and divide into eight powders. These are to be used
during the intermenstrual period, when the flow is immode-
rate.

Senecin grs. XXXV.
Macrotin grs. IV.
Mix and divide into eight powders. Or

Senecin grs. XX.
Baptisin grs. X-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 115

Mix and divide into ten powders. Either of the above formu-
las will answer a good purpose when the secretion is defective.
The above prescriptions are designed to constitute the radical
treatment, while special symptoms must be met with such
auxiliary measures as the circumstances of the case may
demand.

We have been equally successful with the Senecin in the
treatment of menorrhagia. It may seem somewhat paradoxi-
cal to the reader that we should prescribe the same remedy in
what are generally conceived to be opposite conditions of the
system. Thus amenorrhea and menorrhagia as supposed to
indicate the necessity of remedies possessing dissimilar thera-
peutic properties. Let us look for a moment at the condition
of the two cases. In each instance there is admitted to be
deranged action. This disturbance of the physiological con-
dition in either case is simply a loss of equilibrium^-Jn the
one case the functions are suppressed, and there is no secretion.
In the other case there is a relaxed or enfeebled condition, and
the secretion is profuse. We say secretion, but that is not the
proper term. The act of secretion is purely a physiological
phenomenon, accompanying, preserving, or restoring a normal
condition. Profuse and active discharges are hardly to be
looked upon in the light of a secretion, but rather as a sort ot
leakage, an indiscriminate outpouring of the constituents of
animal fluidity. Secretion is the act of separating. As applied
to the animal economy, it means to imply the process whereby
a separation is effected between the vital and the morbid
materials of the organism, the retention of the former, and
the expulsion of the latter. ,. Jt is not to be supposed that the
system would reject any materials not yet become effete or
useless, as such a proceeding would argue a prodigality and
disposition to -vas'te not at all in harmony with the wisdom
displayed in its organization. Yet we find that these profuse
secretions, so called, are a mixture of both the healthy and
vitiated constituents of the body, and that the escape or flow is
followed by exhaustion, impoverishment, and debility. This
would certainly not be the case were the morbid materials only

116 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

separated and expelled, -) 'Perspiration induced by exercise or
vegetable diaphoretics is neither exhausting, or debilitating ;
but nightsweats, so called, are depleting and impoverishing in
their effect. The latter are not the result of increased secre-
tion, but are transudations resulting from a relaxed and
enfeebled condition of the capillary vessels of the surface*
The power to secrete is wanting, hence both the good and bad
materials of the blood are allowed to run to waste through the-
unguarded portals of the skin. So in amenorrhea and men-
orrhagia. In both cases the power to secrete is wanting. In
the one case it is suppressed in consequence of the interposition
of certain obstructions. In the other case we have an illustra-
tion of that condition which has been designated by the term
of vis inertia, or a complete passivity of the vital forces. ISTow
it \8 evident that in either condition it is necessary to restore
the secreting power, simply to recall and re-establish the
functional equilibrium of the organs. No matter in which
direction the scale may be turned, if we can but restore and equal-
ize the functional activity of the parts, we shall effect a cure.
For vlxis purpose we employ the Senecin, simply because it
possesses the power of recalling or restoring lost or healthful
actio/t. This then explains the seeming paradox of giving the
same remedy in dissimilar derangements of the same organ.
We briall have occasion to refer again to this subject in treating
of other of the concentrated medicines. The plan of seeking
to devise a different remedy for every variation in the mani-
festations of diseased action we deem to be erroneous, and
calculated to confuse and render too complex the art of pre-
scribing.

Our iiimal method of employing Senecin in the treatment of
Menorrhagia is the same as in the preceding cases. We rely
upon it as a radical measure, while special symptoms are met
as they arise.

Chlorosis is another of those incidental female affections
in which the Senecin will be found an excellent remedy. In
view of its alterative and tonic properties, it is peculiarly
serviceable when chlorosis occurs in a strumous diathesis. In

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 117

these cases it may be advantageously combined with other
alteratives, as the Ampelopsin, Alnuin, Stillingin, Chimaphi-
lin, &c, or with more decided tonics, as Cornin, Hydrastin,
Menispermin, etc.

In anemic habits, the Senecin may be advantageously com-
, bined with the different preparations of Iron. Thus in some
forms of chlorosis and amenorrhea, we may prescribe the
following :

Senecin 3 ss.

Iron by Hydrogen grs. VI.
Mix and divide into twelve powders. Dose, one, morning and
evening. The quantity of Iron may be increased if deemed
necessary. If constipation be an accompanying symptom, we
may vary the prescription thus:

Senecin,

Leptandrin aa. grs. XX.

Iron by Hydrogen grs. V.
Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic and divide into ten
pills. Dose, one, twice or thrice a day. The above will be
found excellent for prolapsus uteri, when of an asthenic
character. When the* disturbance of the nervous system is
considerable, and the symptoms verge on hysteria, we employ
the Valerianate of Iron. It will answer the double purpose of
relieving the anemic habit and allaying nervous excitability.

Senecin 3 ss.

Valerianate of Iron grs. X.
Mix and divide into ten powders. Exhibit one morning and
evening. The same will be found useful in chorea. When
suppression occurs in females advanced in life, and when there
are symptoms of a preternatural wasting of the tissues, we
substitute the phosphate of Iron.

Senecin grs. XXIV.
Phosphate of Iron grs. VUL

118 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. '

Mix and divide into eight powders. Dose same as above.

Senecin is valuable in the treatment of dropsy, not so much
on account of its diuretic power as on account of its alterative
and tonic properties, by reason of its exciting the glandular
system to healthful action. The same may be said in relation
to its employment in the treatment of gravelly affections.

In gonorrhea it manifests a decided sanative power. It may
be employed alone, alternating with such other remedies as
the features of the case may indicate, or it may be combined
with other alteratives.

Senecin,

Stillingin : aa. 3 ij.

Mix . Dose, two to five grains three times per day.

Senecin ; 3ss.

Phytolacin grs. XV..

Mix. Dose, from two to four grains three times per day.

Senecin 3j.

Irisin 3 ss.

Mix. Dose same as above.

Senecin ! 3 j.

Corydalin 3j.

Mix. Dose, two to five grains. These formulas will be found
equally serviceable in the treatment of syphilis. Other com-
binations may be effected when indicated. Thus if scalding
of the urine be a troublesome symptom, Populin will be
appropriate. If chordee be present, Stillingin is contra-indi-
cated. Lupulin is then proper. Other agents may be added
to the formulas given at the option of the practitioner, but
we have found the simple combinations best, and prefer to use
the auxiliary remedies separately.

Senecin has gained some repute in the treatment of dysen-
tery, but our own experience of its value in that disease is
limited. Our observation of its action in other diseases inclines

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 119

us to the opinion that it would be mainly useful in the con-
valescing stages as a tonic.

In coughs, colds, and other complaints of the chest, Senecin
is one of the most valuable remedies we possess. It is espe-
cially serviceable in mucous coughs. Either alone, or combined
■with Asclepin, Prunin, Hyosciamin, Lycopin, &c., it will
seldom disappoint expectation.

Senecin.

Asclepin aa. 3ss.

Mix. Dose, two to four grains once in four hours. Service-
able when expectoration is difficult, skin dry, and system
feverish.

Senecin,

Prunin aa 3ss.

Mix. Dose same as above. Useful when expectoration is free
and tonics are indicated.

Senecin 3ss.

Hyosciamin •. grs. ij.

Mix thoroughly, and divide into sixteen powders. 01'
these, one may be given once in from two to four hours.
Excellent when pain is experienced in any part of the chest.
Also, when the cough is troublesome at night. If there be
symptoms of hemoptysis, the fol) owing will be the best com-
bination.

Senecin,

Lycopin aa. ^j.

Mix and divide into ten powders. One may be given every
tfiree hours.

Taking into consideration the therapeutic, properties already
possessed by the Senecin, the practitioner may readily effect
combinations with other agents calculated to simply augment
each or either of the properties, or to increase thei^ number,
or to suppress the action of one or the other. Its u "»geof

120 CONCENTRATED .MEDICINES PROPER.

application may thus be extended, although the remedy should
be employed for its own peculiar merits.

CONCENTRATED TINCTURE SENECIO GRACILIS.

•This preparation of the Senecio is by some preferred to the
Senecin. We are in the habit of employing it in cough mix-
tures, and in various ways. It is convenient for the practi-
tioner when he wishes to leave medicine with the patient, or
when sending medicine to a patient at a distance, as the labor
and necessity of dividing it into separate doses is thereby
obviated. Two drops of the Con. Tine, represent one grain
of Senecin, therefore the proper dose is easily estimated.

In remedial value it is fully equivalent to the Senecin, and
may be employed in all cases where that remedy is indicated.
In the treatment of amenorrhea, the following will be foand
valuable. The dose, and frequency of the repetition, mus-; of
course be regulated by the requirements of the case ; we can
only approximate it.

Con. Tine. Senecio Gracil.

Con. Tine. Gelseminum . . ... aa. 3 ij

Mix. Dose from five to ten drops three times per day.
For strangury and gravelly affections, we employ the Al-
lowing :

Con.. Tine. Senecio Gracil.

Con. Tine. Eupatorium Purpu aa. 5 5S

Mix. Dose four to eight drops, repeated once in from two *o
four hours, according to circumstances.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 121

For hysteria ; painful menstruations, etc., the following will
be found excellent :

Con. Tine. Senecio Gracil.

Con. Tine. Scutellaria Later aa. 3 ij.

Con. Tine. Hyoscyamus 3j.

Mix. Dose from five to fifteen drops, repeated once in from
two to six hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms.

This will be found a reliable remedy for relieving pain and
procuring rest in the above affections.

In the secondary stages of dysentery, after the secretive action
of the liver has been corrected, and the inflammatory symp-
toms have measureably subsided, the following prescription
will be found excellent for restraining and giving tone to the
bowels :

Con. Tine. Senecio Gracil 3 Ij

-fj Con. Tine. Khus Glab 3j.

Mix, and give from four to eight drops every two to foui
hours. If much prostration or sinking of the vital powers be
present, the value and efficiency of the prescription will be
materially enhanced by the addition of 3 j Con.Tinc. Xanthoxy-
lum Frax. With this addition, it will prove an excellent
remedy for cholera infantum, the morbid secretions having
been first removed*

ASCLEPIN.

^•♦>»-

Derived fiomAsclepias Tuberosa, Nat. Ord — Asclepiadacea*.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Digynia.

Common Names. — Pleurisy Boot, White Boot, Wind
Boot, Colic Boot, Butterfly Weed, etc.

Part Used— The Boot.

No. of Principles, two, viz.: resmoid and neutral.

Properties — Alterative, anti-spasmodic, carminative, dia
p/ioretic, diuretic, expectorant, laxatwe and tonic.

Employment — Fevers of every type, pneumonia, croup,
peritonitis, pleuritis, rheumatism, colic, colds, coughs,
hepatic derangements, constipation, hooping cough, hysteria,
amenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, leucorrhea, menorrhagia, and in
inflammatory diseases of whatever type.

No other remedy with which we are acquainted is so uni-
versally admissible in the treatment of disease, either alone or
in combination, as the Asclepin. In fact, we can think of no
pathological condition that would be aggravated by its em-
ployment. It expels wind, relieves pain, relaxes spasm,
induces and promotes perspiration, equalises the circulation,
harmonises the action of the nervous system, and accomplishes
its work without excitement, neither increasing the force or

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 123

frequency of the pulse, nor raising the temperature of the body.
It is of especial service in the treatment of affections involving
the serous membranes, as pleuritis, peritonitis, etc. The
remarkable efficacy of the plant in the cure of pleurisy, for
which purpose it has been employed for many years in
domestic practice, has earned for it the common name of
Pleurisy Boot. In like manner it earned the appellation of
Wind Root and Colic Root, having been found reliable as a
carminative and anti-spasmodic.

In order that the full value of the Asclepin may be realized
in the treatment of all febrile complaints, it must be exhibited
in full doses and repeated sufficiently often to induce and
maintain free diaphoresis. The usual dose of the Asclepin is
from one to five grains, but when there is high febrile excite-
ment we commence with ten grain doses, repeating every one
or two hours until the system is brought under its fall
influence, and then diminish to from TWO to FIVE grains every
two hours, or sufficiently often to secure the desired effect,
that is, to sustain the diaphoretic action. It may accompany
any other remedies without interfering with their specific
properties, enhancing rather than retarding the action of such
auxiliaries as may be used in connection with it.

Flatulent colic is quickly relieved by administering from five
to TEN grains of Asclepin every twenty minutes until the
spasm is relaxed and the wind expelled. Belief will be more
prompt if the remedy is administered in warm water. Cramp
in the stomach will generally yield to the same prescription.
The usual manner of exhibiting Asclepin in pleuritis is the
same as in all febrile affections. Free perspiration must be
induced and maintained for from twelve to twenty-four hours,
or sufficiently long to overcome the local congestion. We
have found it to act remarkably well in combination with
Cypripedin.

Asclepin...*.......................... 3j.

Cypripedin 3j.

Aquafervens $IV.

124 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Dose two teaspoonsfull every thirty minutes until perspiration
is induced, then once in one or two hours as may be necessary
to maintain the action. We have seen some very severe
attacks of the pleurisy cured by this prescription alone. No
depletion accompanies this treatment, and the patient is at once
restored to his usual health. When a more active combina-
tion is needed, as for instance when there is excessive arterial
excitement, we give the following :
P.

Asclepin 3 ss.

Aqua fervens , 3 IV.

Con. Tine. Veratrum Yiride gtt. XXX.

Dissolve the Asclepin in the water and add the Tine, of Vera-
trum. Give two teaspoonsfut' every hour until the patient is
brought under the full influence of the remedy, then repeat at
intervals of two hours, or sufficiently often to keep the arterial
excitement under control. If nausea arise, omit until it has
subsided, then resume as before. Of course, we cannot name
the precise dose, nor regulate the frequency of repetition for
every case. The patient may require more or less than the
dose we have advised, but all that is necessary is to give
sufficient to produce the specific effect of the remedy, and to
maintain the action until the disease is overcome. If nausea
and even vomiting take place, no disadvantage will accrue,
but, on the contrary, when the stomach is loaded with phlegm
or other matters, will generally prove decidedly beneficial.

In the treatment of exanthematous fevers, of whatever type,
we invariably employ the Asclepin. No remedy with which
we are acquainted exercises so salutary an effect in these
cases as the Asclepin. Its employment is admissible at any
and all stages. It excites a kindly depurative action on
the part of the cutaneous exhalents,. and favors the devel-
opment of the eruption. In the treatment of scarlatina it
is of eminent service. Mild cases of scarlatina, rubeola,
varicella, etc., are manageable with this remedy alone, and
seldom is any auxiliary treatment necessary. When more
active treatment is demanded, the formula given above will be

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 125

found reliable. We seldom find any other medicines necessary
in the treatment of scarlatina in this climate, except the occa-
sional administration of a dose of Podophyllin.

Asclepin is an invaluable adjunctive in the treatment of
many chronic diseases. From the fact of its exercising a
peculiar influence upon the serous membranes, it proves a
valuable remedy for chronic pleuritis, in which complaint it is
most advantageously combined with Sanguinarin.

Asclepin 3 j.

Sanguinarin grs. IV.

Triturate well together, and divide into ten powders
Exhibit one three times per day. This treatment, in connec
tion with alterative doses of Podophyllin, will prove success
ful in a majority of cases. In obstinate cases, counter-irrita
tion may be resorted to in connection with the above remedies
For this purpose the following will be found excellent :

01. Stillingia Sylvat 3 ij.

Spts. Yini .3 IV.

Bathe the affected parts night and morning. Or the follow-
ing:

#. :

01. Stillingia 3 Ij-

01. Lobelia 3 ss.

Spts. Yini 5 IV.

Apply same as above. This is excellent when it is desirable
to produce relaxation. If a more stimulating application is
indicated, we vary the formula, thus :

01. Stillingia 3j.

01. Capsicum gtt. X vel XX

Alcohol § ij.

This is a powerful stimulant and counter-irritant, and will be
found eminently serviceable in arousing a proper action of the
skin.

In all diseases accompanied with a dry skin, unequal circu-

126 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

lation, feeble respiration, a tardy action of the renal functions,
flatulence, constipation, or viscidity of the secretions, Asclepin
will prove a most reliable remedy, either alone or in combina-
tion with other agents. For the removal of hepatic obstruc-
tions, it may be advantageously combined with either of the
following agents: Podophyllin, Leptandrin, juglandin, Eu-
phorbin, Irisin, Phytolacin, or Apocynin. In the treatment
of Kheumatism, with Macrotin, Sanguinarin, Xanthoxylin,
Phytolacin, Stillingin, or Kumin. For the cure of Chronic
coughs, with Prunin, Cerasein, Senecin, Lupulin, or Sanguina-
rin. For hemoptysis, with Lycopin, Trilliin, or Eupatorin,
(Purpu.) It is true that it may be considered as simply an
auxiliary to some of the above mentioned remedies, yet we
know full well that their efficacy is materially enhanced by
the modifying action of the Asclepin. The only difficulty is,
that Asclepin is too frequently looked upon as a simple and
inadequate remedy, which needs must be combined with some
more potent agent, and hence it is too seldom employed alone.
Were more confidence reposed in its therapeutic worth, it would
be found that no one assent manifesting so little excitement
in its operation is capable of successfully meeting so great a
number of indications. Possessing alterative, laxative, and
tonic properties, it is exceedingly valuable in the treatment of
some forms of indigestion, increasing the appetite, promoting
digestion, and removing constipationrsi In the cure of hooping
cough, it is with us a favorite remedy. From three to five
grains may be given four times a day. y We usually form a
solution with warm water. If the cough is violent or spasmo-
dic, we add from five to ten drops of the Wine Tine, of
Lobelia to each dose, v We sometimes use the Asclepin in
connection with Hydrocyanic Acid.

i_ Hydrocyanic Acid gtt. X.

Cf Water 3 IV.

Dose one teaspoonful three times a day. At the same time
we give the Asclepin in sufficient quantities to maintain a gen-
tle diaphoresis. No other plan of treatment that we have evei

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 127

seen devised has proved so uniformly successful as the above,
cutting the disease short with remarkable certainty.

Asclepin is one of the most valuable remedies in the ad-
vanced stage of phthisis pulmonalis that we have ever em-
ployed. It overcomes the viscidity of the secretions, promotes
expectoration, abates febrile excitement, and by promoting the
cutaneous exhalations, lessens the cough. And all this it doe3
so kindly that the patient is surprised and delighted at the de-
gree of comfort ensured by so mild and pleasant a remedy.
Its action is so different from the Diaphoretics usually em-
ployed, that its employment is always admissable, and will
not interfere with the action of such anodynes or sedatives as
the physician may have occasion to administer.

In the treatment of hysteria, amenorrhea, and other dis-
eases incident to females, the Asclepin proves a remedy of
much utility. "We shall frequently refer to it when treating
of other remedies, as no other agent will admit of so frequent
and promiscuous combination. It may be thought that we
are too sanguine in our advocacy of the virtues of the Asclepin,
but we rely upon a verdict in favor of the truthfulness of our
estimate from all who have had a similar experience with our-
selves.

In the management of dysentery, the Asclepin will be found
an indispensable auxiliary when once its real value is under-
stood. Diaphoretics are always indicated in that disease, and
none will be found more valuable than the Asclepiml We
have frequently known a single dose to cure a severe diarrhea.
When arising from cold, the cure is almost certain. In the
treatment of cholera infantum we have found the Asclepin a
highly useful remedy.

As stated in the first part of this work, we employ the As-
clepin as a substitute for sugar, etc., in triturating the more ac-
tive concentrated medicines. Among these we may enumerate
the Veratrin, Hyoscyamin, Digitalin, Sanguinarin, Podophyllin,
and Grelsemin. We know of no indication in which the As-
cieuin would be inadmissable ; neither will it interfere in
suppressing the therapeutic action of either of these remedies.

128 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

On the contrary, it will increase their activity, and, by render-
ing them more diffusible, insure a more kindly operation. We
know of no combining agent so generally appropriate, or
which exercises a more desireable modifying influence over the
Podophyllin than the Asclepin. The .combinations will be
noticed in connection with each agent

GELSEMIN.

-♦-♦^

Derived from Gelseminum Sempervirens,

Nat. Ord. — Apocynacece.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Digynia.

Common Names. — Yellow Jessamine, Wild Jessamine^
Woodbine, etc.

Part Used — Bark of the Root.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resinoid, neutral and alkaloid.

Properties — Febrifuge, nervine, anti-spasmodic, relaxant,
alterative, emmenagogue, parturifacient, and narcotic.

Employment — Fevers, pneumonia, pleuritis, rheumatism,
hysteria, dysmenorrhea, amenorrhea, gonorrhea, chorea,
spermatorrhea, epilepsy, paralysis, after pains, convulsions*
and to expel worms.

Although comparatively a new remedy, the Grelseminum
has rapidly gained the approbation and confidence of the pro-
fession. We are firmly of the opinion that not one half the
true value of the Gelseminum is understood, yet sufficient is
already known to render it a most welcome addition to the
Materia Medica. As the plant is possessed of most positive anil

130 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

active therapeutic powers, it is important that its pharmaceutical
preparations should ensure a definite and uniform standard of
medicinal strength. Such a desideratum has been secured in
the preparation now under consideration. The three active
principles of the plant have been isolated and recombined,
and form a beautiful and convenient powder. Numerous
attempts have been made to isolate the active principles of the
Gelseminum, so as to" secure them in a powdered form, but
this result has only been accomplished at the laboratory of B.
Keith & Co. The thanks of the profession are due, in this
instance, as in many others, to the indomitable t energy and
skill of this firm, in having so faithfully rendered us a concen-
trated equivalent of the plant.

Gelsemin is deservedly entitled to the appellation of posi-
tive medical agent, being possessed of specific and positive
therapeutic properties, uniform in strength, and capable of
preserving its properties unimpaired for an unlimited period
of time.

The average* dose of the Gelsemin is HALF a grain. But
owing to constitutional peculiarities, the dose will vary from
one-fourth to TWO grains. Fevers and inflammatory diseases
generally afford a spacious field for its employment. Its
peculiar influence over the nervous and circulating systems
justly entitles it to be called both nervine and febrifuge. A
knowlege of the peculiar febrifuge power of this remedy, has
ushered in a new era in the treatment of febrile diseases.
Fevers of almost every type may be controlled in from six
to eighteen hours. In order to reap the full utility of the
remedy, it must be given in sufficient doses to produce its
constitutional effects, and the patient kept fully under its
influence until the symptoms are completely subdued. The
effects referred to are dimriess of vision, double-sigh tedn ess,
inability to open the eyes, and, when carried beyond this,
complete prostration of the muscular system. But it is seldom
necessary to carry the administration of the remedy to the
production of the latter influence. It is sufficient in a large
majority of cases to produce a slight dimness of vision, and to

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 181

continue the remedy with such doses and frequency of repeti-
tion as will maintain a uniform degree of action at this point.
In many cases it will be expedient to reduce the dose to
just below the production of this effect. Even when
the remedy has been carried to the production of complete
bodily prostration, we have never known any permanently
injurious effects to remain. These symptoms will all puss
off in a few hours, leaving the patient refreshed and positively
invigorated, rather than leaving, as might be expected, any
symptoms of exhaustion or debility. It is always best to
explain to the patient and attendants the nature of the symp-
toms likely to arise when this remedy is exhibited, otherwise
unnecessary alarm may be excited, and, as is frequently the
case, the nurse, in the absence of the physician, will adminis-
ter stimulants, and so defeat the action of the remedy. In
the treatment of pneumonia, it is sometimes necessary to keep
the patient under the full influence of the Gelsemin, that is, to
the production of dimness of vision or doubl-e-sightedness, for
four or five days. If this be not done, the disease will pro-
gress unconquered, and the patient be lost. Some division of
^opinion exists as to whether the Gelsemin has a narcotic
property. We should think that a ver}' slight experience
would be sufficient to decide this question. "When the patient
is brought fully under its constitutional influence, the symp-
toms are so marked that we cannot conceive how the remedy
should be deemed otherwise. On attempting to move about,
the patient appears as if intoxicated, the muscles refuse to
obey the mandates of the will, while the head is dizzy, and
the senses confused. In some respects the symptoms much
resemble those produced by Strammonium, and in like manner
pass off as soon as the remedy is discontinued. At other
times the patient appears as if under the influence of alcohol,
and evinces a decided disinclination to motion, and a tendency
to sleep, from which he awakes feeling invigorated and
refreshed.

In some instances, in the treatment of fevers, it is best to

132 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

precede the employment of the Gelsemin with a cathartia
dose of fodophyllin. In general, if we find that Podophyllum
is indicated, we administer it in combination with Gelsemin l

Podophyllin,

Asclepin aa. grs. ij.

Gelsemin ...gr. j.

Or,

Podophyllin,

Leptandrin aa. grs. ij.

Gelsemin grs. j.

With & single dose of either of the above formulas we have
frequently arrested typhoid and other fevers in the forming
Stages, so completely as to render farther medication unnecess-
ary. A more powerful combination is the following :

{ Podophyllin,

Euphorbin aa. grs. ij.

Gelsemin..- gr. j.

This will prove an emeto-cathartic dose, and we have fre-
quently arrested severe attacks of fever, rheumatism, and
pneumonia, by exhibiting it in the forming stages. This maj
be deemed heroic treatment, but in the section in which w»
write, it answers our purpose, and that is just what we desire-
of every remedy. If any fever remain after the operation of
the above, we follow with the Gelsemin until it is controlled
Asclepin may always be advantageously exhibited in connec-
tion with the Gelsemin. This is particularly the case in
pneumonia, scarlatina, and eruptive fevers generally.

Acute rheumatism will frequently yield to the Gelsemin,
particularly if the system has been properly regulated by the
previous exhibition of Podophyllin. But it must be remem-
bered that the Gelsemin is not a specific, and that many
constitutions will not bea/ it at all, while others seem to- be
completely fortified against its impressions altogether, exper>

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 133

Slicing no influence from it whatever. In such cases we must
rely upon the Veratrin.

It is in the treatment of female disorders that we find the
<xelsemin peculiarly serviceable. Amenorrhea will frequently
yield to Gelsemin when administered in half grain doses
three times a day. Hysteric convulsions are also readily
'Controlled with it. For relieving the pains of dysmenorrhea,
we know of no single remedy equal to it. We give from ONE
.half to one grain every two hours. If it fails alone, we give
the following :

Caulophyllin,

Yiburin aa. grs. XX

Gelsemin _. grs. V

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every two
: hours. If the pain is very severe, repeat every hour. This
is without exception the most efftcient remedy for the relief
of pains accompanying menstruation with which we are
acquainted. /When caused by functional derangement, we
deem it a specific. We have earned the gratitude of many
sufferers by the employment of the above. It is equaily effi-
cacious in relieving the pains occurring after parturition.
Neuralgia will also often yield to the same prescription. In
connection with suitable tonics, Gelsemin will be found of
great service in the treatment of chorea. The tonics employed
should be of an anti-periodic character, such as Cornin, Cera
sein, and Iron.

Gelsemin has gained considerable repute in the treavment
of gonorrhea. We have employed it for some three years
past in that disease, but have never relied upon it exclusively.
Our principal object in employing it is to overcome the ure-
thral inflammation, and prevent chordee, and for these purposes
we have found it reliable. It may be given alone or in com-
bination with alteratives. We usually administer it at bed
time, finding that the patient is more apt to enjoy a quiet
-aight's rest thereby. From one to two grains of the Gelse*

134 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

mi n, or from ten to twenty drops of the tincture maybe
gi ven. While some patients are readly controlled by SIX or
EltJHT drops, we have found some to require twenty-five
di ops for the same purpose. We cannot say with certainty
whether the Gelsemin possesses any specific alterative value in.
the above disease or not, but we believe it does, and in that,
belief we prescribe it in all the cases we are called upon to.
treat, as an auxiliary.

For spermatorrhea, in connection with tonics, we have
found it of exceeding utility, In many cases it is better to.
administer the Gelsemin alone for a few dajs } or until a.
remission of the symptoms is induced, and then follow with,
tonus. Of the latter, Cerasein will be found most efficient..
In st -me cases Lupulin, Hydrastin, or Coram will answer a
better purpose. At other times we combine the Gelsemin
with tonics, as follows :

Cerasein J 3j-

Gelsemin grs. Vj.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose — one, three time&
per <#ay. In some cases, double the above dose will be re--
quired. The formula given below we deem the most efficient;
that can be devised :

Cerasein 3j-

Lupulin grs. XXIY.

Gelsemin grs. Vj.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders, same as the above. As
soon as the emissions are effectually checked, we omit the Gel-
semin and continue the Cerasein • and Lupulin for at least one
month. When the affection arises from a badly cured gonor-
rhea, we direct injections of Chloride of Lime to the urethra*.

Chloride of Lime 3j.

Water O.j.

Inject three or four times a day. If too strong, dilute. Thi*
treatment has cured some obstinate cases.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 135

We have found the Gelsemin remarkahly efficacious in
some forms of convulsions. Not only will it control the
spasms, but also effect, in many cases, a cure, as it is a direct
tonic to the nervous system. The doses should be sufficiently
large to bring the system under control, and as soon as a
remission is fairly established, the dose should be diminished
one-half, and continued as long as may be thought necessary.
It is advisable, in some instances, to combine the Gelsemin
with anti-periodics, as soon as a remission occurs, precisely as
in the treatment of intermittent fever. Should the convul-
sions return, omit the tonic until another remission occurs.
Tonics, however, will sometimes aggravate the disease, in
which case the Gelsemin will answer a better purpose alone
We have cured several cases of epileptic convulsions by occa-
sional^ exhibiting a dose of Podophyllin, with Gelsemin at
night, and Cerasein during the day. We also direct that, if
the patient be conscious of the approach of the fit, a dose of
the Gelsemin be taken immediately, which will usually have
the effect of preventing its recurrence. It is sometimes
advisable to administer the Gelsemin two or three times a
day, so as to keep the system continually under its influence.
As soon as the disease is controlled, the doses of the Gelsemin
may be diminished in frequency.

Hysteric convulsions, when not arising from displacement
of the uterus, may also be controlled with the Gelsemin.

Some division of opinion exists in relation to the true action
of this remedy upon the uterus. We have had considerable
experience in the treatment of female disorders, and have used
the preparations of Gelseminum quite extensively. For five
years past we have employed it as a parturifacient, and with
better satisfaction than any other remedy. We use it for the
purpose of relieving cramps, or other spasmodic difficulties,
vertigo, nervous irritability, wakefulness, and other symptoms
accompanying gestation. We usually commence its employ-
ment about five weeks before the expected time of confine-
ment, if not sooner indicated , and exhibit from one-fourth
to one-half grain of the Gelsemin every other night, or from

136 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

FIVE to t«en drop of the Con. Tincture. The Gelsemin, how-
ever, will not agree with all constitutions, and we have met
with some two or three cases in which we could not emplo}'- it.
Where no such idiosyncracy exists, it will compose both the
mind and body of the patient, and carry her safely and fully
up to the completion of the period of gestation. It seems to
prepare the system for the parturient effort, and labor is com-
pleted in an unusually short period of time. As soon as
delivery is effected, and the secundines expelled,- we give the
patient from one-fourth to one -half grain of Gelsemin, or
five to ten drops of the Concentrated Tincture. This quiets
all nervous excitability, favors the contraction of the uterus,
and acts as a prophylactic of febrile excitement. It must be
borne in mind that Gelsemin is narcotic, and hence will not
be admissable at all times. We have met with a few cases
of pregnancy in which the Gelsemin was indicated, but owing
to existing idiosyncracies it could not be employed. In some
cases it will fail to produce the desired effect, without other-
wise manifesting any impressions upon the system, simply
failing to act all. In other cases it will produce considerable
cerebral excitement, with a tendency to vertigo, and without
relieving the symptoms for which it was administered.

Gelsemin is one of those medicines which are peculiarly
governed in their action by the quantity administered. Thus
in small doses it acts as a gentle stimulant and tonic to the
nervous system, giving vigor and harmony of action ; while
in large doses it proves a powerful relaxant, completely pros-
trating the muscular system, and, by over stimulating the
brain and nerves, produces irregular and disturbed nervous
action. The opinion has been entertained by some, that the
Gelseminum is capable of producing abortion, but our experi-
ence with it inclines us to the contrary belief. As before
stated, when administered in small doses, it gently stimulates
uterine contraction, but when given in large doses it will
arrest the progress of labor with much certainty. Still we are
unable to say that it will not produce abortion under some
circumstances, although we have never seen any evidence of

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PKOPER. 1S7

its power to do so, and* we have administered it to females at
all the different stages of utero-gestation.

Gelsemin has proved effectual in expelling intestinal ento-
zoa, particularly the ascaris lumhricoides and tricocephalus
dispar. The Gelsemin may be administered in one-half or
one grain doses two or three times a clay, as the patient wiii
bear, for two or three days, and then followed with a brisk
cathartic. Or it may be combined with Podophyllin, as in the
following formula :

. Gelsemin grs. V

Podophyllin grs. X

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Exhibit one every night
for three nights, then omit three nights, and repeat as before.
If the bowels should not be sufficiently relaxed by the use of
one of these powders daily, the quantity of Podophyllin may
be increased, or an additional powder may be administered in
the morning. Other formulas embracing the Gelsemin will be
given under the head of Santonin.

Neuralgia, when arising from functional disturbances of the
nervous system, is successfully treated with Gelsemin. From
one-fourth to one grain of Gelsemin, or from five to fif-
teen drops of the Con. Tine, may be given every two hours
until relief is obtained, and then at longer intervals until the
affection is broken up. We frequently form combinations of
Gelsemin with other neuropathies, as Cypripedin, Scutellarin,
Lupuiin, Hyosciamin, etc., as may be indicated at the time.
In many cases of neuralgia, the use of Gelsemin, or other
remedies of its class, will prove of but temporary service
unless accompanied with, or followed by a tonic of an ami-
periodic character. The Gelsemin, however, possesses con-
siderable anti-periodic power, and will prove more uniformly
permanent in its action upon the nervous system than many
other remedies of its class. Gelsemin may be combined with
anti-periodics in the treatment of neuralgia, but we prefer to
administer it alone until we have obtained a remission of the
symptoms, and then follow with Gerasein, Cornin, Hydrastin, or

138 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Quinine, either alone or combined with Iron, in such doses,
and with such frequency of repetition as the circumstances of
the case will justify.

It would be impossible for us to give a full and complete
h ".story of the range of employment of the remedy under
ronsideration. Our experience in the use of this remedy has
not been limited, yet we feel that we have but feebly por-
trayed its therapeutic value. It has proved reliable in our
hands in fulfilling all the indications of disease we have men-
tioned, yet we do not, by any means, look upon it as a specific.
In the absence of any idiosyncracy on the part of the patient
forbidding its employment, it is a sure and effectual remedy
in controlling febrile excitement. It was the first remedy
introduced to the profession by which typhoid and other
fevers could be completely controlled and subdued in from
twelve to eighteen hours, thus disproving the statement that
such types of disease must "run their course." That it is
capable of doing this, we have but to refer to the corrobora-
tive experience of all who have understandingly employed it
for this purpose. Giving tone and harmony ot action to the
nervous system, it proves an invaluable remedy in the treat-
ment of all spasmodic affections.

The Gelsemin is a remedy not to be incautiously trifled with,
and those adopting its use should commence with small doses
until they learn by experience somewhat of its peculiar influ-
ences. Avoid combinations as much as possible, and rely
rather upon alternation. In this way the true value of the
remedy may be leaned. The medium dose of the Gelsemin
is half a grain.

CON. T1NC. GELSEMINUM SEMPEBVIRENS.

This preparation of the Gelseminum is equivalent in thera-
peutic properties to the Gelsemin. It is prepared in accordance
with the conditions of the method referred to in the first part
of this volume, and possesses the advantage over all other
prepared tinctures of this plant of being of uniform medicinal
strength.

The medium dose of this tincture is ten drops. In many
cases five drops will produce the peculiar constitutional in-
fluences of the plant, while in other cases as many as thirty
drops will be required. We are of opinion that the action of
the tincture is in general more prompt than that of the Gel-
semin, in consequence of its diffusible character. It is very
convenient for combining with other tinctures, and for adding
to solutions of other remedies. It also enables us to graduate
the doses with much precision.

The tincture may be employed for all the purposes for
which we have recommended the Gelsemin. In the treatment
of febrile diseases, we employ it in connection with Asclepin^
as follows :

».■■;;■■.';■-

Asclepin .................... 3 ss.

Warm water ...... § ij.

Con. Tine. Gelseminum gtt. LX.

Dissolve the Asclepin in the water and add the Tine. Gelse-
minum. Dose, from one to three teaspoonfuls once in two
hours. This is a very convenient form of preparing it for
administration in the above mentioned diseases, particularly
when a continued use of the remedy is necessary, and when
the physician cannot conveniently see the patient sufficiently
often to superintend its exhibition.

140 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

We employ the tincture very frequently in the treatment
of chronic diseases as a matter of convenience, as the patient
is enabled to estimate the dose by the number of drops directed.
In commencing the use of the tincture in chronic disease, we
order what we consider to be rather less than a medium dose
for the patient in hand, and direct that, if the peculiar constitu-
tional impressions are not produced by that quantity, the dose
be increased one drop at a time until the symptoms of dizziness
or clouded vision are apparent, then to hold at that quantity,
or reduce a drop or two, and thus continue.

Combinations are very readily effected with other of the
-concentrated tinctures when desired. Thus with Con. Tine.
Senecio as recommended under that head for amenorrhea. In
the treatment gf nervous affections it may be advantageously
joined with Con. Tine. Scutellaria.

Con. Tine. Grelseminum,

Con. Tine. Scutellaria aa. 3 j.

Dose, from five to fifteen drops.

For hooping cough, asthma, etc., joined with the Wine Tine,
of Lobelia, it will be found very beneficial.
• £.

Con. Tine. Gelseminum 3 ss.

Wine. Tine. Lobelia 3j.

Mix. Dose, five to ten drops once in three hours, or when-
ever the cough is troublesome.

Combined with the Con. Tine. Apocynum, we have a very
excellent remedy for the. removal of ascaris vermicularis.

Con. Tine. Gelseminum 3j«

Con. Tine. Apocynum 3 ss.

-Mix. Dose, from six to twelve drops three times per day.
After using the remedy for three days in this manner, if the
bowels are not sufficiently relaxed, administer a dose of Podo-
phyllin. This will generally prove most effectual in expelling
those vermin.

For the removal of the ascaris lumbricoides, a useful com-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 141

Ltnation may be effected with the Con. Tine. Chelone Glabra

Con. Tine. Gelserainum 3j.

Con. Tine. Chelone 3ij.

Mix. Dose, from, five to ten drops three times per day, for
three days, followed by a dose of Podophyllin, or some other
cathartic. If the first . trial should prove ineffectual, repeat
in the same manner.

We have found the tincture beneficial as an outward appli-
cation in various affections. Diluted with from four to eisrht

parts of water, we have applied it with excellent results to
erysipelatous inflammations. The parts should be kept cov-
ered with cloths wetted in the dilute tincture. It abates the
local inflamation, and has a very soothing and pleasant influence.
The same application has been found beneficial in inflammation
of the eye, resulting from cold, as well as in purulent and other
forms of opthalmia. Wash the eye with the dilute tincture,
and then apply cloths wetted with it as above directed. Diluted
in the same manner, and dropped into the ear, it will soften
the accumulations of hardened cerumen, and relieve the ringing,
roaring, and other disagreeable symptoms that result from
deranged secretion.

We have found the Tine, an excellent remedy for poisoning
by the Rhus Ehadicans, and Rhus Toxicodendron, common
names, poison ivy, and swamp or poison sumach. Dilute the
tincture with from four to eight parts of water and apply as
directed for erysipelas, keeping the parts constantly moistened
with it. If there be any febrile excitement present, adminis-
ter the tincture internally at the same time, in such doses, and
with such frequency of repetition as the case will warrant.
We have experienced the value of this remedy in our own
person, and can recommend it as reliable. We also have the
concurrent testimony of practitioners who have used it for the
same purpose.

The dilute tincture is also beneficially applied to some forms
of rheumatic swellings, neuralgic affections, etc. We fre*
quently combine it with other bathing preparations.

142 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

The following is excellent :

Soap Liniment ....... ••••••••-...'. 5 iij*

Con. Tine. Gelseminum §j.

Mix. Bathe the parts freely, repeating every two or three
hours, or apply cloths wetted with the mixture, covering with
a dry bandage to prevent too rapid evaporation.

Many forms of skin diseases may be benefited and cured by
the internal and external application of the tincture. For
external application the above mixture will be found useful,
or the tincture may be added to ointments, or mixed with
other fluid applications.

MACRO TIN.

■* + *«B

Derived from Macrotys Racemosa

Nat. Ord. — Ranunculacem.

Sex. Syst. — Polyandria Di-Pentagynia.
. Common Names. — Black Cohosh, Deer Weed, Rattle
Root, Black Snake Root, Squaw Root, etc. '

Part Used— The Root.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resinoid, alkaloid and neutral.

Properties — Alterative, anti-spasmodic, stimulant, diapho-
retic, diuretic, expectorant, resolvent, nervine, emmenagogue,
parturient, tonic and narcotic.

Employment — Amenorrhea, leucorrhea, dysmenorrhea, hys-
teria, chorea, chlorosis, to facilitate delivery, rheumatism,
coughs, colds, asthma, hooping cough, phthisis, small-pox,
croup, convulsions, epilepsy, neuralgia, scrofula, indigestion,
prolapsus liter i, gonorrhea, gleet, spermatorrhea, intermittent
fever, cutaneous diseases, hronchitis, laryngitis, etc.

It may be thought that we have awarded to the Macrotin
a too liberal range of employment : but we can assure the
reader that we write from positive data, and with the record

144 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PEOr&K.

of our own and coteniporary clinical experience before iib.
"With this assurance we shall proceed to lay before the reader
a history of its application in disease.

The alterative properties of this remedy are well marked,
hence its utility in scrofula, cutaneous diseases, &c. We shall
not assume to explain the manner of its operation in these
cases, but confine ourselves to a history of results. We do
not look upon it as a specific in disease, but as of great relia-
bility in fulfilling specific indications. As with all other
remedies possessing alterative properties, its successful em-
ployment is based upon certain conditions. Thus, in scrofula,
we should correctly estimate the necessities of the system, and
determine whether those conditions are present or not. As
the remedy imparts a healthful stimulus to the digestive and
nutritive functions, we should see that the elements of nutrition
are supplied, in order that, if activity be given to the functions
of nutrition, there be something upon which the action so
aroused may expend itself. It is worse than useless to excite
the nutritive apparatus of the system to action unless there be
material to appropriate. Scrofula occurs mostly in patients
whose systems are deficient in nitrogenous matters and iron,
hence the latter are to be supplied as articles of diet or
materials of sustenance and reparation, while the Macrotin
will act as a motor-excitant, promoting the assimilation and
appropriation of the sustaining and reparative material. By
observing these conditions, the practitioner will find in the
Macrotin a most excellent remedy for the treatment of the
above named diseases. It exercises a remarkable influence
over the nervous system, giving tone and harmony of action,
and awakening its latent energies to healthful activity. This
peculiar stimulant property is of great service in those cold
and passive conditions which sometimes attend the develop-
ment of strumous diseases. In such cases it proves a valuable
adjunctive to other alteratives and tonics. It may be given
alone and alternated with other appropriate remedies, or com-
bined with such alteratives or tonics as are indicated. The
medium dose of the Macrotin is half a grain. When given

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.' 145

in small doses, it gently stimulates the nervous system, relaxes
muscular spasm, allays pain, soothes the irritability of the
system, reduces the force and frequency of the pulse and
equalizes the circulation, and acts as a prophylactic of cerebral
congestion. In over-doses it produces considerable cerebral
disturbance, with vertigo, nausea, prostration, pain and fullness
in the head, and an indefinable sense of aching in the joints.
In its general influence, when taken in large quantities, it sim-
ilates the action of alcohol. An infusion of green tea or roasted
coffee counteracts its impressions. We have never known
any permanently injurious effects to follow the production
of the above symptoms, yet in patients of a peculiarly suscepti-
ble organism we would advise caution in its employment.

In the treatment of amenorrhea, the Macrotin may be given
in doses of from one-fourth to one grain, three times per
day. In order to be effectual, it is generally necessary that the
doses should be sufficiently large to produce the constitutional
effects of the medicine in a slight degree. In many cases these
symptoms will be limited to a slight sense of aching in the
joints, and a peculiar electrical sensation extending throughout
the entire system. At other times these peculiar sensations
will be manifested only in the organs or parts diseased, as in
the kidneys, liver, etc. In the treatment of the affection under
consideration, the Macrotin may be alternated with such other
medicines as the necessity of the case demands. Thus if it
be desirable to increase its emmenagogue and tonic properties,
it may be alternated with Senecin, Helonin, Baptisin, etc.
The Macrotin may be exhibited for a few days, and then
followed witli either of the above remedies, or they may be
alternated upon the same day. To avoid complexity, combi-
nations may be formed. Thus to increase its tonic, stimulant,
emmenagogue properties, as follows :

Macrotin grs. V.

Senecin ---.-- T)j.
Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose, one, three times per
day. Or the following :

10 ^-

14:6 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

«^.j' Macrotin ------ grs. YI.

Helonin grs. XYIII.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose, same as above.
"When laxatives are indicated, it is better to exhibit the Ma-
crotin through the day, and the laxative at bed-time.

In the treatment of leucorrhea the Macrotin should be
given in doses sufficiently large to produce the constitutional
symptoms, and warm alkaline hip baths employed every day.
In speaking of these complaints, we mean to be understood as
referring to simple uncomplicated affections. When complica-
tions exist, the indications must be determined and met
according to the individual characteristics of ean.h case.

Dysmenorrhea is frequently relieved of its immediate pain-
ful character by administering from one-half to one grain
of Macrotin every two hours, and permanently cured by
continuing the remedy, in appropriate doses, during the inter-
menstrual period.

The spasms of hysteria, when not arising from actual
displacement of the uterus, are easily controlled with the
Macrotin. If there be prolapsus, inversion, or retroversion of
the uterus, first replace it, then administer the Macrotin, and
having quieted the immediate irritability, continue the remedy
until the tone of the system is restored, and thus guard against
such accidents in future.

The Macrotin possesses considerable anti-periodic power,
hence will be found useful in the management of chorea.
Exhibit in full doses, and alternate during the remissions with
more decided tonics, such as Cornin, Cerasein, Hydrastin,
Quinine, Iron, etc. If the Macrotin should not prove suffi-
ciently anti-spasmodic, it may be joined with other remedies of
its class. Among these may be enumerated Gelsemin,Viburnin,
Cypripedin, Caulophyllin, and Yeratrin.

In connection with Iron, Macrotin will be found valuable in
the treatment of chlorosis. It must be borne in mind that
Macrotin will increase the activity of those remedies with which
ii may be combined. This it does, not by actually increasing

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES riiOPKR. 147

sthe medicinal power of the adjunctive, but by arousing the
impressibility of the nervous system, and by promoting its
^absorption and diffusion. For the complaint above mentioned
we may combine the Macrotin as follows :

y Macrotin grs. V.

* Iron by Hydrogen . . . grs. X.

JVIix and divide into ten powders. Dose — one, twice a day.
Under all circumstances the acidity of the stomach should be
neutralised before exhibiting the Macrotin. Other preparations
of Iron may be substituted for the above, as the Valerianate,
Phosphate, Carbonate, etc.

For promoting delivery, the Macrotin is deservedly held in
high repute. It is indicated in all cases in which Ergot is
usually employed, and we have the testimony of several emi-
nent practitioners that it is not only equal, but preferable under
all circumstances. When the uterine efforts are feeble and
irregular, the Macrotin should be exhibited in doses ot half
a grain once in two hours. It is very important to not
administer the remedy in too large doses, otherwise the object
in view will be defeated. This is a general error in the em-
ployment of Ergot, overaction being quite too frequently
produced. If the uterus be undilated, or undilatable, the use
of the Macrotin should be preceded by the Wine Tine, of
Lobelia. We have been assured by those who have employed
the Macrotin, that they would never again use Ergot, being
satisfied that the former is quite as efficient, and, at the same
time, much more kind and safe in its operation. It is the
opinion of some that the Macrotin is inferior as a partus
accelerator to the Caulophyllin ; but botti are good, and as
neither are specifics, one may answer where the other fails.

Macrotin is highly esteemed in the treatment of. chronic
rheumatism, in which complaint it is quite as reliable as any
other single remedy. The patient must be brought under
its full influence, and the remedy persevered with. In this
■complaint it is advantageously combined with Sanguinarin,
Xanthoxylin, Stillingin, Irisin, Phytolacin, Eumin, etc.

148 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PBOPEB. ,

Macrotin ............. ...........grs. V.

Xanthoxylin 3 j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose— one, three times
per day. ' Diaphoretics are always of service in rheumatism*
hence we employ the following combinations :

Macrotin grs. X.

Sanguinarin grs. V.

Asclepin grs. XL.

Triturate well together and divide into twenty powders. Dose-
— same as above. Or,

Macrotin grs. X.

Phytolacin grs. XX.

Asclepin. .grs. XL.

Triturate and divide into twenty powders. Exhibit same as
above. In this way we form combinations with other remedies
suited to the case in hand. As a general thing the employment
of these remedies in rheumatism should be preceded by the use
of Podophyllin, and an occasional dose should be administered
during the progress of the treatment.

Macrotin possesses well marked expectorant and diaphoretic
properties, hence is valuable in the treatment of colds, coughs^
incipient phthisis, etc. In these affections it may be either
alternated or combined with Senecin, Asclepin, Prunin, San*
guinarin, orLycopin.

In view of its anti-spasmodic and expectorant properties,
the Macrotin has been found highly beneficial in asthma,
hooping cough, and croup. As an expectorant, it may be
employed with confidence whenever such a property is indicated^
For asthma or hooping cough, it is excellent when joined with
Eupatorin Purpu. or Apocynin, or Prunin, etc^j- In croup~
after the urgent symptoms are alHyed, it is exceedingly bene-
ficial as an expectorant.-^- In all spasmodic affections of the
respiratory system it is a reliable and valuable remedy.

The Macrotin has been highly recommended in the treatment

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 149

of small pox. Our experience of its employment in that
disease has been somewhat limited, yet sufficient to give us a
very high estimate of its value. We have exhibited it in a
number of cases with obviously good effects. When adminis-
tered during the febrile stage, it reduces the force and frequency
of the pulse, allays cerebral excitement, equalises the circulation,
and induces a gentle diaphoresis. We are satisfied that it will
modify the violence of the symptoms, and deprive the disease
of much of its malignancy. It is also of value in the treat-
ment of other eruptive fevers.

Epilepsy has been much benefited by the use of Macrotin.
It will usually induce a remission of the symptoms, although
it may not prove sufficiently anti-periodic to prevent their
recurrence. In such an event it must be joined with more
active tonics, or the tonics may be exhibited when a remission
occurs. If a more active anti-spasmodic and relaxant is
required, the following will answer an excellent purpose:

Macrotin,

Oelsemin ..... . ...... aa. grs. T.

Asclepin grs. XX.

Triturate well together, and divide into ten powders. Dose,
-one, twice or thrice a day. As soon as a remission occurs,
-administer Cerasein in FIVE grain doses once in four hovrs,
;and continue until some three or four of the usual periods for
the return of the symptoms are past.

Macrotin has been found serviceable in the treatment of
'neuralgia. The manner of its employment is the same as /or
*the above.

The Macrotin exercises a peculiar and powerfully sanative
influence over the functions of the liver, and to this fact are
we to look for a solution of its value in many forms of disease.
It imparts a healthful impulse to this organ, and powerfully
promotes its secretive power. In long standing hepatic de-
rangements, this remedy can scarcely be excelled in efficacy.
Hepatic torpor, indigestion, and all their concomitant symptom?
sare most effectually obviated by the use of the Macrotin. It

150 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PBOPEB.

is not as prompt in its operation as many other remedies, yefe
it does its work surely. In order to realise its full and true
value, the patient should be kept slightly under the constitu-
tional influences of the remedy, as in other cases, until the
symptoms yield. In some cases it may be advisable to
occasionally exhibit a dose of Podophyllin, Leptandrin, or
some other laxative or cathartic, in order to quicken the action
of the bowels when tardy, and so obviate the danger of
accumulation. When occasion requires the exhibition of
laxatives or cathartics, it is better to administer them indepen-
dent of the Macrotiu.

A tendency to prolapsus and other displacements of the?
uterus may be benefited and cured by the use of the Macrotin..
It should be given in small doses, and long continued. Wev
sometimes combine it with other agents, as follows :

Macrotin .........................grs. V.

Helonin . grs. XV.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — one, three times pe^
day. If a laxative tonic be indicated, we substitute Hydrastis
for the Helonin. In other cases we employ the following;
pills, which answer an excellent purpose :

Macrotin grs. VL

Helonin grs. XII.

Leptandrin --grs. XXIV.

Mucil. Acacia. . . ... q. s.

Make a mass and divide into twenty-four pills. Dose— one or
two, twice or thrice a day.

Macrotin has been found highly beneficial in the treatment,
of gonorrhea, gleet, and spermatorrhea, as an auxiliary to other
remedies. It is a powerful alterative, and also promotes the
action of other alteratives. For gonorrhea or gleet, it may be
combined with Stillingin, Irisin, Phytolacin, Eumin, Ampelop-
sin, Corydalin, or Chimaphilin. The same will be foundi
valuable in secondary syphilis, and in various forms of dermoids

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 451

disease. For spermatorrhea, the Macrotin may be combined
with Lupulin, Gelsemin, Hydrastin, or Cerasein.

We have cured many cases of intermittent fever by first
administering a full cathartic dose of Podophyllin, and then
exhibiting the following powders during the intermission :

X Macrotin .....grs. VL

Xanthoxylin grs. XXIV

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose — one, every three
or four hours, as the patient can bear. At other times we have
combined the Macrotin with Cornin or Hydrastin, Xan-
thoxylin, etc.

Macrotin............... ............. grs. V,

Cornin, ...................... ... 3ss.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — same as above.
Or,

Macrotin .-grs. V.

Hydrastin .grs. X.

Xanthoxylin . 3 j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose and employment
same as above. If the patient be troubled with a relaxed
condition of the bowels, the Hydrastin will be inadmissable.
In that case the Macrotin and Cornin, or Macrotin and Xan-
thoxylin will answer a better purpose.

Chronic bronchitis, laryngitis, etc., have been greatly relieved
by the use of Macrotin. It may be used alone, or in connection
with Prunin, Senecin, Asclepin, Leptandrin, etc.

Macrotin is also valuable as an external application in many
forms of disease. For this purpose it may be dissolved in
strong alcohol. For ordinary use, the following will answer:

*•■■"..

Macrotin....... ............. ......... 3-L

Alcohol ITV.

This is applied in rheumatism, lumbago, neuralgia, spina 1
irritation, indolent swellings, synovitis, indolent ulcers, rheu

152 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

matic opthalmia, etc. For promoting absorption in synovial
effusions, we use the preparation much stronger :

Macrotin J I.

Strong Alcohol § IV.

Apply night and morning. Over this we usually apply a
bandage wetted in cold water and well protected with dry
flannel. VThe Macrotin is powerfully relaxant, hence as soon
as the reduction' of the enlargement is effected, the Macrotin
should be discontinued, and the parts bathed with a tincture
of Hydrastin and Myricin in Alcohol :

Hydrastin --3ij.

Myricin §ss.

Alcohol ^IY.

Bathe freely.

The tincture of Macrotin is also excellent for contracted
joints, and all cold and indolent local indurations or enlarge-
ments.

AMPELOPSIN.

^♦-♦-♦^

Derived from Ampelopsis Qumauefolid,

Nat. Orel. — Vitaccce.

Sex. Sjst. — Pentandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Woodbine, American Ivy, Five-leafed
Ivy, Virginian Creeper, Wild Wood Vine, etc.

Part Used — Bark and Twigs.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resin, resinoid, and neutral.

Properties — Alterative, diuretic, expectorant, anti-syphil-
itic, astringent and tonic.

Employment — Scrofula, cutaneous diseases, hronchitis,
hooping cough, asthma, dropsy, syphilis, diarrJiea, and rhevr
matism.

As an alterative, the Ampelopsin may be relied upon in
it 11 cases where remedies of that class are indicated. It does
its work kindly, silently, yet surely. The average dose of
this remedy is three grains, though in some cases the dose
may be advantageously increased to ten grains.

In the treatment of scrofula, the Ampelopsin will be found
die of the most reliable alteratives that can be employed. It

164 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

seems especially adapted to the cure of this complaint, and in
connection with such other general treatment as may be
indicated, will seldom disappoint expectation. The better plan
is to administer it in from TWO to FIVE grain doses, two hours
after each meal. All alteratives operate better if taken into
the stomach in the absence of food. The Ampelopsin exercises
a remarkable influence over the absorbent system, hence will
be found valuable in all cases where tuberculous deposits or
indurations are suspected. It is, for this reason, a suitable
remedy in incipient phthisis. ' In order to demonstrate its
utility in these as in other complaints, it should be used alone,
such attention being paid at the same time to. the liver, bowels,
and skin, as the circumstances of the case may indicate. If
other medicines are indicated, they should, by preference, be
alternated with the Ampelopsin. If the liver be inactive, or
deranged in any manner, an occasional dose of Podophyllin
should be administered. If the functions of the skin are tardy
or inactive, an alkaline bath should be administered twice or
thrice a week. For this purpose carbonate of soda, saleratus, oi
hard wood ashes may be employed. When the latter can be
obtained, we give it the preference.

Hard Wood Ashes one gill.

Boiling Water one quart.

Infuse five minutes and strain. Apply tepid, sponging the
entire surface, and rub well with a dry towel. If the patient
is very feeble, from one half to one pint of common spirits
may be added to the above. We give preference to New
England Bum. None but those who have experienced the
utility of the alkaline bath as an auxiliary in the treatment of
scrofula, skin diseases, rheumatism, dropsy, etc., can properly
appreciate its value.

Although we are a strong advocate for employing organic
remedies in their simple forms, alternating with others where
change is necessary, yet we may sometimes effect combinations
better suited to individual cases. Thus in scrofula, skin
diseases, rheumatism, etc., if the liver be inactive and the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 155

bowels constipated, we may combine the Ampelopsin with
such other of the concentrated medicines as are known to
be good in those affections, and which will afford the desired
chologogue and laxative properties. The following for ex-
ample:

Ampelopsin 3j.

Leptandrin 3 ss.

Mucilage Gum Arabic q. s.

iiake a mass and divide into thirty pills. Dose — from one to
two, three times per day. This combination will be found of
most especial service in the above mentioned diseases, and in
bronchitis, laryngitis, hepatitis, and in all affections of the
glandular system.

For hooping cough and asthma, the Ampelopsin may be
rendered more efficient by combining it with Macro tin, Asclepi^
or Eupatorin Purpu.

Ampelopsin 3 ss.

Macrotin grs. IV.

Mix, and divide into sixteen powders. Dose — one, repeated
every four or six hours.

Ampelopsin,

Asclepin aa. 2) j-

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — same as above.

Ampelopsin

Eupatorin Purpu. aa. 3 j.

Divide into ten powders and exhibit same as above. Either
of these formulas may be employed as may seem best adapted
to the case in hand.

The Ampelopsin has proved a reliable agent in the cure of
dropsy. Although possessing considerable diuretic power
its curative action in this disease does not seem to depend
upon that especial property, but upon its power to excite a
healthful action in the glandular and absorbent systems, and of

156 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PKOPER.

promoting depuration. Its influence seems to be expended
upon the entire organism, gently stimulating each function to
the performance of its duty, without proving evacuant in
one direction more than in another. At times, however, it
proves actively diuretic. As a general thing it is better to
commence the treatment of dropsy by administering a dose of
Podophyllin or Jalapin combined with Cream of Tartar.
Either of the following will answer :

Podophyllin -..----.---..— ...grs. ij.

Bitartrate of Potassa . . 3 j.

Administer in a spoonful of water at bed time. As soon as
the above has operated thoroughly, commence with the
Ampelopsin, and exhibit in doses of from five to ten grains
three times per day. The Podophyllin and Cream of Tartar
should be repeated occasionally during the course of the
treatment.

Or Jalapin may be substituted for the Podophyllin, as
follows :

Jalapin ............grs. IV.

Bitartrate of Potassa 3j.

In some cases we find the three combined to answer a better
purpose

Podophyllin... gr. j.

Jalapin grs. ij.

Bitartrate Potassa. 3 j.

In other cases it is better to precede the employment of the
Ampelopsin with an emetic of Lobelia. For this purpose the
Wine Tincture answers an excellent purpose. From two tc
four drachms of the tincture may be given every twenty
minutes until free emesis is produced. If there be reason to
suspect acidity of the stomach, twenty grains of the super-
carbonate of soda should be added to each dose. Or if this
caution has been neglected, and the Lobelia is tardy in operating,
a teaspoonful of soda dissolved in half a tumbler of warm

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 157

water should be immediately administered. The Ampelopsin
may be employed as above directed, in connection with an
occasional hydrogogue cathartic. As soon as the dropsical
symptoms are removed, the system must be braced up with
tonics in order to prevent a return. Cornin, Hydrastin,
Cerasein, Fra-serin, or Eupatorin Perfo., either alone or com-
bined with Iron, will answer a good purpose.
""'Ampel opsin has considerable reputation in the cure of
syphilis. It is employed in the same manner as other altera-
tives. jLWhen thought advisable, it may be combined with
Stillingin, Irisin, Phytolacin, or Corydalin. As with other
alteratives, we deem it better, as a general thing, to use the
Ampelopsin alone, and alternate with other remedies. Its use
must be persevered in for a length of time, in order to reap its
full utility.

The Ampelopsin possesses slightly astringent properties,
aDd has been found serviceable in certain forms of diarrhea.
In these complaints, it may be advantageously combined with
Leptandrin, Euphorbin, or Juglandin, when the affection pro*
ceeds from a deranged action of the liver.

Ampelopsin 3j.

Leptandrin . . . . . grs. X.

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic, and divide into
ten pills. Administer one every two hours until the alvine
evacuations assume a healthy appearance.
Or,

Ampelopsin 3ss.

Euphorbin grs. VI.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose, same as above.
Or,

Ampelopsin,

Juglandin aa. grs. XV.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Exhibit in the same
manner.

158 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

If the affection has arisen from cold, the Ampelopsin should
be combined with Asclepin. In colliquative diarrhea it should
be combined with more powerful astringents, as Geranin,
Khusin, Myricin, Hamamelin, or Trilliin. Thus its range of
application may be varied by judiciously combining it with
such other agents as may be required to meet special symp-
toms.

GERANIN.

♦-♦-♦

Derived from Geranium Maculatum.

Nat. Ord. — Geraniacem.

Sex. Syst. — Monodelphia Decandria.

Common Names. — CranesbiU, Purple Crowfoot, Alutn
Hoot, Spotted Geranium, etc.

Part used. — The Root.

No. of Principles, two, via., resmoid and tannin.

Properties — Astringent, styptic, and anti-septic.

Employment. — Dysentery, Diarrhea, hemoptysis, hema-
turia, passive hemorrhages, apthous sore mouth, leucorrhea,
gleet, diabetes, and all affections of the mucous surfaces.

Geranin is justly considered one of the most valuable of
the vegetable astringents. In its action, it differs somewhat
from astringents generally, in promoting, instead of suppress-
ing the secretive power of the mucous surfaces, and leaving
them moi3t and invigorated in their functions. This remedy
has been largely employed in the treatment of dysentery, and
with more general success than any other astringent Its use

160 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

is admissible in all the different stages, although success will
be more certain if the bowels are first relieved of their morbid
contents, and the functions of the liver corrected by the use of
Podophyllin, Leptandrin, etc. The medium dose of the Ger-
anin is three grains. The doses may be repeated every hour,
or once in two, four or six hours according to the urgency of
the symptoms. "When the discharges from the bowels are pro-
fuse, the skin hot, dry, and constricted, and the tongue and
fauces red, parched and inflamed, the Geranin will answer an
admirable purpose in combination with Asclepin.

Geranin . — ......... -3 j.

Asclepin grs. X.

Mix and divide into ten powders. One of these may be ad-
ministered every hour. In a short time after commencing the
use of the medicine the mucous surfaces will resume their
secretive action and become moist, and a gentle moisture ap-
pear upon the skin, while the dejections from the bowels will
become less frequent and more healthy in appearance. The
dose we have named will not be sufficient in some cases, and
must be increased to the production of the desired effect. In
all forms of bowel complaints attended with spasmodic pains,
and when astringents are indicated, the Geranin is advantage-
ously combined with Caulophyllin.

Geranin,

Caulophyllin ..........--.--.aa. 3j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose— one, to be repeated
every hour or two, as may be necessary. This combination
will be found excellent for relieving the griping pains so com-
mon in these complaints. In diarrhea and dysentery of a
bilious character, a more suitable and efficient combination
may be effected with the Dioscorein.

Geranin ---3j.

Dioscorein grs. X.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — same as above;

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 161

This prescription is peculiarly useful in cholera morbus and
cholera infantum. In the sinking stages of dysentery and
similar affections, the Geranin should be combined with stim-
ulants and tonics. The following we have employed quite
extensively, and with excellent results.

Geranin,

Xanthoxylin- aa. 3j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Exhibit as above directed.
This is excellent in the advanced stages of cholera infantum.
When tonics are indicated, Cornin, Cerasein, and Fraserin
will be found reliable.

In the advanced stages of all diarrheal complaints, and in
all cases where there is a tendency to putrescency of the rluids,
the Geranin, when indicated, should invariably be combined
with Baptisin.

Geranin 3 ss.

Baptisin grs. XY.

Mix, and divide into fifteen powders. Give one every two
hours. In some cases, it will be necessary to double the quan
tity of Geranin. No remedy with which we are acquainted
is more to be relied upon for correcting the putrefactive
tendency than this. In typhoid and other fevers, inflammation
of the bowels, etc., this combination will be found exceedingly
useful.

Geranin has been found serviceable in checking hemor-
rhages from the lungs, stomach, bowels, kidneys, and uterus.
The usual dose in such cases is five grains, although as much
as ten grains is sometimes given. The doses are repeated
every hour until the hemorrhage is arrested, and -then at
longer intervals. In passive hemorrhages this remedy has
proved itself of great utility. In hemorrhage of the bowels,
it is sometimes more efficient when administered by enema.
From one-half to ONE drachm may be so administered at a
time, and repeated when occasion requires. It may be added
to mucilage of slippery elm, starch water, etc. "We have
11

162 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

known some cases of dysentery to yield readily to this treat-
ment when remedies by the stomach had failed.

Leucorrhea, gleet, and other affections of the mucous sur-
faces have been benefited and cured by the use of the Geranin.
It is both administered internally and applied externally. For
external use it is sometimes made into a tincture and then
added to water. At other times it is simply added to warm
water, in which, however, it is only partly soluble.

Geranin, in connection with suitable diet and tonics, is of great
service in the treatment of diabetes. From TWO to FIVE grains
may be given three times per day. The bowels should be
kept open by the use of small doses of Podophyllin, Leptandrin,
or Juglandin.

The diarrhea occurring in the latter stage of phthisis
pulmonalis is more readily controlled by the Geranin than any
other remedy with which we are acquainted.

The vomiting in cholera has been checked with Geranin
when other means failed.

Externally, the Geranin is employed in a variety of affections.
The apthous sore mouths of infants is frequently cured by a
wash made by adding half a drachm of Geranin to four ounces
of warm water. The same is found serviceable in some forms
of opthalmia, otorrhea, sore nipples, eruptions of the skin,
chafes, etc. An ointment serviceable in the treatment of piles
is made as follows:

Geranin ... . .. . .... 3 j.

Lard 5j.

Mix. The following is still better :

Geranin.................. 3j.

Hydrastin..... .. .... 3ss.

Lard 3j.

Mix. Anoint the parts freely several times a day. The
game has been found useful in scaly eruptions of the skin.
Dissolved in alcohol, in the proportion of half a drachm to

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 1(53

the ounce, it is an excellent application for toughening the
■skin when rendered irritable by shaving.

The Geranin will be found one of the best and most relia-
ble astringents in the range of the Materia Medica, but will
fail, like all other remedies, when the indications for its
•employment are mistaken. Thus we would never think of
giving it in dysentery and kindred complaints untill the morbid
material of the stomach and bowels had first been removed by
suitable remedies, and the action of the liver corrected. And
if this be done, the neccessity for astringents will be materially
lessened. It is bad practice to treat bowel complaints in their
primary stages with astringents, and which cannot be to severely
reprehended. Assist nature to expel the morbid material
which is the direct cause of the inordinate evacuations, then
tone up the various functions that have been weakened by
excess of action.

. n

POPULIN.

♦♦

Derived from Populus Tremuloides.

Nat. Ord. — Salicacece.

Sex. Syst. — Dioecia Octandria.

Common Names. — Upland Poplar, White Poplar, Quak-
ing Aspen, etc.

Part Used — The Park.

No. of Principles, two, viz., resinoid and neutral..

Properties — Alterative, tonic, diuretic, stomachic, depura-
live, vermifuge, and diaphoretic.

Employment — Indigestion, flatulence, worms, hysteria,
jaundice, fevers, cutaneous diseases, scalding and suppression
of urine, night sweats, etc.

We shall not, perhaps, have occasion to speak of any remedy
more reliable than the Popnlin in fulfilling certain indications.
"We have used it long and extensively, and always with the
most gratifying results. As a remedy for indigestion accom-
panied with flatulence and acidity, we know of no single agent
more to be relied upon than this. The average dose of the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PRORER. 16*

,'o-

Populin in these cases is three grains three times per day.
It will have a better effect if taken immediately after eating.
"We have found by experience that all medicines calculated to
promote digestion and present acidity and flatulence answer a
much better purpose when administered at the time their
action is needed. It is presumed that the therapeutic properties
of such remedies are, in a measure, expended locally. Hence
it is proper to administer them at those periods when such
local excitement is necessary. Alteratives, on the contrary,
■operate better when taken into the stomach in the absence of
food, as they are then enabled to be digested, absorbed and
conveyed to their destination by the undivided forces of the
system.

The dose of the Populin will vary from two to six grains
according to the impressibility of the patient's system, or the
■effect desired to be produced. In small and oft repeated
'doses it powerfully promotes diaphoresis. In large doses it
proves more actively diuretic. Hence, in the treatment of
fevers, it should be given in small quantities and often; while
in suppression, retention, and scalding of the urine, the doses
should be larger, and exhibited at longer intervals.

For the removal of flatulence it is more of a radical than
an immediate remedy, overcoming the disposition by its powers
as a corrective. It will be found one of the most certain
remedies for this purpose that has ever yet been discovered.

For removal of worms it should be given in from three
to five grain doses three times per day for a few days, and be
followed by a cathartic.

In hysteria it is mainly useful as a tonic after the urgent
-symptoms are quelled. For this purpose it will be found of
singular utility, as it will be tolerated by the stomach when
other tonics are rejected, and tranquilise the sympathetic
disturbance arising from uterine excitement. It is, for this
reason, an excellent remedy for the dyspeptic symptoms
accompanying pregnancy.

In jaundice the Populin is of eminent service. It possesses
athe properties of an alternative to a marked extent, which is

166 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

display <«d by its power to correct the secretive action of the skin
and kidneys. It is of great importance that these emunctories
should be restored to a normal condition in the treatment of
•jaundice, as they constitute the main channels of depuration..
To render the Populin more effectual, it should be alternated
with alterative doses of Podophyllin, Leptandrin or Jug-
landin.

Populin is one of the most reliable remedies for the relief
of night sweats that it has ever been our good fortune to
become acquainted with. We refer its curative action in this,
instance to its power of restoring and giving vigor to the?
secreting vessels of the skin. This property we have referred
to in speaking of the Senecin. For the cure of the above-
complaint, when not arising from hepatic congestion, fifteen
to twenty grains of Populin should be administered daily..
We usually employ it in solution.

Populin - - • - - - - 3j.
Warm "Water - - - - - §iij.
Mix. The Populin is not entirely soluble in water, yet
sufficiently so for all practical purposes. It should be stirred
up wh»m taken. One tablespoonful of the above solution,
should be given once in two hours.

Suppression and retention of urine are readily relieved
with the Populin, for which purpose it may be used in such
doses, %nd with such frequency of repetition as the case
demands. All the directions we deem necessary are, to give
it in so .ution, and in sufficient quantities to produce the desired
effect.

Yahiable as we deem the Populin in the treatment of the-
affections previously named, it has one other property which wn
consider of paramount importance to all the rest, and that is, its
property of relieving painful micturation, and heat and scalding
of urine. Did it possess no other curative value, we should
esteem it an indispensible constituent of our materia medica.
hA value in this respect is most apparent when the symptoms
f-U we named occur during pregnancy. The relief it affords ia

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 167

most gratifying to both patient and practitioner. Our method
of employing it is in solution, in connection with tincture of
Gum Myrrh, as follows :

Populin 3 j.

Tine. Myrrh 3 ij«

Warm Water 3 IV.

Of this mixture one tablespoonful may be given once every
two to four hours, and continued until the symptoms are
entirely relieved. In order to allay the irritation of the
meatus urinarius and labia, we employ the following :

Pul. Gum Myrrh Jss

Boiling Water O.ss.

Infuse and strain. Wash the parts freely with this infusion,
or a cloth wetted with it may be inserted between the labia,
and in contact with the meatus. This treatment will seldom
or never disappoint the practitioner. ^ We look upon it as the
most certain prescription that can be made. We can recollect
of no instance of failure. It is perfectly safe in all stages of
pregnancy.

Many combinations may be effected with the Populin, some
of which we are in the habit of dispensing daily. We give
below our favorite formulas :

Populin

Xanthoxylin aa. 3 ss.

Mucil. Acacia q. s.

Form a mass and divide into twenty pills. Or what will
answer equally as well, if not better, the following :

Populin 3j.

Con. Tine. Xanthoxylum ;.q. s.

Form a mass and divide into twenty pills. These pills are
serviceable in debility, indigestion, loss of appetite, flatulence,
acidity of the stomach, etc. We direct one to be taken
immediately after each meal. The stimulant properties of the

L68 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Xanthoxylin increase the efficacy of the Populiu in cases
where great coldness and inactivity of the system exist.

In cases of hepatic torpor and constipation, we employ the
annexed formula :

Populin,

Leptandrin aa. 3 j.

Con. Tine. Xanthoxylum q. s.

Form a mass and divide into thirtjr pills. Use in the same
manner as above directed. These we find excellent for
promoting the secretions of the liver and obviating constipation.
When the difficulty has been of long standing, Phytolacin
may be substituted for the Leptandrin.

From the description we have given of the properties and
employment of the Populin, the practitioner will be enabled
to effect many valuable combinations not necessary for us to
notice here. In consequence of the hygroscopic property of
the neutral principle of the Populin, it is necessary to make it
into pills or reduce it to solution when consecutive doses are
prescribed. If preferred it may be dissolved in alcohol, in
which it is soluble in equal proportions.

We would earnestly call the attention of practitioners to the
Populin, assuring them that they will find it a reliable remedy
in fulfilling the indications we have named. It has proved so
useful in our hands that we are anxious that all should avail
themselves of its valuable remedial properties in the treatment
of disease. We trust to the discriminating intelligence of the
profession to decide that we have not over-rated its medicinal
worth. A fair trial of its merits will confirm the opinion that
it is truly a positive medical agent.

CYPRIPEDIN.

Derived from Cypripediurn Pubescens.

Nat. Ord. — Orchidacece.

Sex. Syst. — Gynandria Dicmdria.

Common Names. — Wild Ladies Slipper, Yellow Umbel,
Nerve Root, American Valerian, Moccasin Flower, etc.

Part used. — The Hoot.

No. of Principles, two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties — Anti-spasmodic, nervvne, tonic, and narcotic/
also, diaphoretic.

Employment. — Hysteria, cJwrea, nervous headache, neu-
ralgia, hypochondria, nervous irritability, fevers, debility,
etc.

The Cypripedin fully represents the therapeutic properties
of the plant. It is frequently employed as a substitute for
the imported valerian, but it will not be found identical with
it. As a nervine and anti-spasmodic, the plant has long
been used in domestic practice, and with the most beneficial
results. Its concentrated equivalent, Cypripedin, possesses the
properties above attributed to it in an eminent degree. "When

170 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

opium and its preparations will not agree, the Cypripedin may
be relied upon with much confidence. As a substitute for
Paregoric, Godfrey's Cordial, etc., it is most advantageously
employed in alleviating the disorders of children requiring the
use of an anodyne. It possesses, however, some narcotic
power, and many times will be found quite as inadmissible as
opium. Cypripedin is much used in the treatment of fevers^
pleurisy, rheumatism, etc., on account of its anodyne, diaphor-
etic, and febrifuge properties, It allays pain, abates delirium,,
promotes perspiration, and procures sleep. It may be given
alone in doses of from two to four grains, or combined with
such other remedies as are being prescribed. In febrile diseases
it is employed mostly in combination with Asclepin. The
neutral principle of the Cypripedin has a strong affinity for
water, and is, therefore, liable to absorb moisture and harden
when exposed to the air. For this reason it is necessary to
reduce it to solution, or form it into pills, when more than a
single dose is to be left with the patient. We employ it mostly
in solution.

Cypripedin 3 j.

Asclepin 3 ij.

Warm Water 5 IV.

Dose — from two to four teaspoonfuls once in two hours. Aa
stated under the head of Asclepin, we have seen severe attacks
of pleurisy cured with this formula alone.

This formula will be found useful in all febrile diseases
attended with nervous irritability. Rheumatism, gout, neural-
gia, hysteria, and all spasmodic affections afford indications for
its use. In the treatment of scarlatina and other exanthematous
fevers, the combination above given will answer an excellent
purpose for producing diaphoresis and quieting nervous excite-
ment. Nervous headache is also relieved by administering
two teaspoonfuls of the solution every twenty minutes until
the violence of the symptoms is abated, then once every hour
until complete relief is obtained. A better combination for
this purpose may be made as follows :

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. ]71

Cypripedin grs. X.

Asclepin

Scutellarin aa. 3j

Mix, and divide into ten powers. Dose — one, every twenty
or thirty minutes, in warm water. As soon as the symptoms
begin to abate, xhe medicine may be given at longer intervals.

Cypripedin may be joined with Caulophyllin, Lupulin,
Viburin, Scutellarin, or other nervines and anti-spasmodics,
in the treatment of chorea, hysteria, hypochondria, nervous
debility, etc. In many cases it is desirable to combine it with
tonics, in which case it may be joined with Cornin, Cerasein,
Hydrastin, Euonymin, Fraserin, or Cerasein, accordingly as
the properties possessed by either are indicated. All anti-
spasmodics are tonics, yet their anti spasmodic power is
hightened, or rather confirmed, by joining them with pure
tonics. For this reason the Cypripedin, when employed in
nervous affections attended with marked periodicity, should be
joined with suitable tonics.

As an adjunctive to other remedies, it has been found highly
serviceable in dyspepsia, and other affections of the stomach
and bowels. It qualifies the action of Cathartics, and abates
the tendency to delirium in fevers. Its properties are so well
defined, and its uses so generally understood, that we deem it.
unnecessary to dwell longer upon the manner of its employment.

The practitioner will find it a valuable adjunctive in a great
variety of cases, inasmuch as its more prominent properties
are so frequently indicated. The large class of diseases to
which females are subject afford numerous opportunities for
its employment. Although in general agreeing well with the
patient, it must be borne in mind that it possesses a degree of
narcotic power, and will, therefore, be sometimes found quite
as incompatible as opium or any of its preparations. The
average dose of the Cypripedin is three grains, yet in some
cases half a grain will be sufficient, while in others ten grains
will be required.

CHIMAPHIL1N.

■» > ^

Derived from ChimapMla Umbellata.

Nat. Ord. — Ericaceae.

Sex. Syst. — Decandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Prince's Pme, Pipsissewa, Wintergrcen.
Ground Holly, etc.

Part used. — The Plant.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resin, resinoid, and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, tonic, diuretic, and astringent.

Employment. — Scrofula, rheumatism, dropsy, gonorrhea
strangury, gravel, debility, etc.

This elegant remedy is now presented for the first time to
the profession. The well known efficacy of the plant as an
alterative has long rendered it desirable that it should be
prepared for medicinal use in a convenient and reliable form.
This has been accomplished in the article under consideration.
The active principles of the plant, three in number, are here
presented, condensed, definite, uniform, and reliable. The
average dose of the Chimaphilin is three grains. Of course
the quantity must be varied to suit the peculiarities of the
case in hand. In the treatment of scrofula it will be advisable
to administer it in doses of from two tx. /ive grains three times
per day, continuing its use for two or three weeks, and then

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 173

alternating with some other alterative. Of the latter Anrpe-
lopsin, Corydalin, Irisin, Phytolacin, or Stillingin may be
selected, as may be best suited to the case. We set a high
estimate upon the alterative power of this remedy, an opinion
based upon experience. Its operation is not attended with any
special excitement, nor is one function apparently stimulated
more than another, except it be, in some instances, the kidneys.
The whole system seems to be embraced in its influence,
manifested by a simultaneous improvement of the various
functions of digestion, nutrition, and depuration.

Chronic rheumatism has been frequently relieved and cured
by this remedy. As a general thing, larger doses are required
than in the preceding case. From five to ten grains may be
given three times per day. At the same time the bowels should
be kept in a soluble condition by the use of Podophyllin,
Leptandrin, Juglandin, Euonymin, etc. In this case, as in
the former, the Chimaphilin should be alternated with other
alteratives, as more satisfactory results will be obtained, as a
general thing, by alternation than by combination. Yet there
are circumstances and conditions when combinations will meet
the indications with greater certainty and promptitude. For
instance, in the treatment of rheumatism, ulcers, and other
diseases attended with a cold, languid condition of the system,
viscidity of the secretions, etc., joined with stimulants, such as
the Xanthoxylin, Sanguinarin, or Phytolacin, it will be
rendered much more active. Either of the following formula*
may be employed, and will be found excellent :

Chimaphilin - 3ss.

Xanthoxylin - - - - - - 3j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders.
Or,

Chimaphilin - - - • - 3j»

Sanguinarin ----- grs.iij.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders.

Or,

374 COVENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Chimaphilin • - - • • - 2)ij-

Phytolacin grs. X

Mix, and divide into ten powders. One of either of the above
powders may be given twice or thrice a day, as circumstances
require.

This remedy ha*s been of much utility in the treatment of
dropsy, particularly ascites. It seems to act in this complaint
much in the same manner as the Ampelopsin, by general and
not by specific therapeutic impression. Its value is more
apparent in cases originating from or accompanied with an
impaired action of the digestive and nutritive system, and
debility. In these cases it operates by promoting the appetite,
digestion, and assimilation, and gently stimulating absorption
and depuration. In the treatment of dropsy, it may be
advantageously combined with other of the concentrated
medicines suited to the features of the case. Thus, in dropsy
of the abdomen, and general anasarca, we should combine it
with the Ampelopsin.

Chimaphilin,

Ampelopsin - - - - aa. 3 ss.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose — one, every four
+ o six hours. If more of the stimulant property were needed,
we should add a portion of Sanguinarin to the above. The
formula would then stand thus :

Chimaphilin,

Ampelopsin - - - - - aa.3ij.

Sanguinarin ----- grs. X.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Use in the same
manner.

In hydrothorax, or dropsy of the chest, we should combine
it with Digitalin.

Chimaphilin - • - - - 3ij.
Digitalin - - - - grs. ij.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 175

Triturate thoroughly together and divide into ten powders.
One of these may be given every five hours, until a perceptible
impression is made upon the system in some way, either
upon the pulse, kidneys, or respiration, and then at longer
intervals, and continued until the symptoms are removed, or
there is obvious disagreement of the remedy. In administering
this prescription particular care should be taken to neutralise
undue acidity of the stomach. As a general thing, it will be
better to combine a few grains of super-carbonate of soda with
•each dose.

Other diuretics, as the Eupatorin Purpu., Lupulin, Populin,
Senecin, etc., may be joined with Chimaphilin at the option of the
practitioner. For strangury and gravel, we prefer the Populin.

Chimaphilin 3ss.

Populin 3j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every two
jhours until relief is obtained, then every four or six hours
till a cure is effected. The same formula will be found excellent
for loss of appetite, indigestion, debility, etc. In these cases
one powder may be given twice or thrice a day. Whenever
laxatives or cathartics are needed, they should be alternated
with the Chimaphilin.

Chimaphilin is very valuable in the treatment of gonorrhea,
syphilis, and mercurial diseases. It must be used freely and
persevered in for a length of time, occasionally alternating
with other tonics and alteratives. When deemed appropriate
it may be joined with Corydalin, Senecin, Irisin, Stillingin,
Phytolacin, Rumin, etc., with either of which it is not only
admirably suited to the cure of the above affections, but also
skin diseases, ulcers, scrofula, and all complaints arising from
or accompanied with a vitiated condition of the blood and
fluids. As an alterative, and as a remedy in rheumatism,
gouty and gravelly affections, chronic cough, and dropsical
diseases, it may at all times be relied upon with confidence a*
an auxiliary, if not as a radical remedy.

DIOSCOREIN.

^♦-

Derived from Dioscorea Villosa.

Nat. Ord. — Dioscoreaceoe.

Sex. Syst. — Dicecia Hexandria.

Common Names. — Wild Yam, Colic Root, etc.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resin, neutral and muci-resvrh.

Properties. — Anti-spasmodic, expectorant, and diaphwetic.

Employment. — Bilious colic, cholera morbus, nausea
attending pregnancy, spasms, coughs, hepatic disorders, after-
pains, flatulence, dysmenorrhea, and in all cases where an anti-
spasmodic is required.

The wonderful efficacy of this remedy in the cure of bilious
colic renders it an indispensable agent to every practitioner
of the healing art. In this complaint it is as near a specific
as any remedy can well be. The relief it affords is both
prompt and certain. But its entire value does not relate to
this disease alone, as it has been found exceedingly valuable
in the complaints above enumerated.

The Dioscorea has been in use, in the crude state, for some
considerable time, but we have the pleasure of being the
first to record a history of its true concentrated equivalent,
Dioscorein, for the benefit of the profession at large. True, a

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 177

preparation called Dioscorein has been offered them, under the
designation of a resinoid, and represented as being the active
principle of the plant. By referring to the head of this
article, the reader will perceive that the therapeutic properties
of the plant reside not in one, but in three distinct proximate
principles, viz., a resin, neutral, mid muci-resin. The character-
istics of these several principles have been described in the
first part of this volume. With the exception of the above
named resinoid Dioscorein mentioned by some authors, the
only other method recommended for employing the Dioscorea
is in the form of a decoction. In this form it has been suc-
cessfully employed in bilious colic, cholera morbus, etc.,
proving thereby that it yielded at least sufficient of its proper-
ties to water to prove actively medicinal. The reader will
please remember that resinoids are soluble only in strong
alcohol, hence, if the active properties of the plant had resided
in a resinoid, the water would have failed in extracting it, and
the decoction would be, consequently, useless. But now that
we have set the matter in its proper light, there will be no
difficulty in perceiving that water may extract a soluble neu-
tral and muci-resin, and a partially soluble resin. We have
deemed it necessary to enter thus into detail, in order that the
reader might perceive the justice of our charge of inaccuracy
against the representation of a resinoid being the active prin-
ciple of the plant. We labor for the cause of truth and
accuracy in medical science, and we desire that all we write
or say shall be capable of demonstration, her' e our digression.
The usual dose of the Dioscorein in the treatment of bilious
colic is four grains, repeated, every thirty minutes until com-
plete relief is obtained. The relief afforded is as prompt as it
is certain. In gome cases we deem it better to combine the
Dioscorein with Asclepin as follows :

Dioscorein 3 j.

Asclepin 3ss.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Give one every twenty oi
thirty minutes until .the symptoms are fully abated. We have

173 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

known a single dose of the above to afford entire relief in
twenty xnmutes, rendering farther medication unnecessary. In
many, however, it will be necessary, in order to effect a radi-
cal cu;e, to follow with a full dose of Podophyllin, which, in
cases !ike this, should be combined with Caulophyllin. The
above formula is not only reliable in the treatment of bilious
colic, but also in flatulent colic, borborygmus, spasms, etc.

In the treatment of cholera morbus, the Dioscorein should
be given in doses of from one to two grains every twenty
minutes until the symptoms are abated. In this case, as in all
others, the acidity of the stomach must be neutralised, other-
wise the medicine may be of no effect. This may be done by
combining a few grains of soda with each dose. In our
experience of the management of cholera morbus, as well as
of vomiting from other causes, we have found that small doses
frequently repeated will oftentimes control the symptoms
when large doses fail. Hence we deem it expedient in some
cases, to give from one-fourth to one-half a grain of the
Dioscorein at a dose, and repeat every five or ten minutes.
The stomach will frequently tolerate and retain very small
doses when larger ones are rejected.

We have found the Dioscorein valuable in the treatment of
hepatic disorders, particularly when accompanied with irrita-
bility of the stomach, and spasm. We generally employ it as
an adjunctive to chologogues, as the Leptandrin, Juglandin,
etc. Either of the following formulas will be found of excel-
lent service in the treatment of both acute and chronic disor-
ders of the liver.

Dioscorein 3 j.

Leptandrin 3 ij. .

Mucil. Acacia q. s.

Make a mass, and divide into twenty pills. From one to twc
of these may be given twice a day.

Dioscorein 3j.

Juglandin 3j.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 179

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. One of these may be
given every four or six hours. The latter will be found
excellent in those cases of indigestion accompanied with
-acidity, flatulence, and spasmodic pains. When the symptoms
-are aggravated by eating, one of the above powders should be
given immediately after each meal. If preferred the powder
may be formed into pills with mucilage of gum arabic.

We have found the Dioscorein excellent for allaying the
intestinal irritation sometimes produced by Podophyllin.- We
•employ either of the following formulas, accordingly as we
"wish to secure a diaphoretic or stimulant property.

Dioscorein grs. X.

Asclepin 3j.

^Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every two or
■three hours.
Or,

Dioscorein grs. X.

Xanthoxylin 3j.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Dose — same as above
Both of these formulas will be found excellent in diarrhea,
dysentery, cholera infantum, etc., at the proper stages.

With Caulophyllin, Yiburnin, Scutellarin, Cypripedin, oj
Lupulin, the Dioscorein is advantageously employed in thn
treatment of female affections, as hysteria, dysmenorrhea,
•after-pains, etc. It is an excellent remedy in all spasmodic
affections, either as a radical or an auxiliary agent. It may
be combined with one or more of the above, as may be best
suited to the case. At other times it will require to be
combined with tonics, as the Cornin, Cerasein, Fraserin,
Ilydrastin, Eupatorin Perfo., etc.

Dioscorein has been spoken of as a remedy for the nausea
accompanying pregnancy, but we have no personal knowledge
of its efficacy in that affection. Judging from its action in
other cases, however, we do not hesitate to recommend it for

ISO CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

that purpose, confident that if it fails to alleviate, no harm car*
arise from its administration.

As an expectorant, the Dioscorein has obtained some repute
in the care of asthma, hooping cough, and bronchitis. For
asthmatic affections it may be joined with Apocynin, Sangui-
narin, Eupatorin Purpu., or Hyoscyamin. For hooping cough,
with Macrotin, Asclepin, or Wine Tincture of Lobelia. For
bronchitis, with Ampelopsin, Stillingin, Leptandrin, or Prunin.

In conclusion we would reiterate the fact that Dioscorein is
eminently anti-spasmodic and diaphoretic, and that its power
of relieving spasms relates more particularly to the stomach
and bowels, in the disorders of which it has become to be
looked upon by many as nearly a specific. We speak of our
own knowledge when we state it to be the most reliable remedy
yet discovered for bilious and flatulent colic, and intestinal
spasm and irritation generally. It is a safe and harmless
remedy, but in over doses will produce vomiting.

CHELONIN.

-•-^

Derived from Chelone Glabra.

Nat. Ord. — Scrophulariaceo3.

Sex. Syst. — Didynamia Angiosperma.

Common Names. — Balnwny, Snake Head, Turtlehlo&m^
Turtlehead, Salt Rlieum Weed, etc.

Part used. — The Herb.

No. of Principles, two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Laxative, tonic, and anthelmintic.

Employment. — Dyspepsia, jaundice, constipation, debility
'and vjorms.

Chelonin is of especial value in the treatment of hepatic
-disorders, and forms a very appropriate adjunctive to othet
remedies. In the cure of jaundice, it is of eminent service.
It seems to stimulate the secretive power of the liver in a
peculiar manner, at the same time giving tone and regularity
of action. As a tonic, its influence seems to be expended
mainly upon the digestive apparatus, increasing the appetite,
promoting digestion and assimilation, and so conducing to an
improved condition of the blood, both in quality and volume.
Being somewhat laxative, it generally obviates constipation.
When not sufficiently so, it may be combined or alternated

182 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

with other laxatives, as the Leptandrin, Hydrastin, Euonymm,,
etc. The average dose of the Chelonin is three grains, yet
profitably increased to five or ten in some cases. In dyspep-
sia accompanied with hepatic torpor, the Chelonin will be
found a. most useful agent. The doses may be repeated three
or four times a day, as thought necessary. The same is time
in relation to jaundice. In the treatment of the latter com-
plaint, a dose of Podophyllin and Leptandrin should be
administered once or twice a week.

Combined with Juglandin, the Chelonin will b i rendered
more efficient in those cases of indigestion accomp aiied with?,
acidity and flatulence.

■Chelonin : J)j.

Juglandin £ jss.

Mix, ftnd divide into ten powders. Dose — one, three times;
per day. Or with Populin :

Chelonin,

Populin aa. 3 j-

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic, and divide into
thirty pills. Give one immediately after each meal. The
same formula will be found excellent for the removal of
wormri. Two pills may be given three times a day, for three
days, and then followed by a cathartic, dose of Podophyllin
and ijeptandrin. If the first trial should prove ineffectual,,
repeat in the same manner.

We have succeeded in removing larsje numbers of the asca-
ms vermicularis with the following formula, administered by
wav of enema, blood warm :

Chelonin 3 ss.

"Wine Tine. Lobelia 3 ss.

Warm water 5 IV.

Mix, and administer at once, with a common syringe, anct
repeat in two hours, if the first dose does not dislodge the
vermin. This enema may be repeated every day for a week fe

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 183

or sv_ V>ng as it continues to bring away any worms. We
rememoer several cases permanently relieved by this treat-
ment.

For the removal of the ascaris lumbricoides, and tricoce-
pJialus dispar, the Chelonin may be combined with Gelsemin.

Chelonin 3ij.

Gelsemin grs. V.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one three times per
day for two or three days, then administer a cathartic.

The Chelonin will be found of excellent service in the con-
valescing stages of fevers and other acute diseases. It is
particularly useful in dysentery after the inflammatory symp-
toms have subsided, in which complaints it may be combined
with astringents, as the Geranin, Myricin, Bhusin, etc., or with
diaphoretics, as the Asclepin ; or with other tonics, as the
Fraserin, Cornin, Cerasein, Populin, according to the particu-
lar requirements of the case. It is of especial benefit in all
cases where the system has undergone depletion by hemor.
rhage or colliquitive discharges. "When astringents and tohic3
are indicated, the following is eT^cellent :

Chelonin T)ij.

Geranin 3j.

Mix and divide into twenty powders. Give one every four
hours. When tonics and diaphoretics are needed, we employ
the annexed formula :

Chelonin grs. X.

Asclepin 3 j.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every two hours-
To enhance the tonic power of the Chelonin in the cases last
cited, we prefer the Fraserin :

Chelonin .., 3 j.

Frasesin _ 3ss.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every four or sis

184 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

hours. If it be desirable to increase the tonic and laxative
power of the Chelonin, we prefer the Hydrastin :

Chelonin 3 ss.

Hydrastin grs. XV.

Mix, and divide into fifteen powders. Give one every four
hours. But it must be borne in mind that the Hydrastin will
not be admissable in any case where there is acute or subacute
gastritis or enteritis, nor in any case of inflammation of the
intestinal glands

HELONIX

Derived from Belcmias Dioica.

Nat. Ord. — Melancthacece.

Sex. Syst. — TIexandria Trigynia.

Common Names. — False Unicom, Drooping St*r\eovt y
Helonias, Devils Bit, etc.

Part used. — The Boot.

No. of Principles, one, viz., a neutral.

Properties — Alterative, tonic, diuretic, vermifuge and em-
menagogue.

Employment. — Prolapsus uteri, amenorr/iea, dysmenorrhea,
leucorrhea, to prevent miscarriage, dyspepsia, worms, etc.

No agent of the materia medica better deserves the nar»ie
of uterine tonic than the Helonin. The remarkable success
attending its administration in the diseases peculiar to femtJes
has rendered it an indispensable remedy to those acquainted
with its peculiar virtues. Like the the Senecin, it is aJike
appropriate in the treatment of diseases apparently calling for
dissimilar properties, as, for instance, amenorrhea and mt nor-
rbagia. By referring to our remarks under die head of Sen -scin,

186 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

the reader will there find an explanation of our views upon
this subject, and thus save us the necessity of a recapitulation..
Its alterative and tonic influence will account, in a measure, for
its utility in those complaints. In the treatment of amenor-
rhea, it will be found most beneficial in those cases arising from,
or accompanied with a disordered condition of the digestive-
apparatus, and an anemic habit. It invigorates the appetite,
promotes digestion and depuration, and so improves the
quality and increases the volume of the blood. In this way
the foundation for a cure is laid by improving the tone of the
entire system. Aside from this, it has an especial influence-
over the organs of generation, independent of its general con-
stitutional influence. For this reason it has proved of eminent
value in the cure of prolapsus uteri, tendency to miscarriage,,
and atony of the generative organs. Sterility and impotence
have also been relieved and cured by this remedy. In conse-
quence of the peculiar value of Helonin in tne treatment of the
above named affections, certain writers have classed it as an
aphrodisiac, and stated that its continued use induces an abnor-
mal desire for sexual indulgence. Such a statement could only
have been made in the absence of actual knowledge, and as the
legitimate fruit of a prurient imagination. We have probably
used the Helonin quite as extensively as any other practitioner,
and we must confess to a want of sufficient penetration to
discover any such results from its employment. The only
aphrodisiac we recognize, is the natural proclivity of a sensual
mind. That the Helonin is a special tonic to the organs
of reproduction we are well aware, bat only to a normal and
healthful extent. Did its action extend further than this, it
would be a disease-producing and not a disease-curing remedy..
When a medicine so acts upon a diseased organ as to restore
it to a physiological condition, we very naturally conclude that
said organ will manifest the fact of its restoration by the resump-
tion of its functional activity. This is precisely the case when
the Helonin is employed. If administered for the cure of indi-
gestion, the appetite improves, the food is digested, absorbed

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 18?

and assimilated, and thus is the curative action of the remedy
manifested. If, on the other hand, the case be one of amenor-
rhea, sterility, menorrhagia, or impotency, secretion is restored,
tone imparted, and the healthful flow of returning stimulus is
manifested by the usual physical signs. The sexual appetite
is the sequent and not the antecedent of the restoration of the
ability of the organs to perform the functions assigned them by
nature. Too much confidence must not be placed in the state-
ments of writers who are deficient in clinical experience, and
who write only from report, or who assume to know too much,,
and who, therefore, become ridiculous as well as untruthful.

The Helonin being composed entirely of a neutral principle,
is, therefore, mostly soluble in water, in which vehicle it is
best administered. For the same reason, as a tonic, it will be
tolerated by the stomach when other tonics are rejected. y -
Containing no resinoid principle, it is completely soluble in
the stomach, and is, therefore, an appropriate tonic in the
convalescing stages of dysentery and other intestinal diseases.
Its operation is entirely devoid of irritation.

The average dose of the Helonin is three grains, which
dose may be repeated three times per day. In the treatment
of prolapsus uteri, the organ should first be replaced and quiet
enjoined upon the patient, if necessary in the recumbent
position, and the Helonin then administered in doses of from
TWO to four grains three times per day. The cure may be
facilitated by placing a plaster of galbanum, or some other
stimulant, upon the sacral region, and the use of the following
vaginal enema :

*• • /

Hycrastin 3 ss. -4—

Myricin 3j.

Boiling Water O.j.

Infuse and strain. Inject two ounces with a female syringe
two or three times a day. If the affection be accompanied
with inflammation and slight Ulceration of either the os uteri 02
vaginal walls, wo prefer the following :.

188 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Chloride of Lime 3 j.

Cold Water O.ij.

Put the lime in a bottle, add the water, shake well, stand it
aside to settle, and use the clear solution in the same manner
as the above. If a more stimulating injection seems necessary,
add two ounces of the chloride to a quart of water. If the
liver is inactive and the bowels inclined to constipation, we
combine the Helonin with Leptandrin :

Helonin 3ij.

Leptandrin . . . . . 3j.

Form a mass with Mucilage of Gum Arabic and divide into
twenty pills. Give one three times per day. Or the Leptan-
drin may be alternated with the Helonin, two or three grains
of which may be administered at bed time. The same plan
of treatment will be found equally useful in the treatment of
some forms of leucorrhea, particularly those cases accompanied
with or arising from prolapsed uterus, debility, etc.

Either alone, or combined with other appropriate remedies,
the Helonin will be found reliable in the radical cure of
amenorrhea. In simple uncomplicated amenorrhea, it is best"
joined with Senecin :

Helonin,

Senecin aa. £j.

Mix, divide into ten powders, and give one three times per
day. The same formula will serve an excellent purpose for
the cure of dysmenorrhea and menorrhagia, in which com-
plaints it should be administered regularly during the
intermenstrual period. Upon the approach of the menstrual
molimen its use should be discontinued, and the patient placed
under the influence of Caulophyllin, Gelsemin, Yiburnin 01
other anti-spasmodics in dysmenorrhea, and Trilliin, Oil of
Erigeron, Lycopin, Geranin or Myricin in menorrhagia. When
the period has passed, the remedy should be again resumed.
tn anemic habits the Helonin is advantageously joined

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 189

with Iron. If hysteric symptoms are present, with the
Valerianate:

Ilelonin J>ij.

Valerianate of Iron 3j.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Dose, — one three
times per day. In defective menstruation we employ the
following, which we prefer to any other combination we have
ever emploj'ed :

Ilelonin 3 ij.

Iron by Hydrogen grs. XVI.

Mix, and divide into sixteen powders. Give one morning
and evening. If the patient be advanced in years, and
irritability of the stomach does not contra-indicate, the Phos-
phate of Iron may be substituted.

Ilelonin has been found serviceable in correcting a tendency
to miscarriage, which it effects by virtue of its properties as a
special uterine as well as a general tonic. In those cases the
doses, frequency of repetition, and continuance must be such
as the judgment of the practitioner may indicate.

In the treatment of the various forms of dropsy, the Helonin
has proved of remarkable utility. It operates in a general,
manner, and is, seemingly, a powerful resolvent. It restores
the appetite, improves digestion, promotes absorption and
depuration, and imparts a healthful impetus to the whole
economy. The only manner in which it proves visibly
evacuant, is, in some cases, as a diuretic, except when given
in over doses, in which case it proves emetic. In the treatment
of dropsy, it may be combined with Ampelopsin, or Apocynin,
or Digitalin, or Sanguinarin, etc. For general anasarca, with
Ampelopsin :

Helonin __ 3ss.

Ampelopsin 3j.

Mix, and divide into fifteen powders, Give one every four
x hours.

190 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Twice a week give the following cathartic :

Podophyllin grs. ij.

Cream of Tartar 3j.

Mix. Administer in a little water at bed time. For dropsy
of the abdomen, it may be appropriately joined with Apocynin.

Helonin 3 ss.

Apocynin grs. X.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one three times per
day. For hydrothorax, hydrops uteri, and ovarian dropsy, it
may be combined with Digitalin.

Helonin 3 ss.

Digitalin grs, ij.

Triturate well together and divide into ten powders. Give
one, two or three times a day. Be particular to neutralise
undue acidity of the stomach previous to the administration
of this remedy, and employ a fluid menstruum in exhibiting
it. In dropsy of the ovaries the following Liniment will be
found a valuable auxiliary :

Con. Tine. Digitalis 3 ij.

Tincture of Squills,

Alcohol 2 aa. § ij.

Mix. Bathe the parts freely two or three times a day, or
apply a cloth wetted with the liniment. This application
powerfully promotes absorption.

When great languor, coldness and debility exists, the
Ilelonin is beneficially joined with Sanguinarin.

Helonin 2) ij.

Sanguinarin grs. X.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Give one three times
per day. To render the prescription more stimulating, Xan-
thoxylin may be added, as follows :

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 191

Hclouin,

Xanthoxylin aa. 3 ij.

Sanguinarin grs. vij.

jMlx, and divide into twenty powders. Dose, same as above.
.In this way combinations may be effected to suit the pecu-
liarities of the case in hand.

For the removal of worms, the Helonin may be given in
four grain doses morning and evening, for two or three days,
followed by a cathartic. After the worms are expelled, the
Helonin should be continued in TWO grain doses for a time,
in order to strengthen the stomach and bowels, and so obviate
the condition giving rise to the generation of the vermin.

As a general tonic, in the convalescing stages of fevers,
dysentery, and other acute diseases, dyspepsia, etc., the Helonin
may at all times be relied upon with much confidence. As a
general thing, it should be employed alone when it is desirable
to realise its specific influences, yet appropriate combinations
may be effected when the practitioner deems it advisable. We
have found it useful when joined with Cornin in certain forms
of dyspepsia, and with Cerasein in passive hemorrhage and
menorrhagia. "With Fraserin, it will be appropriate when
the system has been exhausted by colliquitive discharges.

As a tonic in debility of the uterus and appendages, we
know of no organic remedy deserving of greater confidence.
We have used 'it long and extensively, and with the happiest
results. We sometimes join it with Caulophyllin in amenor-
rhea, and with Baptisin in defective menstruation, and when
tonics and antiseptics are indicated, as in typhoid, typhus,
and other fevers, dysentery, scarlatina maligna, etc. The dose
will vary in different cases, and under different circumstances.
We have given the auantity we usually employ in our
practice.

LEPTANDRIN. '

■*+++<

Derived from Leptandra Virginica.

Nat. Ord. — Salicacece.

Sex. Syst. — Didynamia Gyirmosperma.

Common Names. — Culverts Root, Culver s Physic, Black
Hoot, Tall Speedwell, etc.

Part Used — The Hoot.

No. of Principles, four, viz., resin, resinoid, alkaloid and
neutral.

Properties — Alterative, deobstruent, chologogue, laxative
and tonic.

Employment — Severs of every type, dysentery, diarrhea,
cholera infantum, dyspepsia, jaundice, piles, laryngitis,
bronchitis, etc.

No one of the concentrated medicines has been so much
misunderstood as the Leptandrin. The reason for this resides in
the fact that the profession had had but little clinical experience
in the use of the plant from which this remedy is derived.
Previous to the time of the concentration of the active principles

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 19S

of the Leptandra, little knowledge was to be gained from the
various works on materia medica in relation to the therapeiltio
properties of this plant. The same stereotyped statement
was copied into the various publications treating upon thera-
peutics, the authors seeming to possess little positive knowledge
of its virtues, relying rather upon the traditionary reports
handed down by the elder botanists. The plant was said, by
them, to be possessed of active cathartic properties, and was
highly recommended in the treatment of typhoid fever, as it
was said to be capable of producing "copious, dark, tar like
dejections from the bowels," and so break up the disease. As
soon as the concentrated preparation, Leptandrin, was brought
to the notice of the profession, many practitioners commenced
employing it in their practice, a large number of whom never
had any experience in the use of the plant. Relying upon the
truthfulness of the statements they had read concerning the
Leptandra, they very naturally supposed that the Leptandrin,
being the concentrated equivalent of the plant, was, as there
represented, a cathartic of considerable power. Failing to
realise such a result from the employment of the Leptandrin,
many were disposed to condemn the remedy as being improperly
prepared and worthless. Taking advantage of this circum-
stance, some two or three ignorant and malicious scribblers made
themselves not only notorious but ridiculous by attempting to
impeach the character of those engaged in the manufacture of
the Leptandrin, charging them with fraud and adulteration..
But their transparent hypocrisy served but illy to mask the
real motives of their canting pretensions. Professing to regard
solely the interests of the profession, and to be actuated by a
desire to have the profession furnished with pure and reliable
remedies, they unwittingly displayed the "cloven foot" of
ignorance and personal malice, demonstrating the fact, by their
disgraceful failure, that they had but " stolen the livery of
Heaven to serve the devil in." We highly approve and honor
capable and honest criticism, believing it to be the great
conservator of medical science ; but we equally deprecate the
unworthy «*ttw»pts of incompetent meddlers with subjects.

•

194 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

they cannot comprehend, and which they essay only to give
vent to the cankering venom so prone to generate in base and
ignoble minds. All attempts at imposture in pharmaceutical
preparations should be denounced by the unanimous voice of
the profession; but even-handed justice demands that such
denunciation should follow, and not precede conviction.

In the early history of the Leptandrin, a " resinous substance n
was supposed to embody the active properties of the plant,
which idea is still indulged by some manufacturers, consequently
the preparations they offer to the profession under the appella-
tion of Leptandrin consists mostly of the resinoid principle of
the plant, to the exclusion of three other important principles,
namely, a resin, neutral, and alkaloid. The article of Lep-
tandrin now under consideration consists of four distinct
principles, namely, a resin, resinoid, alkaloid, and neutral.
With the assistance of the explanations given in the first part
of this volume, any competent chemist may ascertain the truth
of our statement by analysis. When this fact was first
announced to the profession, accompanied with proof in the
form of the article in question, ignorant and interested persona
endeavored to cast suspicion upon the character of the
preparation by denying the fact of multiplicity of principles,
accounting for the obvious difference in its composition, when
compared with the " resinous " Leptandrin, by the charge of
adulteration and foreign admixture. But unfortunately for the
success of charlatans, the science of organic chemistry is suffi-
ciently definite in its manipulations to enable the honest searcher,
after truth to test the accuracy of all pretensions submitted to
its ordeal. Through this ordeal the Leptandrin under con-
sideration has passed again and again, and yet will pass, and
thus the claims of truth be vindicated. We desire no one to
take our ipse dixit, but, if dissatisfied, to boldly, manfully,
and independently investigate all matters where contrariety of
sentiment is held or expressed. Of such of our readers as are
not conversant with the circumstances that have led us into
this digression, we humbly beg pardon for taxing their patience
with the foregoing preamble; but to those who recognise the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 195

application of our remarks, we deem no apology due. If a
portion of those engaged in the isolation of the active proximate
principles of plants should find themselves less competent
•and sucessful than others engaged in the same pursuit, let
them not seek to divert attention from their own errors and
blunders by detraction and defamation, but let them labor
rather to correct their own mistakes and defects, and deserve
confidence and support by bringing their preparations up to
the standard required by the present advanced condition of
organic chemical science.

The writer was accustomed, over twenty years ago, to gather
and prepare the Leptandra for medicinal use in his father's
.practice. Many opportunities were then offered for observing
its action upon the system. Since that time we have employed
the crude powdered root in practice and upon our own person,
■and have never deemed it more than laxative. It required to
be given in repeated doses, at intervals of two hours, in order
to obtain an action of the bowels. Its operation would
frequently be attended with considerable nausea, griping,
•drowsiness, and general relaxation of the system. In con-
sequence of the above mentioned symptom of drowsiness
having been observed during its operation, some writers have
supposed it to be narcotic ; but such we do not deem it. We
&re of the opinion that the symptom arose from the slowness
with which the medicine operated, in consequence of the
•digestive action required to eliminate the active principles
from their combination with woody and other inert matters*
and partially in consequence of the gradual secretion of morbid
matters into the intestinal canal. Be the cause what it might,
we never deemed the Leptandra cathartic, although we do
not doubt that some practitioners have been deceived into so
•supposing it in consequence of having administered the remedy
■at that very moment when nature was ripe for a spontaneous
•dejection of accumulated fecal material.

Leptandrin is, in our opinion, the most valuable remedy of
its class. It is eminently chologogue, resolvent, laxative and
tonic. It is slow, but mild, certain, and radical in its opera-

196 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

tioiti. No remedy with which we are acquainted is more to be
relied upon in chronic affections of the mucous surfaces. Its
value in this respect is peculiarly apparent in chronic dysen-
tery and diarrhea, and other diseases of the bowels. When
false membranous formations have occurred in the small
intestines, produced by the gradual exudation of plastic lymph,
the Leptandrin may be relied upon for their removal, with
great confidence. The dose of the Leptandrin in such cases
will be from two to four grains twice or thrice a day, accord-
ing to the solubility of the bowels. In order to reap its full
utility, the remedy must be persevered in for a considerable
Jength of time. Although the Leptandrin may be relied upon
alone, we may sometimes effect combinations calculated to
accomplish the same object, which, although they may present
no apparent advantages, experience has demonstrated to be
reliable. The following is with us a favorite formula :

Leptandrin,

Juglandin...' aa. 3j»

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic, and divide into
thirty pills. Dose — one, two or three times per day. In the
treatment of the complaints above mentioned, we have derived
the most beneficial results from the employment of the above
prescription. We have also used it with great success in the
cure of constipation and piles. We recently treated a case of the
latter complaint, accompanied with frequent hemorrhage from
the rectum, of twelve years standing. A short time after
commencing the use of the above remedy, the patient dis-
charged considerable quantities of false membrane in shreds
and patches, and a number of pieces several inches in length,
forming complete tubes. The evacuation of this matter was
attended with an amelioration of all the symptoms, and at the
present time the patient declares himself well. The bowels
are regular, appetite good, the hemorrhage has ceased, and the
distressing pain so long experienced beneath the sacrum
entirely gone. We might mention numerous other cases, but
it will be of more interest to practitioners to know how to

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER 197

cure their own cases, than to read of those that have been
cured.

Leptandrin has obtained a well merited celebrity in the
treatment of typhoid and other fevers. Its employment is
admissible when more irritating remedies would be objection-
able. In typhoid fever, and in dysentery, its action seems to
be peculiar and specific. It not only regulates the functions of
the liver, but also corrects and restores the secreting power
throughout the whole extent of the alimentary canal. Not only
does the mucous membrane of the stomach and bowels come
under its especial control, but the entire organism acknowledges
its sanative power. The whole glandular system, including
the skin, partakes of its healthful impress. When the patient
is fairly brought under the constitutional influence of the
Leptandrin, the skin, which was before hot, dry, and constricted,
becomes soft, moist and flexible ; expectoration becomes easy,
the arterial excitement is lessened, and the patient, before
restless, wakeful and delirious, becomes calm, rational, . and
inclined to sleep. Such are the general constitutional influence?
of the Leptandrin when administered in acute diseases. In
the treatment of typhoid fevers, when chologogues and laxatives
are indicated, the Leptandrin should be administered in average
doses of three grains, every two hours, until sufficient action
is produced. One great advantage possessed by the Leptandrin
is its tonic power. It never debilitates, but, on the contrary,
invigorates while it deterges. The evacuations produced by
Leptandrin always give evidence of a sanative influence hav-
ing been exercised over the secretive functions. In mild cases
of dysentery, diarrhea, and cholera infantum, a few grains of
.Leptandrin will, if administered early, bring about well assimi-
lated fecal discharges in a few hours. In the treatment of all
febrile complaints, the Leptandrin is judiciously combined
with Asclepin, as follows :

Leptandrin,

Asclepin aa. grs. ij.

Mix, and administer at one dose. Repeat once in two hours

198 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

until the alvine discharges assume a healthy appearances.
These directions apply equally in case of typhoid fever, dys-
entery, diarrhea, cholera infantum, or other intestinal disorders,.
Of course, it is expected that practitioners will vary the-
combination, dose, repetition and continuance according to the
necessities of the case.

Leptandrin is one of the best adjunctives to the Podophyllin
in all cases when the latter remedy is indicated. We seldom
treat either typhoid fever or dysentery, in this locality,,
without a combination of the two. The following is our usual,
formula for typhoid fever :

Leptandrin grs. iij.

Asclepin grs. ij.

Podophyllin grs. j.

Mix, and give at a single dose. We generally repeat this.-
powder once in twenty-four hours until the secretions of the-
liver and bowels are corrected. In the treatment of dysentery-
we employ the following :

9- ....... , ;

Leptandrin grs. VI.

Podophyllin grs. ij.

Asclepin .grs IV. ~4—

Mix and divide into four powders. Give one every two hours,,
and continue until the discharges from the bowels assume a
healthier appearance. «lWe sometimes substitute Caulophyllin
foT the Asclepin, and we find it excellent for controling the-
spasmodic pains accompanying this complaint. After the-
acute symptoms of the disease have subsided, and the bowels;
continue relaxed, the Leptandrin may be combined with
Geranin, Myricin, Ehusin, or other astringents. In this man--
ner the action of each may be modified, and the discharge*
restrained without producing constipation. As a general!
thing, however, we prefer to alternate the Leptandrin withs
astringents, and this plan, we think, will give the practitioner
the greatest amount of satisfaction. In all intestinal disorders;
connected with, or originating from a deranged action of th&

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 199

liver, the Leptandrin is one of the most efficient remedies
known; / But we would here state, as the result of experience,
that when the patient is laboring under obstinate constipation
of the bowels, and a cold, inactive condition of the system
generally, the use of the Leptandrin should be preceded by a
full cathartic dose of Podophyllin, as by so doing, greater
promptitude of relief will be ensured. And when the Leptandrin
is used as a resolvent and detergent, an occasional dose of
Podophyllin or some other cathartic should be administered,
otherwise the bowels are liable to become loaded with accumula-
tions of morbid secretions, which if retained, give rise to
serious constitutional disturbance. Not only this, but if the
bowels move under the influence of the Leptandrin, its operation
is generally slow, and the acrid secretions passing off tardily,
give rise to a great amount of irritation which, by the above
observance, may be avoided. When the Leptandrin is
exhibited in small and repeated doses as an alterative, its
laxative power becomes considerably modified, hence the
necessity . of occasionally alternating with a more decided
evacuant.

In the treatment of dyspepsia dependent upon hepatic
derangement, the Leptandrin will be found one of the most
reliable auxiliaries? The same is true in relation to jaundice.
It acts in a general and not in a specific manner. It soothes
irritability, removes obstructions, promotes secretion and
depuration, and imparts tone and vigor of action to the vari-
ous functions.*/ We have already spoken of its value in the
treatment of piles, in which complaint, either with or without
hemorrhage, we deem it invaluable. \ In this affection we
generally use it in connection with Hydrastin. They may be
combined, or used alternately. If desirable to avoid com-
plexity of prescription, we give the following pill:

Leptandrin 3 j»

Hydrastin 3 SS «

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic and divide into
thirty pills. Dose — from one to two, three times per day. At

200 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

the same time, if there be hemorrhage or ulceration of the
rectum present, we employ the following enema :

Hydrastin 3j.

Boiling water _ 0. j.

Administer two ounces of the above infusion three or four
times per day. Use cold or tepid, as best accords with the
feelings of the patient.

As a general thing we prefer to administer from ONE to
TWO grains of Hydrastin three times per day, and from two
to four grains of Leptandrin at bed time. At the same time
employ the above enema. Or the combinations of Leptandrin
and Juglandin, previously mentioned, may be employed in
connection with Hydrastin. One or two of the pills may be
given at bed time, and TWO grains of Hydrastin morning and
•evening. This treatment, if persevered in, will seldom fail of
effecting a cure. It is not only necessary to continue the
medicine until the immediate symptoms are relieved, but for
a considerable time afterwards, in order to strengthen the
system against a return. For the latter purpose, the Leptan-
drin will answer an equally good purpose alone.

Leptandrin has been found very serviceable in the removal
of worms. It is usually given in doses of from TWO to FIVE
grains twice a day, or in sufficient quantity to keep the bow-
els somewhat relaxed. It may be advantageously combined
with other vermifuge remedies, as Chelonin, Gelsemin,
Helonin, Populin, etc. Although sometimes instrumental in
expelling worms, its greatest value resides in its power of
correcting the action, and giving tone to the bowels after the
worms are removed, and so obviating the condition favorable
to their generation. For the latter purpose, it may be com-
bined with tonics.

Leptandrin is an admirable auxiliary remedy in the treatment
of bronchitis, laryngitis, and other affections of the respiratory
organs. It is a safe and certain resolvent, acting in an especial
manner upon tne mucous membranes, hence is of service in all
affections of ti^je surfaces. In chronic inflammation of the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 201

bladder, leucorrhea, chronic diarrhea, and dysentery, etc., the
practitioner will find it a serviceable and reliable remedy.
In the treatment of diseases of the skin, no better general
remedy can be brought to bear.

A great and important fact, in connection with the Leptandrin
is, that while it promotes and corrects the secreting power of
the liver, resolves, deterges, and promotes depuration, it does
not debilitate. On the contrary, it is decidedly tonic, giving
tone and vigor of action to the entire secretive apparatus of
the system. Hence it is always a safe remedy in debility, and
in the treatment of the diseases incident to delicate females
and infants. For constipation during pregnancy, or for the
cure of diarrhea and dysentery, under the same circumstances,
and for the intestinal disorders of infants, it is always safe and
reliable.

The neutral principle of the Leptandrin is eminently hygro-
scopic, absorbing moisture from the atmosphere with great
readiness, and hardening into a solid mass. For this reason
it is inconvenient of dispensation in the form of powder.
Where great exactitude is required, it should be formed into
pills, or dissolved in alcohol. In the treatment of chronic
disease, used either alone or in combination, we frequently
deliver it to the patient in bulk, in a well corked vial, direct-
ing the proper dose by weight or measure, as by means of a
three or five cent piece. Unlike some of the more potent
remedies, a slight deviation from the exact quantity will
entail no serious consequences. The Leptandrin is neither
soluble nor mixable in water, another good reason for form-
ing it into pills. It will mix well with mucilages, as of
slippery elm, gum arabic, etc. Average dose, three grains.

DIGITALIN.

^* »* »

Derived from Digitalis Purpurea. *

Nat. Ord. — Sercphulariacece.

Sex. Syst. — Didynamia Angiosperma.

Common Name. — Foxglove.

Part Used — The Leaves.

No. of Principles, four, viz., resinoid, alkaloid and two
neutrals.

Properties — Narcotic, arterial sedative, alterative, resold
ent, diuretic, antiseptic, etc.

Employment — Dropsies, pneumonia, both acute and
chronic, hemoptysis, neuralgia, mania, epilepsy, pertussis,,
asthma, rlieumatism, disease of the heart, both functional
and organic, croup, nervous affections of almost every type r
to prevent abortion, glandular diseases, fever and inflamma-
tions generally. Also in scrofulous affections, chronic exan-

thema, local cedema, ulcers, tumors, diseases of the bones and
joints, etc.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 203

The deiiciencics of crude organic remedies and so-called
officinal preparations have never been more seriously felt, than
in the employment of the Digitalis and other plants possessing
a high concentration of therapeutic power. The variable
amount of active principles residing in the plant has hitherto
rendered the employment of the Digitalis somewhat hazardous,
as the discrepancies of the plant have attached to all its
pharmaceutical preparations. Not only has the amount of the
medicinal principles present been extremely indefinite, but
also the number, as the therapeutic properties of the Digitalis
reside, not in one distinct principle, but in four, each one of
which represents a more or less distinct medicinal power, and
these four, when combined, embody the entire therapeutic value
of the plant. Those properties which exercise a peculiar
sedative or depressing power over the arterial system, reside
chiefly in the resin and oleo- resin; while the neutral and
alkaloid principles expend their influence more particularly
upon the absorbent vessels. These facts not having been
understood heretofore, will account for the many failures and
bad results attendant upon the employment of the Digitalis,
both in the use of the plant in substance, or of the various
pharmaceutical preparations hitherto employed. The plant
being uncertain and variable in the actual amount of proximate
active principles present, it follows, as a matter of course, that
ordinary tinctures, infusions, etc., must, of necessity, partake
of the uncertain character of the plant. No process short of
isolation and recombination of the various active principles
could render the therapeutic powers of the plant uniform,
definite, or certain. The Digital in of which we now propose to
treat, is so prepared.

When Digitalin is administered in small and repeated doses
to a healthy person, the following symptoms will be developed
in the course of from twenty-four to forty-eight hours: — in a
majority of cases the secretion of urine will be augmented, and
in all cases the secretions of the mucous membranes will be
increased ; digestion is soon more or less impaired, accompanied
^rith nausea, pain in the stomach, loss of appetite, and colicky

204 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

pains in the bowels. The effects of the Digitalin are next
displayed upon the arterial and nervous systems, the frequency
of the pulse is greatly diminished, often being reduced to one
half the usual number of beats per minute, and generally
becoming small, soft, and feeble. The latter effect, however,
only appears after the Digitalin has been exhibited for two or
three days consecutively, and usually continues for several
days after the use of the Digitalin has been abandoned. In
many cases, however, the effect of the Digitalin upon the arterial
System is quite the contrary, increasing instead of diminishing
the frequency of the pulse, and giving rise to local congestions,
hemorrhage of the lungs, etc. It is only in cases of debility*
that the depressing power of the Digitalin is uniformly and
surely manifested upon the arterial system.

When administered in larger doses, the Digitalin first
stimulates the arterial system, and gives rise to vomiting,
diarrhea, obscured vision, sparklings before the eyes, dilation of
the pupil, vertigo, stupor, violent headache, and congestion, etc.
But these evidences of irritation do not continue long, soon
giving place to symptoms of great depression and paralytic
debility. The pulse sinks rapidly, becoming small and un-
frequent, followed by great lassitude, faintness, drowsiness,
etc., which state frequently continues for several days.

When given in very large doses, the Digitalin acts upon
the stomach and intestines much like a caustic poison, producing
a severe burning sensation in the throat and stomach, salivation,
thirst, spasm of the glottis, painful retching and vomiting of
greenish mattei, diarrhea, delirium, and convulsions. These
symptoms are soon succeeded by insensibility, general paralysis,
accompanied with a small, feeble, unfrequent, and often
intermittent pulse. This condition, even after the exhibition
of moderate doses of the Digitalin, frequently ends in a fatal
apoplexy. Upon dissection, when death has ensued, we find
the mucous surfaces of the stomach and bowels inflamed and
broken down, but seldom is the vascular structure of the
head, or the venous system generally, in a congested condition.
The lungs usually present a normal appearance. '

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 205

It h s been seen that the Digitalin possesses two primary
and distinct therapeutic powers, which expend their influences
in different directions. The first exercises a remarkable influ-
ence over the heart and arterial system, depressing and
retarding their functional activity, while the second property
is expended upon the absorbent and venous systems, and upon,
the lymphatic vessels and glandular structure generally, stim*.
ulating them to increased activity. This is the case even
when applied externally; as, for instance, when applied to.
tumors and enlarged glands.

Digitalin depresses and retards the activity of the positive
vital forces engaged in the processes of organic formation
and reproduction / while it stimulates and quickens the
activity of the negative forces. This fact will be apparent
when it is considered that the arterial system superintends the
conveying of the plastic formative materials of the blood to
their proper destinations; while, on the other hand, the venous
and lymphatic systems perform the duty of conveying away x
not only the superfluous materials and effete matters given off
during the processes of organic formation, but also have to
re-dissolve and absorb what has been already formed, particu-
larly when morbidly active, all of which processes are
necessary to the institution and completion of the phenomena
of reproduction.

A difference of opinion exists as to whether Digitalin acts
primarily upon the heart and arterial system in the production
of the phenomenon of sedation, or whether this result is the
consequence of counter stimulation, and therefore secondary.
For our own part, we incline to the former opinion, drawing
our conclusions from observations made at the bedside, the
only proper place to decide the precise therapeutic operation
of remedial agents. We find that the Digitalin, in most cases
of an abnormally increased activity of the heart and arteries,
relaxes the tone of the arterial vessels, and depresses the action
of the heart, diminishes the force and frequency of the pulse,
and renders it soft, small, and infrequent. We find, further,
that the Digitalin is a most excellent remedy for the relief an4

206 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

cure of those sequela which remain when inflammatory
affections have been subjected to the antiphlogistic treatment,
manifested by a morbid activity of the whole arterial system,
or by some of its single branches. At the same time, its influ-
ence over the absorbent vessels promotes the resolution of
local inflammations and congestions. Digitalin is, in general,
a powerful relaxant and sedative remedy for the relief of a
morbidly increased activity of the arterial system, yet, in
certain conditions, it will prove a powerful stimulant to the
same organs.

No less important is the therapeutic effect produced by
Digitalin upon the absorbent system. Its influence is evi-
dently that of a stimulating tonic, and its impressions are not
confined to the absorbent vessels, but extend to the veins, glands,
mucous, fibrous, and serous membranes, and to the epidermis.

Digitalin is eminently resolvent and alterative, overcoming
viscidity of the secretions, and quickening the activity of the
entire absorbent system. It excites, in an especial manner,
the absorption of serous effusions, and promotes their depura-
tion through the natural channels. From the fact of its
influence in increasing the secretive action of the kidneys, it
is termed a diuretic. The diuretic effect of Digitalin, how-
ever, is not primary, like that of oil of turpentine, cantharides,
etc., which operate by direct irritation and stimulation of the
urinary organs, but is manifested only in proportion to the
degree of absorption excited. Even when Digitalin is given
in excess, we do not observe those symptoms of local irrita-
tion of the urinary apparatus which attend the administration
of the above-named specific diuretics.

In diseases requiring large doses, or the continued use of
Digitalin, it will be necessary to counteract the disturbance it
usually creates in the functions of digestion and nutrition, as
well as the narcotic properties above referred to, and which
often render its use objectionable, by the use of suitable reme-
dies. Of the narcotic properties of the Digitalin, we can
seldom make any specific use. Thus much of its therapeutic
history

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 207

Employment. — Among the indications in which Digitalin
is employed, we may first mention those conditions characterised
by a morbidly increased activity of the arterial system, eithti
throughout its whole extent, or of some of its numerous
branches. This condition is manifested more by a quickened
pulsation than by an increase of tone. This abnormal excite-
ment of the arterial system may arise from two distinct and
separate exciting causes; in the first place, from a super-
abundance of the materials of excitement in the blood; and,
in the second place, from an exalted or morbid irritability of
the heart and arterial vessels. It is in either of the above
•conditions that Digitalin is most successfully employed.

But in many cases it will be found that both causes are
•operating at the same time, in which event it becomes necessary
to combine the Digitalin with other remedies. Under these
•circumstances the Yeratrin is particularly indicated.

The morbid irritability inherent to the heart and arterial
system may be produced or aggravated by the continued incite-
ment of reflex action originating from an abnormal condition
of the heart itself, of the arteries, lungs, etc.; as organic
disease of the heart, ossification of .the aorta, tuberculous
deposits in the lungs, or organic disease of some other import-
ant corresponding organ. In these cases the Digitalin will be
found a valuable palliative.

On account of the peculiar influence it exercises over the
absorbent system, Digitalin is beneficially employed in the
treatment of those diseases arising from or dependent upon
inactivity of the lymphatic vessels and glands, serous mem-
branes, and veins, and when it is necessary to stimulate the
absorbent functions to increased activity in order to depurate
through the urinary canals fluids already secreted or exudated.
But when the inactivity is the result of vital exhaustion and
•debility of the absorbent system, Digitalin is contra-indicated,
and its employment will be attended with bad results. Digi-
talin may awaken and incite to action the latent or sleeping
forces of the system, but it is incapable of mf using vitality or
■recruiting exhaustion.

208 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In acute fevers, Digitalin is generally an uncertain and
critical remedy, quite frequently producing contrary effects
from those desired. It bad better, therefore, be avoided in
such cases, unless it is clearly and distinctly indicated.

The morbid irritability of the heart and arterial system
mentioned above, is often apparent in intermittent and remit-
tent fevers, manifested by an increased action of the pulse,
while the temperature of the surface and the rest of the
febrile symptoms are not present in a corresponding degree.
This exalted sensibility supports and perpetuates the febrile
condition, and gives rise to various disturbances of the circula-
tion, such as congestions, etc. Under such circumstances a
judicious use of the Digitalin will be attended with beneficial
results.

In rheumatic fevers, the Digitalin will not only diminish
the fever, but also moderate the profuse symptomatic sweats
which attend the disease, and which arise from excessive capil-
lary congestion.

In acute exanthematous fevers, Digitalin is of great value,
partly because of the great irritability of the arterial system,
and partly because of the great tendency in these complaints
to exudation, concretions, etc., and the liability to malignant
sequela, which the depurative power of the Digitalin is
calculated to obviate.

In lingering hectic and pneumonic fevers, the Digitalin is
of much advantage, either when the fever is supported by a
morbid irritability of the arterial system, or by a remote
irritation originating from organic affections, tuberculous
deposits in the lungs, etc.

Inflammations are successfully treated with Digitalin, in which
affections it proves highly beneficial, both on account of its
peculiar sedative influence over, the arterial system, and its
power of stimulating the absorbent vessels to action. In
hypersthenic inflammations, arising from an exalted condition
of the blood, other remedies will of course be needed to remove
the cause of the disease, such as Podophyllin, Asclepin, and
Veratrin, after which the Digitalin may be used as a palliative

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 209

to quiet the irritable condition of the arterial vessels. But in
vegetative inflammations, and such as are disposed to terminate
in exudations or effusions, particularly when located in the
serous membranes, as the pleura and peritoneum, or in the
glandular structure, as the lungs, liver, etc., the Digitalin may
be employed alone.

Digitalin is sometimes employed in acute dropsies of the
cavities of the brain, but should never be given in sufficient
doses to produce its narcotic effect. If used at all, small doses
only should be employed.

In croup, Digitalin acts too slowly to be a certain and effective
remedy, but is useful in the convalescing stages to prevent a
relapse.

; Digitalin is of excellent service in the treatment of puerperal JL
fever, when the exudative inflammation of the peritoneum is
distinctly manifest. In this affection the tincture may be
applied locally with advantage, in connection with the internal
use of the Digitalin.

Phlegmasia dolens and erysipelas are successfully treated
with Digitalin in connection with Podophyllin. Digitalin
may also be employed in some forms of hemorrhage, particu-
larly those cases which are supposed to arise from a morbid
irritability of the arterial system or some of its branches, and
when organic diseases of the heart, lungs, or other organs
exist, whereby the freedom of the circulation is interrupted.
In hemoptysis and incipient phthisis pulmonalis, and for the
suppression of colliquitive hemorrhoidal discharges, the Digi-
talin has been employed with much benefit. >CAs a remedy for —
threatened abortion, arising from sanguineous congestion of
the uterus, Digitalin, combined with Hyoscyamin and alternated
with stimulants, such as camphor, etc., has been found of great
service.

In organic and other abnormal affections of the heart and
larger arteries, . ir e have, in Digitalin, even in the most severe
and malignant cases, an excellent palliative remedy. But in
hyper-inflammation of these organs Digitalin may prove hurtful
instead of beneficial, unless its employment be preceded by the
14

210 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

judicious administration of Podophyllin. Digitalin relieves
the asthmatic and syncoptic symptoms which are always
connected with organic disease of the heart, and removes the
chronic inflammation existing in the diseased parts, particularly
of the serous membranes with which the interior of the] heart
and larger arteries is lined. It likewise promotes absorption
and so lessens the tendency to exudation and effusion, particu-
larly those dropsical effusions which so frequently occur as the
sequents of organic disease. In these cases the Digitalin
should be given in small and repeated doses.

In dilatation and aneurism of the heart, the Digitalin
requires to be given in larger doses and alternated with tonics,
as Iron, etc. In carditis polyposia, palpitation caused by
morbid irritability, and pulsations felt in the abdomen, Digitalin
is employed with much success. Also for the relief of angina
pectoris or sternocardia.

Digitalin is extensively employed in the treatment of dropsical
affections. This remedy is particularly indicated in those cases
where exhalation is in excess of absorption, produced by
erethism of the arterial system or of its extreme exhaling
branches ; as, for instance, acute dropsies following acute
exanthema, as measles, scarlatina, which are mostly of an
erethismal character, and the acute dropsies produced by sudden
colds, particularly anasarca.

Digitalin is also of great value in the treatment of chronic
dropsies, such as originate from a torpid or inactive condition
of the absorbent and lymphatic systems and veins ; as, for
instance, chronic hydrocephalus, chronic hydrothorax, chronic
ascites, etc. When there is great exhaustion and vital debility,
Digitalin is contra-indicated. If employed at all, it must be in
connection with stimulants and tonics. '

— i In the asthenic form of dropsies common to aged persons,
' Digitalin may be combined with Hydrastin, Cerasein, etc., in
conjunction with which it will be found serviceable in hydro-
thorax.

No other remedy has been more frequently employed in the
treatment of phthisis pulmonalis than the Digitalin, yet it fa

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 211

by no means a specific. It is of great value as a palliative in
tuberculous disease of the lungs, as it abates vascular excite- *
ment, stimulates absorption, and lessens the secretions of the I
bronchial mucous membranes. It is supposed to be capable,
•in some cases, of preventing tuberculous deposits.

Digitalin is of service in controlling the pneumonic symptoms
•accompanying phthisis pulmonalis. It arrests hemorrhage,
abates the febrile symptoms, and removes the pulmonary and
pectoral congestions. In these cases it should be given in
small doses two or three times per day, occasionally omitting
its use for a few days, and then resuming again. It may be
combined, as circumstances require, with Hyoscyamin, tonics,
and alteratives.

Digitalin is also successlully employed in the treatment of
^chronic pneumonitis and catarrhal complications, characterised
by a continued sthenic irritability of the mucous membranes,
and a tendency to exudations and effusions. Also in those
chronic rheumatic affections of the lungs and pleura which so
frequently terminate in hydro thorax. In these affections it is
advantageously joined with Asclepin, Veratrin, Podophyllin,
Hyoscyamin, etc. In phthisis laryngea and trachealis, arising
from a strumous diathesis, the Digitalin may be given in small,
repeated doses, combined with Asclepin, Prunin, or Rhusin,
-and alternately with Podophyllin, Phytolacin, etc.

We have in Digitalin an excellent remedy for scrofulous
•affections, particularly in persons of a full, plethoric habit,
wherein excess 01 nutrition and repletion argue a torpid or
inactive condition of the lymphatic system. It is also useful
in the treatment of chronic scrofulous inflammations of the
mucous membranes, strumous opthalmia, and in lingering
scrofulous inflammations of the mesenteric glands* Digitalin
has also been recommended in bronchocele.

The employment of Digitalin in nervous diseases cannot be
recommended upon rational principles. It is sometimes
employed in convulsive affections of the pectoral organs, as
sternocardia, asthma, hooping cough, etc., and in convulsions,
epilepsy, mania, hypochondria, paralysis, vertigo, amaurosis,

212 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

etc. ; but so long as we have better and safer nervines, the
employment of the Digitalin should be limited so long as
other complications do not positively indicate its use.

Digitalin is contra-indicated in violent and excessive san-
guineous inflammations, vascular repletion, orgasm of the blood,
extreme sensibility of the nervous system, great debility of
the digestive apparatus, and true vital debility or atrophy.

Externally, Digitalin is employed in the treatment ot
scrofulous ulcers and tumors, local effusions of water, scrofulous
diseases of the bones and joints, chronic exanthemas, psoriasis,
etc. It may be dissolved in alcohol or made into an ointment
with lard.

The average dose of the Digitalin is one fifth of one
grain. In some cases it may be profitably increased to ONE
HALF of ONE grain. But we profess only to approximate the
quantity requisite in ordinary cases. We would advise the
practitioner to always commence with small doses, and after a
suitable time to increase, if occasion requires. Great caution
should be exercised in its administration, and its exhibition
never entrusted to unskillful hands. Above all things be
sure to neutralise undue acidity of the stomach previous to its
administration, and to render it as diffusible as possible by the
free use of diluents. By so doing the danger of cumulative
action may be avoided.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 213

CONCENTRATED TINCTURE DIGITALIS PURPUREA.

Properties and employment same as above. The strength
of the Con. Tine., as compared with the Digitalin, is as eight
to ONE ; that is, eight drops of the tincture represent ONE
grain of The Digitalin. The ■ dose will therefore vary from
one to FOUR drops, in order to bear a relative proportion to
the Digitalin. The tincture may always be relied upon as of
definite strength, as it is prepared strictly in accordance with
the principles recorded in the first part of this volume.

The tincture is convenient for external application, for which
purpose it should be diluted with from four to eight parts of
alcohol. It is of service as a topical remedy in local cedema,
tumors, enlarged glands, etc. In the treatment of ovarian
dropsy and ascites, we employ it in combination with tincture
of Squills, as follows :

Con. Tine. Digitalis 3ij.

Tine. Squills,

Alcohol aa. 5 TV.

Mix. Bathe the parts freely three times per day, or apply
-cloths wetted with the liniment.

For internal use, when indicated, it may be combined
with the Con. Tine. Veratrum Yiride. When astringents are
indicated, with Con. Tine. Rhus Glabra. When stimulants
are needed, with Con. Tine. Xanthoxylum Frax. As a general
thing, however, it will be best to alternate the Tine. Digitalis
with tonics, stimulants, and alteratives, when such auxiliaries
are indicated. When Asclepin is indicated, it should be
reduced to solution, and the Tine. Digitalis added to each dose
as occasion requires. The conditions requiring the employment
of either of the above named adjunctives have been pointed
out in the preceding pages. The history there detailed of the
properties and employment of the Digitalin is a faithful record
of personal experience in its employment through a series of
^ears, wherein both its advantages and disadvantages are fulljr
explained.

RHUSItf.

^♦-♦-•^

Derived from Rhus Glabrum.

Nat. Ord. — Anacardiacem.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Trigynia.

Common Names. — Sumach, Upland Sumach, etc.

Part used. — Bark of the Root.

No. of Principles, two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties — Tonic, astringent and antiseptic.

Employment. — Diarrhea, dysentery, apthous and merer**
rial sore mouth, diabetes, leucorrhea, gonorrhea, hectic fever,
and scrofula.

Ehusin may justly be classed amongst tlie most valuable
of the astringent tonics. It exercises a peculiar sanative
influence over mucous membranes, and is invaluable in the
treatment of many forms of disease affecting those surfaces.
Being powerfully anti-septic, it is particularly useful in all
cases manifesting a tendency to putrescency.

In diarrhea and dysentery, after the morbid accumulations,
have been removed by appropriate remedies, and the sthenic
symptoms are measurably controlled, the Ehusin will be
found of essential service in restraining and toning the action
of the bowels. For this purpose it may be given in doses of'

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 215

two grains, once in two hours. When desired, it may be
joined with other astringents, as the Geranin, Myricin, Lycopin,
etc. ; or with diaphoretics, as the Asclepin ; or with stimulants,
as the Xanthoxylin ; or with tonics, as the Cornin, Cerasein,
Fraserin, Eupatorin Perfo.; or with laxatives, as the Leptandrin,
Euonymin, Juglandin ; or with alteratives, as the Alnuin, Cory-
dalin, Irisin, Stillingin, Phytolacin, Menispermin, Chimaphilin,
etc. By judiciously selecting the adjunctive, combinations may
be effected suited to the cure ot the various diseases mentioned
at the head of this article. Thus in diarrhea and dysentery,
we combine it with Geranin, as follows :

Rhusin,

Geranin aa. 3j.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Give one every one to
three hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms. If
there is still a slight febrile condition remaining, we join it
with Asclepin :

Rhusin,

Asclepin aa.grs. XV.

Mix, and dividtf^nto ten powders. Dose — same as above.
For hemorrhage of the lungs, stomach, or bowels, we combine
it with Lycopin :

»•-''■;■■■'

Rhusin,

Lycopin aa. 3j.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Dose— one, every
twenty or thirty minutes, until the hemorrhage is restrained,
then at intervals of from one to three hours, and continued
until the symptoms are fully abated. The same formula will
be found of exceeding utility in the cure of diabetes. In this
complaint the remedy may be administered three times per
day. The dose will also require to be increased, in some cases,
to double the quantity. When the system has been exhausted
by profuse colliquitive' discharges, and a relaxed condition of
the bowels remains, Fraserin will be the best adjunctive:

216 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

UIj usi n grs. XV.

Fraseri n errs. XXX.

Mix, and divide into fifteen powders. Give one every four or
six hours, as occasion requires. In the treatment of leucorrhea,
if constipation be present, the Khusin may be given in TWO
grain doses three times per day, and from TWO to FOUR grains
of Leptandrin at bed time. Or they may be combined and
formed into pills, as follows, although we prefer alternation :

9".

Rhusin 3j.

Leptandrin Bij.

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic, and divide into
twenty pills. Dose— one, three times per day. Should they
not prove sufficiently laxative, a dose of Podophyllin should
be occasionally given at bed time. For gonorrhea, combi-
nations may be effected wi wh other of the vegetable alteratives,
which, as we shall have occasion to so frequently mention
them, it will not now be necessary to speak. We will say,
however, that the Ehusin will be found a remedy of great
utility in that complaint. t

But the remedial value of the Rhusin is kpst displayed in
the treatment of apthous and mecurial affections of the
mucous surfaces. The various forms of stomatitis afford a
wide range for its employment. It should be given in doses of
TWO grains every four or six hours, and the mouth and fauces
frequently gargled with a solution of the same. For the lattei
purpose, one drachm may be added to half a pint of boiling
water. We know of no more useful agent in the treatment
of the distressing sequela that sometimes follow the use of
mercurials. In case the lower portion of the alimentary
canal be involved, the Rhusin may be administered by enema
with advantage.

Rhusin 3j«

Boiling Water Oj.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 217

Of this infusion, from two to four ounces may be adminis*
tered, tepid, every two to four hours. The same will be found
exceedingly efficacious in some cases of dysentery and rectal
hemorrhage. Some practitioners, in the above complaints,
combine the Rhusin and Myricin in equal proportions.

Rhusin has been employed with advantage in hectic fever,
in which complaint it may be sometimes beneficially joined
with Digitalin, as mentioned under that head. In scrofula
also, particularly those cases involving the mucous surfaces,
the Rhusin has been found valuable. In such cases it should
be alternated with alteratives and tonics. In the diarrhea of
typhoid fever, and in all cases where a putrescent tendency is
manifest, the Rhusin will be found a reliable and appropriate
remedy. When astringent, tonic, anti-septic, and stimulant
properties are indicated, a combination of Rhusin with
Xanthoxylin will be found equal if not superior to any other. |
The latter two remedies act admirably together, and indications '
for their employment will be met with in diarrhea, dysentery,
cholera infantum, typhoid fever, scarlatina maligna, etc. In
ulcerations of the stomach and bowels, the Rhusin should not
be omitted. Average dose, TWO grains.

218 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

CONCENTRATED TINCTURE RHUS GLABRUM.

Properties and uses same as the preceding. Average dose*
three drops. Convenient for combining with other of the
concentrated tinctures, when auxiliary properties are indicated^
For example :

Con. Tine. Khus Glab.
Con. Tine. Digitalis Purpu.

Con. Tine. Khus Glab.
Con. Tine. Senecio GraciL

Con. Tine. Khus Glab.

Con. Tine. Xanthoxylum Frax.

(Jon. Tine. Ehus Glab.

Con. Tine. Smilax Sarsa.
The average doses being given under the proper heads, the
proportions may be easily regulated.

BAPTISIN.

m-* -♦►••<

Derived from Baptisia Tinctoria.

Nat. Ord. — Fabacew.

Sex. Syst. — Decandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Wild Indigo, Horsefly Weed ^ etc.

No. of Principles, two, viz., resin and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, emetic, Laxative, stimulant, an-
menagogue, tonic, and antiseptic.

Employment. — Amenorrhea and defective menstruation^,
erysipelas, hepatic disorders, whenever an alterative is indi-
cated, and in scarlatina and typhoid fevers, and in all diseases
that have a putrescent tendency.

Bapiisin is possessed of more energetic emmenagogne pro-
perties than the plant has generally been accredited with.
We have employed it with gratifying success in the treatment
of amenorrhea and defective menstruation. Also in cases of
vicarious menstruation, in combination with Podophyllin,
with signal success. The average dose of the Bap ti sin is two
grains. The dose may be repeated twice or thrice a day as
circumstances require. In too large doses it will produce
nausea, emesis, and catharsis. In the treatment of amenorrhea

220 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

■and defective menstruation, the Baptism should be given in
doses of from ONE tu three grains three times per day, and a
dose of Podophyllin and Leptandrin administered once or
twice a week at bed time. In the treatment of vicarious
menstruation, particularly those cases accompanied with
periodical diarrhea, we have found the following combination
-entirely successful, when administered during the intermenstrual
period :

»•■.';■

Baptisin 3 j.

Podophyllin grs. X.

Caulophyllin grs. XV.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Exhibit one every night,
or every other night, according to the condition of the bowels.
The quantity of Podophyllin should be sufficient to produce a
mild cathartic effect at first, and afterwards the quantity may
be reduced so as just to secure its alterative and laxative
effect. When necessary, it may be alternated with tonics, as
Helonin and Iron, or Cerasein.

In erysipelas the alterative and antiseptic properties of the
Baptisin make it a remedy of great value. It may be adminis-
tered, internally, in doses of from one to two grains once in
four hours, and if there be ulcerations or sloughings, the parts
should be covered with dry Baptisin, over which, if there be
much pain, heat or inflammation, place the cold water bandage.
This we have frequently employed and found effectual. The
application of the Baptisin may be repeated two or three times
a day, and the bandage re-wetted as often as it becomes dry
or much heated. The same treatment will be found of essential
service in other forms of acute as well as of chronic exanthema.

Baptisin is a sure and powerful alterative, and may be
employed with confidence in all affections of the glandular
system. In hepatic derangements it will be found a valuable
auxiliary, and in a great many cases may be depended upon
alone. In scrofula and cutaneous disorders, few remedies are
more beneficial. In these cases it should be given in small
doses, and its use persisted in for a length of time. It should

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 22 ^

be alternated with occasional doses of Podophyllin and Lep-
tandrin, and also with other alteratives. In consequence of
the stimulant properties of the Baptism, it is valuable in all
cold and indolent conditions of the system, such as usually
accompany scrofula, white swelling, hip disease, scaly eruptions
of the skin, etc. Many valuable combinations may be effected
with other of the concentrated agents, as the circumstances of
the case may indicate. In the treatment of ulcerative inflam-
mations of the stomach and bowels, and chronic diarrhea, and
dysentery, its use should never be omitted. We consider its,
tonic and antiseptic properties as of paramount value, and as,
specially indicated in all cases of internal ulcerative inflam-
mations, putrescency, gangrene, etc. In the various forms of
stomatitis, mercurial sore mouth, putrid sore throat, scarlatina
maligna, typhoid fever, dysentery, and inflammation of the.
bowels, we have, in the Baptisin, one of the most powerful,
and, at the same time, safest antiseptic remedies in the range
of the Materia Medica. If astringent properties are indicated
in connection with the Baptisin, we have Geranin, Myricin,
Khusin, Lycopin, Trilliin, etc. If diaphoretics are needed,
Asclepin, Veratrin, etc. If more stimulating properties are
required, Xanthoxylin. Of alteratives we have, as adjunctives,
Alnuin, Chimaphilin, Rumin, Irisin, Phytolacin, Stillingin,
Smilacin, etc. To increase its laxative property, Euonymin,
Hydrastin, Menispermin, Apocynin, Leptandrin, Podophyllin,
etc. Combined with Caulophyllin, we have found it very
serviceable in certain forms of dyspepsia, particularly those
cases accompanied with irritability of the stomach, acid eructa-
tions, griping pains and looseness of the bowels, with frequent,
small and offensive stools. In a majority of cases it is better
to precede the administration of the Baptisin and Caulophyllin
with a cathartic dose of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, in whicl*
the latter should largely predominate.

With Leptandrin the Baptisin will be found excellent ia
chronic affections of the liver, accompanied with constipation.
We combine as follows:

222 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Baptisin ........ 3 j.

Leptandrin 3ij.

Form a mass with mucilage of gum arabic, and divide into
twenty pills. Give from one to two, morning and evening.
The same will be found excellent in chronic diarrhea, and
''ysentery, and ulcerations of the bowels. If a milder cholo-
gogue and laxative is required, substitute the Juglandin for
the Leptandrin.

When astringents are indicated, we prefer the Ehusin.
particularly in typhoid fever, mercurial ulcerations, etc.

Baptisin grs. X.

Rhusin .grs. XX.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Give one, every one
or two hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms.

In the treatment of virulent leucorrhea, the Baptisin will
be found one of the most effective agents, to be used both
internally and locally. For internal use we generally combine
it with other remedies, as the Hydrastin, Helonin, Phytolacin,
etc. Locally, the following:

Baptisin . 3 ij.

Boiling Water Oj.

Infuse the Baptisin in the water, and inject with a prope*
syringe three or four times a day. It may be used tepid or
cold, as preferred. We frequently vary the prescription by
combining the Baptisin with other agents ; as follows :

Baptisin,

Hydrastin ...aa. 3j.

Boiling Water Oj.

Or,

Baptisin,

Myricin aa. 3j.

Boiling Water. -Oj. ,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 223

Or,

Baptisin 3j»

Pul. Gum Myrrh 3 ij.

Boiling Water Oj.

Infuse and strain. The latter is excellent in ulcerations of the
vagina, os uteri, and congestions and inflammations of the uterus
and vagina generally, and for the relief of the irritation pro-
duced by acrid menstrual discharges.

In the treatment of apthous sore mouth and similar ulcera-
tive affections, the Baptisin should be used as a gargle, of the
strength of from one to two drachms to the pint of boiling
water. In these cases it is better joined with Bhusin, ONE
•drachm of each to the pint. In severe cases double the
quantity may be employed.

In combination with Dioscorein, the Baptisin will be found
of great service in the treatment of a variety of intestinal
•affections, such as are accompanied with spasmodic pains,
flatulence, and acrid fcecal discharges. It has also been found
beneficial in pneumonia and chronic rheumatism. It excites
the secretions of the glandular system generally, and of the
liver and uterus particularly. In over doses it produces con-
siderable prostration of the whole system, from which, however,
the patient quickly recovers when the remedy is omitted. It
should not be used during the period of utero-gestation, as it is
•capable of producing abortion, for which purpose we have
known it to be used by quacks and empirics. The danger to
the general health is very great when used in sufficient quan-
tities to produce this result.

Externally, the Baptisin admits of a wide and beneficial
Tange of application. Its peculiar antiseptic property renders
it a valuable local remedy for erysipelatous and other ulcers,
strumous and syphilitic opthalmia, otorrhea, ulcerated sore
mouth and throat, chancres, ulcerations of the cervix uteri,
sore nipples, mammary and other abscesses, inflamed tumors,
and in all affections having a gangrenous tendency. To open
cilcers, the dry powder may be applied, as in erysipelas,

224 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

scrofulous ulcers, ulceration of the cervix uteri, etc. For
ophthalmia, otorrhea, etc., it made be made into decoction, from
one to four drachms being added to a pint of boiling water.
The same will answer for injections into mammary and other
abscesses, and for the relief of fetid vaginal discharges. As
a local application to tumors and inflamed glands, it may be
applied by means of a suitable poultice, as of elm or flax-seed,
the surface of which may be sprinkled over with the Baptisin.
In the same manner it may be applied to open ulcers. For
the treatment of scaly eruptions of the skin, it may be dis-
solved in alcohol, one drachm to four ounces, or made into
an ointment with lard, one drachm to the ounce. As a safe
and reliable antiseptic, it is worthy the entire confidence of
the profession.

.?* m

PODOPHYLLUM

■^■♦-♦-♦♦■

Ixorived from Podophyllum Peltatum.

Nat. Orel. — Berberidacece.

Sex. Sjst. — Polyandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Mandrake, May Apple, Wild Lemon

Part Used — The Root.

No. of Principles, three, viz., retinoid, alkaloid and new
tral.

Properties — Emetic, cathartic, chologogue, resolvent, altera-
tive, diuretic, diaphoretic, emmenagogue, vermifuge, revellent y
etc.

Employment — Fevers and inflammations of almost every

type, all disorders of the liver, spleen, and other viscera, croup,

pneumonia, rheumatism, both acute and chronic, scrofula,

indigestion, venerial diseases, jaundice, piles, constipation,

dropsy, gravel, inflammation of the bladder, suppression and

retention of the urine, eruptions of the skin, amenorrhea,

leucorrhea, optlialmia, otorrhea, and, in short, whenever an

al native is required.
15

226 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In essaying to treat upon the properties and employment of
this truly invaluable remedy, our mind misgives us upon two
points ; first, as to whether we shall be able to adequately
express our knowledge and convictions of its utility; and,
secondly, if enabled to do so, whether our statements will
receive that credence to which they are entitled, or be passed
over with that indifference which too frequently characterizes
minds immured in their own self-sufficiency. Nevertheless,
we shall endeavor to fully, fairly, and truthfully detail such
positive knowledge as may be in our possession, drawn from
the private resources of personal clinical experience, and from
the public acknowledgements of writers held in high estimation
by the profession, relying upon the capability of the remedy
to accomplish all that we shall claim for it. Were mankind
as ready and willing to investigate, comprehend, appreciate,
and acknowledge, as they are to doubt, disbelieve, condemn,
and repudiate, there would be more truth and harmony in the
affairs of life. Education, habit, custom, begetting as they do
a reprehensible confidence in, and slothful dependence upon
the sayings, doings, doctrines, and practices of former ages,
form a sad bar to the progress of innocuous medication. We
are among those who believe that a benign and all- wise Creator
has endowed the earth with inexhaustible resources of means
wherewith to meet all the necessities of its children ; and those
of a kind ever conservative to the integrity and duration of
the objects upon which they are employed. It is in this light
that we look upon the Podophyllin and kindred remedies,
holding the sentiment that all remedial agents should be always
conservative, and never destructive in their influences. A better
knowledge of such means is being opened up by the progres-
sive enlightenment of the human mind, and the profession are
beginning to understand and appreciate the nearer compatibility
of organic medicines with the functions of organic life.

The Podophyllum Peltatum has been long and favorably
known, in the crude state, as an efficient remedy in disorders
of the liver. Much error, however, pertains to many written
histories of the plant. Many writers have likened its properties

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 227

to those of Jalap, deeming the two nearly or quite analogous.
No greater misconception could possibly be made in relation
to the remedial properties of the plant. Jalap is simply an
irritating hydrogogue cathartic. Its history is told in a single
line. Not so with the article under consideration, as we shall
have occasion to show.

In relation to the character and number of the proximate
principles upon which the plant depends for therapeutic value,
fimch ignorance has prevailed, and still prevails, even among
many manufacturers engaged in preparing concentrated organic
remedies for the use of the profession. One offers us an
alkaloid Podophyllin, another a retinoid Podophyllin, and so
on ; but none give us a true account of the chemical consti-
tuents of the plant, in fact give us no explanation at all,
except that they have obtained a precipitate which they have
dried down to a powder, and which they guess is the active
principle of the Podophyllum, and as such they represent it
to the profession. We have before explained, and deem it
not out of place to reiterate, that the therapeutic properties of
the Podophyllum Peltatum reside, not in one, but in three
distinct and separate proximate principles, each one of which
represents its individual share of the aggregate remedial virtues
of the plant. These three principles are termed resinoid,
alkaloid, and neutral. The resinoid represents the emetic,
cathartic, and chologogue properties chiefly. It is composed, as
heretofore stated, of a number of distinct resins, each one
possessing a different degree of electro-negative reaction. We
have separated the resinoid of the Podophyllum into five
different 'resins, and have reason to believe that a still greater
complexity exists. It possesses a degree of escharotic poAver,
and when applied externally to fungous growths, will dissolve
them down. It produces, however, too much inflammation to
render it a desirable escharotic. ^Combined with sulphate of
zinc and Ilydrastin, it has been found valuable as an appli-
cation to cancerous growths. As a counter-irritant, dissolved
in alcohol, is is one of the most active and efficient that we
have evrr employed. » It produces a rapid pustulation, which

228 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

appears first in the form of minute vesicles filled with a serous
fluid, which speedily changes to a whitish or yellowish pus.
The superficial inflammation is at the same time quite severe.
The pustules, as a general thing, are slow in healing. We
emplojr it in chronic and obstinate cases of local neuralgic
pains, spinal irritation, chronic hepatitis, pleuritis and synovitis,
morbus coxarius, etc.

In the alkaloid and neutral principles we have the diuretic,
diaphoretic, alterative and laxative properties of the plant in
an eminent degree. They also possess a considerable degree
of chologogue power, and seldom prove emetic. These two last
mentioned principles exercise a wonderful modifying power
over the action of the resinoid principle. None but those who
have tested the matter can appreciate the great difference
between the physiological impressions of the resinoid when
ased alone, and those of the three principles combined.
Many who have deemed the resinoid Podophyllin too harsh
and drastic, and justly so, have found the combined principles
to answer all their expectations. We earnestly invite the
attention of the profession to the explanations we have given
in reference to the multiplicity of principles residing in the
Podophyllum Peltatum, and, if doubtful of the correctness of
our statements, to put us to whatever test may be deemed
necessary. We have no mercenary motive to subserve in our
essay upon this article, neither in aught we ever have or ever
shall submit to the profession, hence fear not for the results of
the severest criticism. We desire investigation and scrutiny, in
order that the profession may become enlightened against the
errors and frauds of ignorant and incompetent manufacturers
of concentrated organic remedies ; and in order that the justice
of our claims to a truthful exposition of the number, character
And properties of the proximate active principles of plants may
be vindicated.

We have, in the Podophyllin under consideration, a complete

and reliable substitute for mercury and its preparations. The

plea that the vegetable kingdom affords no remedy of equal

flicacy with calomel and other mercurials in disorders of the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 229

liver, and in all cases in which those preparations are employed,
is no longer tenable. Podophyllin has been called the " Vege-
table Calomel." So far as the similitude relates to its power
to produce sanative results, it is correct; but here. the resem-
blance ceases. For all the good that calomel can possibly do,
the Podophyllin is equally competent, while at the same time
its operation is entirely devoid of those unfortunate results
which so often follow in the wake of its mineral protonymio.
It may seem presumptuous in us to advocate an equality
between a remedy of comparatively recent discovery, and one
which has received the sanction of the profession for nearly
four hundred years, yet if we can succeed in showing that
the Podophyllin will effectually subserve all the curative
pin-poses of mercury, and is, at the same time, innoxious in
itself, we trust that we shall not be deemed hasty or incautious
in our advocacy of a substitute.

It has been said that Podophyllin is capable of producing
ptyalism, but we have never seen any evidence of the fact in
persons who had never taken mercury. The only symptoms
of salivation we have ever observed have been in those cases
where mercury had been taken at some previous time. Podo-
phyllin is powerfully resolvent, and by its peculiar excitation
of the glandular system will sometimes dislodge deposits of
latent mercurial atoms, and so bring about a season of mercu-
rialisation. Lobelia, Irisin, Phytolacin, etc., will frequently
-do the same. We believe it is conceded by the most intelligent
writers and teachers of the present day, that the production of
ptyalism is entirely unnecessary to the cure of disease, hence
the absence of this power in the Podophyllin does not militate
against its value. We have frequently induced a degree of
salivation in patients by passing a current of electro-galvanism
through the salivary and cervical glands, but only in those
cases where mercurials had been previously administered. The
effect in these cases was produced by the dislodgment of mercu-
rial deposits, and as soon as they were removed the glandular
inflammation would subside, nor would the re-application of
the electricity ever again induce a similar train of symptoms.

230 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In large doses, say from three to five grains, Podophyllin
is an active emeto-c&thartic. Its operation is attended with
copious bilious discharges, a lingering, death-like nausea, and
frequently with severe griping pains in the small intestines.
The primary impressions of Podophyllin are expended upon
the gastro-enteric and hepatic apparatus, and nausea and
vomiting seldom occur until from two to four hours after the
medicine has been administered. From this fact it may be
learned that the sickness, griping, and other unpleasant,
symptoms arise more from the acrid character of the morbid
matters dislodged, than from the primary influences of the
remedy itself. The neutral and alkaloid principles are com-
pletely soluble in the stomach, while the resinoid principle is
soluble only in the enteric secretions. For a fuller explanation
of the action of the different principles, the reader is respectfully
referred to page 85, et seq. ' If Podophyllin be retained for
three quarters of an" hour after it is administered, it will not
be rejected by vomiting, showing that within this period it has
entered into solution and passed into the circulation, which
fact will be manifested by its producing its characteristic
influences upon the system, even though free emesis occur
immediately upon the termination of this period. The thera-
peutic action of Podophyllin is completely suppressed by the
presence of a considerable quantity of lactic acid, but operates
without hindrance in the presence of acetic acid. Hence the
necessity of neutralising undue acidity of the stomach previous
to its exhibition will be apparent, as well as to avoid the use
of such substances as will give rise, by putrefactive decom-
position, to the formation of lactic acid. Sugar is particularly
objectionable in connection with Podophyllin. We have
previously shown that sugar, when in solution and exposed to
a temperature above 80° of Farenheit, undergoes a putrefactive
fermentation, and gives rise to the formation of a number of
products, among which is lactic acid.^ Hence the use of
syrups, sweetened infusions, etc., should be dispensed with
while the system is under the influence of Podophyllin. Were
the sugar properly digested, it would be of no disadvantage ;

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 231

but those conditions rea airing the exhibition of Podophyllin
are unfavorable to the digestion of nutritious matters of any
kind, and much more so when the digestive apparatus is under
its immediate influence. The sanative impressions of Podo-
phyllin upon the digestive organs, unlike those of many othei
remedies, are indirect and subsequent to its specific constitu-
tional influences. Digestion cannot proceed during the
immediate operation of Podophyllin, nor until several hours
have elapsed after its cathartic powers are manifested, when
given in cathartic doses. Populin, Xanthoxylin, and other
stimulants and tonics, on the contrary, directly promote
digestion, hence are given with the greatest advantage
immediately before or after meals, in order that their specific
influence may be expended upon the digestive organs at the
precise time when extraneous aid is necessary.
_ Chloride of sodium, common salt, enhances the activity of
Podophyllin, and to the abundant use of this condiment may
be attributed the apparent hyper-cathartic effect sometimes
observable in the use of this remedy. Our attention was first
called to this fact some five years since, and the phenomenon
was at first ascribed to the eating of oysters, but subsequent
observations demonstrated the fact that it was the salt so
conveyed into the system that produced the effect. This
property of salt renders it valuable in promoting the action of
Podophyllin in those cases where great coldness and torpidity
exist, and when that remedy is tardy in operating. In all
cases of a sthenic character, however, salt should be used in
moderation while the svstem is under the influence of Podo-
jhyllin. We generally confine our patients to a diet of sim-
ole corn meal gruel for a period of twenty-four hours after
exhibiting a full dose of Podophyllin. If it be desirable to
promote the action of the medicine, salt may be added to the
gruel in sufficient quantity to produce the desired effect.

Many suggestions .have been made in regard to the combi-
nation of other agents with the Podophyllin, in order to
modify its operation. Among those agents, we may mention
Leptandrin, Jalapin, Asclepin, Caulophyllin, Gelsemin, Phy-

232 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

tolacin, etc. Tne Leptar.drin is, perhaps, more employed than
an}^ other. There is no doubt but that it both enhances and
modifies the chologogue power of the Podophyllin, while at
the same time it lessens the intestinal irritation. It also seems
to be of great service in securing the full alterative influence
of the Podophyllin, although a portion of this influence is

• undoubtedly due to the adjunctive itself. j In typhoid fever,

dysentery, and other diseases attended with intestinal irritation,

we deem the Leptandrin an indispensible auxiliary. We

usually employ two parts of" Leptandrin to one of Podo-

• phyllin, A

Jalapin with Podophyllin is indicated in dropsy, and in all
cases where a speedy evacuation of the immediate contents of
the bowels is desirable. The Jalapin will neither quicken nor
in any other way influence the action of the Podophyllin,
which will manifest its accustomed influences independent of
the Jalapin. In congestions of the portal circle, accompanied
with intestinal engorgement, the combination of Jalapin with
Podophyllin is appropriate. By the use of the Jalapin in
these cases, we get a prompt evacuation of the alimentary
canal as the result of its more speedy local cathartic power.
But the Podophyllin will take its own time, and its general
influence will be the same as if no Jalapin had been employed.
r-sEj In the treatment of dropsies, we have derived more prompt
and permanent sanative results from a combination of Podo-
phyllin. Jalapin, and Cream of Tartar, than from any othei
hydrogogue remedy, ^

Asclepin has long been a favorite adjunctive to the Podo-
* phyllin, with us. Long before the discovery of the active
principles of these plants, we were in the habit of combining
the crude Asclepias with the Podophyllum. It lessens the
tendency to griping, and by virtue of its diaphoretic properties,
seems to enhance the influence of the Podophyllin upon the
sub-cutaneous glandular structure. For this reason we deem
it a valuable adjunctive to the Podophyllin in the treatment

. of*cutaneous diseases. Also in all affections attended with
febrile symptoms wherein Podophyllin is indicated.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 233

Caulophyllin is also -an excellent modifying agent for com-
bining with the Poclophyllin. Its anti-spasmodic properties'
are useful in controlling the tendency to nausea, pain and
spasm. It is particularly serviceable as an auxiliary in the
treatment of amenorrhea, hysteria, chorea, and all nervous
affections. Also in certain forms of indigestion, cholera
morbus, etc.

Gelsemin is used for the same purposes as the above. It is
a more enegetic anti-spasmodic and relaxant, and at the same
time possesses other properties frequently indicated in connec-
tion with the Podophyllin. We are in the habit of prescribing
in combination with the Podophyllin daily. In hepatic
congestions, the forming stages of fevers, pneumonia, croup,
and whenever febrile and spasmodic symptoms are present, we
seldom omit it. By relaxing spasm, abating febrile excite-
ment, and soothing the irritability of the nervous system, it
quickens and promotes the operation of the Podophyllin. We
find it of great service as an adjunctive in a great variety of
chronic diseases.

Phytolacin is peculiarly serviceable as an adjunctive in the
treatment of obstinate hepatic disorders, constipation, and in
all cases accompanied with a languid or torpid condition of
the sj^stem. Whenever it is found difficult to bring the sys-
tem under the constitutional influence of Podophyllin, by
reason of excessive sluggishness or other causes, vital debility
excepted, the Phytolacin will be found to answer an admira-
ble purpose. In syphilis, scaly eruptions of the skin, chronic
hepatitis, scrofula, etc., the Phytolacin will always prove a
valuable auxiliary.

From five to ten grains of super-carbonate of soda may be
advantageously combined with each dose of Podophyllin in
case acidity of the stomach be suspected. Capsicum is a good
adjuvant to Podophyllin in cold and languid conditions of the
system. Many other combinations may be effected, some of
which we shall have occasion to notice, and others will readily
suggest themselves to the practitioner.

Of the special emploj^ment of Podophyllin in the treatment

234 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

of disease, we would mention fevers generally as affording,
frequent and decided indications for the use of this remedy-
In the treatment of fever and ague, we almost invariably
precede the employment of other remedies by the free exhibi-
tion of the Podophyllin. By so doing, in this climate, we cut
the disease short at once, and oftentimes have no occasion for-
furthei medication. We have known many cases of intermit-
tent fever to yield to a single dose of Podophyllin, and we^
have no doubt that the credit of cure is frequently due to this-
agent, when it is attributed to other means. In those cases of
fever and ague in which the bowels are a special point of con-
gestion, manifested by a troublesome and painful diarrhea, the-
Podophyllin is sometimes inadmissable. If, however, the
diarrhea depend upon a functional disturbance of the liver, it
will be indispensible. It should always be combined, in such
cases, with Leptandrin and Caulophyllin or Dioscorein. If, on
the other hand, the diarrhea arises from a primary intestinal
congestion, and be of a serous or mucous character, the Podo-
phyllin should be dispensed with, and the chief reliance be
placed upon Leptandrin, or Euphorbin, in combination with
diaphoretics and anti-spasmodics. In cases of this type, it will
be better, as a general thing, to administer the above remedies,
in divided doses. The following formula is excellent :
J*. •

Leptandrin 3 j.

Asclepin,

Dioscorein aa. grs. X

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one every two hours
until the alvine discharges assume a healthy appearance*
Astringents may then be employed, but we seldom find them
necessary. The above formula may be varied at the option
of the practitioner. In the treatment of chronic cases of this-
complaint, in adults, we generally premise our subsequent
treatment with the following somewhat heroic prescription :

| . Podophyllin,

Euphorbin aa. grs. ij.

Leptandrin grs. iij.

n * / * c/ 1

CQNCtfNVftATED MEDICINES PROPER. 4 2o5

Mix, and give at a dose. This will produce free emesis and
catharsis, and thoroughly arouse the system. If the first
dose does not sufficiently break up the hepatic obstructions
and awaken the system from its torpor, we repeat the dose at
♦he expiration of from twenty-four to forty-eight hours. Of
course the quantity of the ingredients in the above formula
must be regulated to the necessities of the case in hand. In
all cases attended with gastric or enteric irritation, a free use
of mucilages and demulcents is advisable. The above pre-
scription we have found of eminent service in the forming
stages of bilious, typhoid, and other fevers, pneumonia,
erysipelas, acute rheumatism, etc. We vary the formula to
meet the indications., If a considerable degree of febrile ex-
citement be present, we usually substitute from ONE half to
. TWO grains of Gelsemin for the Euphorbin, increasing, if
necessary, the proportion of Podophyllin, or Leptandrin, or
both. Congestion of the brain has frequently yielded to the
prompt administration of this remedy. We have cured
Panama fever of eight months duration by means of Podo-
phyllin and Gelsemin, followed by Hydrastin and Xanthox-
ylin. We wish it distinctly understood, that the treatment
here detailed applies to the peculiarities of this climate. We
are aware that the habits of individuals, food, water, climatic
and other influences all tend to modify both the types of
disease and action of medicines, and that it is necessary to
modify the combination of agents in accordance with the cir-
cumstances of their employment. These peculiarities it is the
duty of the resident physician to ascertain, and, having made
himself thoroughly acquainted with the therapeutic properties
of the agents he employs, to modify his treatment accordingly.
We have exhibited the Concentrated Medicines in the States
of North Carolina, Alabama, Florida, and upon the Mississippi
River, both to the white and colored races, and we never had
them fail of their accustomed effect. Scarlatina, acute rheu-
matism, nephritis, diarrhea, dysentery, and other diseases
yielded as readily to the organic remedies as in our native
clune. Yet our residence in those localities was too brief to

236 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES I'KOPEH.

enable us to speak authoritatively as regards the proper plan of
treatment to be there pursued. In miasmatic districts, as in
the valleys and river bottoms of the West, disease assumes a
more periodic t} T pe, and, in complaints like rheumatism, chol-
era morbus, etc., unless anti-periodics be promptly adminis-
tered during the remissions, relapse will speedily follow
relapse. From this fact we may learn the importance of using
proper means to maintain a favorable condition when it is
once brought about. Upon this point we shall have more to
say when treating of special anti-periodics.

In many instances it will b,e necessary to combine Podo-
phyllin with active stimulants, at other times^ with sedatives,
diaphoretics, antispasmodics, or simply with mucilages or de-
mulcents. We cannot undertake to point out all the specific
indications in which these various modifications will be neces-
sary, neither do we deem it necessary, as the practitioner
cannot fail to comprehend the combination suggested by the
circumstances of the case.

In the treatment of typhoid fever, the Podophyllin is
sometimes deemed too irritating in its operation. Such, no
doubt, is the case in many instances. We have heretofore
spoken of the escharotic property of the resinoid principle of
the Podophyllin, and we again desire to draw attention to the,
fact. It is all the more important to keep this fact in view,
when we consider that the Podophyllin of many manufactu-
rers consists of the resinoid principle alone, and we have no
doubt but that this circumstance will account for the drastic
effect observed by some practitioners in the operation of Podo-
phyllin, and which, by them, has been justly considered an
objectionable feature. We have before stated that Podophyllin
is contra-indicated in gastritis and enteritis, and whenever
there is evident local inflammation of any portion of the glan-
dular structure of the intestines. It must be born® in mind,
that organic substances are possessed of chemical affinities
equally with the inorganic, and that in diseased conditions of
any portion of the animal economy, not only is there a func-
tional aberration, but also is the chemical constituency of the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 237

apparatus and its secretions essentially changed and modified.
With this change of constitution comes new affinities, and a
substance which, under other circumstances, would pass harm-
lessly over a given surface, is, by th<j consequent reaction
resulting from this changed composition of the secretions con-
verted into a drastic irritant. It might be said that these
phenomena arise from a modification of nervous impressibility,
but we invariably find that such modification is attended with
change both of the chemical structure of the organ and its se-
cretions. It is important, therefore, if Podophyllin be
employed at all, that it be so combined that these accidents of
impression be obviated. In the treatment of Typhoid Fever,
and other acute diseases, when called in the advanced stages
if we find on examination a suppression of the mucous secre-
tions, we do not immediately administer Podophyllin, be it, in
other respects, ever so much indicated. Our first reliance is
upon diluents and demulcents, preferring those of a diapho-
retic character, in order that a degree of reparation may be
made for the expended fluids of the system. As soon as we
have awakened the secretive action of the mucous surfaces, we
administer our Podophyllin, or whatever other constitutional
remedy we may deem necessary in the case. It is bad practice,
when the tongue, mouth and fauces are dry, parched and in-
flamed, showing, evidently, a suspension of action on the part of
the exhalents, to administer Podophyllin or any other remedy
requiring the menstrua of solution, and which are capable, if
they remain undissolved and unabsorbed, or even if they dis-
solve very slowly, of expending an unneeded and undesirable
local influence. Nothing is more essential to health than that
a proper diluency of the blood and various juices of the sys-
tem be maintained. The very suspension of the exhalations
of the serous and mucous membranes is oftentimes a conser.
vative manifestation on the part of the system, showing that
the dissipation of the fluids has reached an extent inconsistent
with the integrity and duration of the animal economy. It
is in cases like these that the very blood corpuscles themselves
become shrivelled and shrunken, having, by the action of exos-

238 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

rnose, given off a portion of their water to supply the demand
denied from the proper sources. Not many years have elapsed
since the standard treatment of patients laboring under febrile
forms of disease was such as to consume them by a slow pro.
cess of moist incineration.JjJVenesection, evacuants, and other
artificial means of depletion were employed, while, at the
same time, the patient was denied the indulgence of that indis*
pensible and Heaven sent conservator, water, even while the
body shrunk and consumed in the pyrexian furnace. Bleed-
ing, blistering, cupping, leeching, vomiting, purging, sweating
and diuresis, served to aid the fever in extracting and dissipa-
ting the fluids of the body, leaving the vital currents to thicken
and stagnate in the channels of life, and planting the banner
of death at the very citadel of the life forces. Fortunately for
the interests of suffering humanity, a reform in this respect is<
apparent amongst the more intelligent of the profession
although we fear that the requirements of the natural lawj are
not, in many instances, sufficiently regarded. ^K^.

Water is, properly speaking, the only diluent. *At the sam 1
time it is capable of holding in solution certain therapeutic
principles which act as stimulants, both upon the exhaling an-(
absorbing vessels. Hence, by the administration of infusions
of some of the simpler plants, such as yield soluble neutral
principles possessed of diaphoretic properties, we may at the
same time furnish the material for maintaining a proper dilu-
ency of the various juices, and the means conducing to its
appropriation. When attainable, we should scarcely make use
of any other remedy than the Asclepin for that purpose, deem-
ing it alwa} T s appropriate. As it is nearly all soluble in warm
water, it is of convenient and admirable utility. Mucilages
and demulcents act in a manner mechanicallv, shielding the
irritable and irritated membranes from the action of the acrid
secretions, and at the same time apparently soothe and allay
the excited condition of the mucous surfaces: They also, as
a general thing, afford absolute nutriment, ami, provided the
system be in a condition to appropriate nutritive matters, will
answer both as food and medicine. It is necessary to success

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 239

in the practice of medicine to always bear in mind the fact,
that medicines calculated to induce constitutional changes are
always first acted upon by the system, and that the different
•degrees of ability on the part of the system to properly dis-
pose of or appropriate a remedy, will regulate in the same de.
•gree its positive influences ; while the absence of this power
will simply afford negative results.-^LThis is precisely the case
with food, and, in chronic diseases, when the nutritive appara-
tus fails to make disposition of the aliment taken into the
stomach, we need scarcely hope that medicines will share a
better fate. How important, then, that due discrimination
should be exercised in selecting the various remedies used in
the cure of disease, always keeping in view the question of
•adaptation on the part of the remedy, both as regards its thera-
peutic and physical character, to the conditions present. *' It is
in consequence of this constitutional diversity that individual
remedies cure in some cases and fail in others, or exhibit vari
■ous shades of curative power.

"We hope we shall be pardoned for digressing somewha
from the strict details of the remedy under consideration, but
we could not well do otherwise than revert to a few general
principles governing the successful employment of remedial
agents, and especially the Podophyllin.

In the treatment of exanthematous fevers, Podophyllin is
frequently indicated in the forming stages, and its prompt ad-
ministration will deprive this class of diseases of much of their
malignancy. If the symptoms indicate a considerable degree
of hepatic derangement, it should never be omitted. Later
than this, it is bad practice to administer Podophyllin, or in.
deed any 'other cathartic, until the efflorescence is complete
and mature. At this stage, the Podophyllin will be found to
act more desirably than any other agent of its class. In these
cases it should, as a general thing, be combined with Leptan-
•clrin. In some cases stimulants may be indicated, as Xanthox-
ylin, Capsicum, etc. The general directions in the early part
of this article may be consulted in regard to suitable corn
^»i nations. In the treatment of fevers and other inflammatory

240 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.'

diseases, a single dose of Podophyllin must Dot be relied upon
in the outset, unless the alvine discharges give evidence of the
removal of all morbid accumulations. Our practice in such
cases is to repeat the Podophyllin once in twenty-four hours,
or at such periods as may be suitable, until the discharges
from the bowels give evidence of effective and complete depu-
ration through that channel. Unless this be done, the prac-
titioner will frequently fail of his objects. Evidence is thus
afforded that the principal obstructions are broken up, and that
the effete and corrupt materials which act as fuel to the flame
are expelled. The success of the subsequent treatment will
depend in a great measure upon the consummation of this re-
sult. Following this, diaphoretics, sedatives, febrifuges, ner-
vines., etc., will act with greater promptitude and certainty,
as they will not have to contend against the principal cause
which perpetuates the functional disturbances, and frequently
leads to organic lesions; but simply have to harmonise the
disturbances remaining after the expulsion of a cause which has
ceased to operate. Much less medicine will be needed subse-
quently, and greater certainty will attend its administration.
Thus, In bilious, scarlet, and other fevers, if this be done, the
subsequent employment of Yeratin, Asclepin, Gelsemin, etc,
will be attended with more speedy and satisfactory results ;
while, if this be neglected, and the direct cause of excitation
be allowed to remain, seldom can a sufficient amount of calma-
tive iniluence be brought to bear to harmonise the action of
the disturbed functions. We hold it to be an axiom in medi-
cal science, that every effect in turn becomes a cause. Let us
look a moment at the approach and progress of a case of ty-
phoid fever. First we have slight debility or lassitude, a dull
feeling in the head, followed by pain, aching, and lameness in
the limbs, soreness of the flesh, appetite feeble or wanting,
bowels generally constipated, skin dry, urine scanty, tongue
slightly coated, taste impaired, accompanied with other symp-
toms and modifications which finally usher in a season of chills,
alternated with febrile paroxysms until the disease is fairly es-
tablished. Here we see that there has beeu manifest tardiness

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPKIt. 241

on the part of the depurating functions, the effect of which is
retention of morbid and effete matters, whien in turn results
in accumulations. These retained and accumulated matters
are acrid and morbific, as we may learn from the fact
that nature frequently makes an effort to expel them in the
earlier stages of the disease by diarrhea. But many practi-
tioners thwart this early effort of the system by administering
opiates and astringents. Our practice is different. We hold
that the violence and duration of the disease will be modified
and frequently cut short by the early expulsion of the morbid
accumulations. These acrid and irritating matters are the
direct and perpetuating cause of the febrile excitement. The
fever ^o induced and perpetuated hastens the metamorphosis
of the interstitial tissues of the body, and thus is the labor of
depuration augmented, and the liability to local congestions
increased. By the long retention of the metamorphosed
animal tissues is engendered a peculiarly acrid and corrosive
condition of the fluid menstrua, which hold these matters in
solution, even to such an extent that they will react upon and
destroy the very apparatus in which they circulate. This we
have evidence of in the advanced stages of the disease, when
an uncontrollable diarrhea sets in, and which is the result of
an absolute erosion of the glandular structure of the intestines
by their own secretions, which now are of a decided septic
character. Thus what was at first but functional has become
organic, and the integrity of the secreting vessels is destroyed
by their own legitimate contents. How important, then, that
these facts be taken into consideration early in tilt? history of
the disease. No matter what may have been the primary
causes by which a retention of the waste matters of the system
was induced, their retention and consequent accumulation
constitutes a morbid condition, an effect, which, remaining
uncorrected, becomes a cause or antecedent to the production
of further results. For the purpose of meeting the indications,
no better agent comes within the province of the healing art
than the Podophyllin. We by no means advocate it as a
specific, but as being appropriate and reliable in by tar the
16

242 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

largest majority of cases. In order, however, to be successful
with this agent, the conditions heretofore mentioned as
governing its employment must be strictly observed.

Podophyllin, in our opinion, is eminently superior to all
other remedies as a resolvent and alterative. In this opinion
we are not alone. It is, for this reason, more frequently
indicated in the treatment of chronic disease than any other
remedial agent. In all disorders of the liver, no matter what
their tffpe, we have need to avail ourselves of the curative
powers of Podophyllin. Be that organ indolent from any
<*au>e, excepting only a deficiency in the blood of the elemen-
tary constituents of bile, we have, in the Podophyllin, a safe
#nd certain agent for restoring its functional energy. ( In this
case it proves directly stimulant to that organ, and is instru-
mental in restoring lost action. If, on the other hand, the
condition be one of abnormal excitement, as in diarrhea, dys-
entery, etc., Podophyllin is equally efficient in regulating the
secretive action of that organ. No matter to which side the
scale may be turned, Podophyllin may be relied upon to
restore and harmonise the functions of secretion. Our views
in relation to the peculiar property whereby diverse derange-
ments are regulated by one and the same remedial agent, aro
more fully set forth under the head of Senecin. Transfer the
exposition there given to the Podophyllin, and the phenome-
non is explained.

As a derivative, in the discussion and diffusion of local
inflammations and congestions, the Podophyllin is, perhaps,
without an equal. In the treatment of chronic inflammation
of the bladder, we have frequently had occasion to "put its
peculiar virtues in this respect to the proof, and never have
we been disappointed. As a radical means in the cure of this
complain!", our success with it has been such that we deem it
indispensable. We usually exhibit it in full cathartic doses
at bed time, and repeat every second or third night until the
more violent symptoms are subdued. It answers well
•lombmed with Asclepin in these cases. The auxiliary
remedies will consist of mucilaginous and cooling diuretics,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PKOPER. 243

as a decoction of Marsh Mallows, Pumpkin-seeds, or Cleavers
■infused in cold water. Populin, Lupulin, and Hydrastin will
also be found serviceable. If calculous deposits are suspected,
^borate of soda, in doses of two grains twice a day.

In the treatment of felons, and local inflammations
generally, we almost invariably employ the Podophyllin in
full closes, and have always found it efficient in modifying the
inflammatory action, and abating the violence of the local
-congestion. As a revellent, we give it the preference over all
•other remedies.
v^ As an alterative, in the treatment of syphilitic infections,
its sanative influences are more certain and reliable than those
of mercury, and its operation entirely devoid of any
secondary deleterious effects whatever. Not only is this true
in regard to primary syphilis, but also of the secondary and
tertiary forms, and he who fails with this remedy, when judi-
ciously employed, need not resort to mercurials with any hope
•of success. It does not cure by changing the type of the
•disease, inducing a Poclophyllo-syphilitic complication, but by
'eradicating the virus effectually from the system. And when
primary syphilis is properly treated with Podophyllin, in
connection with suitable auxiliaries derived from the organic
materia medica, secondary and tertiary symptoms will seldom
or never appear. At least we have never known such a result,
and our experience has not been limited. It is a great mistake
to suppose the vegetable kingdom incapable of affording a
remedy of equal efficacy with mercury in resolving deposits
•of inflammatory exudations, for in Podophyllin we have that
remedy. Whether they arise from pleural or other adhesions
<of the serous membranes, or from syphilitic or other infections,
the Podophyllin will answer an equally good purpose. -^In
these cases it should be given in small doses, say from one-^.

eighth to one-half of one grain, and continued for a length
TS, . ... .

of time, occasionally administering a full dose, if the bowels

■are not sufficiently relaxed, in order to guard against intestinal

accumulations. The best adjunctive in these cases is Asclepm

Piles, when dependent upon a sluggish condition of the

244 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

portal circulation, are promptly and radically relieved by the
use of Podophyllin. The proper method of using it in this
complaint is to commence with a dose sufficiently large to
impress the liver thoroughly, and then follow with small
doses in combination with Hyclrastin, as follows :

Podophyllin grs.iii

Ilydrastin grs.xxiv.

Mix, and divide into twelve powders. Dose — one, twice or
thrice a day, according to the solubility of the bowels. We
prefer, however, alternating the Podophyllin with Hydrastin,
exhibiting the latter during the day and the former at bed-
time. In all cases of chronic disease, the Podophyllin will
operate better if given at bed time, as the stomach is then, or
should be, free from all other matters requiring digestive
action, and can devote its energies exclusively to the appro-
priation of the medicine.
•f-~ For jaundice, the Podophyllin should be alternated with
Leptandrin, Juglandin, Hydrastin, etc. These should be
given in appropriate doses two or three times per day, and a
cathartic dose of Podophyllin administered every third or
fourth night.

We seldom employ any other medicine than Podophyllin
in the treatment of croup, when called to treat the disease in
its incipient stages. N^Our first care is to apply the cold water
bandage to the throat, and to have the feet frequently bathed
in warm alkaline water. /We then exhibit a full dose of
Podophyllin, combining it as circumstances require, and
seldom find occasion for other medicine, or even a repetition
of the same. If other medicine be absolutely necessary, we
employ the Asclepin in solution, with, occasionally, a few
drops of the Wine Tincture of Lobelia. \f If this plan of
treatment be adopted early, it will seldom disappoint the
practitioner. The peculiar alterative and resolvent properties
of the Podophyllin render it invaluable in arresting the
progress of membranous croup.

In chronic constipation of the bowels, arising from hepatio

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PRORER. 24:5

torpor, we know of no remedy more to be relied upon than
the Podophyllin. To ensure success, the remedy must be
persevered in. In one case of fifteen years' duration, we
continued the use of this medicine for one year, exhibiting it
on an average every alternate night, and with complete suc-
cess. Tonics should be used in connection..

For scrofula, ophthalmia, otorrhea, eruptions of the skin, and
for all diseases arising from, or dependent upon, tardy depu-
ration, hepatic aberation, local obstructions, defective secre-
tion, or a vitiated condition of the blood and fluids from
any cause, Podophyllin is the radical remedy. It arouses the
latent energies of the system, and paves the way for furthei
medication. Podophyllin exercises a remarkable control over
the sanguiferous system, removing capillary obstructions, and
equalising the circulation. The exhibition of a dose of Podo-
phyllin is frequently followed by a decided increase of
temperature on the part of the skin, and patients sometimes'
imagine that the medicine is going to induce a fever. Many
who have been troubled with unequal circulation and
■coldness of the extremities for months, are permanently
relieved by a single dose. In apoplexy, as soon as the patient
is restored to consciousness, we generally exhibit a full dose
of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, and the early employment of
the same prescription will generally prevent an attack, when
taken on the approach of the premonitory symptoms.

In cholera morbus, as soon as the vomiting and spasms
-are allayed, we invariably exhibit the same combination,
adding to it, if occasion requires, Dioscorein, or Caulophyllin,
or Asclepin, etc. If the affection be accompanied with
hepatic congestion, it will relieve the pain in a very short
time, and prove the very best anodyne that can possibly be
used.

y^For the convulsions of dentition, we give the Podophyllin
preference over all other remedies. "While others administer
antispasmodics, anodynes, etc., we give Podophyllin,
&nd we have never been disappointed in our expecta-
tions. The fact is, in all congestions of the hepatic /

£46 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

system, Podophyliin is without an equal as an anti-spasmodie fc
Hence, as soon as the difficulty is determined to arise from
biliary obstruction, palliative means should be dispensed with,,
and the radical remedy, Podophyliin, immediately exhibited.
The timely use of Podophyliin during the period of dentition
will obviate all liability to convulsions. As acidity of the
stomach predominates during this period, means must be
employed to neuL<Jise it. Lime water, in doses of a tea-
spoonful three or four times a day, is the best remedy we are
acquainted with. Ir this precaution has been neglected, the
Podophyliin may ► - combined with supercarbonate of soda,
when exhibited, otherwise it may fail of its effect. It will be
remembered that we have stated that the operation of Podo-
phyliin is negativer 1 u y the presence of lactic acid. Bearing
in mind the fact, also, that the food of children at this age
consists chiefly of milk, the most ready source for the produc-
tion of lactic acid, the necessity of our admonition will be
apparent. If the symptoms indicate the presence of acrid
ingesta in the stomach, an emetic of the Wine Tincture of
Lobelia should precede the exhibition of Podophyliin, as more
prompt relief will thereby be afforded. We have attended
many cases of so-called congestion of the brain in infants,,
which we have demonstrated to have arisen from the presence
of a considerable quantity of acrid ingesta in the alimentary
canal. In one case, a child of eight months old, we removed,
by means of Lobelia and Podophyliin, one and a half pints
of solid casein. This matter so expelled was in a high state
of putrefactive fermentation. The child was being reared by
hand, as it is called, that is, fed upon cows' milk. The expuk
sion of these morbid accumulations was followed by an
abatement of all the symptoms, rendering other medication,
except a little Asclepin and Con. Tine. Veratrum, to soothe the
excited nervous and sanguiferous systems, unnecessary. We
mention this case as simply illustrative of many that have
occurred under our observation, both in our own practice and
that of others, and to demonstrate the efficacy, reliability, and

*
CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 247

safet} r of the remedials above mentioned, in the* treatment of
the diseases to which infants are liable.
""}KJBut of all the valuable properties pertaining to the Podo-
phyllin, perhaps none are more- remarkable than its power, in
connection with olive oil, of removing biliary concretions.
That it does possess this power we have demonstrated again
and again.^The symptoms indicating the existence of these
concretions are manifold, yet -so well marked, that the
diagnosis is not difficult. The ordinary symptoms indicating
a functional disturbance of the liver, such as furred tongue,
bad taste in the mouth, sallowness of the skin, eyes, etc.,
are usually present. The special symptoms are, in many
cases, a seated pain in the right epigastrium, which both
internal and external means fail to alleviate; a feeling of
distension or fulness in the region of the liver ; bowels some-
times constipated, at other times diarrhea; but the most
certain symptom is alternate diarrhea and constipation; severe
pain in the head, accompanied with nausea and vomiting of
bilious matter ; sometimes the patient is attacked at night
with a severe spasmodic pain in the region of the liver,
with difficult respiration, and is only relieved by free vomiting,
which requires to be artificially produced, as the spasm is
generally so great that it will not take place spontaneously.
Other symptoms, as emaciation, extreme sallowness of the
skin, cough, sudden faintings, scanty and high-colored urine,
etc., are sometimes present. Many cases of periodical sick
'headache are entirely dependent upon this cause.

The proper plan of treatment in these cases is as follows :
exhibit at bed time the following powder :

Podophyllin grs.ij

Euphorbin grsj

Caulophyllin grs.ij. ,

Mix. It is best taken in a little water. The next morning,
as soon as the nausea attending the operation of the powder
has subsided, administer eight ounces of pure Olive Oil.
This quantity is the average dose for an adult. We have

548 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

known as high as sixteen ounces to be given at a single
dose, but the patient was of unusual physical development.
"We have frequently admin igtered six and eight ounces to
females, and never without the most beneficial results. The
oil will sometimes produce a considerable degree of nausea,
and usually operates upon the bowels in the course of four
hours. We have known as many as two hundred of ^hese
concretions, varying in size from that of a small pea to that
of a hazel nut, to be passed after the administration of a
single dose of the Podophyllin and oil. It is always Mvisable
to administer half the quantity of oil on the second morning,
as some of the concretions are liable to lodge in fcb«j bowels,
giving rise to flatulence, pain and irritation. If the"<j is reason
to suspect that more of the concretions remain unc/.pelled, the
same course of treatment must be repeated. It is requisite, in
all cases, to give the Podophyllin in sufficient d' s-s to relax
the hepatic constriction thoroughly previous to e; iiibiting the
oil. The dose above advised will of course r iqu're to be
increased or diminished according to circumstanc s. A smaller
quantity of oil may also sometimes answer lie mirpose,
although less than four ounces will prove inetlcient. We
seldom give less than six. The combination of the Podophyllin
may also be varied at the option of the practitioner. 1 eotan-
drin may be substituted for the Euphorbin, and Oelsemhi for
the Caulophyllin. We give preference to th* Euphorbin,
however, having met with better success in th« u^e of that
agent as an adjunctive

After the operation of the above medicine- the patient
should be placed upon a laxative and tonic course <>* treatment.
The following we have found excellent:

Leptandrin - - - • • .1 j.

% Cornin ------ 7 ij.

Mix. Dose — three to five grains three times a day Kvdras-
tin will answer a good purpose in some cases. J amandin ia
also excellent, and may be combined with Coram in snnai
proportions.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 2-A9

la the relief of suppression and retention of urine, we have
found the Podophyllin of exceeding utility, as a radical
remedy. We remember one case in which the catheter had
been used, on an average, twelve times in twenty-four hours,
for four weeks, and which was promptly and permanently
relieved by a single dose of Podophyllin, rendering the further
use of the catheter unnecessary. In all derangements of the
urinary -apparatus, Podophyllin will be found one of the best
alterative diuretics that can possibly be employed. It operates
not so much by increasing the flow of urine, as by restoring
the secreting power of the kidneys. It is very effectual in
removing uric acid deposits, and corrects the diathesis giving
rise to the superabundant formation of that constituent of the
urine. It is of exceeding utility in all calculous affections, by
reason of its peculiar alterative, resolvent, and diuretic pro-
perties. Frequently, during its operation, considerable pain
will be felt in the region of the kidneys, followed by a flow
of urine highly charged with calculous sediment.

In the treatment of the various types of skin diseases, we
have, in the Podophyllin, one of the. best constitutional reme-
dies that can possibly be employed. It exercises a peculiar
influence over the sub-cutaneous glandular system, which, in
fact, is but t3rpical of its influence over the entire glandular
structure of the system. Its action upon the animal economy
is universal, not a gland or tissue escaping its sanative impress.
It awakens power when latent, quickens the functions when
tardy, resolves viscid deposits, restores and harmonizes the
functions of secretion, removes obstructions, promotes depu-
ration, dissipates capillary congestion, equalizes the circulation,
and restores equilibrium of action to the nervous system. All
this it does without corroding the tissues, or vitiating the fluids,
promoting the expulsion of nothing but that which has
become effete, entering nto no abnormal combinations, nor in
any wise impairing the integrity of the materials of organic
formation. Having expended its therapeutic powers upon the
various functions of the system, it is itself depurated along
with other waste matters, leaving none other than physiolo

250 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

gical traces of its former presence. We are aware that our
language is laudatory in the extreme, but we have no hesi-
tancy in expressing our convictions upon a subject so pregnant
with the best interests of suffering humanity. The truth of
our expressions has been fully and repeatedly demonstrated
by hundreds of the most intelligent of our profession, hence
we stand not alone in our estimation of the remedial agent
under consideration.

Of the special combinations of Podophyllin, we shall not
have much to say in the present article. They are noticed
throughout the work in connection with other agents. We-
shall, therefore, leave it to the judgment of the practitioner tx>
form such combinations as his judgment may dictate. We
would again state that Podophyllin will take its own time to
operate, independently of the agent with which it may be
combined. The average time required for the operation of
Podophyllin is eight hours. The variations in this respect will
depend in a great measure upon the readiness with which it is
dissolved and absorbed. Hence any means by which those
processes may be facilitated will tend to quicken its operation.
By triturating it thoroughly with Asclepin, it will the more
readily pass into solution, and in this form is appropiiate in
the treatment of skin diseases, pleural adhesions, capillary
congestions, bilious and typhoid fever, dysentery, iritis, etc.
With Baptism for amenorrhea and defective menstruation.
Triturated with gum arabic, one part in eight, it answers an
excellent purpose in disorders of the bowels. We wish it
distinctly borne in mind, in order to ensure success, that it is
not sufficient, in the use of this remedy in the treatment of
violent attacks of acute disease, as well as in chronic cases, to
simply produce a cathartic effect upon the bowels, but the
action must be promoted until the evacuations show that the
morbid accumulations are expelled, and the secretions evince
a more healthy appearance, Podophyllin is sometimes very
tardy in its operation, not acting under eighteen or twenty
hours, and frequently it will operate more freely during the
second twenty-four hours than during the first. In cases of

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 251

cnroiiic disorders of the liver, spleen, and other viscera
considerable pain will frequently be experienced in the diseased
organ during the operation of the medicine. Sometimes the
pain will be in the liver, at others in the spleen, again in the
kidneys, in the back of the neck and head, in the pleura
intercostales, etc., but these sjTnptoms will subside with the
operation of the medicine,and are favorable indications, showing
that the remedy is at work arousing the dormant energies of
the system.

The average cathartic dose of Podophyllin is two GRAINS*
An emeto-cathartic dose, from three to five grains, although
ONE or TWO grains will frequently vomit. As an alterative,
from one-eighth to one-half of one grain. In combining
it with other agents of similar properties, the quantities admit
of some reduction.>JIf much pain or griping is experienced
during its operation, it may generally be readily relieved by
administering freely of warm ginger tea. When, however^
the pain is obstinately seated in the small intestines, it will be
relieved only by a motion of the bowels, and upon observing
the character of the discharge, it will be found to consist, in
most cases, of a clear, jelly-like substance, plastic lymph,
which is the material of which the false membrane that fre-
quently lines the small intestines is formed. The pain will
abate as soon as this matter is expelled. 7-—

In case Podophyllin be taken by mistake, or in over-doses,
it is readily counteracted by lactic acid, the most ready source
of which is sour milk, or buttermilk, which should be freely
administered.

MYRICIN. •

Derived from Myrica Cerifera.

Nat. Ord — Myricaceoz.

Sex. Syst. — Dimeia Tetrandria.

Common Names. — Bayberry, Tallow Berry, Wax Myrtl^
Wax Berry, Candle Berry, etc.

Part Used. — Bark of the Boot.

No. of Principles. — Two, viz., resinoid and tannin.

Properties. — Alterative, astringent, stimulant ', diuretic
antispasmodic, and anti-syphilitic.

Employment. — Apthous affections, scrofula, diarrhea
dysentery, jaundice, leucorrhea ) catarrh, polypus, fistula,
suppression- of urine, to allay false labor pains, burn, chan-
cres and whenever a stimulating astringent is needed.

Few of the simple agents of the materia medica are of more
practical and frequent utility than the Myricin. We class it
among the simpler agencies, because, while it possesses specific
and decided therapeutic properties, it is entirely innoxious in
itself. With the exception of a mild diuretic action, it is never
visibly evacuant, except in very large doses, when it some-
times proves emetic.

Amongst the affections in which the Myricin ha? been found
peculiarly serviceable, we may first mention apthous affections
of the mucous surfaces. It is valuable both as a local and as a

CONCENTRATED MEDIC fNES PROPER. 253

constitutional remedy. Lr the various forms of stomatitis,
ulcerative sore throat, nursing sore mouth, and ulcerations of
*lie stomach and bowels, it has proved of great utility. The
average dose for internal administration is three grains, which,
in bad cases, may be repeated every three hours. Locally, it
may be used in the form of a gargle, one drachm to half a
pint of boiling water. It is usual to combine it with other
astringents, Rhusin being the bust for the purpose. They may
be combined in equal proportions. If desirable to avoid con-
stipation, it should be alternated with Leptandrin, Juglandin,
etc. In painful ulcerative affections of the stomach and
bow T els, it may be advantageously combined with Lupulin,
equal parts, and from three to five grains exhibited once in
three hours, in warm water.

Myricin has obtained considerable repute in the treatment
of scrofula. It is an efficient alterative, and its peculiar stimu-
lant properties are exceedingly appropriate in the cold and
languid conditions characteristic of that disease. It should be
given in doses of from three to five grains three times per
day. It is necessary to obviate its astringent effects when
used as an alterative, for which purpose it may be combined
with such laxatives as the judgment of the practitioner may
dictate at the time, although we much prefer alternation. TVe
consider it better practice to employ the Myricin alone during
the day, and to exhibit a suitable dose of Podophyllin, Lep-
tandrin, or other cathartic or laxative at bed time. Externally,
the Myricin is applied to scrofulous ulcers, the surfaces of
which may be sprinkled over with it, or it may be applied by
means of a poultice. In the same manner it is an excellent
stimulant to old and indolent ulcers. In solution, it is employed
as an injection in scrofulous, mammary, and other abscesses.
y^ In diarrhea and dysentery, Myricin is employed with great
benefit, but not until the morbid accumulations have been
expelled and the functions of the liver regulated. It may
then be administered in doses of two grains every one to
three hours, until the discharges are controlled. In these com-
plaints it may be joined to the Geranin, or Rhusin, etc. To

254 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

•

increase its stimulant properties, with Xanthoxylin. In the
diarrhea of phthisis pulmonalis, and when the system has
been exhausted by profuse colliquitive discharges, with
Fraserin, as follows:

Myricin «

Fraserin aa. 3 j

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — One every two to
four hours.

Myricin has been found serviceable in jaundice, in which
complaint it may be combined with Apocynin, or Leptandrin,
or Euonymin, etc. Enough of the adjunctive agent should
be added to overcome the astringency of the Myricin.

Myricin is much employed in leucorrhea, though mostly as
a local remedy >J^One drachm may be infused in a pint of
boiling water, and used in suitable quantities as an enema.
For the relief of fetid leucorrheal discharges, ONEfdrachm _
each, of Myricin and Baptism should be infused in a pint of
boiling water, and used as an injection, alternated with a solu-
tion of chloride of lime, one ounce to a quart of cold water.
— Myricin, used as a snuff, will relieve catarrh, and has been
found beneficial in some forms of nasal polypus. In the latter
affection, it may be rendered more efficient by combining it
with Sanguinarin.

In solution, Myricin is employed as an injection, to
promote the healing of fistulous openings after they have been
converted into simple ulcers by the use of suitable remedies.
It will be found reliable for this purpose when the parts are
tardy in healing.

We have found the Myricin effectual in relieving suppres-
sion of the urine, for which purpose we usually employ it in
the form of an enema. From one-half to one drachm may
be administered in SIX ounces of warm water, .the patient
retaining it 'as long as possible. If the first should not be

retained a sufficient length of time, repeat until the desired
effect is produced. To render it more effectual, from ON r E-
, alf to ONE ounce of the Wine Tincture of Lobeli.-i may be

•

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 255

added to each injection. The same will be found admirable
tor relieving the pain and promoting the expulsion of renal
calculi. While using the above, the Myricin may be admin-
istered internally, in doses of five grains every two hours, in
warm water. To add to its efficacy it may be joined with
l'opulin.

But perhaps the most remarkable feature of the Myricin is
its power, in connection with Lobelia, of allaying false labor
paii is. The peculiar therapeutic property here manifested is
the result of the combination. Neither will answer the pur-
pose alone. As soon as the pains are ascertained to be
spasmodic, place the patient in bed, and administer the fol-

Myricin ..... g rs . xv.

Wine Tine. Lobelia - - 3 ss.

Boiling Water - - - 3 j.

Add the Myricin to the boiling water, and after a few minutes
the Tine. Lobelia. Exhibit at one dose, and repeat in two
hours, if necessary. "^This will seldom or never disappoint
the practitioner, and rarely is a second dose necessary. It
allays the pains, quiets the nervous system, and postpones
parturition to the proper period. Delivery will frequently be
delayed from one to four weeks, and the matured energies of
the system will then ensure a safe and easy accouchment.
s Myricin is an excellent application to burns after the pain
and inflammation has measurably subsided. Applied in time,
it heals them without suppuration. For this purpose it is best
dissolved in alcohol, from two to four drachms to the pint.
Apply cloths wetted with the tincture.

In the treatment of mild chancres, the Myricin will be found
efficient as a local application in a majority of cases. Fill the
sore with the dry Myricin, and dress with cold water. Renew
twice or thrice a day. Internally, Myricin is of great utility in
the treatment of syphilitic infections, possessing considerable
poAver in itself as an anti-syphilitic, as well as promoting the
action of other alteratives. In this disease it should be given

256

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

in doses of five grains three times a day, and persevered in
for a length, of time, alternated with an occasional dose of
Podophyllin. In all languid and cankered conditions of the
stomach and bowels, the Myricin is admirably calculated to
arouse the latent forces of the system, detach false membranous
formations, and promote the action of auxiliary remedies.
To prepare the stomach, and facilitate the operation of emetics,
there is nothing better than Myricin. Administer in plenty
of warm water. ^In cases of atony of the digestive apparatus
and general debility, the Myricin will be found one of the
most serviceable agents in the range of the materia medica.

* .

««*« »M,

EUONYMIN.

Derived from Euonymus Americanns.

Nat. Ord. — Celastracece.

Sex. Sy st. — Pentandria Monogynid.

Common Names — Wahoo, Burning Bush, Spindle Tree,
Indian Arrow Wood, etc.

Part Used— The Bark

No. of Principles — three, viz., Resinoid, neutral, and
ilhaloid.

Properties — Tonic, laxative, alterative, and expectorant.

Employment — Dyspepsia, constipation, dropsy, hepatic
torpor, and affections of the respiratory system.

In medicinal doses, Euonymin is laxative, tonic, alterative,
expectorant, and feebly diuretic. It is also accredited with a
degree of anti-periodic power. In very large doses it proves
a drastic cathartic, its operation being attended with a death-
like nausea, excessive tormina, prostration, and cold sweats.
The dejections from the bowels are violent, profuse, and
accompanied with much flatus. From these symptoms, how-
ever, the patient soon recovers.

We esteem the Euonymin a remedy of great value. In the

treatment of indigestion arising from hepatic torpor, it will be

iound of excellent service. It is powerfully tonic, and while it

deterges and resolves viscid deposits, and promotes the various

258 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER

secretions, it imparts a decided arid permanent tone to the
various functions. The average dose of the Euonyminis TWO
grains. This quantity may be given twice or thrice a day a?
occasion requires. It may be joined with other tonics when
desired, as the Corr.in, Hydrastin, Fraserin, etc., or with anti-
spasmodics and nervines, as the Cypripedin, Caulophyllin,
Lupulin, Scutellarin, etc. When a stimulant is needed, with
Xanthoxylin, and in some cases of scrofula, torpor of the
lacteals, and syphilitic diseases, with Myricin.

For the relief of obstinate constipation of the bowels, the
. Euonymin is one of the most reliable agents we possess. It
is not as prompt as many other laxatives in its operation,
some two or three days frequently elapsing before it manifests
any effect upon the system, but it makes amends for its tardi-
ness by the permanency of its influence. In order to effect a
radical cure, the Euonymin must be persevered with, in mode-
rate doses, for a considerable length of time. It operates
slowly but surely.

Euonymin has been found useful in the treatment of dropsy,
in which complaint it proves efficacious by reason of its resol-
vent, diuretic, and tonic properties. Its diuretic influence is
more secondary than primary, being the result of increased
absorption. It is of great utility in dropsy, after the effusions
hare been removed, for the purpose of toning up the system
and preventing a return. This it accomplishes by maintaining
the integrity of the secretive action of the system. Although
not, in the proper sense, a diaphoretic, it promotes the depu-
rr.tive action of the skin, and this, together with its laxative
power, renders it valuable for the prevention and removal of
serous exudations.

In the treatment of hepatic torpor, we have, in the Euony-
min, a remedy deserving of much confidence. It may be
combined with any other agent or agents that the judgment
of the practitioner may deem indicated, or may be alternated
with such auxiliaries as the necessity of the case demands.
We prefer the latter course. In indigestion arising from
hepatic torpor, and accompanied with acidity, the Juglandin

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 259

will be found an excellent adjunctive, of which two parts
may be combined with one of Euonymin.

Euonymin is an excellent remedy in affections of the respi-
ratory apparatus, as bronchitis, laryingitis, coughs, colds,
influenza, and incipient phthisis. Asthma arising from a
■disordered action of the liver may be most effectually cured
by means of the Euonymin. In pneumonia, as soon as the
■inflammatory symptoms are subdued, the Euonymin operates
admirably as an expectorant, promoting at the same time the
depurative action of the skin, kidneys, and bowels, thui/
relieving the lungs by promoting the expulsion of effete
matter through the proper channels, and imparting tone to the
•digestive and assimilative apparatus. Hectic fever is fre-
quently arrested by means of the Euonymin, and chronic
•cases of intermittent fever have been cured by a persevering
use of the *same remedy, thus seeming to entitle it to the
appellation of anti-periodic. In the treatment of coughs,
colds, and influenza, it is better to give the Euonymin in small
and oft-repeated doses, say half a grain every two hours.
The same course answers well in pneumonia. In the treat-
ment of the form of asthma above mentioned, the use of the
Euonymin should be preceded by a thorough dose of Podo-
phyllum

As a laxative and tonic, from TWO to FOUR grains may be
given. As an expectorant, from ONE-FOURTH to ONE grain.
In chronic disease, the system should first be cleansed with
Podophyllum

260 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

CONCENT. TINCTURE EUONYMUS AMERICANUS.

Derivation, properties, and employment, same as the
Euonymin. Contains all the virtues of the bark in a concen-
trated and reliable form. Average dose, four drops. Con-
venient for adding to mixtures, and for combining with other
of the concentrated tinctures. Said to be of some efficacy as
a vermifuge, for which purpose it may be joined with the Con.
Tine. Chelone Glabra, or Apocynum Cannabinum. It will
prove a desirable adjunctive, on account of its laxative and
tonic properties. Combined with the Con.. Tine. Xan-
thoxylum Frax., will be found useful in torpor of the lacteals.
Convenient and useful as an expectorant, in coughs, colds,
influenza, asthma, phthisis, pleuritis, pneumonia, etc., in dosea
of ONE drop every hour or two, as may be necessary.

OIL OF ERIGERON.

Derived from Erigeron Canadense.

Nat. Ord. — Aster acece.

Sex. Syst. — Synyenesia Super jiaa.

Common Names. — Fire Weed., Canada Fleaban-,, Coif 9
Tail, Scabious, etc.

Part Used. — The Plant.

Properties. — Astringent, styptic, and diuretic.

Employment. — Uterine hemorrhage, hemoptysis, hemaloy-
mesis, hematuria, menorrhagia, dysmenorrhea, uterine leu-
aorrhea, gonorrhea, gravel, and other affections of the urinary
■apparatus. Locally, in rheumatic affections, enlargement of
the tonsils, neuralgia, spinal irritation, etc.

The Oil of Erigeron is, in our estimation, the most valuable
remedy of its class. Although not a specific, it is undoubt-
edly the best agent we possess for the relief of uterine hemor-
rhage. The dose of the oil in these cases is from five to
ten drops, repeated once in from thirty to sixty minutes,
according to the urgency of the symptoms. It will act more
promptly, being rendered more diffusible, by being previously
dissolved in alcohol. In addition to internal adninistration,
it may also be applied locally with the best results. A case
occurred under the observation of the writer over twenty
years ago, in which the patient, from excessive loss of blood,

262 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

was reduced to a comatose condition, and incapable of swal*
lowing. V A piece of cotton wool, saturated with the oil, was
introduced into the vagina and placed in close juxtaposition
with the mouth of the uterus, when an instantaneous stop was
-i put to the bloody flow. "^ The patient is still living, in good
health, having attained the age of sixty- three years. During
the past season we were consulted in a similar case, in which
we advised the adoption of the above plan, and with complete
success.

Auxiliary agents may be employed in connection with the
oil, if deemed advisable. The Myriciri, Lycopin, Trilliin,
Geranin and Hamamelin are all good, and may be given in
suitable doses in warm water. An infusion of Avens root,
Geum Hivale, answers an excellent purpose. In passive
hemorrhages, Cerasein, or the Oil of Capsicum, will answer
the best purpose. One drop of the Oil of Capsicum should
be given with eacn dose of the Erigeron.

For hemoptysis, we alternate the oil with Lycopin. If the
condition of the stomach does not contra-indicate, we use the
oil in the following manner :

Oil Erigeron Canad gtt.xv

White Sugar 3 i j

Water § ij

Triturate the oil thoroughly with the sugar, and add the water*
If sufficient care be exercised, the oil will be completely sus-
pended in the water. If the hemorrhage is severe, give one
teaspoonful every ten or fifteen minutes, until it is arrested^
and then at intervals of from two to four hours. As soon as
the urgent symptoms are allayed, in order to effect a radical
cure, alternate with Lycopin, giving a dose of the oil morning
and evening, and from two to five grains of the Lycopin at
noon and at bed time. Or better, make a solution of the
Lycopin, fifteen grains to four ounces of warm water, and let.
the patient take a tablespoonful once in three hours. If dia-
phoretics are needed, combine the Lycopin with Asclepin. To

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 263

oLviate the astringent effects upon the bowels, Leptandrin,
Kdonymin, Hydrastin, Podophyiiin, Menispermin, etc., may
he employed.

^ In the treatment of hernatamesis, small doses of the oil fre-
quently repeated, will answer a better purpose. Prepared a3
above directed, we employ it in this affection, and in hematu-
ria, menorrhagia, and dysmenorrhea. In the latter two com-
plaints we have made much use of it, and with the most gra-
tifying success. It allays the spasmodic pains accompanying
dysmenorrhea, and restrains, without suppressing the men-
strual flow, when too profuse. One teaspoonful of the above
preparation of the oil may be given every one, two, or three
hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms. When
gastiic derangement forbids the use of sugar, the oil may be
dissolved in alcohol and mixed with water, or exhibited in
mucilage of gum arabic, or slippery elm. Or it may be formed
into pills with bread, or any other suitable excipient.

Oil of Erigeron exercises considerable control over the heart
and arterial system, acting as a sedative. We have found it
serviceable in allaying pa^itation of the heart, particularly
when arising from uterine irritation. From two to five drops
may be administered at a time, and repeated as occasion
requires. The remarkable sanative influences exercised by
this agent on the uterine system, gives it a wide range of em-
ployment. In combination with Oil of Stillingia, we have
used it with remarkable success in the relief of those peculiar
headaches accompanying defective menstruation.

Oil Erigeron - - -
" Stillingia aa. 3j.

Mix. Dose — two drops, three times per day. This has
answered our purpose when other remedies failed. The same
combination will be found of service in uterine leucorrhea,
and in gonorrhea. J We have used the Oil of Erigeron alone
in gonorrhea, with the most marked and beneficial results.
It may be added to the mixtures used in that complaint,

264 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

altlioug.il we prefer to administer it alone, usually giving it
twice a da}^ in the morning and at bed time. It allays the
scalding of the urine, and assists materially in cutting sriort
the disease. It is of much service in inflammation of the
kidneys and bladder, and in gravelly affections. It harmonises
and gives tone to the functions of both the uterine and urinary
apparatus. Its diuretic power consists more in an alterative
property, regulating rather than increasing the secretion of
urine.

Locally, we have used the Oil of Erigeron in a variety of
complaints, and with the most beneficial results. As an appli-
cation to inflamed aid enlarged tonsils, and inflammation and
ulceration of the throat generally, this remedy has few supe-
riors. For the purpose of applying to the tonsils, it should be

' dissolved in alcohol, in the proportion of ONE drachm of the
oil to from one to two ounces of alcohol. Apply with a
probang two or three times a da}'-. "We also apply it to the
throat, externally, at the same time, for which purpose we
dissolve one ounce of the oil in from eight to sixteen
ounces of alcohol, according to the degree of stimulation
desired. Bathe the throat freely several times a day, or wet a

. cloth in the tincture and bind on the partsA If there is much
swelling and inflammation, over the cloth so wetted apply the
cold water bandage. This application will produce a burning
sensation of the skin, much resembling that produced by
Capsicum, but will not vesicate. \ This liniment will ako be
found excellent as an application to other local inflammations,
as painful tumors, rheumatic swellings, spinal irritation, chil-
blains, etc. \ We have frequently applied the pure oil with
excellent effect in sciatica, neuralgia, rheumatism, etc. Jt is
powerfully rubefacient, but we never remember to have seen
it vesicate. \ We mention this fact, as we have seen it stated
by some writers that it is too acrid for topical use.

In syphilitic ulcerations of the throat, after the use of proper
caustics, we know of no better application for allaying *he
inflammation and promoting the healing of the ulcers. For
this purpose, ONE part of the Oil should be dissolved in fjx»m

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 265

FOUR to eight of alcohol. The same will be found of service
as an application to indolent ulcers, and certain forms of
cutaneous eruptions.

The Oil dissolved in alcohol, one drachm of the former to
TWO ounces of the latter, has been found serviceable for the
purposes of inhalation in hemoptysis and other affections of
the respiratory organs. One drachm of the above tincture,
added to one pint of water, and evaporated in a suitable ves-
sel, will answer for several inhalations. It is excellent where
there is a tendency to hemorrhage, and where the air surfaces
are extremely susceptible to the differences in temperature of
the air inhaled. In the latter stages of phthisis, and in pneu-
monia, asthma etc., much benefit will be derived from this
inhalation. It stimulates secretion, while it relaxes and soothes
the nervea,

• ;, *rfc^i; • *V&*9$fia$?

'.'- ""'.■; -'■-.^■.■•.■7 : - : * : .V*^". : - '

ALNUIN.

^-♦-«*

Derived from Alnus Iiubra y (A. Serrulata of Willdenow.y
Nat. Ord. — Betulacem.
Sex. Syst. — Jfonoscia Tetrandria.
Common Names. — Tag Alder, Swamp Alder, etc.
Part Used.— -The Bark.

No. of Principles.— £Ar<?<3, viz., resin, resinoid, and neutral
Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, tonic and sub-astringent
Employment. — Scrofula, eruptions of the skin, rheumatism^
syphilis, and whenever an alterative is required.

The Alnuin is chiefly valuable as an alterative, resolvent,
and tonic, its astringent properties Being but feeble, and in no
wise interfering with its properties as an alterative. We have
been familiar with the employment of the Alnus and its pre-
parations for many years, and our experience enables us to-
speak in very decided terms as regards its therapeutic value.
We esteem it one of the best simple alteratives and resolvents
possible to be employed in scrofula, cutaneous eruptions, and
in all affections arising from a vitiated condition of the blood
and fluids. In order to reap the full value of the Alnuin, its
use must be persevered in for a considerable length of time,
and we deem alternation preferable to combination, when it is
desirable to employ auxiliary alteratives. It is slow, but certain

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 267

in its operation, resolving viseid deposits, promoting secretion
oud depuration, increasing the appetite, and giving tone to the
digestive apparatus. Although not strictly a diuretic, it never-
theless exercises a peculiar alterative influence over the kid-
neys and urinary apparatus generally, hence is valuable in the
treatment of chronic rheumatism, erysipelas, gonorrhea, gleet,
syphilis, gravel, catarrh of the bladder, etc. The average
dose of the Alnuin is three grains, three times per day. In
many cases the dose may be advantageously increased to ten
grains. It seldom or never offends the stomach, hence is pecu-
liarly serviceable in the treatment of patients possessed of a
very susceptible organisation. It is appropriate and useful in
the convalescing stages of acute diseases, as it obviates the
plasticity of the secretions, and at the same time promotes the
appetite, digestion, and depuration, thus manifesting the
powers of a general tonic.

When combinations are desired, they should be made com-
patible with the existing necessities. Thus, in rheumatism, the
Alnuin may be joined with Macrotin, as follows :

Alnuin 3 ss.

Macrotin grs. v.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Dose — One, three times a
day, or with Phytolacin :

Alnuin 2)ij.

Phytolacin 3 j.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Dose — same as above.
In scrofula it may be desirable to join it with more decided
tonics. If laxative properties are indicated, with Euonymin
or Hydrastin.

Alnuin ........ 3j

Euonymin _. grs, x.

Mix, and divide into ten powders.
Or,

268 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Alnuin

Hydrastin aa. 3 ij.

Mix and divide into twenty powders. Dose of either — one

powder three times a day. When the simple tonics are indi-
cated, as in the convalescing stages of dysentery, diarrhea,
cholera, etc, Fraserin, or Cornin, or Cerasein, will be appropri-
ate. If astringent tonics are required, in order to control a
tendency to diarrhea, the Myricin, or Rhusin, or Lycopin, or
Trilliin should be employed. In the treatment of scrofulous
and indolent ulcers, eruptions of the skin, rheumatism, etc.,
Xanthoxylin will be found a most valuable adjunctive.

In cases of general debility, particularly of the aged, the
Alnuin will be found peculiarly serviceable. While it is Dot
perceptibly evacuant, it nevertheless imparts a healthful impe-
tus to the various functions of the system, proving itself a
true constitutional alterative. Of course the dose must be
regulated according to the age, sex, and condition of the
patient, the chief consideration being to give enough to bring
them fully under its influence. When the liver is involved
in the existing difficulty, the judicious use of Podophyllin,
Leptandrin, Juglandin, etc., will much facilitate the cure; and
in all cases, when the liver is primarily deranged, should not
only precede, but be occasionally alternated with the Alnuin.

VIBURNIN.

m+~+~+^

Ptmed from Viburnum Opulus. (V. Oxy 'coccus. Pursh.)

Nat. Ord. — Caprifolidcece.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandricc Trigynia.

Common Names.— -Hig h Cranberry ', Cramp Baric, etc.

Part Used. — The Baric.

No. of Principles, four, /iz., resinoid, two resins and
alkaloid.

Properties. — Anti-spasmodic, inti-periodic, expectorant,
alterative and tonic.

Employment. — Cramps, spasms, convulsions, asthma, hys-
teria, chorea, intermittent fever, pneumonia, dysmenorrhea y
to prevent abortion, and to relieve after-pains.

The Yiburnin is a safe, certain, and reliable anti-spasmodic,
for which, property it is chiefly valuable. For the relief of
cramps and spasmodic pains, no matter from what cause they
arise, we know of no remedy of so great general utility. It
exercises a wonderful control over muscular fibre, and acts
with great promptitude. Although in small doses it is
esteemed a tonic, yet we know that in full doses, and continued
for fl. few days, it will most effectually relax the nervous sys-
tem, and render physical exertion somewhat of a task.

270 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

The average dose of the Yiburnin is two grains, although
admitting of being increased to ten grains with advantage,
and of being repeated at intervals of from twenty to sixty
minutes until the desired effect is produced. We have used
the Viburnin quite extensively, and esteem it an almost indis-
pensible agent of the materia medica. Cramping pains in
the limbs, whether arising from the irritation produced by a
gravid uterus, or from a fracture of the bone, or in females
past the turn of life, and yet troubled with some uterine dis-
turbance, are more generally and radically relieved by the
Viburnin than any other remedy, the Grelsemin, perhaps,
excepted. iFor the cramps with which females are afflicted
during the period of utero-gestation, it is a safe and certain
iemedy. For the cramping pains sometimes occurring as
sequents to the fractures of bones, we have found it equally
efficacious. In asthma and pneumonia, as well as in intermit-
tent fever, it seems of much, service, not only correcting the
plastic condition of the blood, relaxing or preventing muscu-
lar spasm, and acting as an expectorant, but also seeming to
manifest considerable anti-periodic power, and so prolonging
the remissions, and lessening the tendency to a return. In
dysmenorrhea we have used it with the most decidedly bene-
ficial results, both alone and in combination with other agents,
For the relief of after pains it is equally beneficial. When
abortion is threatened, as the result of over exertion or mental
excitement, we have, in the Yiburnin, one of the most reliable
remedies for its "prevention. It allays false labor pains, relaxes
spasm, and soothes' and harmonises the action of the nervous
system. The patient should be brought as quickly as possible
under its influence, and perfect quiet enjoined. Notwithstand-
ing its peculiar control over spasm, we have never found it to«
interfere with true labor pains. We have frequently made
use of it during parturition, when the pains were scattered,
extending to the thighs and knees, and with the most bene-
ficial results.

Yiburnin admits of many combinations, most of which will
readily suggest themselves to the practitioner. For dysmcu-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 271

-orrhea and after pains, the following 13 our favorite formula :

Viburnin ..

Caulophyllin aa.3j

Gelsemin grs. v.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — one, every two
-hours, or, in severe cases, every hour, until relieved. This
will be found one of the most effective combinations that can
; possibly be made.

In order to render permanent the good results produced by
Viburnin, it is advisable to follow with tonics, as soon as a
remission of the symptoms for which it was exhibited occurs.
' The list embraced in this volume will afford an opportunity
for a judicious selection. Quinine, iron, etc., may also bo em-
ployed at the discretion of the practitioner.

Viburnin has been found remarkably efficacious in relieving
the pains accompanying diarrhea, dysentery, and cholera
morbus, and also in flatulent and other forms of colic. For
use in these complaints it may be joined with Asclepin, or
Caulophyllin, or Gelsemin. It will increase the anti-spas-
modic power of Dioscorein, and may be joined with it in the.
treatment oT bilious colic. When a tonic is indicated, Frase-
rin will be found to operate remarkably well in connection
with the Viburnin. Finally, as an anti-spasmodic, Viburnin
may be relied upon in all cases with confidence, and will
seldom disappoint the expectations of the practitioner. It
^possesses no narcotic r roperty whatever. ■

COMIN.

Derived from Comus Florida.

Nat. Ord. — Comacece.

Sex. Syst. — Tetrandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Dogwood, Boxwood, Flowering Cornel
etc.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Tonic, stimulant, anti-periodic and astringent

Employment. — Intermittent and other fevers, indigestion,
debility, and the convalescing stages #f many acute diseases.

As a tonic, the Cornin ranks high in the estimation of all
who have employed it. Its anti-periodic power renders it of
peculiar value in the treatment of intermittent and other
periodic fevers. "We nave employed it with much success in
the cure of fever and ague, either alone, or joined with
Macrotin and Xanthoxylin. The average dose of the Cornin
is three grains, but may be increased to TEN" grains in some
cases with advantage. The Cornin will be tolerated by the
Btomach when other tonics are rejected. By many it is
esteemed a reliable substitute for quinine, but this opinion,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. .273

perhaps, needs some qualification. It is certain that Cornin
has cured fever and ague when quinine had failed, and that in
all cases where the latter cannot be employed, in consequence
of a peculiar idiosyncracy, the Cornin answers admirably as a
substitute. It is certainly one of the best native substitutes
we have for the bark.

When the system is brought under the influence of Cornin,
the pulse is accelerated, the temperature ot the skin is elevated,
and tonicity is imparted to the functions of the system gene-
rally. In the treatment of ague and fever, the system should
be properly prepared for the influence of tonics by the judi-
cious use of Podophyllin and Leptandrin, and, as soon as a
distinct remission occurs, the Cornin then administered in
doses of from three to five grains every three hours, until
the paroxysmal stage is passed, and then continued at longer
intervals for three or four days, in order to guard against a
return. ' Acidity of the stomach, if excessive, must be duly
neutralised in order to reap the full value of the Cornin. We
have frequently used the Cornin in combination with Macro-
tin and Xanthoxylin, with excellent effect, as follows :

Cornin grs.xx

Xanthoxylin grs. x.

Macrotin grs. v.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose — One, every three
hours. In quotidian ague, the doses should be repeated every
two hours. The quantity of Macrotin must be regulated
according to the ability of the patient to bear it. Cornin is
most successful in the cure of fevers when the remissions are
marked and distinct, hence, if they are obscure, perfect
remissions must be induced by the use of Gelsemin, Yeratrin,
etc., and the Cornin then employed as above directed.

Although Cornin does not possess the power of directly
neutralising acidity of the stomach, yet it is of exceeding utility
in those cases of indigestion in which that symptom is a trou-
blesome feature. It gives almost immediate relief in that
distressing symptom called heart-burn ; and its continued use

18'

274 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

will prove a sure prevention of its recurrence, by restoring the
tone of the stomach, and so obviating the tendency to ferment*
ation. Combined with Juglandin, equal parts, it will prove
more effective still. From five to ten grains of the mixture
may be taken three times per day. We often advise it to be
taken immediately after each meal, as in the case of the
Populin, and with the most beneficial results.

In general debility, and in the convalescing stages of acute
diseases, the Cornin may be used for all the purposes of a
general tonic. Its astringent properties are feeble, and will
seldom interfere with its general employment. When a lax- I
ative property is needed, we have found it to act admirably in
connection with Leptandrin. They may be alternated, using
the Cornin during the day, and the Leptandrin at night, or the
two may be combined, if desired. The difficulty, in the latter
instance, is with the Leptandrin, which, if put up in papers, or
in any way exposed to the air, absorbs moisture and hard*
ens. We usually mix the two intimately together, and put
them into a tightly corked vial, directing the patient to take
as much as will lie upon a three, five, or ten cent piece, as the
case may be. True, this is not a very precise way 01 prescribing,
but with medicines so innoxious as these, a grain or two more
or less can create no serious disturbance. When preferred, they
may be formed into pills.

Cornin has gained considerable repute in the cure of leu-
corrhea, and, as a general tonic, we have found it Oi much
efficacy in disorders of the female system. In this complaint
it may be used in connection with Helonin, or Senecin, or
Trilliin, etc. In all cases in which an anti-periodic tonic is
indicated, the Cornin may at all times be relied upon as
amongst the most efficient of its class.

We desire, in this connection, to direct the attention of the
profession to the important difference between the Cornin, of
which we have been speaking, and an article of Cornine put
forth by certain manufacturers, and which is represented as
being, " probably, a mixture of resin and insoluble alkaloid."
A few lines in advance, in the work from which we quote,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 275

we are told, in speaking of the Cornus Florida bark, that
u water or alcohol extracts its virtues." The wisdom here
-displayed is, tons, unfathomable. If "water" will "extract
its virtues, can the active principle of the bark be * a mixture
of resin and insoluble alkaloid ?' " If so, can the water " ex-
tract " it, as the alkaloid is represented as being " insoluble,"
while the resin is equally so, as is demonstrated by the method
employed to obtain it, viz., by precipitation of the alcoholic
solution by means of water. Not only so, but the "resin 1
and " insoluble alkaloid" are "mixed," hence more completely
"*' insoluble." The truth is, the active principles of the bark
are two in number, consisting of a resinoid and a neutral prin-
ciple. The latter is the principal and most valuable active
constituent of the bark, and is completely soluble in water.
This principle it is, in common with that of many other plants, as
we have previously had occasion to demonstrate, that incompe-
tent organic chemists throw away with the water from which
they have "precipitated" their probable active constituents. We
-see, therefore, that water will extract a part of the virtues of
the bark only, and that strong alcohol is required to extract
the remainder, that is, the resinoid principle. We confess to
being somewhat particular upon this point, as the properties
and uses of the Cornin, as we have already detailed them, are
the result of clinical observation in the use of the two com-
bined principles of the bark, and our reputation as a truthful
writer would be jeopardised by applying our remarks to any
"probable mixture of resin and insoluble alkaloid."

EUMIN.

Derived from Rumex Crispus.

Nat Ord. — Polygonacece.

Sex. Syst. — Hexcm&ria Tetragynia.

Common Names. — Yellow Dock, Sour Dock, etc.

Part Used. — The Root.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, detergent, anti-scorbutie t
and mildly astringent and laxative, much like Khubarb.

Employment. — Scrofula, rheumatism, scorbutus, salt
rheum, leucorrhea, syphilis, cutaneous eruptions, etc.

As an alterative, the Eumin is deservedly held in high re-
pute, and is of general and extensive employment in a great
variety of diseases. It proves most efficient, however, in
scrofula, syphilis, and diseases of the skin. It operates kindly
and without excitement, beiDg slow but sure in promoting a
healthful action of the depurating functions of the system.
Its laxative properties are not displayed, except when given
in large doses, and not even then if a considerable degree of
hepatic torpor exist. It will be necessary, therefore, to use,
in Buch cases, suitable laxatives in connexion with the Rumin.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 277

When used to an extent sufficient to affect the bowels sensibly
it reacts mildly astringent, hence is frequently employed in
those cases wherein rhubarb is indicated, as in the asthenic
forms of diarrhea and dysentery, and in the diarrhea of
phthisis. The average dose of the Rumin is three grains,
subject to such variations as the circumstances of the case
may warrant.

Rum in is seldom employed alone, but generally in connec-
tion with other alteratives, or with tonics or laxatives, except
in the cases above mentioned. In scrofula it is combined
with Ampelopsin, Smilacin, Myricin, Alnuin, etc. In
rheumatism, with Macrotin, Sanguinarin, Xan thoxylin, Phy-
tolacin, etc. In scorbutus, with Citrate of Iron, Quinine,
Myricin, Oil of Erigeron, etc. In salt rheum, with Stillingin,
Leptandrin, Podophyllin, etc., as for all skin diseases. For
syphilis, with Corydalin, Ampelopsin, Phytolacin, Smilacin,
etc. In leucorrhea, with Helonin, or Trilliin, or Senecin. In
short, the suitability of combinations must be determined by
the necessities of the case in hand.

CAULOPHYLLItf.

Derived from Caulophyllum Thalictroidea.

Nat. Ord — Berberidacece.

Sex. Syst. — Hexandria Monogynia

Common Names. — Blue CoJwsh, Squaw Root, etc

Part Used. — The Boot, .

No. of Principles. — Two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Antispasmodic, alterative, tonic, emmena*
gogue, 'parturifacient, diaphoretic^ diuretic, and vermifuge.

Employment. — Amenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia y
leucorrhea, gonorrhea, to promote delivery, after-pams^
dyspepsia, rheumatism, dropsy, hooping cough, hic-cough y
hysteria, hysteritis, apthous sore mouth, to expel worms, etc.

Caulophyllin is a remedy of frequent and extended
utility. Not only is it of almost universal application in the
treatment of the diseases peculiar to females, but also in a
variety of other affections, both on account of its own remedial
properties, and as an agent for modifying the action of other
medicines. The average dose of the Caulophyllin is three
grains. When used for the purposes of an anti-spasmodic,
from FIVE to ten grains may be given with advantage. This
quantity may be repeated every hour or two with perfect
safety, and, indeed, in many cases, it will be requisite to do so

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 279

m order to accomplish the end in view. Thus, in hysteric and
other convulsions, cramp in the stomach, and other spasmodic
affections, if this agent be relied upon alone, it will be requisite*
to give it in full and repeated doses.

Caulophyllin is a remedy combining a number and variety
of therapeutic properties, or at least capable of producing a
change of action in a variety of morbid conditions, which
change results in the restoration of a physiological condition.
Amenorrhea, that is, simple amenorrhea, is successfully treated
with Caulophyllin. Three to five grains three times per
day will meet the necessities of most cases. When complica-
tions exist, suitable combinations may be formed with other
of the Concentrated Medicines. With this, as with many other
remedies, we have found alternation the most successful plan
of treatment. Thus, if there be hepatic aberation, we give one
of the following powders twice or thrice a week :

Podophyllin grs. Yj.

Asclepin grs. Xij

Mix and divide into six powders. These we direct to be taken
at night, and the Caulophyllin three times daily. If the case
is obstinate, or has become chronic before application is made
for treatment, we vary the prescription. We then combine
the Caulophyllin with Senecin, as follows :

Caulophyllin,

Senecin — aa. ^ij.

Mix and divide into twenty powders. Dose, one, three times
daily. We also modify the combination of the Podophyllin,
thus —

Podophyllin,

Baptism,

Asclepin -.aa. grs. X.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. One to be exhibited every
second or third night, same as above. If much nervous
derangement be present, the addition of from ONE fourth to

280 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

one half grain of Gelsemin to* each dose of the Caulophyllin
and Senecin will answer an admirable purpose.

In amenorrhea occurring in anemic habits, we know of no
better general remedy than the following. We have used it
in a large number of cases with complete success.

Caulophyllin

Senecin aa. 2)ij.

Iron by Hydrogen .... gi- s . X.
Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Give one, three times
per day. In many cases the quantity of Iron may be increased
to one grain three times a day with decided advantage. In
some cases the Phosphate of iron may be substituted for the
Iron by Hydrogen, and may, perhaps, answer a better purpose.
This will be the case when there is much tendency to wasting
of the tissues, provided no gastric irritation be present. If
hysteric symptoms be present, the Valerianate of Iron may
be used with advantage. In dysmenorrhea, the Caulophyllin
is an admirable remedy, both for the relief of the present
symptoms, and for the radical alleviation of the derangement.
It is a special alterative and tonic to the uterine system, regu-
lating and giving tone to the functions of that organ. It
relieves the distress attendant upon dysmenorrhea, and its
continued use during the inter-menstrual period will prove a
prophylactic in a large majority of cases. When Caulophyllin
is not sufficient of itself to give relief, we combine it with
Yiburnin and Gelsemin, as follows :

Caulophyllin - • . ~
Yiburnin - - - aa. grs. XX.

Gelsemin .... g rs . y.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Dose, one, every two
hours until relieved, or, in severe cases, every hour. vThis we
deem as near a specific as any medicine can be, in these cases.
\ ^ For monorrhagia, we have found the Caulophyllin one of
the most effective of the vegetable agents. It should be given in
\^ suitable doses during the intermenstrual period, and when the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 2?1

menses are present in connection with Oil of Erigeron, Trillion,
Lycopin, etc. It may be combined with Helonin, as follows :

Caulophyllin _ Qij

Helonin _„ ^j.

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Give one three times
daily. This will be found an excellent combination. Also
with Senecin, as directed for amenorrhea.

In the radical treatment of hysteria, Caulophyllhi will be
found a valuable auxiliary. It may be given alone, or in
combination with Cypripedin, Scutellarin, Lupulin, Hyoscy-
amin, or Gelsemin, etc. Combined with one or more of these,
and alternated with tonics, as Cerasein, Cornin, Hydrastin,
Populin, or Iron, the most desirable results may be antici"
pated.

For the relief of after-pains, the Caulophyllin will be found
efficient in a large number of cases. If not, the combination
recommended for dysmenorrhea will seldom fail. Other com-
binations may be effected with suitable agents, at the option
of the practitioner.

The Caulophyllin has gained considerable repute as a partu-
rifacient, and our experience in its use has fully confirmed our
previous estimate of its utility. For quieting and harmonising
the action of the uterus, and of the nervous system generally,
relieving cramps, and other unpleasant symptoms, it is a per-
fectly safe, and a generally successful, remedy. It is employed
by many as a partus accelerator, and, by some, preferred to
Macrotin. Many practitioners are of opinion that it acts more
promptly upon the uterine system than the Macrotin.

As an auxiliary in the treatment of leucorrhea and gonor-
rhea, it is deservedly held in high esteem. It is seldom relied
upon alone, but usually employed as an adjunctive to other
remedies.

Caulophyllin is an admirable remedy in some forms of
dyspepsia, particularly those cases attended with spasmodic
symptoms. "Where there is gastric irritability, and vomiting
of the food, the Caulophyllin may be employed with advan-

282 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

tage when more decided tonics would aggravate the symp-
toms. If laxatives are needed, it may be employed in con-
nection with Leptandrin, or Juglandin, or Euonymin.

Caulophyllin is employed in connection with other rerne
dies, in the treatment o." rheumatism, both acute and chronic,
with much benefit. It is mildly diaphoretic and diuretic,
hence appropriate in that disease as an alterative and pro-
moter of depuration. It is frequently useful in allaying the
spasmodic pains accompanying that complaint. When com-
binations are desired, it may be used in connection with
Asclepin, Grelsemin, Veratrin, Hyoscyamin, etc., in the acute-
form, and with Macrotin, Sanguinarin, Xanthoxylin, Phyto-
lacin, etc., in chronic cases.

In dropsy, it is mainly useful as a general alterative, gently
stimulating absorption, diaphoresis, and diuresis. It also
proves a tonic to the digestive apparatus, and so becomes in-
strumental in restoring the tone of the system.

Caulophyllin has been employed with much benefit in
hooping cough, asthma, and for the relief of hiccough. In
hooping cough, it operates well in combination with Asclepin.
In asthma, with Macrotin, Grelsemin, Apocynin, etc. In ap-
thous sore mouth, both as a gargle and as an internal remedy,
the Caulophyllin has been highly spoken of. It may be used
in connection with Myricin, Baptisin, Rhusin, and other ap-
propriate remedies.

The Caulophyllin has gained considerable repute as a ver**
mifuge, but upon this point we are not prepared to speak
positively. Certain it is, that during its exhibition for other
disorders, worms have been expelled in considerable numbers,
giving good grounds for supposing it instrumental in their
expulsion. It is deservin * of further trial in this respect. If
auxiliary agents are desired, Chelonin, Apocynin, Santonin,
Gelsemin, etc., may be employed, according to the variety of
entozoa suspected of being present. As the Caulophyllin is
slightly astringent, it will be necessary to administer a cathartic
occasionally during the use of that remedy. In all cases of
debility, spasms and convulsions arising from uterine derange*

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 283

ment, nervous irritability, chorea, etc., occasion will be had
for the employment of the Caulophyllin, and much confidence
may be reposed in its remedial value.

To sum up the history of the Caulophyllin, we would re-
commend it as being useful, in addition to the complaints above
enumerated, in passive hemorrhage, congestive dysmenorrhea,
epilepsy, nervous headache, neuralgia, hypochondriasis, pro-
lapsus uteri, and as a general alterative remedy in all vitiated
conditions of the system. Also as an agent for modifying the
action of Podophyllin, preventing griping, expelling flatulence,
etc. A narcotic property is attributed to the Caulophyllin by
some writers, but we have never been able to discover it,
although we have prescribed this remedy extensively during
the past five years. We are of opinion that the statement was
put forth by some one having a theoretical acquaintance only
frith the therapeutic history of the Caulophyllin.

JALAPIN,

^ • »•

Derived from Ipomcea Jalapa.
Nat. Ord. — Convolvulacece.
Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Monogynicu
Common Name. — Jala/p.
Part Used.—jTjfo Root,
No. of Principles — one, viz., a resin,
Properties. — An irritant hydrogogue cathartic.
Employment. — Dropsy, fevers, and whenever a powerful
local cathartic is indicated.

The medical properties and uses of both the Jalap root and
its active cathartic constituent, Jalapin, are so well and gene-
rally understood, that but little is left for us to say. The
Jalapin, as will be observed, consists of a single resin princi-
ple, which embodies the cathartic power of the plant. The
plant, however, yields another principle, a neutral, first
obtained by Messrs. B. Keith & Co., in the form of a beautiful
cream-colored powder. This principle is perfectly soluble in
water, devoid of cathartic properties, and powerfully diuretic
It may be inquired why a deviation is made in favor of this
remedy, in not combining the two principles in the Oalapin
offered to the profession. The reason is simply this — practi-
tioners of medicine are not so over-stocked with wisdom aa

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 285

not co be sometimes deluded by outside appearances, in which
respect they are so much like the rest of mankind that we
can see no difference. The jalap resin is white, while the
neutral principle is of a dirty cream color, and mixing
the two together would not improve the appearance of the
neutral, while it would completely destroy the immaculacy of
the resin. Now the profession have hitherto been supplied
with the Jalap resin, and have never known anything of the
existence of a neutral principle, hence the difference of shade
became a stumbling-block to honest practitioners, and a sweet
nut for malicious scribblers, out of which to crack the charge
of fraud and adulteration. Consequently the resin alone was
put up as the equivalent only of the resin of Jalap already before
the profession. We have no doubt but what the time will
soon come when the combined principles of the Jalap will be
as eagerly sought after as those of other plants. Certainly, if
it be desirable to have a concentrated equivalent of the plant,
euch must be the case. The active diuretic properties of the
aeutral principle, combined with a very mild laxative power,
fenders it desirable in dropsy, in which disease the Jalapin is
to frequently employed.

The Jalapin is employed in all cases in which it is desirable
to produce a speedy evacuation of the bowels. It is contra-
mdicated in all cases accompanied with gastric or enteric in-
flammation. It usually produces much tormina during its
operation, which may be prevented in a measure by combining
vt with stimulants and anti-spasmodics, as Capsicum, Ginger,
Kanthoxylin, Caulophyllin, etc. Where Podophyllin or other
cathartics do not operate promptly, as is frequently the case
in cold, asthenic forms of disease, we exhibit the Jalapin in
loses of from TWO to six grains, for the purpose of relieving
intestinal engorgement. It may be combined with capsicum or
ginger, or what is better, a tea of ginger may be taken freely
during its operation.

The average dose of the Jalapin is three grains. It is
very seldom used alone, except in the cases above mentioned.
A.s stated under the head Podophyllin, it is frequently com-

286 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

bined with that remedy when it is desirable to produce a
speedy evacuation of the alimentary canal. The Jalapin will
generally operate in two hours, while the Podophyllin will
take its own time, being, so far as we have been able to dis-
cover, neither quickened nor in any other way influenced in
its action by the Jalapin.

The most powerful hydrogogue cathartic we have ever
employed in dropsy, is the following :

Jalapin,

Podophyllin aa. grs. ij.

Cream of Tartar 3 j.

Mix. Give at a dose. The quantity of Cream of Tartar may
be increased to one drachm if thought desirable. This com-
bination is admirably calculated to arouse the action of the
liver, and to powerfully stimulate the entire glandular system.
It is of particular service in cases of dropsical effusions into
the larger cavities, as ascites, hydrothorax, etc. Inmost cases
of dropsical effusion, and particularly in anasarca or general
dropsy, the Ampelopsin should be given in suitable dosea
twice or thrice a day, and the above compound powder ot
Jalapin administered once or twice a week. Jalapin is also
much employed in hydrocephalus, hydrothorax, and cardiac
dropsy, in connection with Digitalin.

In large doses, Jalapin sometimes proves emetic. The free
use of mucilages and demulcents is advisable when Jalapin is

administered.

Jalapin is also employed in bilious fever, congestion of the

portal circle, and as a revulsive r*ejnedy in many forms of dis-
ease. Yet we have other remedies of equal efficacy in those
complaints, in fact preferable, <vnd calculated, when fully
known, to supercede it.

PHYTOLACIN

Derived from Phytolacca Decandria,

Nat. Ord. — Phytolaccacece.

Sex. Syst. — Decandria Decagynia.

Common Names. — Poke Booty Garget \ Scoke, Pigeon
Berry, Coakum, etc.

Part Used.— The Boot.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resinoid, a/nd neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, deobstruent, detergent^
<mti-syphilitic, anti-scorbutic, anti-herpetic, diuretic, laxative t
slightly narcotic, and, in larger doses, emetic and cathartic.

Employment. — Bheumatism, scrofula, syphilis, gonorrhea >
•salt rheum, itch, and other cutaneous diseases, glandular

^affections, as tuberculosus of the li/ver, spleen, etc., carcinoma^

hepatic torpor, etc.

Ik Phytolacin, we have one of the most decided and effi-
cient alteratives embraced in the range of the materia medica
It is not a remedy of doubtful powers, but uniform, certain,
' and reliable in its action. In all conditions of chronic disease,
wherein there is tardiness of action on the part of the exhal-
ing, absorbing, secreting, or eliminating vessels, or a viscid.

288 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER

and plastic condition of the blood and fluids, the Phytolacin
will be found the most efficient, as well as the safest remedy
that can be brought to bear. In cold and languid conditions
of the system, it will rouse an action when other remedies fail
of their accustomed effects. When Podophyllin seems tardy
in awakening the liver from its torpor, from ONE to two
grains of Phytolacin, added to each dose, will be found a most
desirable and efficient adjunctive. It becomes almost indis-
pensable in the treatment of long standing disorders of the
liver, when once its full value is known.

In doses of from one to two grains, twice or thrice a day,
the Phytolacin proves a certain, safe, and effectual resolvent
and alterative, manifesting its influence throughout the entire
glandular system. Many systems are so sensitive as not to
be able to bear more than one-fourth or one-half of one
grain, while in other cases from three to FIVE grains will be
required. In large doses, say from five grains upwards, the
Plwtolacirj generally proves emetic and cathartic, although it
is not a desirable remedy for either purpose. Its cathartic
operation is accompanied with much nausea, pain, and subse-
quent prostration. When employed as an alterative, if the
patient be kept too long or too freely under its influence, a
considerable degree of relaxation will attend its operation,
-and the patient will complain of prostration and debility.
Hence it is desirable, under such circumstances, to combine it
with stimulants or tonics, as the Xanthoxylin, Oil of Cap-
sicum, Cornin, Cerasein, Fraserin, etc. The average dose of
the Phytolacin is two grains.

Eheumatism is a disease affording a fair field for the em-
ployment of the Phytolacin. It is of more utility in the
chronic than in the acute form. In the latter form, however,
it may be employed with advantage when the febrile stage is
passed, and as a prophylactic against a recurrence. In arti-
cular and mercurial rheumatism, we deem it superior to, and
much safer than Iodide of Potassa. We have used it with
much success in these cases, particularly in combination with

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROrER. 289

Stillingin and Xanthoxylin. We usually combine them in the
following manner :

Phytolacin,

Stillingin,

Xanthoxylin ..................... aa.3j

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Dose — one, three
times daily. We sometimes vary the formula, substituting
Macrotin for the Xanthoxylin, as follows :

Phytolacin 3j

Stillingin T)ij

Macrotin grs.x

Mix, and divide into twenty powders. Administer same as
above. Twice a week give the following powder :

Podophyllin g r -j-

Leptandrin grs. ij.

Gelsemin gr. ss.

Mix, and let it be taken at bed-time. The bowels should be
kept in a perfectly soluble condition during the course of the
treatment.

Phytolacin, in connection with tonics, is of admirable
utility in the cure of scrofula. It should be given in small
doses, and alternated with Hydrastin, or Cornin, or Cerasein,
or Iron. If it be desirable to employ other alteratives, it will
answer a better purpose to alternate them than to combine
them. Among the latter we may mention Stillingin, Alnuin,
Chimaphilin, Rumin, and Corydalin.

For the cure of syphilis and mercurio-syphilitic disorders,
the Phytolacin is quite equal to any other organic remedy.
If the patient be brought properly under its influence, and
proper observance be paid to diet, regimen, and auxiliary
treatment, a cure is almost certain. Care must be taken,
however, that the patient's system does not become too much

relaxed, which may be avoided by the use of suitable stimu-
19 ,

290 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

lants and tonics. By employing the Phytolacin for three or
four days at a time, and then alternating with Corydalin for
an equal period, which is of itself a decided tonic, the neces-
sity for employing, other tonics will be lessened. Smilacin
will be a valuable adjunctive to the Phytolacin in the treat-
ment of syphilis. Also Stillingin, Myricin, Irisin and Ampe-
lopsin. One or more of these agents may be combined with
the Phytolacin, at the discretion of the practitioner. The
severe pains attending tertiary syphilis, and mercurio-sj-phili-
tic complications, are more effectually relieved by the use of
the Phytolacin than by any other remedy. ' In these cases it
may sometimes be advantageously employed in connection
with Hyosciamin.

Gonorrhea and leucorrhea have been successfully treated
with Phytolacin. It is peculiarly serviceable in cases of long
standing.

Salt rheum, itch, and other cutaneous eruptions, have been
cured with Phytolacin. It is employed not only internally but
externally. It may be made into an ointment or tincture. —
Fifteen Grains of the Phytolacin may be rubbed up with
one ounce of lard, or dissolved in one ounce of alcohol, which
may be diluted with water before applied. Both the oint-
ment and tincture have been found useful in piles. The Phy-
tolacin possesses considerable discutient power, and the oint-
ment applied to tumors, glandular swellings, etc., will fre-
quently discuss them.

Phytolacin has been found of service in tuberculous affec-
tions of the lungs, liver, spleen, mesentery, etc. In the
absence of febrile excitement, it is always appropriate in
glandular diseases of whatever type. Its efficient alterative
and resolvent properties render it valuable in promoting the
absorption of all abnormal exudations and deposits.

Phytolacin has been much employed in the treatment of
.carcinomatous affections. It is, undoubtedly, as efficient an
aheratiyj as can be safely employed in that disease. Its bene-
ficial effects are most apparent in cases of open cancer. The
patient's system should be brought fully under its constitu

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 291

tional influence, and the dry Phytolacin applied to the ulcer.
It may be used either alone or combined with Hydrastin,
^equal parts. To relieve the fcetor of cancerous sores, it should
be combined with Baptisin. The Phytolacin, applied either
in the form of a paste with water, or in strong alcoholic tine
ture, has been found quite effectual in that species of can-
cer known as lupus, when used in the early stages. Also in
removing warts and corns. The strength of the ointment and
tincture above directed for external application may be varied
to suit occasion, being careful not to apply it too freely wneu
an extensive abrasion of the surface exists.

HYO'SCYAMItf.

Derived from Hyoscyamus Niger,

Nat. Ord. — Solanacece.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Monogynia.

Common Name. — Henbane

Part Used.— The Herb.

No. of Principles— -four, viz., resin,' resinoid, alkaloid, an<S

neutral.

Properties. — Anodyne, antispasmodic, soporific, sedative,

narcotic, diuretic, and laxatwe.

Employment. — Neuralgia, gout, rheumatism, asthma^

hooping cough, croup, chronic cough, hyper cesthesis, crartvps^

convulsions, nervous pains, catarrhal affections, bronchitu f

laryngitis, etc., etc-

Perhaps no other agent of the materia medica is better cal-
culated to illustrate the defects of so-called officinal prepara-
tions than the Hyoscyamus Niger. The various pharmaceu-
tical preparations of this plant, such as tinctures, extracts, etc,
Are in the highest degree uncertain and unsafe, as we shall en-
deavor to demonstrate. The same objections pertain to thia

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 295

*s to all other crude* medicines. In the first place, the actual
Amount of active constituents residing in the plant is variable,
indefinite, and uncertain. In the second place, these constitu-
ents are very susceptible to disintegrating influences, and rea-
lity undergo the destructive decomposition described in the
cfirst part of this work. The extracts of this plant generally
become inert and worthless within six months after they are
manufactured. In the third place, the total therapeutic value
of the plant does not reside in one, but mfour distinct proxi-
mate active principles, each one representing therapeutic pro-
perties peculiar to itself. These several principles are of dif-
ferent solubility, requiring different menstrua for their extrac-
tion, and the variation in their proportions, or the absence of
one or more principles in the ordinary preparations, and which
is almost universally the case, renders them not only of uncer-
tain therapeutic value, but also unsafe. This fact will be ap-
parent when the diverse properties and influences of the
several principles are considered. Thus the alkaloid principle,
the hyoscyamine of some writers, has but very little of that
peculiar effect upon the epidermis so characteristic of the plant,
while it possesses the diuretic power in a high degree, and alsc
the narcotic, or that property which chiefly affects the brain
and has a tendency to produce cerebral congestion. The resin
embodies the relaxant and anti-spasmodic properties to a much
fuller extent than the other principles, while the neutral ia
mainly diaphoretic. It will be seen, therefore, how important
it is, in order to realise the true and full therapeutic character
of the Hyoscyamus, that its pharmaceutical preparations
should contain all the active medicinal constituents of the plant,
and that they should be of definite and uniform medicinal
strength.

In medicinal doses, Hyoscyamin acts as a powerful sedative
to the nervous system, lessens impressibility to irritation, and
obviates those conditions of morbidly exalted sensibility so
frequently observable in disease, while, at the same time, it
increases the activity of the secreting apparatus, particularly
of the glands, mucous membranes, skin, kidneys, and bowels.

294 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In larger doses it produces dryness of the mouth and throaty
thirst, nausea, vertigo, deafness, and headache. At other
times, a dull, heavy feeling in the head, debility, confusion of
the ideas, optical illusions, dilatation of the pupils, with
increased heat of the head, and coldness of the extremities*
The extremities, and particularly the tongue, become partially
paralysed and Immovable. These symptoms are often accom-
panied with great difficulty of breathing, anxiety, etc.

In very large doses Hyoscyamin produces severe convulsions,,
tetanic cramps, swooning, coma y paralysis, and apoplexy.
When given to persons of a full, plethoric habit, Hyoscyamin
stimulates the arterial system, but in general reduces the force
and frequency of the pulse. The secondary effects of large
but not fatal doses of Hyoscyamin are manifested by increased
and copious perspiration and expectoration, and frequently a
slight ptyalism. The autopsy in those cases in which Hyos-
cyamin has proved fatal seldom reveals any real inflammation
of the stomach. The veins and blood vessels of the head are-
generally injected with much dark blood, and also the lungs.
The blood exhibits the appearance of undergoing decomposi-
sition, and the cadaver rapidly putrefies.

Hyoscyamin acts most promptly and energetically when
brought in direct contact with the cell-substance, or injected
into the veins. When injected into the rectum, sudden, violent,,
and serious results have been witnessed.

Hyoscyamin is considered anodyne and anti-spasmodic. It
depresses the sensibilities of the nervous system, and lessens
the irritability of the fibres. Although affecting the brain to
a greater or lesser extent, it seems, by preference, to expend
its influence chiefly upon the peripheral nervous system, upon
the nervous structure of the epidermis, and upon the nerves-
of sensation. It promotes the action of the cutaneous exha-
lents, of the lungs and mucous membrances generally, and also-
of the glandular structure, kidneys, etc. In view of its in-
fluences in these respects it is accredited with resolvent,
powers.

Hyoscyamin is generally employed in hyperaesthesis, nervous.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. . 295

fains and spasms, erethismus, and febrile conditions of the
vascular system, particularly when arising from increased
irritability of the nerves of sensation. In catarrhal, and even
in inflammatory affections of the mucous membrances of the
respiratory organs, it is used with much success.

Hyoscyamin is of 'service in the treatment of nervous fevers
of an erethismal character, but is contra-indicated in cases of
rital or paralytic debility. It is valuable for the relief of hy-
peresthesia, morbid acuteness of the organs of sense, phan-
tasma, and their accompaniments, nervous irritability and
wakefulness. Also in the treatment of local inflammations
complicated with idiopathic or secondary symptoms of exalted
nervous sensibility, manifested by pains of an unusually
violent character, with much spasmodic action, as, for instance,
nervous and catarrhal inflammation of the lungs, bronchitis,
laryngitis, pharyngitis, etc. As an adjunctive remedy in the
treatment of croup, it has been of much value, as well as in
obstinate catarrhal coughs, and in the early stages of hooping
cough. In hemoptysis, when anti-spasmodics are indicated,
preference is given by many to the Hyoscyamin. For the
same reason it is appropriate in other hemorrhages accom-
panied with spasmodic action.

In consumption of the lungs Hyoscyamin is frequently of
essential service, moderating the spasmodic and erethismal
symptoms, and gently promoting expectoration.

Amongst the nervous affections in which the Hyoscyamin has
been used with much success are included all those cases ac-
companied with hypersesthesis. In mania and melancholy,
when there is an abnormally exalted condition of the sensi-
bilities, painful acuteness of touch and other senses, phantasma,
and kindred symptoms, as well as in natural somnambulism,
precocious development of the sexual functions, nymphoma-
nia, etc., the Hyoscyamin will be found an invaluable auxiliary
remedy. In these cases it is the surest and safest of the
narcotic remedies. Hyoscyamin is also of great service in the
treatment of amaurosis arising from excessive nervous sensi-
bility, nervous headache, facial neuralgia, and nervous tooth-

2U6' CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

ache. In general convulsions, accompanied with hyperaesthe*
sis, arising from an erethismal cc ndition of the nervous system,
and unaccompanied with fever or cerebral excitement, and in
epilepsy, hysteric tetanus and trismus, chorea, etc., Hyoscyamin
is employed with much success. Also in the convulsions of
nursing children, particularly those arisiag during dentition.

Hyoscyamin is contra -indicated in acute sanguineous inflam-
mations, vital or paralytic debility, violent determinations to
the head, dyscrasia, and in all diseases having a putrefactive
tendency.

Externally, the Hyoscyamin is sometimes employed as a
local application in various inflammatory, spasmodic, and
painful affections, as, for instance, painful and irritable ulcers,
enlarged glands, inflammation of the mammae, etc., in which by
virtue of its relaxant, anti-spasmodic, and anodyne properties,
it is frequently of much service. The dry powder may be
sprinkled upon the surface of open ulcers, being careful not to
use it too profusely, or applied by means of a poultice. In the
latter form it is sometimes applied to the abdomen in cases of
colic, and to other parts for the relief of spasmodic pains.
For the purpose of applying to painful tumors and en-
larged glands, it may be made into an ointment with lard.
Its. injection into the rectum is considered a dangerous ex-
periment.

The dose of the Hyoscyamin will vary from one eighth to
one grain. It is always well to commence its use in small
doses, and increase if occasion requires. To ensure a prompt
and harmonious action, it should be rendered as diffusible as
possible, which may be accomplished by trituration, or by the
free use of diluents. We mention no combinations because
we consider it a remedy of peculiar and sufficient potency in
itself, and believe that the indications for its employment will
be better subserved by employing the remedy uncombined,
alternating with such other medicines as the necessities of the
case demand. Neutralise undue acidity of the stomach previ-
ous to its exhibition. Asclepin will be found an excellent
article with which to triturate the Hyoscyamin.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 297

CONCENTRATED TINCTURE HYOSCYAMUS NIGER.

Like the other concentrated tinctures of which we have
already spoken, this preparation represents the entire thera-
peutic value of the plant in a condensed and reliable form, and
of definite and uniform medicinal strength. It is very con-
venient for office dispensation, and for combining with other
of the concentrated tinctures. We employ it more frequently
than the Hyoscyamin. In fevers and other acute diseases,
when not contra-indicated, we find it of great value in reliev-
ing pain and spasm, and procuring sleep. In acute rheumatism,
and in scarlatina, measles, pneumonia, etc., we have derived
much satisfaction from its employment. In menorrhagia,
dysmenorrhea, and similar affections, it will be found a
valuable anti-spasmodic and anodyne. For the relief of those
peculiar headaches arising from an anaemic condition of the
system, we know of nothing to equal it. Also for allaying
excessive irritability of the nervous system arising from ex-
cessive hemorrhages, or profuse colliquitive discharges. Use-
ful combinations may be effected with the Con. Tine. Senecio,
or Scutellaria, or Gelseminum, or Yeratrum, etc., when
desired.

Locally, it may be applied by means of lint, or otherwise,
to painful tumors, enlarged glands, and in cases of local
neuralgic pains, rheumatic swellings, cramps, colicky pains in
the abdomen, etc.

The dose of the concentrated tincture will vary from FOUR
to twenty drops, and even more. It may be repeated, in
severe cases, once in two hours.

STILLINGIN.

■♦ > o

Derived from Stillmgia Sylvatica,

Nat. Ord — Euphorbiaceod.

Sex. Syst. — Monoecia Monodelphia.

Common Names. — Queens Hoot, Queen* s Delight, Yaw
Hoot, Marcory, Cock-up-hat, etc.

Tart Used. — T/ie Hoot.

No. of Principles. — Four, viz., resin, reslnoid, alkaloid
and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, stimulant, tonic, diu-
retic, anti-syphilitic, etc.

Employment. — Scrofula, syphilis, leucorrhea, gonorrhea^
cutaneous diseases, incontinence of urine, impotence, sterility \
rheumatism, bronchitis, stomatitis, and whenever an altera-
tive is required.

The Stillingia Sylvatica has long been in use in popular
practice, but it is only of late that its remedial value has been
duly recognised by the profession. In addition to the proxi-
mate active principles above enumerated, the plant also yields
an oil, which will be treated of in the proper place.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 299

We believe that the Stillingin now offered to the profession
by Messrs. Keith & Co., embodies the therapeutic value of
the plant in the most condensed and reliable form of any
hitherto piepared. This opinion is based upon an observation
of its utility in the treatment of disease. As an alterative, it
has few, if any, superiors. The average dose of the Stillingin
s three grains. When used alone, this quantity ma}'' be
•epeated three times a day. The dose must be varied to meet
the peculiarities of the case, as some patients will require
double, and even quadruple the quantity of others to produce
the desirvrd effect. In over-doses, it will produce nausea and
sometimes vomiting. The proper time to administer it is two
hours after meals. If taken a short time before meals, it
materially interferes with the appetite.

Among the diseases in which the Stillingin has been found
most efficient, we might mention scrofula, gonorrhea, syphilis,
leucorrhea, rheumatism, and mercurial affections. In order
to realise ite full utility, when used alone, its use must be per-
severed in for a length of time. From two to four grains
may be given three times a day in scrofula, the bowels being
'kept in a soluble condition by small doses of Podophyllin, or
Leptandrin, or Euonymin, etc. It is well to alternate the
Stillingin occasional^ with other alteratives. Or, if preferred,
suitable combinations may be effected with other remedies.

For gonorrhea and syphilis, the Stillingin is usually
employed in combination with other agents, as the
Corydalin, Irisin, Phytolacin, Smilacin, Myricin, etc. It
is better, in these cases, to premise the alterative course with
a thorough dose of Podophyllin, which will nrepare the
system for the action of alterative remedies, and which should
be repeated at suitable intervals during the treatment. One
fact we have observed, in connection with the employment of
Stillingin in the treatment of gonorrhea, and that is, its
tendency to provoke urethral irritation and chordee, rendering
its use, in some cases, inadmissible. This property, however,
renders it of great value in the treatment of incontinence of
urine, impotence, and sterility. In all atonic and paralytic

300 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

affections of the generative and urinary apparatus, it seems u»
be a remedy of much value. The most obstinate cases of
leucorrhea have yielded to the Stillingin.

Chronic rheumatism affords a fair field for the successfu 1
employment of this remedy. It may be used alone, or com
bined with such other of the concentrated agents as are suited
to the case. In several cases of articular and mercurial rheu
matism, we have used the following formula with much benefr

Stillingin grs XX

Irisin ' grs. X.

Phytolacin grs. V.

Mix, and divide 'into ten powders. Give one three times pei

day. Or the following:

Stillingin,

Xanthoxylin _ aa. grs. XX.

Macrotin grs. Y.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Doses same as above.
Both these formulas will be found excellent. "When a mild
laxative is indicated, the Menispermin will answer a good
purpose. They may be combined in equal proportions. If ;i
more energetic remedy of this class is called for, Euonymin
will be found admirably suited to the occasion. Few reme-
dies excel the latter when a laxative tonic is required.

We would not be understood to say that the Stillingin is
fully equivalent to the plant, as considerable of its medicinal
value resides in the oil, of which we next propose to treat.
Deprived of the oil, Stillingin is not so efficacious in the
treatment of affections of the respiratory organs, nor of leu-
corrhea and other kindred female diseases. Nevertheless, it is
a valuable stimulating alterative, exciting the glandular
system in a peculiar manner, resolving viscidity of the secre-
tions, and promoting depuration. It is of great utility, in
combination with Xanthoxylin, in the convalescing stages of
cholera infantum, dysentery, and other diseases attended with
oolliquitive discharges. They should be combined in equal

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

301

proportions, and administered in four grain doses three or
ibiti times a day.

Foi paralytic affections of the bladder, it may be employed
with much confidence. In this affection, it may be used in
conjunction with electricity, with much prospect of benefit.

Chronic diarrhea and d}' - sentery have been cured with alter-
nate doses of Stillingin and Leptandrin. From two to four
grains of Stillingin may be given twice or thrice dail} r , and
the same quantity of Leptandrin at bed time. In cold and
sluggish conditions of the system, Stillingin operates well in
combination with Macrotin. In chronic diseases of the liver,
with jfiuonymin, Phytolacin, etc. In the treatment of dermoid
diseases, Stillingin is justly esteemed a remedy of great value.
Average dose, three grains.

OIL OF STILLINGIA.

Derived from the root of Stillingia Sylvatica.

We deem this remedy one of the most valuable accessions
to our indigenous materia medica. Although pronounced by
some authors to be too acrid for internal use, we have found
such not to be the case. We have employed it largely in
bronchitis, laryngitis, and other affections of the respiratory
system, and in defective menstruation, chronic gleet, leucor*
rhea, etc., and have found it a remedy of safe and exceeding
utility.

The average dose of the oil is one drop, which may be
repeated every half hour, in croup, with safety. In other
cases, every four or six hours. It may be dissolved in alco-
hol, and taken in a little water, or dropped upon sugar, or
mixed with mucilage of gum arabic, slippery elm, etc. We
are of opinion that its local action is most beneficial in bron-
chitis and laryngitis, hence prefer to administer the oil upon
a little sugar, which may be allowed to dissolve in the mouth
and gradually swallowed. VThe following will be found an
elegant and efficient remedy for coughs, colds; bronchitis,
influenza, etc.

Oil Stillingia 3j.

11 Wintergreen

". Cinnamon aa. gtt. X.

Hydrastin 3 j.

Alcohol, •. 3 X.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 303

Mix Dose — from ten to fifteen drops four or five times a

■day, or whenever the cough is troublesome. The addition of

3 ss. of Oil of Xanthoxylum will improve the mixture for

cases of long standing.

; We have 'administered the Oil of Stillingia in croup with

-marked advantage, our first experience having been in our
•own family. It seems to operate as a powerful diffusible
■stimulant, resolvent, and anti-spasmodic. It overcomes the
spasm and difficulty of respiration, and favors expectoration,
hence will be found useful in asthma, hooping cough, and
■other kindred affections. For the relief of asthma, it may be
-combined with Oil of Lobelia.

We have employed the Oil, in combination with Oil of
Erigeron, with the most gratifying success in the treatment of
defective menstruation. ] The Oils may be combined in equal
proportions, and from ONE to three drops taken three times a
day. "-% The peculiar headaches accompanying this affection are
soon relieved by the use of this remedy. The same combina-
tion will be found of great utility in uterine leucorrhea, and in
gonorrhea. When it is desirable to have the entire properties
•of the Stillingin combined, the following formula must be
observed :

>v • Stillingin 3 ij.

Oil of Stillingia 3 ss«

Alcohol, 95 per cent 3X.

Mix. Dose — from ten to fifteen drops. This secures the
■entire therapeutic value of the plant, and constitutes one of

the most efficient remedies known for the cure of scrofula,

syphilis, eruptions of the skin, and all affections arising from

a vitiated condition of the blood. : f~

Externally, the oil is an invaluable stimulant, counter-irri-
tant, and relaxant. It relaxes spasm of the muscular fibres
-and at the same time stimulates the depurative functions of
the skin to healthful activity. Among the affections in which
it may be employed with certainty of benefit, we might men-
tion croup, asthma, acute and chronic pleuritis, pneumonia.

304 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

neuralgia, spinal affections, contracted joints, etc. For exter-
nal use, it should be dissolved in alcohol, the proportions
varying according to the degree of stimulation required. In
ordinary cases, we observe the following proportions :

Jh Oil of Stillmgia '. 3j.

Alcohol 95 per cent _ 5j-

Mix. Bathe the affected parts freely two or three times a
day, or apply a cloth saturated with the solution. For slight
neuralgic affections, spinal irritation, and rheumatic pains, this
will be found of great service. We employ it, however, most
frequently in combination with the Oils of Lobelia and Cap
sicum. Our formula is as follows :

ypt^fvl" Oil of Stillingia 3 j-

JL " Lobelia 3 ss.

" Capsicum gtt. XX.

Alcohol 95 per cent ^ ij.

Mix. This we esteem one of the most valuable external
applications ever devised. ^ The quantity of the oils may be
doubled, or even trebled, to meet the indications in very
severe cases. In case more of the counter-irritant property
is desired, the quantity of Stillingia may be increased, and the
other ingredients allowed to remain the same. For croup,
hooping cough, and asthma, bathe the throat and upper por-
tion of the chest with this preparation two or three times a
day. Its employment will be followed, 'after a few days, by a
\ profuse vesicular eruption, which, in a few days, will assume
, a pustular character. Frequently the eruption will appear
1 within six hours after the first application. Spinal irritation,
neuralgia, tic doloreux, rheumatic pains, contracted joints,
chronic sprains, etc., are relieved and cured by the use of this
remedy. When the relaxant property is not needed, the Oil
of Lobelia may be dispensed with. We sometimes vary the
formula, thus:

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 305

Oil of Stillinofia

" Erigeron 3j.

" Lobelia 3 ss.

Alcohol ^ ij.

M*x. This formula is peculiarly serviceable in bronchitis,
laryngitis, enlargement of the tonsils, rheumatic pains, etc.
The Oil of Cajeput maybe substituted for the Erigeron when
the latter is not at hand. It will be seen that the combina-
tions may be easily varied, according as more or less stimu-
lating or relaxing applications are required. We are certain
that those who once test the value of the Oil of Stillingia as
an external remedy, will be loth to dispense with it.

r so

# V . ■ -. X 1 . ■W U P Btn i

;'*«£

LUPULIN,

■^-♦-^

Derived from Humulus Zupulus.

Nat. Ord.— U'rticacece.

Sex. Syst. — Dicecia Pentovndria.

Common Name.— Hops.

Part Used. — The Strobiles, or Cones.

No. of Principles — three, viz., resin, resinoid, and neutral

Properties. — Nervine, hypnotic, febrifuge, diuretic and
tonic.

Employment. — Dyspepsia, delirium tremens, hysteria,
after-pains, chordce, spermatorrhea, intermittent fevers, etc.

The Lupulin under consideration should not be confounded
with that usually found in commerce, which consists simply
of the pollen of the flowers. In the Lupulin of which we
propose to treat, we have not only the virtues of the pollen,
hut also additional properties derived from the parenchyma
of the flowers. Lupulin is a remedy of much value in
the treatment of nervous affections and is frequently
employed as a substitute for opium, possessing tae Cvdvantagt

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. SOT

of not disturbing the stomach, or producing constipation.
Like all remedies of its class, however, it is not always to be
relied upon for the purpose of allaying nervous excitement,
frequently failing of its influence in this respect. In such
cases it proves mainly diuretic.

The average dose of the Lupulin is two grains, increased
to five with benefit. On account of its febrifuge properties,
it is peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of febrile diseases
for the purpose of controlling the excitability of the nervous
■system, and correcting a tendency to delirium. It will fre-
•quently procure refreshing sleep in cases of great wakefulness
when other remedies fail. In many cases it is an invaluable
anodyne, allaying pain, promoting diaphoresis and diuresis,
-and inducing sleep. It has 'been used with good results in
delirium tremens. In this complaint larger doses than usual
^are required, TEN grains, repeated every two hours, having
been administered • with success Nervous headaches, hys-
teria, chronic cough, suppression of urine, and various other
affections have been relieved and cured by the use of Lupulin.
In those forms of indigestion wherein there is a tendency to
.gastritis, the Lupulin will be found an excellent remedy. It
soothes and allays the irritability of the mucous tissues, and
paves the way for the employment of more decided tonics.
In these cases it is beneficially administered in combination
with Helouin.

i^ Lupulin grs. XX.

Helonin grs. X.

Mix, and divide into ten powders. Give one three times pel
day. Or with Smilacin.

Lupulin,

Smilacin, aa. 3 j.

Mix, .'tnd divide into ten powders. Dose — same as above. In
chroni«; gastritis, enteritis, and ulcerations of the stomach and
bowel'-, the latter formula will be found useful.

Lu;-ulin has been used with extraordinary success in the

£08 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

cure of spermatorrhea. From two to five grains are given
at a dose, and repeated three or four times daily. Some prac-
titioners use it in combination with Cerasein, and with marked
advantage :

Lupulin ^j.

Cerasein 3ss.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Dose — one, once in six
hours.

The efficacy of the Lupulin in the treatment of sperma-
torrhea is enhanced by combining it with Grelsemin, and alter-
nating with Cerasein. We prefer the following method of
administration:

Lupulin grs. iij.

Gelsemin grs. ss. adj.

Olri. To be given at bed time, and five grains of Cerasein
administered three times daily. If ulceration of the urethra
oe suspected, use the following injection :

Chloride of Lime 3 SS -

Hydrastin 3j.

Water O.j.

Digest and filter. This injection is valuable in gonorrnea >
^i let, leucorrhea, and other affections of the mucous surfaces
M the generative apparatus.

t*o far as our experience goes, the Lupulin here treated of
m-cif be relied upon for all the purposes for which
lhe> plant and its preparations have hitherto been em-
ploy ?d. It has been reputed useful in the treatment of
iguc dnd fever, but we have no well authenticated evidence
of it,* utility in that complaint. Its tonic powers are feeble at
best, md seem to be expended mainly upon the stomach. In
sases tJ suppression and retention of urine, it sometimes
ifforda *aost desirable relief. Its employment is more indi-
sated ir sthenic than in asthenic conditions of the system,
After-par' is are frequently relieved by its use, and the nervom

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 309

irritabilit}^ peculiar to parturient females allayed and over-
come.

Lupulin lias frequently proved successful in the treatment
of chordee, by virtue of overcoming the urethral inflamma-
tion, and correcting the acridity of the urine. It has the
reputation of diminishing the quantity of lithic acid in the
urine

YERATRIN.

Derived from Veratrum Viride.

Nat. Ord. — Melanthaceoe.

Sex. Syst. — Polygamia Moncacia.

Common Names. — American Hellebore, Swamp Hellebore,.
Itch Weed, Indian Poke, etc.

Part Used. — The Hoot.

No. of Principles— -four, viz., resin, resinoid, alkaloid, and
neutral.

Properties. — Emetic, cathartic, diaplwwtic, expectorant,
nervine, antispasmodic, arterial sedative, alterative, resolvent,
febrifuge, anodyne, soporific, etc.

Employment. — Intermittent, remittent, typhoid, and other
fevers, pneumonia, pleuritis, rheumatism, delirium tremens^
mania, affections of the heart, both functional and organic*
congestions of the portal circle, /looping cough, asthma, hys-
teria, cramps, convulsions, scrofula, dropsy, epilepsy, amen-
orrhea, etc

We fully realise our inability to do justice to the value of
the article under consideration, yet we shall attempt to placs
before our readers what positive information we possess in ret-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 311

gard to it. It has long been, with us, a favorite remedy, and
we have learned to place much reliance upon its efficacy in
m;my disorders afflicting the human frame.

It will be seen that we have attributed to it a considerable
number of therapeutic properties, all of which we shall en-
deavor to substantiate, as being in accordance with our experi-
ence in its employment No other remedy of its class, with
which we are acquainted, is capable of fulfilling so many in-
dications with safety, certainty, and uniformity of action. The
indications for its employment are of frequent occurrence, and
its administration affords well marked and positive evidences
of its practical utility. Yet, as a necessary condition of its
successful employment, a correct diagnosis is essential, and
the remedy must be rightly timed, as well as proportioned.
We do not hold it a specific in any disei.se, yet we claim for
it the possession of positive and specific therapeutic properties
available and reliable whenever the proper adaptation is had.

In order that those who are not familiar with its properties,
and employment may have a better understanding of its range
of utility, we will endeavor to describe its physiological influ-
ence upon the organism. Like Digitalin, its influences are
diverse, and variously manifested upon the several divisions of
the animal economy. Thus we call it an arterial sedative, as
it reduces the force and frequency of the pulse. We cannot
attempt to explain whether this influence is due to a
property whereby a direct depression of the vital activity
of the arterial system is produced, or whether it is the
result of the correction of certain conditions which were the
cause of the abnormally excited condition of the circulation.
Certain it is that Yeratrin is a powerful resolvent and deob-
struent, resolving the plasticity of the blood, and of the secre-
tions generally, while, at the same time, it promotes the
activity of the absorbent, venous, and lymphatic vessels, and
glands. It exercises a wonderful control over the capillary
S3'stem, particularly the deep-seated capillaries, hence, in con-
gestions of the remote tissues, is a remedy of great service.
In small doses Yeratrin stimulates the functions of the abdom*

312 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

inal viscera, particularly of the stomach, liver, pancreas, and
mesentery — promotes the secretion of the nervous fluids, and
exercises a striking influence over the vascular structure of
the abdomen, giving activity to the portal circulation, and pro-
moling the sanguineous secretions, as the catamenia, hemor-
rhoidal flux, etc. It also quickens the activity of the renal
secretion and cutaneous exhalations. Upon the nervous
structure of the abdomen generally, it acts as a powerful
stimulant, alterative and tonic.

In large doses Veratrin causes vomiting, diarrhea, and great
depression of the arterial system, the pulse becoming very
small and infrequent. The general sensibility of the system
is also affected in a very disagreeable and violent manner. In
very large doses, if not instantly ejected by vomiting, very
violent symptoms are excited by the Veratrin. Copious and
painful bilious vomitings, hemorrhagic diarrhea, metrorrhagia,
tenesmus, pulse very small and infrequent, excessive prostra-
tion, subsultus tandinum, swooning, paralysis, convulsions,
tetanus and death. The immediate cause of death in this in-
stance is more to be attributed to the excessive irritation and
exhausting excitement of the abdominal nervous structure,
and the depression of the arterial system, than to any inflam-
mation excited in the intestinal viscera.

In cases of febrile excitement, the first influence we have
observed of the action of the Veratrin is, a softening of the
pulse. Correspondingly, or immediately following, there is a
slight elevation of the temperature of the skin, a gentle breath-
ing perspiration ensues, and the skin becomes soft and flexible,
while its temperature falls somewhat below the normal stand-
ard. These several phenomena being produced, the pulse
becomes less frequent, full and regular. If the medicine be
continued, considerable relaxation of the system is observa-
ble, and the pulse sinks to sixty, fi*fty, or even forty beats per
minute. At this point vomiting usually occurs, and, in ordi-
nary cases, the medicine must be omitted until the nausea sub-
sides. In a great number of cases it is necessary to push the
medicine to the production of emesis in order to bring the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 313

symptoms under control. As an emetic, the Veratrin operates
generally with less of prostration than other remedies of its
class. In most cases, when given hi emetic doses, it operates
very promptly, but is sometimes tardy, owing, we are of opin-
ion, to acidity of the stomach. When the quantity of Vera-
trin given has reached an extent sufficient to produce emesis,
the symptoms preceding vomiting are sometimes somewhat
alarming. The patient becomes very pale, particularly about
the lips and ala3 of the nostrils, and complains of great faint-
ness and dyspnea. Vomiting almost immediately ensues,
and is free, copious, and without spasm. The pulse at first
sinks considerably, but, as soon as vomiting has occurred,
oomes back to the normal standard, the temperature of the
surface rises, a gentle perspiration breaks out, and the breath-
ing becomes free and full. When used for the purpose of an
emetic, the Veratrin should be thoroughly triturated with As-
clepin or Eupatorin, (Perfo.,) and accompanied with a plenti-
ful supply of fluid. In all cases the Veratrin should be
thoroughly triturated with some one of the other concentrated
medicines not contra-indicated in the case, of which we prefer
Asclepin, as being most frequently admissable. TheYeratrin
is a medicine possessed of a high concentration of therapeutic
power, and, in order to ensure its kindly operation, it should
be rendered as diffusible as possible. Too great a concentra-
tion of therapeutic action upon a limited nervous surface will
produce violent and serious symptoms, while the same amount
of medicinal power diffused over a more extended space of
impressible tissue will be productive of none other than kindly
results. Extremes in medicine are always to be avoided.
When too highly diluted or diffused, medicines become of
negative value, their field of operation being too extended.
On the other hand, when of too high concentration, the object
in view is defeated by the overaction produced, and confusion
of the vital manifestations, instead of harmony, ensues.

We have observed, as the result of the administration of
Veratrin, when care has not been exercised in regard to neu-
tralising undue acidity, and ensuring proper diffusion of the

314 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

remedy, very singular contortions of the muscular system^
particularly of the muscles of the face, neck, fingers and toes*
The head would be drawn to one side, the mouth drawn down?
at one corner, and the facial muscles affected with convulsive:
twitehings. At the same time the fingers and toes would be-
cramped as in cholera. At times these contortions would take-
the form of tonic spasm, while at other times the action would
similate a series of galvanic shocks, frequently of such vio-
lence as to precipitate the patient out of bed. During all this;
time the intellect of the patient remains undisturbed, and he-
is perfectly conscious of all that is going on. As soon as this-
spasmodic action has subsided, no further inconvenience is,
felt, the patient passing from under its influence unharmed.
Several instances have come under our observation when pre-
parations of the Veratrin have been taken through mistake.
In one instance a large teaspoonful of the concentrated tinc-
ture was taken by a female patient of ours who supposed she
was taking tincture of Valerian. Further than nausea and
free vomiting, no ill effects were experienced. In another in-
stance, in the practice of a brother practitioner, nearly a quart
of a strong decoction of the recent root was taken within the
period of a few hours. A considerable degree of sickness and
prostration was produced, followed by copious vomiting and
purging, but the patient soon recovered" without having expe-
rienced any permanent mischief. We have never known of
a single instance in which fatal consequences have ensued from
the action of the preparations of the Yeratrum, yet we have
no doubt but that such a result might occur from the adminis-
tration of very large doses of the Veratrin, as mentioned in
the preceding pages, We have administered the preparations
of the plant to children and adults of every age, and under
almost every circumstance of chronic and acute disease, and
we have come to view it as an indispensible agent in our prac-
tice. For the purpose of controlling the action of the heart
and arterial system, stimulating the absorbent, venous, and
lymphatic vessels and glands, it has no equal. Also as a re-
sol vent in plastic conditions of the blood, and of the secretion*

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROl'EIi. b\i>

generally. That it is an alterative and depurative remedy <>l
more than usual efficiency, is evident from the thoroughly
renovated ancl iiwigo rated condition of the animal economy
after having been fully subjected to its sanative influences.
And it accomplishes its work without pioducing any disturb-
ance of the cerebral functions, never exhibiting, so far as we
have been able lo discover, any narcotic influences whatever.
In view of its general physiological control, this fact is some-
what remarkable, but which enhances its practical remedial
value above that of all other remedies of its class.

Indications for the employment of the Veratrin are had
whenever there 's a disturbed condition of the circulation,
either when the 9 bnormal excitement involves the whole arte-
rial system, or si' nply affects some of its single branches. This
morbid exaltati n is more frequently characterized by force
and fulness, tU* 1 by rapidity of the pulsations. This condi-
tion may arise rom two causes. In the first place, from the
presence of ai? undue quantity, or a too highly stimulating-
property of the natural excitants of the blood; and, in the
second place, f om an abnormally increased excitability of the
heart and arW lal vessels, even while the blood preserves its
normal consul' ution. It is in the first named condition that
Veratrin is *y ore particularly indicated. We employ Veratrin
as a stimula' it and resolvent in obstructions and atonic condi-
tions of th^ ^ver and portal system, and of the abdominal
organs gene 1 ally. Also for the purpose of promoting the de-
puration of retained and accumulated secretions, particularly
of the sai guineous, as the catamenia, and in indolent condi-
tions of t 7 ie mucous membranes, and glandular and lymphatic
systems V The peculiar stimulant and alterative properties of
the Vca,trin as manifested in its reactions upon the nervous
tissues af the abdomen, render it a remedy of great value in
the treatment of all forms of disease involving the abdominal
gang! ta, and in all cases of functional inactivity or obstinate
torpor, as for instance, mental debility and insanity, convul-
sions, paralytic affections, &c.

316 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Of the special employment of Yeratrin in individual t/.pea

of disease, we would note our observations as follows :

It is indicated in all forms of acnte febrile disease manifest-
ing a high plasticity of the blood, accompanied with a quick,
full, and wiry pulse. This condition will be frequently met
with in remittent and intermittent fevers, protracted and in-
veterate cases of which have been successfully treated with
Yeratrin. Obstinate quartan fevers, complicated with atra-
bilious obstructions, phlegmonoid affections of the abdominal
viscera, debility and torpor of the nervous structure of the
abdomen, or with feeble hemorrhoidal action, are relieved and
cured by means of the Y eratrin. In these affections it should
be given in small doses combined with P odophylli a, and al-
ternated with tonics, of which we prefer Cera sein. In rheu-
matic fevers the Yeratrin is generally preferable to any other
remedy, as it not only breaks up the feve r, but also arrets the
copious symptomatic sweats arising from excessive capillary
co ngestion. In this case it should be combined with Asclepin
and Cerasein, or they may be alternated.

In the treatment of every form of febrile exanthema, and
particularly of scarlatina, the Yeratrin is unequalled, as these
types of disease are accompanied with great arterial excite-
ment, a high degree of plasticity of the blood, and a -strong
tendency to the production of effusions and exudations, for
the prevention or removal of which the Yeratrin is of such
remarkable utility. Were Yeratrin of no further service than

«"' —ill i _ ■Hl^. ,,,

in the treatment of scarlatin a, we should still deem it invalu-
able and indispensible. Solar as our observations have wne,
and they extend over a period of five years experimental use
of the Yeratrin, both in our own practice and in that of oth-
ers, we have never yet seen a case treated with it that did not
result in a perfect cure, unattended with effusions, exudations,
or malignant sequela of any kind.yln scarlatina, as, we find
it in this region, we premise our treatment, in the early stages,
with Podophyllin, and afterwards rely upon Yeratrin and As-
clepin in combination. Seldom is further medication neces-
sary, unless it be to meet special symptoms. To prepare the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 317

- Veratrin for use in scarlatina, it should be thoroughly tritu-
rated with Asclepin and made into solution with hot water.

It may be then administered in such doses and with such fre-
quency of repetition as may be necessary to control the
disease. Our experience is in favor of administering it at
intervals of two hours. When the inflammatory action is
violeT.t, it may be administered every hour in the commence-
ment until the violence of tde symptoms is subdued, and then
repe.i \ed at intervals of two or three hours as may be neces-*
sar^ to maintain its proper influence. As soon as an inter-
mission, full and complete, occurs, the Cerasein may be given
in suitable doses, the Veracrin and Asclepin being continued
at intervals of four or six hours until all danger of a return
of the febrile symptoms ia past. /, Veratrin seems appropriate
in all stages of scarlet fever. f- We have known cases of the
worst form, and in the latcer stages, where the patient was in
convulsions, and the medical attendant had abandoned all
hope, in which the exhibition of this remedy has promptly
arrested the disease, breaking up the convulsions and saving
the patient.^. The absence of effusions, exudations, and other,
of the usual distressing sequents of scarlatina, when treated
with Veratrin, we attribute to the remarkable resolvent, alter-
ative and tonic power of this remedy, whereby the depurative
action of the entire economy is promoted, and these retentions
accumulations, and consequent congestions are prevented. It
stimulates the functions of the absorbent, venous, and lym-
phatic vessels in a peculiar manner, and, by resolving the
viscid and plastic condition of the blood and secretions,
enables them to discharge their various functions fully and

=. effectually. It is our firm conviction that the three remedies
aboye enumerated, namely, / Podophyllin, Veratrin, and *

— Asclepin, will, when judiciously employed, cure a larger per
centage of the cases of Scarlatina than any other plan of treat-
ment yet devised. And when the patient is pronounced
cured, the term is no misnomer.

The virtues of Veratrin in the treatment of typhoid fever
have been variously estimated, yet all agree in pronouncing

318 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

it a remedy of great value. Differences of locality, atmos-
pheric and other influences, previous habits and exposures >
and many other causes tend to create a diversion in the special
symptoms of typhoid fever, yet, in its general characteristics,
it is the same. Derangement and torpor of the functions of the
liver, portal vein, and of the secreting structure of the abdom-
inal viscera generally, characterise the disease under all
circumstances. A disposition to congestion of the glandular
surfaces of the mucous membranes of the alimentary canal,

is a constant accompaniment of typhoid fever. The sequent
to this congestion is, an exhausting and frequently uncontroll-
able diarrhea, which hurries the patient to his grave, despite
all means employed for its alleviation. How important, then,
that we possess a remedy that will early correct this functional
aberration, and, by maintaining a proper degree of vital
activity, obviate the danger of organic lesion. Not only is it
necessary that the secreting apparatus be brought under the
immediate influence of appropriate stimuli, but also that the
secretions themselves shall be resolved and reduced to a
degree of fluidity consistent with the ability of the apparatus
to circulate them. A plastic condition of the blood is a
marked characteristic of typhoid fever, and the neglect of
early attention to this condition is the common cause of the
fatality of this disease. Bleeding and other means of direct
depletion serve to aggravate the existing obstructions by
depriving the system of the fluid menstrua requisite in the
work of resolution. In all febrile diseases there is danger ol
the solid secretions becoming in excess of the fluid, hence tne
free use of diluents is as indispensible a necessity as the
employment of suitable medicines. Not only are they neces-
sary for the resolving of the morbid deposits, but also for the
solution and circulation of the remedy itself, whereby it may
be enabled to reach the field of its operations. We have
already dwelt at some length upon the necessity of the
observance of this condition, in the first part of this volume,
to which we respectfully direct the attention of the reader.
Auxiliary remedies, in the treatment of typhoid fevei, will be

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 319

found in Podophyllin, Leptandrin, Euonymin, Euphorbin,
Asclepin, Cerasein, Greranin, Myricin, etc., according to the
indications present. In this, as in scarlet and all other fevers,
"the alkaline sponge bath should never be omitted.

As before mentioned, the value of Veratrin in the treat-
ment of typhoid fever is variously estimated. While
admitted by all who have employed it to be a valuable agent
in controlling this disease, experience goes to prove that it is
seemingly much more efficient in some localities than in
others. In the section in which we reside it is not uncommon
to see severe cases of typhoid fever broken up completely in
Irom twenty-four to forty-eight hours; while in other sections
we have the testimony of practitioners to the effect that, while
it relieves the urgent symptoms and abates the violence of the
disease, yet the fever will run its course for the accustomed
'length of time, although the danger is greatly lessened and
'recovery rendered more certain. What may be the reasons
■for this discrepancy of action, we have no present means of
•ascertaining. Whether it be owing to local influence, such as
'pertain to miasmatic districts — or to the want of proper pre-
paratory or auxiliary treatment, are questions we do not feel
competent to answer. The special points of congestion seem
to vary in different sections. Thus, with us, the liver and
•brain chiefly suffer; while at the south and west, the bowels
seem the most vulnerable point, diarrhea and enteritis being
the most dangerous symptoms likely to arise. Whether this
tendency to aggravated inflammation of the bowels depends
upon the previous habits and circumstances of the patient's
.situation, or upon an immediate peculiarity of the disease
itself, are questions which would require the closest scrutiny
"in order to effect a satisfactory explanation. It is the duty
of every resident practitioner to study the local phenomena
occurring within the circle of his observations, and to modify
liis treatment so as to meet existing necessities. It is unfor-
tunate that we have no systematic concert of notation, by
^ ~ans of which a record of the effects of local influences in

320 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

modifying the types of febrile forms of disease might be had
for the benefit of the profession at large.

The employment of Veratrin in the treatment of diarrhea
and dysentery affords occasion for some remarks in regard to
the action of this remedy upon the bowels. We have seen
it stated by some writers, that Veratrin is objectionable on
account of its irritating influence upon this organ. Such has
not been our experience. We have employed it much in the
treatment of bowel complaints, and with the most happy
results. In dysentery, after having premised our further
treatment with Podophyllin and -Leptandrin, when indicated,
we give one-eighth grain of Yeratrin, or two drops of the
concentrated tincture, every two hours until the febrile symp-
toms are subdued, and a proper action of the skin excited,
alternating with Geranin, or other astringents, if needed. By
referring to the preceding exposition of the physiological
effects of the Yeratrin,' the reader cannot fail to perceive the
appropriateness of this remedy in the treatment of all func-
tional derangements of the abdominal viscera. With this
remedy, as with all others, in order to ensure success, due dis-
crimination must be exercised in regard to time, quantity,
repetition, and continua/uce.

Yeratrin is of exceeding utility in the treatment of menin-
gitis, phrenitis, hydrocephalus, and cerebral difficulties gener-
ally. We have seen some of the most severe and desperate
cases recover under its timely and persevering administration.
<T The patient must be kept fully under its influence, until
1 i every vestige of inflammatory action has subsided. The
auxiliary remedies are Podophyllin, Euphorbin, Asclepin,
Scutellarin, Lobelia, etc.

Inflammatory affections of every kind, and particularly
when of a hypersthenic character, afford indications for the
employment of Yeratrin. The peculiar influence of this
remedy over the arterial system, and upon the absorbent,
resolving, and lymphatic vessels of the system generally;
renders it extremelv valuable in this class of affections

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 321

Diseases of the raucous and serous membranes and glands
are also successfully treated with Veratrin.

We have the joint experience of many practitioners in con-
firmation of the value of Veratrin in puerperal fever. When
joined with Podophyllin, greater success has been had than
by any other means or method of treatment. The most
seemingly desperate cases have yielded to its sanative influ-
ences.

Veratrin ranks high as a remedial agent in pneumonia
pleuritis, croup, asthma, and other disorders of the respiratory
system. It is one of the most reliable expectorants known.
In all affections attended by dyspnea, Veratrin is of excel-
lent service. We have used it in croup with entire success.
In mucous and spasmodic croup it gives prompt relief.
In membranous croup it is peculiarly appropriate, on account
of its resolvent properties, lessening and overcoming the ten-
dency to effusion of plastic lymph, and the formation of false
membrane. In all inflammatory affections of the chest, the
Veratrin is of exceeding utility. It relaxes spasm, lessens
arterial excitement, equalises the circulation, resolves the vis
cidity of the secretions, promotes diaphoresis and expectora
tion, and imparts tone to the venous, absorbent, and lymphatic
vessels, and glands generally. A consideration of these
peculiar influences of the Veratrin will assist materially in
determining its range of application.

Veratrin is of equal service in the treatment of chronic as
of acute forms of disease. Its remarkable control over the
heart and arterial system renders it eminently valuable in the
treatment of both functional and organic disease of the heart,
as palpitation, sternocardia, chronic pericarditis, enlargement,
etc. We have used it in many cases of organic disease of
that organ, with the most beneficial results. We deem it the
safest, and, at the same time, the most efficient remedy that
can be brought to bear in these disorders. Many cases of so-
called organic affections of the heart have been cured by the

use of the Veratrin, which, however, were nothing more than
21

322 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

functional disturbances dependent upon visceral engorgements,
suppressed secretions, metastasis of eruptions, rheumatism,
etc.

Veratrin is of essential service in the treatment of atonic
mucous hemorrhoids, false membranous formations in the
intestinal tube, and other forms of phlegmatic disease of the
abdominal cavities, particularly when dependent upon or
accompanied with debility and inaction of the portal vein
and abdominal nerves, glands, and vessels generally.

Veratrin exercises a specific influence over the uterus, and
has been beneficially employed in amenorrhea, atonic chloro-
sis, uterine leucorrhea, and other affections dependent upon
vascular debility.

Veratrin is valuable in the treatment of jaundice, when
arising from obstructions of the liver and portal circulation.
Also in dropsical affections characterised by much coldness
and torpor, or when arising from suppression of the catamenia
or hemorrhoidal flux. In all diseases of the mucous, mem-
branes of the intestines, phlegmatic obstructions, tympanites,
fleshy tumors of the abdomen, chronic enlargment of the
liver, spleen, and mesentery, and in debility of the muscular
fibres of the intestinal tube, the Veratrin is a valuable remedy.
In these disorders, it operates most beneficially in connection
with Podophyllin. In cachexies and dyscrasies, arising from
functional aberation of the viscera of the abdomen, particu-
larly of the liver and mesenteric glands, and in herpes, and
other diseases of the skin, Veratrin is highly recommended.
Also in atrabilious, arthritic, and rheumatic dyscrasies.

Experience seems to prove that a majority of the cases
of mental aberation, and of nervous diseases generally,
arise from and are dependent upon a morbidly increased
activity of the nervous structure of the abdomen, functional
obstructions and organic lesions of the abdominal viscera, and
disturbed and discordant action of the abdominal nervous
plexus. At any rate, if such be not the case, experience
proves that such remedies as act as stimulants and alteratives
upon the nervous tissues of the abdomen, are most beneficial

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 323

in that class of diseases. This would seem to explain \shy
Veratrin is of utility in the treatment of mania, epilepsy, hys-
teric cramps, chronic convulsions, melancholy, and mental
weakness. Certain it is that when material obstructions are
ascertained to exist, particularly of the sanguineous secretions,
as the catamenia, hemorrhoids, etc., relief is almost certain to
follow the exhibition of the Yeratrin. In cases of mental
aberation accompanied with torpor and debility of the abdomi-
nal organs, Yeratrin will be found serviceable. In such cases
it may be administered in full doses, even to the production
of an emeto-ca1 jartic effect, observing much caution, however,
in its exhibition. Where visceral obstructions are of long
standing, the treatment should be premised with the judicious
use of Podophyllin, which will materially enhance the efficacy
of Yeratrin in all cases in which the former may be indicated.

In Chronic pneumonic and catarrhal affections, having a
tendency to effusion and exudation, and in chronic rheu-
matic affections of the lungs and pleura, and which are so often
connected with hydrothorax, Yeratrin is an excellent remedy.
In these cases it may sometimes be advantageously joined
with Digitalin, and alternated with suitable doses of a combi-
nation of Podophyllin, Asclepin, and Cerasein.

Yeratrin is also of much value in the treatment of some
forms of scrofula, particularly when occurring in persons
laboring under vascular repletion, and whose lymphatic sj'stem
is in an inactive or torpid condition.

Yeratrin is contra-indicated in all cases of paralytic debility,
tendency to hermorhage of the lungs, pregnancy, lingering
hectic, internal ulcerations, etc.

The dose of Yeratrin will vary, according to the impressi-
bility of the patient's system, Imd the requirements of the
case. In general this variation will be from one-eigiith to
one-half of ONE GRAIN. In febrile forms of disease, small
doses, frequently repeated, are of most service ; while in
chronic affections, as in disease of the heart, dropsies, etc.,
larger doses, and at longer intervals, are preferable. In fevers,
we usually administer it every two hours. In chronic affec-

31*4: CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

tions of the mucous membranes, visceral engorgements, etc.,
twice per day. In cardiac diseases, whenever the urgent
symptoms arise. In croup, convulsions, and asthma, at inter-
vals of thirty minutes, until the spasm is broken, and relief
afforded, and then with such frequency of repetition as may
be necessary to maintain the desired influence. To what
extent the patient may be subjected to its influence, or for
what length of time this influence may be continued, without
danger to the patient, is a question difficult of solution. A
case of scarlatina in a girl some ten or twelve years old came
under our observation, in which the patient was kept so com-
pletely under its control that, for the period of forty-eight
hours, no pulse could be felt at the wrist. At the end of this
time, the fever having been subdued, the medicine was
omitted, the circulation rose to the normal standard, and the
patient had a rapid convalescence. It was a most malignant
case, and one which, when the treatment was commenced,
afforded little prospect of recovery. It is iair to state that
the preparation employed in this case was the concentrated
tincture.

It is of the highest importance, under all circumstances of
the employment of Yeratrin, to previously neutralise undue
acidity of the stomach, and to administer it in such form as
to render it most diffusible. We generally prefer to triturate
it with Asclepin, and to administer it in solution. We rind
very few cases in which the Asclepin is contra-indicated.

Except the above, very few judicious combinations can be
effected with the Veratrin. In some forms of cardiac disease,
and in dropsical effusions, it may be beneficially joined with
Digitalin, as previously mentioned. When auxiliary reme-
dies are needed, we deem our practice of alternation the best.
Care must be exercised when employing the Yeratrin in chro-
nic diseases, in order that too great a degree of relaxation and
prostration be not produced, which must be obviated by alter*
nating with suitable stimulants and tonics.

COI. TINC. VERATRUM VIRTDE.

Derivation same as the Veratrin. The properties ^r\u
appliances of this tincture are the same in all respects as thoise
•of the Veratrin. Its relative medicinal strength is as eight
to one. That is, eight drops of the tincture are equivj>iem
to ONE GRAIN of Veratrin. We prefer it to ihe Veratrin on
account of its advantage of ready administration, as well as on
account of its diffusible character. In view of the latior
quality, we consider it more prompt in its influences than the
Veratrin. We use it almost exclusively in our practice. -wThe
average dose, as a diaphoretic, anti-spasmodic, febrifuge, and
arterial sedative, is two drops, repeated once in two hours.
As an emetic, in croup, convulsions, etc., from FIVE to ElGin
drops, repeated every one or two hours. In chronic disease
generally, we give from one to three drops thrice a day. In
asthma and affections of the heart, we generally prescribe it
when the urgent symptoms are present. The most convenient
form for administration in fevers and other acute diseases, in
as follows :

Asclepin ........................ .-3 ss.

Warm water 5 I"V.

Con. Tine. Veratrum gttXXX.

Dissolve the Asclepin in the water and add the Veratrum.

Stir the solution well when used. Dose, from one to three

teaspoonfuls once in two hours. If nausea arises, and

vomiting be not desirable, omit the medicine until it subsides,

*nd then resume in the same manner, or at longer intervals.

, N S ^

828 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In this form we employ it in remittent, scarlet, and typhoid
fevers, pneumonia, pleuritis, measles, acute rheumatism, dys-
entery, all forms of acute exanthema, and febrile diseases
generally. In cardiac affections, and in dropsies, it may be
combined with the Con. Tine. Digitalis in equal proportions.

The Con. Tine, of Veratrum has been found a most excellent
external application for the relief of neuralgia aim rheumatic
pains, and for the discussion of indolent scrofulous find other
tumors, enlarged glands &c. The parts may be bathed with
the tincture two or three times per day, or a cloth saturated
I with it may be bound upon the tumor or part affected.

We have been informed that the tincture has been success*
fully employed, in enemas, for the removal of the ascaris
vermicuiaris or pin worms of the rectum, but of this fact
we have no personal knowledge. From Five to ten drops
may be administered in from two to four ounces of
water. We should prefer a thin mucilage of slippery elm,
or a solution of mouses and water. It is worthy of further
trial in this respect. Much yet remains to be learned of the
value of Veratrum and its preparations, although sufficient is
already known to render it an indispensible agent in the hands
of every practitioner. Its positive yet kindly control over the
heart and arterial system, by means of which we may say to
the turbulent currents of the blood, with certainty of obe-
dience, "Peace, be still," constitutes it a sine qua no,n in the
treatment of febrile diseases. In addition, its power of
resolving the plasticity of the blood, its stimulant, alterative,,
and tonic influences over the venous, absorbent, and lymphatic
vessels and glands, and its power of promoting the sanguineous
secretions, renders it ot inestimable utility to the requirements
of the healing art. We would wish especially to note an
.'mportant fact in connection with the employment of this
.remedy in the treatment of acute diseases, and that is, we can
truly pronounce our patient well when he is discharged. No
;4yalism — no loosening of the teeth—no sloughing of the
a-rft parts — no lesions of the mucous membranes or other tis*
y^es — no morbid discharges from the eyes or ears, as is fits

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 327

quently the case in scarlatina and measles — no troublesome
eczema to harass the weary sufferer — no barometric pains to
announce approaching meteoric change — nor fetid ulcers dis-
changing their filthy ooze from fountains of corrupt and stag-
nated secretions within : — but a system renovated and invigo-
rated—the vital currents leaping in living joy through their
unobstructed channels — the unfettered nerves harmoniously
obedient to the mandates of the organic intelligence, and the
rose of health blooming in grateful acknowledgment over the
integrity of the soul's citadel,

EUPATORIN. [Purpu.]

Derived from Eupatorium Purpureum.

Nat. Ord. — Asteracece.

Sex. Syst. — Syngenesia JEqualis.

Common Names. — Queen of the meadow, Gravel weed,
Joe-pye, Trumpet weed, etc,

Part *Used. — The Root,

No. of Principles. — three, viz., resinoid, neutral and alka-
loid.

Properties. — Diuretic, stimulant, astringent and tonic.

Employment. — Gravel, dropsy, gout, rheumatism, hema-
turia, hematamesis, hemoptysis, dysentery, hooping cough s
asthma, etc.

Although the system of nomenclature adopted by the
manufacturers of concentrated medicines is calculated to create
some confusion when two or more plants are taken from the
same genera, we deem it better, until a uniform system of
terminology is devised, to designate the preparations of plants
belonging to the same genus by an abbreviation of their spe-
cific names, as in the instance before us. Preparations pur-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 329

porting to be the active principles of this plant have been
offered the profession under the designation of Euj)urpurin y
etc., but we are at a loss to discover either scientific authority,
or advantage in the name adopted. We shall, therefore, for
the present, adhere to the method of distinction herein pur-
sued, as the preparation of which we are treating has already
been introduced to the profession under the title above given.

The value of Eupatorin Purpii. in the treatment of gravelly
affections depends more upon its alterative than upon its
direct diuretic influences. It seems more effectual in the
removal of uric acid deposits than of other calculous forma-
tions, although it is beneficially employed in almost all affec-
tions of the kidneys and bladder. It resolves mucous deposits
and deterges and heals abraded mucous surfaces. In catarrh
of the bladder, engorgement of the ureters, and in all atonic
conditions of the urinary apparatus, it is peculiarly useful. In
dropsy, strangury, hematuria, gout and rheumatism, it is a
valuable auxiliary agent. Its utility in the last mentioned
diseases is owing to the power of resolving the viscidity of the
secretions, and of promoting renal depuration. s<The average
— _4pse, in chronic disorders, is three grains three times per
day. The quantity may sometimes be increased to five, and
•even ten grains, with safety and advantage. In acute affec-
tions, as hematuria, strangury, etc., the doses may be repeated
.every one or two hours. Its efficacy will be enhanced and
its action rendered more prompt, in these cases, by adminis-
tering it in solution in warm water.

Eupatorin Purpu. operates beneficially in dropsy by reason
of its stimulating influence upon the absorbent vessels, as well
as by its powers as a diuretic. In this complaint it may be
joined with Ampelopsin, Helonin, and other of the concen-
trated remedies, as mentioned under their respective heads.

Hemoptysis, hematamesis, and other hemorrhages, have
been arrested and cured by the use of this remedy. The
doses in these cases will vary from two to five grains every
thirty or sixty minutes, or at longer intervals, according to
the urgency of the symptoms. If desired, it may be com-

330 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

hined with Lycopin, or Geranin, or Trilliin, 01; Myricin, etc
>We have found it of great value in dysentery, both as an
astringent, when such is needed, and as a tonic in the conval-
escing stages, y It seems to exercise a peculiar soothing and
toning influence upon inflamed and abraded mucous surfaces.
It promotes assimilation, and restrains the diarrheal tendency..
We have also found the Eupatorin Pnrpu. a most excellent
remedy in whooping cough, asthma, and other affections of
the respiratory system. We set a high, value upon it as an,
expectorant. It resolves the viscidity of the pulmonary secre-
tions, resolves the plasticity of the venous blood, and promotes-
cutaneous depuration. We are also inclined to attribute much
of its efficacy in these affections to its influences as an altera*
tive and diuretic upon the urinary apparatus, as we believe
that many cases of apparent disease of the lungs are dependent
upon the retention of effete urinary materials. At any rate
we have frequently found diuretics to be the best remedies in
whooping cough, asthma, and chronic coughs generally. And
in the treatment of dermoid diseases, we class those alteratives*
possessing diuretic properties as the most efficient in the mate-
ria medica. It is for the reason above given that we employ
this remedy in the diseases above mentioned, and we find it
efficient and reliable. If the patient partake of warm diluent
drinks in. connection with the Eupatorin, a mild and pleasant
diaphoresis is produced.

We have found this remedy beneficial in all cases of dysp-
nea, no matter by what cause produced. Also in catarrh,
influenza, bronchitis, and phthisis.

EDPATORIN, (Perfo.)

Derived from Eapatorium Perfoliatum*

Nat. Ord. — Asteraeem.

Sex. Syst. — Syngensia JEqualis.

Common Names. — Boneset, Thoroughwort, etc.
. Part Used. — The Herb.

No. of Principles — three, viz., resinoid, neutral, and alko
laid.

Properties. — Aperient, emetic, diaphoretic, febrifuge, alter-
ative, resolvent, and tonic.

Employment. — Intermittent, remittent, typhoid, and other
fevers, coughs, colds, influenza, catarrh, dyspepsia, debility, etc.

Eupatorin is alterative, resolvent, tonic and aperient when
taken in small doses and administered in powder or pill ; and
emetic, diaphoretic and febrifuge when exhibited in a warm
fluid menstruum. Hence the form of its administration
will be governed by the necessities of the case. It is much
employed, in solution in warm water, to facilitate the ope-
ration of other emetics. It is a valuable diaphoretic and

332 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

febrifuge in all febrile diseases, when given in small ant
frequently repeated doses. Intermittent and remittent fevers
have been etfectually cured by administering the Eupatorm
in full emetic doses during the intermissions or remissions,
<ind as near the time of the expected chill or exacerbation as
possible, following with small repeated doses to the pro-
duction of free diaphoresis, which should be continued unin-
terruptedly for six or eight hours, and then employing the
remedy in cold solution, pill, or powder, as a tonic. In con-
sequence of its utility in periodic fevers, Eupatorin has been
accredited with anti-periodic powers. We are of opinion,
however, that this property no more pertains to it than to
tonics in general. In all fevers and other affections manifest-
ing a tendency to pntrescency of the fluids, Eupatorin has
been found of excellent service, seeming to exercise well
marked and desirable influences as an antiseptic. Hence it
is employed in typhoid and typhus fevers, epidemic dysentery,
erysipelas, putrid sore throat, etc.

Eupatorin has been found useful in chronic cough, senile
debility, constipation, diseases of the skin, loss of appetite,
languid circulation, whooping cough, asthma, etc.

The dose of the Eupatorin as an emetic is from five to ten
grains in warm water, repeated every thirty minutes until it
operates. As an emetic it is slow but thorough. When given
in full doses it generally acts upon the bowels. It is valuable,
in warm solution, for promoting the operation of other
emetics.

As a diaphoretic and febrifuge, from one to three grains
may be given once in two hours, in warm water, or in an
infusion of some aromatic herb, as catnep, pennyroyal, spear-
mint, etc. It may be joined with other diaphoretics, as the
Asclepin, Cypripedin, or Sanguinarin.

As a tonic and aperient, from three to five grains three
times a day, in cold water, pill, or syrup. It is also a valuable
alterative or resolvent, useful in scrofulous and other cachexies,
tinea capitis, eczema, herpes, and other cutaneous diseases

CON. TINC. EUPATORIUM PURPUREUM.

This tincture may be used for all the purposes of the pre-
ceding preparation. The average dose is six drops, increased
or diminished as occasion requires. When desired, it may be
combined with -other of the concentrated tinctures. Thus in
dysentery, intestinal ulcerations, etc., with the Con. Tina
Ehus Glab., as follows:

Con. Tine. Eupatorium Purpu. ....... 3y«

" " KhusOlab 3j.

Mix. Dose from six to ten drops. In the asthenic forma
of dropsy with Con. Tine. Euonymus :

Con. Tine. Eupatoriu Puxpum............ 3j»

" " Euonymus... .......... 3ss.

Mix. Dose from four to eight drops, or more. In thia
way various combinations may be effected suited to the cas3
in hand. It is convenient of administration, and appropriate
in hematuria and other cases in which promptitude of action
is desirable.

. ,v f

CORTDALIN.

Derived from Corydalis Formosa.
Nat. Ord. — Fumariaceaz.
Sex. Syst. — Diadelphia Hexandria.
Common Names.— Turkey Com, Turkey Pea, Stagger-
weed, etc.

Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles, four, viz., resin, retinoid, alkaloid, and

neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, tonic, diuretic, anti-syphihtic,

antiscorbutic, resolvent, etc.

Employment.— Scrofula, syphilis, cutaneous diseases,

dropsy, debility, etc.

This plant is the Dielytra Eximia of Wood's, and the
Diecentra Eximia of Gray's botany.

The remedial properties of this plant are of a very high
order, and reside, as above stated, in four distinct proximate
active principles. This combination of the active medicinal
constituents embodies the entire therapeutic value of the plant.
Our clinical experience in the use of both the crude root aDd

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 335

its concentrated preparation enables us to speak positively
upon this point.

The therapeutic action of the Corydalin is at once both
(remarkable and highly to be prized. With the most ener-
getic alterative and resolvent properties, it combines a tonic
power of exceeding value. Thus while it neutralises, deterges,
and promotes depuration, it gives tone to the various organs
•engaged in the performance of these functions. Its dynamic
influences seem to be comprised in a power by which it re-
solves the plasticity of the blood, regulates and quickens the
activity of the eliminating vessels, particularly of the renal
and cutaneous, and promotes the processes of digestion, as-
similation, and nutrition. From this consideration of its
physiological influences, it will be at once seen that the Cory-
dalin admits of an extended and desirable range of applica-
tion. In scrofula, particularly when accompanied with feeble
digestion and poverty of the blood, it is of great value. As
this disease almost invariably argues an atonic condition of
the reparative and depurative functions, the peculiar efficacy
of the Corydalin will be apparent. In this complaint the Co-
Tydalin should be given in doses of from one to three grains
three times per day, alternating with such other remedies as
may be needed to correct hepatic aberation or other special
visceral derangements. The practitioner may combine it,
when he deems it expedient, with other alteratives, diuretics,
or tonics, as Senecin, Ampelopsin, Cerasein, Stillingin, Irisin,
etc. We prefer, however, to alternate it with such other re-
medies as the necessities of the case may indicate.

Corydalin has been employed with marked success in the
treatment of syphilis, in connection with Podophyllin. Per-
haps no single remedial agent possesses more positive and
energetic anti-syphiltic and anti-scorbutic properties.^ Its use
should be persevered in for a length of time, occasionally
alternated with Stillingin, Phytolacin, Irisin, etc. The most
-desperate and protracted cases have been cured by this treat-
ment.

Our experience in the use of this remedy in the treatment

836 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER,

of cutaneous eruptions has been higkiy satisfactory. We have
succeeded in curing many cases of obstinate dermoid affec-
tions, when other remedies proved inefficient, by the use of
the Corydalin. On account of the smallness of the dose and
the absence of any nauseous taste, it is peculiarly adapted to
the necessities of children. It may be readily administered
in solution, in a little water. When not contra-indicated, a
little sugar may be added, which will render it of easy ad-
ministration to infants and children. In strumous, herpetic,
venereal, scorbutic, and other cachexies, the Corydalin is
Worthy the entire confidence of the profession.

Corydalin is also valuable in dropsy, general debility,
gravel, and the various affections of the urinary apparatus,
indigestion, torpor of the lacteals, visceral enlargements, and
for the correction of all vitiated conditions of the blood and
fluids.

As a diuretic, the Corydalin is more to be valued on ac-
count of its resolvent and alterative properties than for its
direct influence in increasing the secretion of urine. In atonic
gleet, passive leucorrhea, catarrhal affections of the bladder,
incontinence of urine, etc., it will be found peculiarly service-
able.

The average dose of the Corydalin is TWO grains. It seldom
or nerer disagrees with the stomach, and may be employed as
a ton>B in irritable conditions of that organ.

JUGLANDIN.

Derived from Jugla/ns Cinerea,

Nat. Ord. — Juglandacece.

Sex. Syst. — Moncecia Polycmdria.

Common Names. — Butternut, White Walnut \ etc.

Part Used. — Bark of the Root,

No. of Principles. — Two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, tonic, chologogue, laxative, deob-
etruent, detergent and diuretic, and in large doses emetic and
cathartic.

Employment. — Fevers, dysentery, dyspepsia, piles, jaun-
dice, hepatic disorders, and diseases of the urinary appa-
ratus,

Juglandin is a remedy of great value. As a laxative and
cathartic, it is devoid of irritant properties, hence is exceed-
ingly useful in all forms of bowel complaints, and in fevers
and other disorders attended with gastric or enteric irritability,
when such a remedy is indicated. We have employed the
Juglandin with much satisfaction in the treatment of intermit-
tent, remittent, and typhoid fevers accompanied with gastric
22

338 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

irritability and a tendency to diarrhea. It corrects the acri-
mony of the secretions, neutralises acidity, obviates the ten-
dency to fermentative decomposition of the food, stimulates
the hepatic secretions, resolves biliary deposits, deterges and
soothes the irritability of the mucous surfaces, promotes peri-
staltic activity, and gives tone to the depurative functions of
the kidneys. From this statement of its capabilities, it will
.be seen that its range of application is extensive.

The average dose of the Juglandin is five grains. In large
doses, say from ten to fifteen grains, it gen* -ally proves
cathartic, and sometimes emetic, accompanied Twth vomiting
of bilious matter. It is as an aperient and laxative, however,
that the Juglandin is mostly esteemed, its cathartic powers
being somewhat uncertain.

In indigestion accompanied with gastric irritability, flatu
Uency, acid eructations, etc., we have employed the Juglandin
with the most gratifying success. We usually administer it
in doses of five grains immediately after each meal. We im-
bibed a notion, some years since, that medicines calculated to
excite action in the digestive apparatus should be so adminis-
tered as to expend their influences at the moment when such
action was needed, and our experience has fully justified us
in the correctness of the opinion then formed. The benefit
here derived results from a local influence, hence by so timing
the remedy that it may promote the action called forth by the
natural excitant, food, we secure the benefits of its co-opera-
tion. If the muscular fibre be lax and inactive, its contractile
powers are stimulated into activity, and thus is the labor of
attrition promoted. If the gastric secretions be deficient, de-
pendent upon atony or torpor of the gastric functions, they
are incited to yield up their stores of the digestive juices. In-
corporated with the chyme as it passes into the intestinal tube,
the medicinal constituents provoke a due supply of bile and
pancreatic juice, flow onward with the duly elaborated chyle,
quicken the impressibility of the lacteal vessels, and impel the
life-sustaining currents forward to the completion of their
'organic mission. We are further of the opinion that certain

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES TROPER. 319

•chemical relations are sustained, whereby the processes of
assimilation are facilitated. Be these considerations as th^y
may, however, our plan of administering medicines calculated
to act as local stimulants and tonics will be found reliable.

Juglandin, answers an admirable purpose in combination
with Leptandrin. Our formula is as follows :

Juglandin -

Leptandrin aa. 3j«

Mucilage Gum Acacia - - q. s.

Form a mass and divide into thirty pills. x

- - We have found these pills to answer an excellent purpose \
in the treatment of indigestion, chronic hepatic disorders, tsdk- f
stipation, jaundice, piles, and derangements of the urinary a)>
paratus. The usual dose is one pill, taken immediately before
or after each meal. If necessary, to obviate constipation, th<?
•dose may be increased to two or three pills, or from two to
four may be taken at bed time. We are confident that
whoever tests the value of these pills will never be without *
supply of them on hand. They correct a tendency to fermen-
tative decomposition of the food, deterge and soothe the irrita-
bility of the mucous membranes, obviate constipation, expel
flatulence, and correct the acrimonv of the urine. In atonio
conditions of the stomach and bowels, and in general debilitv
and torpor of the abdominal viscera, we substitute the Con,
Tine. Xanthoxylum for the mucilage of gum arabic in forming
a mass for pills. When a milder stimulant is needed, we em-
ploy the Xanthoxylin, which, being deprived of the oil, is not
incompatible in conditions of sub-acute inflammation. Our
formula then stands as follows:

Juglandin -----

Leptandrin - - - - - aa. 3 ss.

Xanthoxylin - - - - ±)i.

Mucil. acacia - - - - - q. s.

Form a mass and divide into twenty pills. Dose, same aa
above.

340 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

I For the relief of ischuria, eneuresis, and kindred disorders
of the urinary apparatus, the Juglandin will operate most effi-
ciently in combination with Populin ) They may be combined
in equal proportions and formed into" four grain pills, one of
which may be given every two hours, or oftener, until relief
is obtained, and than continued at suitable intervals until a
cure is effected. These will be found excellent for the relief
of scalding of the urine in pregnant females, and in the treat-
ment of cystitis a*\d urethral inflammation.

In dysentery, the Juglandin is usually administered at in-
tervals of two hours, and continued until the alvine discharges
assume a healthier appearance. The average dose in such
cases is two grains. When indicated, it may be alternate
witb Gterani*" &r other astringents.

TEILLIItf.

Derived from Trillium Pendulum*

Nat. Order. — Trilliaceas.

Sex. Syst. — Hexandria. Trigynia,

Common Names. — Beth-root, Birth-root, etc.

Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles. — Three, viz., resinoid, neutral and much
resin.

Properties. — Astringent, styptic, alterative, tonic, diapho-
retic, expectorant, anti-septic and emmenagoguc.

Employment. — Hemorrhages, either external or internal,
leucorrhea, prolapsus uteri, monorrhagia, dyspepsia, hooping
cough, asthma, immoderate flow of the lochia, etc*

Trilliin is one of the most valuable agents embodied in
the organic materia medica. Its dynamic influences are chiefly
directed towards the mucous surfaces, over which it seems to
•exercise a special control. Though mostly employed in affec-
tions of the uterine system, it is nevertheless of great utility
in the treatment of all diseases involving the mucous mem-
branes. Hemoptysis, hematemesis, hematuria, and uterine

842 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

hemorrhages have all been relieved and cured by means of
this remedy. The average dose in these cases is three
grains, repeated hourly un :il the hemorrhage is arrested, and
then continued at intervals of from four to six hours until all
danger of a relapse is past—^Jtelief will be rendered more
certain if the Trilliin be alternated with Oil of Erigeron, five,
drops of which may be given every alternate hour.^Pr it may
be alternated with Lycopin, of which from TWO to four
grains may be given at a dose. In chronic cough, accompa-
nied with spitting of blood, the Trilliin and Lycopin may be
combined, as follows : ,

Trilliin

Lycopin .. 3ss.

Mix and divide into fifteen powders. Dose, one, three
times a day. This combination will also be found excellent
in diabetes, and, in connection with suitable diet -and regimen,
will be found successful in a majority of cases, if taken in the
«arly stages.

In the treatment of vaginal and uterine leucorrhea, particu-
larly when of an atonic character, the Trilliin will be found
one of the most reliable remedies. It resolves the viscidity
of the mucous secretions, acts as an alterative tonic upon th&
mucous follicles, deterges and heals the diseased membranes,,
and corrects the acrimony of the discharges. Trilliin is deci-
dedly antiseptic, and is useful in correcting a tendency to pu-
trescency of the fluids, and the foetor of critical discharges. In
dysentery, putrid fevers, cancrum oris, and in all cases having
a tendency to gangrene, it will be found of essential service.
When required, it may be applied locally, either in the form
of a solution, as in cancrum oris, putrid sore throat, etc., as a
gargle, or the dry powder may be applied, as in erysipelatous
and other ulcers. In fetid discharges from the vagina and
•iterus, it may be employed in the form of an injection. For
this purpose, from ONE to TWO drachms may be infused in,
boiling water and used when blood warm. For the latter-
purpose it may be combined with Geranin, or Myricin, or Bap-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 34$

UMxii, one drachm of eacl. to the pint. Thus combined it will
bo *bund useful as an injection in vaginal, uterine, and rectal
hemorrhages. 7 X A solution of the Trilliin, or a small quantity
01 the dry powder, snuffed up the nostrils will immediately
ch<vjk epistaxis. \ A small quantity of the powder introduced
into the cavity rrom which a tooth has been extracted will
effectually arrest the hemorrhage. Slight hemorrhages occur-
ring from wounds, cancerous ulcerations, etc., may also be
arrtsued by the same means.

Bit among the most valuable of the haemostatic properties
cf + he Trilliin is its power of restraining profuse lochial dis-
Ciuj-ges. It facilitates the detergent action, regulating but not
suppressing it. It may be given in doses of from TWO to
A3LR grains three times a day, or oftener if the indications
warrant.

v/e have also found the Trilliin exceedingly valuable in
the treatment of prolapsus uteri, particularly when of an as-
ili€ tic character, and dependent upon an atonic condition of
r.he uterine supports. It should be given in doses of from TWO
o ^ive grains three times per day, and alternated with such
otner remedies as the case demands. In engorgements of the
^rvix uteri, chronic vaginitis, etc., the Trilliin will be found an
exceedingly efficient remedy, and should be used both inter-
i, ally and externally. In passive hemorrhages of the uterus
md other organs, the Trilliin, if not sufficient alone, will al-
ways prove a valuable auxiliary.

Trilliin has been highly recommended in dyspepsia, hoop-
mg cough, asthma, etc., and we have no doubt of its utility in
these complain ss, although our personal experience of its
value in sucli cases is too limited to allow us to speak
authoratively. The average dose of the Trillin is three
grains.

SCUTELLAMN.

Derived from Scutellaria Lateriflora.

Nat. Ord. — Lamvnacem.

Sex. Syst. — Bidynamia Gh/mnosperma.

Common Names.— Blue Scullcap, Mad Bog Weed, etc.

Part Used.— The Herb.

No. of Principxtjs — three, viz., resin, resmoid, and neutral

Properties.— Nervine, tonic, diuretic, and anti-spasmodic.

Employment.— Convulsions, chorea, delirium, hysteria,
dysmenorrJiea, neuralgia, nervous debility, urinary disor-
ders, etc.

Much division of sentiment has heretofore existed among
the profession in regard to the remedial value of the Scutella-
ria Lateriflora. By many it is considered a medicine of great
utility in the treatment of a variety of disorders, while others
attach little or no value to it. We have shown, in the first
part of this volume, while treating of the variations in the
therapeutic constituents of plants, that this discrepancy of
opinion had good foundation, in view of the different degrees
of development attained by the proximate active principles
under diverse local influences. The presence of a greater or
less amount, or the entire absence of those constituents upon

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 345

which a plant depends for medicinal value must ever give
rise to a division of sentiment respecting its claims as a thera-
peutic agent. Whoever uses the Scutellarin now being
treated of, will not fail to place it in his catalogue of remedies
as a medicine entitled to his confidence. An ounce of Scutel-
larin being positive and uniform in its constitution and pro-
perties, will better enable him to determine its worth than a
thousand pounds of the crude herb.

As a nervine tonic, we value the Scutellarin highly. It
soothes and quiets the irritability of the nervous system, giv-
ing tone and regularity of action, lessens cerebral excitement,
abates delirium, diminishes febrile excitement, excites diapho-
resis and diuresis, and accomplishes its work without any sub-
sequent unpleasant reactions. The average dose of the Scut-
ellarin is TWO grains, increased, when occasion requires, to
five, or even more. The doses may be repeated every one,
two, or three hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms.

Scutellarin is of great service in fevers and other acute dis-
eases in which there is a tendency to delirium. It seems to
have the power of lessening cerebral excitement, and at the
same time proves febrifuge. It is equally useful in the treat-
ment of acute dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia, and other female
disorders in which the head is liable to be unpleasantly
affected. It would seem to have an especial influence in
equalising the flow of the nervous currents, and so lessening
the tendency to congestions. We have found the Scutellarin
a remedy of great value in the treatment of coup de soleil or
sun stroke, particularly when the case has become chronic.
We meet with many patients who have been unpleasantly
affected by heat, and who have never entirely recovered from
its effects. They are unable to endure the sun's rays, and
complain of dizziness, headache, nervous tremblings, wake-
fulness, indigestion, etc. We have met with entire success in
many of these cases by the use of the Scutellarin in connec-
tion with Podophyllin. We administer the latter in full ca-
thartic doses at the commencement of the treatment, in view
of its derivative influences, and afterwards repeat it in such

346 CONCENTRATED MEDJC1NES PROPER.

doses and at such intervals as in our judgment may be neces-
sary. The Scuteliarin we exhibit in doses of from two to»
FIVE grains three or four times a day.

Scuteliarin is an excellent remedy in the treatment of con-
vulsions, chorea, hysteria, etc., more as a radical remedy
during the remissions, however, than as a means of overcom-
ing the immediate spasm. It seems to be of more utility, ia.
these cases, as a means of giving permanency to a condition,,
than as a means of bringing about a condition. In the treat- I.
ment of epileptic convulsions, as soon as we have secured a.
remission of the attacks by means of Gelsemin, we employ the-.
Scuteliarin in combination with the Gelsemin as a radical
remedy, y We find them to operate admirably in combination
Our formula is as follows :

Scuteliarin 3 i.

Gelsemin grs. V.

Mix and divide into ten powders. Dose, one, two or three
times a day. The proportions may be varied to suit the pe-
culiarities of the case.

Scuteliarin may be relied upon under all circumstances as a
nervine tonic. In all cases of nervous irritability, debility,
hysteria, dysmenorrhea, etc., indications will be found for its
employment. We deem it much superior to the preparations
of opium in the management of the disorders of children. For
nervous irritability, wakefulness, slight febrile disturbances,,
flatulence, colicky pains, etc., it answers admirably in combi-
nation with Asclepin. Make a solution in warm water and
administer in small and frequently repeated doses.

When desired, the Scuteliarin may be combined with other
antispasmodics, as the Caulophyllin, Viburnin, Cypripedin,
etc., or with tonics, as the Cerasein, Cornin, Fraserin, etc., or
with diuretics, as the Populin, Senecin, Eupatorin Purpu.,.
etc.

We have used the Scuteliarin with benefit in threatened
trismus, tetanic cramps, and other spasmodic disorders. Its
diuretic powers are considerable, but not uniformly displayed-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. ^47

In many cases we have found it to induce a copious flow of
urine, while in others no appreciable diuretic effects were ob-
servable. When taken in warm solution it proves gently
diaphoretic, and is useful in breaking up u recent cold

ffS*- -44<Q9»»-t- *tBB

CON. T1NC. SCUTELLARIA LATERIFLORA

This preparation of the Scutellaria is equivalent to the pre-
paration first treated of, and is employed for the same pur-
poses. It is convenient of dispensation and administration,
and for combining with other of the Concentrated Tinctures,
"We make much use of it in combination with the Con. Tine.
Gelseminum.

Con. Tine. Scutellaria

" " Gelseminum ; aa. 3 ii.

Mix. Dose from five to fifteen drops. We employ it
in epileptic and other convulsions, hysteria, dysmenorrhea,
chorea, nervous debility, wakefulness, etc.

Equal parts of the Con. Tinctures of Scutellaria and Senecia
form an excellent combination for the treatment of pectoral
disorders, gravelly affections, amenorrhea, nervous debility,
hysteria, uterine engorgements, and other disorders of the
female system.

With the Con. Tine. Eupatorium Purpu. it will be found
serviceable in affections of the urinary apparatus.

Either alone or in combination with other suitable agents.
it will be found valuable for the relief of nervous h eadaches,
neuralgic pains, palpitation of the heart, and in all disorders

348 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

indicating the employment of an antispasmodic, nervine, U.aJu
and diuretic.

The average dose of the tincture is five drops, varied as
circumstances may require. It produces no unpleasant effects
in over doses, operating under all circumstances, so far as we
have observed, without excitement.

OIL OF POPULUS TREMULOIDES.

We omitted to notice the Oil of Populus in its proper con-
nection, hence introduce it here. It is chiefly as an external
application that we desire to call attention to it, its value as
an internal remedy being so indefinite that we prefer omitting
any reference to its internal employment. As an external
appliance for burns, sore nipples, abrasions of the skin, and
various eruptions, we are enabled to speak from experience
of its great value. In its influences it seems to partake of the
character of the balsams, soothing irritation, correcting the
acrimony of eruptive exudations, and favoring cicatrization.
For the purposes above mentioned it may be made into an
ointment with lard, fresh butter, simple cerate, or other bases.
From one to three drachms of the Oil may be added to each
ounce of the base employed. In some cases it may be usefully
joined with Olive oil, or oil of sweet almonds. The samfe
proportions above mentioned may be observed. At other
times it may be requisite to apply the oil without admixture.
For some forms of eczema, salt rheum, excoriated nipples,
burns, scalds, abrasions, healthy ulcers; etc., this will be found
one of the most efficient applications ever employed. In erup-
tions of the scalp it will be found equally useful.

APO CYNIN.

<m m-

Derived from Apocynum Cannabinum.

Nat. Ord. — Apocynaceoe.

Sex. Sjst. — Pcntcmdria Digynia.

Common Names. — Black Indian Hemp, Dog's-bane, etc.

Part Used.— -The Hoot.

No. of Principles, three, viz., resin, resinoid, and neutral,

Properties. — Emetic, cathartic, diuretic, diaphoretic, al-
terative, tonic, and vermifuge.

Employment. — Intermittent and remittent fevers, rheur
matisrx, scrofula, dropsy, syphilis, constipation, chronic
hepatitis, jaundice, etc.

In sm*U doses, say from one fourth to one half of one
grain, Apocynin is diaphoretic, expectorant, stimulant, and
diuretic, and as such is employed in intermittent and remittent
fevers, pneumonia, pleuritis, acute rheumatism, and other fe-
brile disorders. In large doses it is an active emeto-cathartic,
somewhat drastic in its operation, producing copious watery
stools, and greatly promoting diuresis.

We havsi found the Apocynin efficient in promoting the

350 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

absorption of serous effusions, particularly when investing the
larger cavities, as of the chest, abdomen, etc. We have em-
ployed it with success in the treatment of hydrothorax. The
average dose of the Apocynin is TWO grains, repeated twice
or thrice daily. It frequently produces considerable nausea
and griping, which may be corrected by combining it with
aromatics and stimulants. As a diaphoretic and expectorant,
from ONE fourth to ONE HALF grain may be given once in
from two to four hours. It seems to resolve the viscidity of
the pulmonary secretions, and to stimulate the mucous sur-
faces into healthful activity, hence is useful in bronchitis,
laryngitis, catarrh, etc.. We have employed the Apocynin
successfully in the treatment of hemoptysis. It is most useful
when the latter results from the suppression of some secretion,
as the menses, hemorrhoids, or from serous accumulations
within the cavity of the chest.

Apocynin has also been found serviceable in scrofula,
syphilis, eruptions of the skin, constipation of the bowels,
chronic hepatic aberation, jaundice, and for the removal of
worms, particularly the ascaris vermicularis. For the latter
purpose it is administered three times daily, in doses sufficient
to keep the bowels somewhat relaxed, continued for three
days, then omitted for three days, and resumed again if re-
quired.

Apocynin is accredited with some narcotic power, in view
of the patient's becoming somewhat drowsy when under the
influence of cathartic doses. The pulse at the same time di-
minishes in frequency. These effects pass off, however, with
the operation of the medicine. When given in too large, or
too frequently repeated doses, a lingering and distressing
nausea is produced, accompanied with prostration and debil-
ity. In the treatment of scrofula and other diseases of an as-

theme character, it should be alternated with tonics. Combi-
nations with other remedies may be easily effected, at the op-
tion of the practitioner, but we are decidedly in favor of using
it singly and alternating with other remedies when indicated
The diuretic power of the Apocynin seems to reside more

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 35j

in its property as a stimulant of the absorbent system, than in
any direct influence it has upon the kidneys. For this reason
it will be observed that its operation as a diuretic is not uni •
form, and is governed by the existing diathesis.

-♦■•♦>

€0N. TINC. APOCYNUM CANNAB1NUM.

♦*-:<

Derivation, properties and employment same as the above.
."Medium dose, three drops. Preferred by many on account
of its diffusible character, and the facility with which it may
be administered. When desired, it may be combined with
other of the concentrated tinctures indicated in the case. The
following combinations are sometimes employed:

Con. Tine. Apocynum

" " Chelone aa. 3 i.

Mix. Dose from two to five drops.

Con. Tine. Apocynum

11 " Euonymus ......... — aa. 3i«

Mix. Dose same as above.

Con. Tine. Apocynum 3i

" u Eupatorium Purpu ...3&

Mix. Dose from four to eight drops.

BAR9SMIN.

<♦•♦* A

X)erived from Barosma Crenata.

Nat. Ord. — liutacece.

Bex. Syst. — Pentandria Monogynia.

Common Name. — Buchu.

Part Used. — The Leaves.

No. of Principles. — Two {Resin and Neutral?)

Properties. — Diuretic, alterative, diaphoretic, tonic, stimw
lant and antispasmodic.

Employment. — Gravel, catarrh of the urinary bladder, dis'
ease of the prostate gland, hematuria, rheumatism, gout,
dropsy, cutaneous diseases, gonorrhea, gleet, leucorrhea, &c. <&c.

Barosmin is a diuretic of the alterative class, and its speci-
fic influence is generally more observed in the corrected
character of the urine than in its increased now. The reme-
dial utility of the Barosmin is most especially manifested in
the correction of the uric and lithic acid diatheses. Hence
its employment is appropriate in all diseases complicated with
or taking" their rise from a superabundant formation of these
acids.

Gravelly affections, characterized by the deposit of a pink-
ish colored sediment in the urine, offer a wide field for its
employment. Both practitioner and patient will sometimes
be astonished by the amount of urates eliminated in a few
hours under the influence of this remedy. In all cases in
which the writer has had occasion to employ preparations of
the Buchu, he has found that its efficacy has been materially

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PJY^'Tl. .353

enhanced by the exhibition of alterative doses of PodopliylHn
in connection with it.

Catarrh of the bladder is another affection in which I have
used tliis remedy with a very gratifying degree of success.
Its peculiar alterative properties are here manifested. It al-
lays the irritation of the mucous surfaces, lessens the amount
of mucous voided, and apparently cleanses and heals the abra-
sions of the mucous surfaces.

hi enlargement of the prostate gland, and thickening of the
urethral canal, its value as a resolvent can scarcely be esti-
mated. A persevering use of the remedy is requisite in these
cases. Among the serious affections to which the urinary ap-
paratus is liable, and in the treatment of which I have em-
ployed the preparations of the Buelm with remarkable suc-
cess, I may mention hematuria. The specific tonic pro-
perty of the remedy is here manifested, and in fact I know of
no better tonic remedy for the kidneys under any circum-
stances.

In rheumatic affections, so frequently dependent upon a
uric acid diatheses, I have long employed this remedy with
the most satisfactory results. Even in acute rheumatism,
after the inflammatory symptoms are measurably subdued, I
seldom omit its exhibition.

I have cured many cases of lumbago with this remedy, in
connection with alterative doses of Podophyllin.

In dropsy it is mainly useful in the asthenic forms, particu-
larly when the kidneys, from want of tone, are tardy in the
elimination of the absorbed fluid, or are loaded with uric acid
deposit.

1p che treatment of cutaneous eruptions, such as salt rheum,
eozo'/ia, tinea capitis, &c, I consider it a remedy of great
v^Iit?. I have long been of opinion, as heretofore expressed in
wiv writino's, that in the treatment of skin diseases diuretics

%j O '

are flie best alteratives. I would also mention erysipelas,
both acute and chronic, as being a complaint in which I have
emp oyed this remedy very successfully. *

1» the management of gonorrhea, gleet, leucorrhea, and ul-
cere dons of the uterus, this will be found a most valuable aux-

^54 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

iliary remedy. I would mention, however, that its employ*
ment in the treatment of females will sometimes be attended
with a sense of tension and weight in the region of the uterus,
and a tendency to prolapsus. When these symptom sappear,
the remedy should be suspended.

Administered in warm solution, the Barosmin will gener-
ally prove strongly diaphoretic, and the peculiar odor of the
plant will be perceptible in the perspiration. It is also very
often perceptibie in the urine within an hour or two after
being; exhibited. The warm infusion will sometimes nau-
seate.

The dose of the Barosmin is from two to four grains.
The best vehicle in which to adminster it is water.

CON. TINC. BAKOSMA CKENATA

Derivation and properties similar to the above. I much
prefer it on account of its possessing the volatile oil be-
longing to the plant, and for its convenience of administration
and dispensation.

Both these preparations will operate better if a/ "ministered
at least one hour before, or two hours after, meals.

Dose of the Tincture, from ten to thirty drops

IRISItf.

Derived from Iris Versicolor,

Nat. Ord. — Iridacece.

Sex. Syst. — Triandria Monogynia

Common Name. — Blue Flag.

Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles — four, viz., resin, resmoid, alkaloid,
mid neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, sialagogue, laxative, diu-
retic, aiiti-syphilitic, vermifuge, etc.

Employment. — Scrofula, syphilis, gonoi*rhea, dropsy rheu*
matism, glandular swellings, eruptions of tlie skin, and
affections of the liver and spleen.

Irisin is justly esteemed as one of our most valuable alter-
atives. It is eminently resolvent, and exercises a marked in-
fluence over the entire glandular system, resolving morbid
deposits, quickening the activity of the secreting apparatus,
and promoting depuration through the various emunctories.
It arouses the functions of the absorbent, venous and lym- "
phatic systems, removes obstructions and corrects aberationa

356 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

of the hepatic and renal functions. . As an anti-syphilitic, it has
few, if any, superiors. It increases the salivary flow, and has
the reputation of producing ptyalism. But a careful distinc-
tion must be made between the effects produced by vegetable
agencies upon the mucous and salivary glands, and mercurial
salivation. The former are nothing more nor less than mani-
festations of a quickened physiological activity ; evidences of
special therapeutic stimulus, constituting, oftentimes, a critical
conservative effort. No loosening of the teeth, no sponginess
of the gums, no putrefactive fetor, no sloughing of the soft
parts ; increased, but not disordered secretion. On the other
hand, mercury induces a pathological condition of the mucous
surfaces ; provokes a metamorphosis of the vital constituent?
of the blood and fluids, and favors the formation of vitiated
products ; altering from good to bad, and from bad to worse ;
giving rise to congestions, lesions, putrefactive conversions
and disorganizations of the organic structures. In the former
case we have the evidence of a direct therapeutic stimulus
operating upon the vital impressibility of the secreting appa-
ratus, promoting increased activity of its functions for the
ourpose of eliminating legitimate products. In the latter in-
stance we have an augmented flow of morbid materials result-
ing from the destructive conversions of the vital constituents
by the remedy itself, and which are not the legitimate products
of organic metamorphoses. In the former case the remedy
itself is the motor-stimulus, while in the latter instance the
mercurial corruptions constitute the stimuli of excitement.

We have used the Irisin with good success in the treatment
of scrofula. It is peculiarly useful in those cases accompanied
with hepatic derangement. The average dose of the Irisin as
an alterative is two grains, repeated twice or thrice a day. It
will generally prove gently laxative in this quantity. In
larger doses, say from FOUR to Six grains, it usually proves
cathartic. Its operation is sometimes accompanied with pain
and griping, which may be corrected by combining it with
'stimulants as the Xanthoxylin, Capsicum, ginger, etc. Irisin

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 357

is mostly employed in combination with other alteratives, as
the Stillingin, Corydalin, Phytolacin, Kumin, etc. In many
cases it is better to employ it alone and alternate it with tonics.
The following formula is of great ralue in the treatment of
hepatic torpor :

Irisin 31

Kumin . 3 ii.

Mix and divide into twenty powders. Dose, one, three
times a day. The dose may be increased as occasion requires.
The Eumin is a most excellent remedy in chronic disorders
of the liver.

Irisin is one of the most excellent remedies we possess for
the cure of syphilis. In eradicating the syphiltic virus and
correcting the diathesis of the system, it has few equals. Its
influences are positive and certain. It may be employed alone
and occasionally alternated with other alteratives, or they may
be combined as occasion requires. We have prescribed the
following formula in many cases, with most excellent results:

Irisin _ .

Phytolacin aa. 3 i.

Stillingin 3 ii.

Mix and divide into twenty powders. One of these pow-
ders may be given three times daily. We sometimes vary the
formula as follows :

Irisin . 3 ii.

Corydalin 3i.

Mix. From three to five grains of this compound may be
administered three times per day. Or the following :

Irisin.... ...........

Xanthoxvlin aa. 3ss.

Mix. Dose from two to four grains three times a day*
In this way we vary the combination to meet the indications

858 G0NCENT1M.7'KD MEDICINES PROPER.

of the case. Other 9il' nhe concentrated medicines, as th©
Smilacin, Chimaphilii, Alnuin, etc., may be combined with
*he Irisin to suit part'c T alar cases.

Irisin has been frond particularly serviceable in the treat-
ment of leucorrhea, congestions of the cervix, ulceration, and
other disorders of th s> uterine system. It is particularly indi-
cated in uterine leucorrhea, in which affection it seems to be
of almost specific value. Of course auxiliary treatment mast
not be neglected.

As an alterative, rfoolvent, and detergent, the Irisin is
highly beneficial in rheumatism, glandular swellings, eruptions
of the skin, and in all diseases indicating any peculiar cachexy.
"We have found it oA' reliable utility in gonorrhea, gleet, and
for the cure of all morbid discharges from the vagina and
urethra.

In the treatment *?f dropsy the Irisin is mainly useful as a
resolvent, and for promoting the activity of the absorbent sys-
tem. In conjunct;r n with the other remedies, it has been suc-
cessfully employed in the cure of that complaint.

In visceral engagements and torpor, as of the liver, spleen*
etc., the Irisin is a remedy not to be lightly estimated. In
doses sufficient tr> ensure a regular and soluble condition of
the bowels, it wD *■ be found highly efficacious in chronic he-
patic disorders. Also in glandular indurations.

It has been er iployed in combination with Macrotin, with
considerable success for the relief of menstrual suppressions.
Two grains of lisin with HALF a grain of Macrotin will form
the average doTKi, repeated twice or thrice a day.

Irisic ; s sometimes substituted for Podophyllin when the
latter is cont/> -udicatecL

HYDRASTIS.

Derived from Hydrastis Canadensis,

Nat. Order. — Ranunculaceas,.

Sex. Syst. — Polyandria Polygamia,

Common Names. — Golden Seal, Yellow Puccoon^ Ground
Raspberry, Tumeric Root, etc.

Part Used.— The Root,

No. of .Principles.— -four, viz., resin, resinoid, alkaloid, and
neutral.

Properties. — Laxative, chologogue, alterative, resolvent,
tonic, diuretic, anti-septic, etc.

Employment. — Zeucorrhea, gonorrhea, gleet, cystitis, fevers,
dyspepsia, constipation, piles, opthalmia, otorrhea, catanh,
and all diseases involving the mucous surfaces.

Hydrastis exercises an especial influence over mucous snr
faces. Its action in this respect is so manifest that the indica
tions for its employment cannot be mistaken. Upon the livei
it acts with equal certainty and efficacy. As a chologogue
and deobstruent it has few equals. In affections of the spleen^
mesentery, and abdominal viscera generally, it is an efficient

860 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

and reliable remedy. Also in scrofula, glandular diseases
generally, cutaneous eruptions, indigestion, debility, chronic
diarrhea and dysentery, constipation, piles, and all morbid and
critical discharges.

Hydrastin has been successfully employed in the cure of
leucorrhea. It is of singular efficacy when that Complaint is
complicated with hepatic aberration. It is employed both in-
ternally and externally. The usual dose is from one to two
grains three times a day, increasing the quantity, if moie of
the laxative effect is needed. For topical use, ONE drachm to
ONE pint of boiling water, to be injected tepid or cold, at the
option of the patient or practitioner. m The same will be ibund
extremely valuable as an injection in gonorrhea, gleet, ure-
thral inflammation, vaginitis, cystitis, hemorrhoids, etc. When
considerable inflammation exists, and for injections into the
bladder, the infusion should be allowed to stand for a time, in
order that the resinoid principle may precipitate, as the neu-
tral and alkaloid principles held in solution by the water are
more particularly beneficial in these cases. The resinoid prin-
ciple possesses a degree of escharotic power, and does not act
kindly in certain irritable conditions of the mucous sui faces,
proving too stimulating. On the other hand, when the con-
dition is one of coldness and torpor, and when there art; exu*
dations of plastic lymph, the action of the resinoid principle
is particularly demanded. It is in consequence of this pecu.
liar property of the resinoid principle that Hydrastin is con-
tra-indicated in certain irritated and inflamed conditions of
the mucous membranes of the bowels'. Its employment under
these circumstances will be attended with a troublesome re-
laxation of the bowels, with griping pains, tenesmus,' etc. If
employed at all in these cases, it must be accompanied with a
plentiful supply of mucilages.

In the treatment of leucorrhea the Hydrastin may be com-
bined with such other remedies as are suited to the indications.
We find it valuable joined with Helonin.

Hydrastin.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 361

7 Helonin aa#3l

Mix. Dose from two to four grains three times a day.
This combination will be found excellent when indigestion,
hepatic torpor, and constipation exist. Stillingin is an inval-
uable adjunctive when the case has become chronic, and the
patient is afflicted with a strumous or scorbutic diathesis.

Hydrastin --.-...--........ 3i.

Stillingin T)ii.

Mix. Dose, from three to five grains three times a day.
This treatment should be alternated with an occasional dose of
Podophyllin. This formula will be found valuable in gonor-
rhea, gleet, and catarrh of the bladder.

We have also found the following formula of exceeding
utility in leucorrhea when the vaginal secretions were acrid and
.-J-^ offensive.

/ 9-

Hydrastin 3 i.

/^ Super Carb. Soda 3i.

Mix. Dose from four to eight grains three times per day.
This is one of the best corrective remedies we have ever em-
ployed. It is equally advantageous in those forms of indiges-
tion accompanied with acidity, eructations, flatulency, and
rectal irritation, and in ulceration of the mucous membranes
of the bowels. We value it highly.

The Hydrastin is of inestimable value in the treatment of
chronic derangements of the liver and portal circulation. It
seems to exercise an especial influence over the portal vein
and hepatic structure generally, resolving biliary deposits, re
moving obstructions, promoting secretion, and giving tone to
the various functions. It is eminently chologogue, and may
be relied upon with confidence for the relief of hepatic torpor.
Its operation is materially enhanced by the administration of
an occasional dose of Podophyllin. In some cases they may
be combined with advantage.

As a general remedy in the treatment of piles, we know of
none better. We have cured many inveterate cases by ad-

362 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

ministering the Hydrastin twice or thrice a day, alternated
with an occasional dose of Podophyllin, and using an infusion,
of the Hydrastin as an injection into tho rectum. Perseve-
rance is highly essential to a cure in chronic cases.

Ilydrastin has obtained considerable repute as a remedy in
intermittent fever. We have employed it to a considerable:
extent, and in a majority of cases successfully. We have,
found it most reliable in those cases in which the prolonga-
tion of the disease depended upon a disordered condition of
the functions of the liver. The administration of a thorough*
dose of Podophyllin, followed by the judicious use of the Ily-
drastin, has effected a radical cure in many cases. When a.
stimulant is required, we combine it with Xanthoxylin, and
sometimes with Macrotin. We have used each of the follow-
ing formulas, and found them all useful :

Hy drastin 3 i.

Xanthoxylin 3 ii.

Mix. Dose, from TWO to four grains, once in from two to
four hours.

• Ilydrastin 3 ss.

Macrotin grs. VIII.

Mix. Dose, from two to three grains, repeated once in
from two to four hours, or as often as the patient can bear.
The Macrotin will sometimes produce too much cerebral ex-
citement, and the quantity must be lessened or given at longer
intervals. Hydrastin also operates well in conjunction with
Cornin.

Hydrastin 3 i.

Cornin T)ii.

Mix. Dose, from three to FIVE grains. The anti-periodic
power of Hydrastin is feeble, yet it will effect a cure in many
diseases characterised by periodicity, by reason of its resolvent,
alterative, chologogue, and laxative properties.

In many derangements of the urinarv apparatus we have

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 3t»3

found the Hydrastin to answer an admirable purpose. In
chronic inflammation of the bladder, we deem it one of the
most reliable agents of cure. It should be given in small and
repeated doses. In congestion of the ureters, chronic suppres-
sion of the urine, and gravelly affections, it will be found
highly useful. Also in incontinence of the urine, and diabe-
tes. As a tonic in the convalescing stages of fevers, pneumo-
nia, dysentery, and other acute diseases, particularly when a
laxative property is needed, the Hydrastin is peculiarly appro-
priate. It promotes digestion and assimilation, obviates con.
stipation, and gives tone to the depurating functions gene-
rally. It has been successfully employed in connection with
astringents, as the Geranin, Myricin, Hamamelin, etc., in the
treatment of chronic diarrhea and dysentery. Also in ulcera-
tions of the mucous membranes of the stomach and bowels,
apthse, stomatitis, etc. In theso cases it operates well in con-
junction with Juglandin and Leptandrin.

Externally, the Hydrastin is employed in opthalmia, otor-
rhea, catarrh, eczema, ulcers, etc. From one to two drachms
may be infused in one pint of boiling water, and the resinoid
principle allowed to precipitate. It then may be used as a
wash in opthalmia, as an injection in otorrhea, and snuffed up
the nostrils for the relief of catarrh. We have used it in this
way with much benefit. When more of the astringent pro-
perty is required, it may be joined with Geranin, or Myricin,
or Hamamelin, etc., one drachm to one pint of boiling water.
The dry Hydrastin sprinkled upon the surface of an ulcer will
act as a mild escharotic, dissolve fungoid growths, and pro-
voke a healthful discharge. We sometimes combine it with
Baptisin for this purpose, equal parts. Or with Sanguinarin,
Phytolacin, or Trilliin. With Baptisin and Trilliin it forms
an excellent application for cancerous and other offensive ul-
cers, correcting the acrimony and fetor of the discharges.
With Baptisin and Trilliin, in infusion, it forms an excellent
injection for correcting offensive leucorrheal discharges. Also
as an injection into the bowels in diarrhea and dysentery
manifesting a tendency to putrescency. Made into an oint-

564. CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

merit with lard, ONE drachm to the ounce, it is useful in ecze-
ma and other cutaneous eruptions, piles, etc. The following
we have found excellent for piles, scaly eruptions about the
nose, lips, ears, etc

Hydrastin . ...

Geranin ^ aa. 3 ss.

Gelsemin grs. XV.

Lard 3j.

Make an ointment. The Hydrastin may be dissolved in
alcohol and used with much benefit as a stimulant in obstinate
scaly eruptions, opacity of the cornea, enlarged tonsils, syphil-
itic ulcerations, etc.

We would here add that our experience has demonstrated
the Hydrastin to be a valuable remedy in bronchitis,
laryngitis, and other affections of the respiratory organs. We
give it in doses of from one to two grains three or four times
a day, and use the following gargle :

Hydrastin 3 j.

Tine. Myrrh ^ij.

Mix. One teaspoonful added to a wine glassful of water,
and the throat gargled several times a day. A solution of the
Hydrastin in water, or its alcoholic tincture diluted in water
is also beneficial as a wash in apthous sore mouth, sore throat
of scarlatina, etc.

OIL OF CAPSICUM.

Derived from Capsicum Annuum.

Nat. Orel. — Solanacece.

Sex S} 7 st. — Pentandria Monogynia.

Common Name. — Cayenne Pepper.

Part Used.— The Fruit.

Properties. — Stimulant, anti-septic, and rubefacient.

Employment. — Dyspepsia, constipation, remittent and scar*
let fevers, coughs, colds, hoarseness, cholera, suspended ani-
mazion, rheumatism, passive hemorrhages, and whenever a
pure and powerful stimulant is needed.

The properties and employment of Capsicum are so well
understood that we deem it necessary to say but very little in
regard to the oil by which it is represented. This oil is some-
times known by the name of Capsicin. It embodies all the
properties of the Capsicum, and is employed for the same pur-
poses. It is sometimes joined with other remedies to promote
their action, or with Quinine in intermittents, with Podophyl-
lin in cold and indolent conditions of the system, and with
l)ther stimulants. It is, perhaps, the very best and purest
stimulant known ; more prompt but less permanent in its in

366 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

fluences than many others, aa for instance, the Oil of Xan
thoxylum. In obstinate hepatic torpor, constipation, paraly-
sis, and in all diseases attended with loss of nervous energy,
this remedy is of inestimable utility.

Externally, the Oil of Capsicum is employed as a rubefacient
and counter irritant. Except in severe cases of sciatica and
neuralgia, the oil is seldom applied pure, but usually dissolved
in alcohol.

Oil of Capsicum 3 i,

Alcohol 95 per cent 5 IV,

Mix. This is used as an external application in neuralgia,
chillblains, rheumatic pains, chronic sprains, and whenever a
powerful stimulating embrocation is needed. Internally, it is
administered in doses of from one half to one teaspoonfu]
for pain in the stomach, colic, fainting, etc. Combined with the
Oil of Lobelia and dissolved in alcohol, it forms one of the
most valuable compounds known in pharmacy. Our formula
is as follows :

Oil of Capsicum

Oil of Lobelia aa, 3 i.

Alcohol 95 per cent %IV

Mix. This forms one of the most powerful anti-spasmodic
and stimulant preparations known.vjL.We use it in locked jaw,
apoplexy, convulsions, suspended animation, sun stroke, poi-
soning, etc., in doses of from one teaspoonful to one table-
spoonful, and repeated at intervals of from twenty minutes to
one hour, as occasion requires. In case the patient cannot
swallow, it should be administered by injection, and the quan-
tity doubled. As a general thing it may be diluted with
water when exhibited, but in trismus and tetanic spasm, and '
in all cases of difficult deglutition we use the preparation with-
out reduction, by which means we soon overcome the spasm
and remove the chief obstacle to further ministrations. Iii
tetanus, when the jaws are set, a small quantity poured be-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 367

tween the teeth will, as soon as it reaches the pharynx, relax
the spasm and enable the patient to open his mouth, and to
swallow. It may also be applied externally to the throat and
angles of the jaw, as well as to any part of the system affected
with muscular contraction.

We have found this preparation of excellent service in the
spasmodic stages of cholera, also in many cases of apoplexy,
.aided, in the latter instance, by warm stimulating pediluvia,
•and cold applications to the head. The following plaster ap-
plied to the back of the neck, and to the soles of the feet will
prove an efficient auxiliary:

Oil of Capsicum gtt. X vel XX.

Wheat flour ^ ss.

Vinegar q.s.

Make a plaster. Spread on paper and apply. We use thia
plaster in preference to mustard as a counter-irritant. It will
not vesicate. Applied to the back of the neck it relieves acute
1 Leadaches and a tendency to congestion. We have also used
it profitably for the relief of pain in various parts of the sys-
tem, as of the pleura, kidneys, joints, etc., and for the relief
of coughs and colds, applied to the chest. Also for the relief
of facial neuralgia. When the oil is not at hand we make the
plaster as follows :

Pul. Capsicum one teaspoonful.

Wheat flour one tablespoonful.

Vinegar q. s.

Form a plaster of the proper consistency and spread on
paper. The practitioner who becomes fully acquainted with
the value of this plaster will seldom use mustard.

The following crmula will be found excellent for coughs,
-colds, influenza, hv. arseness, sore throat, etc.:

Oil of Capsicum .. gtt. V ad X.

White sugar . 3 ii.

668 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Mucilage of Slippery Elm J IV«

Triturate the oil thoroughly with the sugar and add the
mucilage, mixing well together.

Dose, ONE teaspoonful, repeated once in from two to four
hours.

The Oil of Capsicum has been found useful in the atonic forms
of dyspepsia, both as a radical remedy, and as an adjunct to
other medicines. It promotes the flow of the gastric juice,
and resolves the viscidity of the secretions. In sluggish con-
ditions of the circulation, plasticity of the blood, venous con-
gestions, etc., it is a remedy of much value. Combined with
Trilliin, or other styptics and astringents, it will be found ex-
ceedingly valuable for the relief of uterine and other hemor-
rhages.

The medium dose of the oil is one drop, increased or di»
minished according to the necessities of the case. It enters
into the compound StUlingia liniment, as given under the head
of Oil of Stillingia.

V I

} : .

,' 4

HAMAMELIN.

Derived from Hamamelis Virginica.

Nat. Ord. — Hamamelacece.

Sex. Sjst. — Pentandria Digynia.

Common Names.— Witch Hazel, Winter-lloom, Spotted
Alder, etc.

Part Used.— The Baric.

No. of Principles. — Two, viz., resin and neutral.

Properties. — Astringent, tonic, and sedati/ve.

Employment. — Diarrhea, dysentery, hemorrhages, stoma-
titis, leucorrhea, gleet, etc,

The Hamamelin is employed with advantage in all case3
in which astringents are indicated. It is exceedingly valuable
in hemoptysis, hematamesis, hematuria, and in all affections of
the mucous surfaces. In diarrhea, dysentery, ul cerations of
the stomach and bowels, leucorrhea, gleet, and all excessive
mucous discharges, it answers an admirable purpose. Exter-
nally, in solution, it is used as a wash in opthalmia, as a gar-
gle in apthous sore mouth, and as an injection in otorrhea,
leucorrhea, piles, etc.

370 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

The average dose is two grains. For injections, etc., from
ONE to two drachms to ONE pint of boiling water.

It may be combined, when occasion requires, with other
astringents, as the Lycopin, Myricin, Geranin, Trilliin, etc.,
or with tonics, as the Helonin, Fraserin, Cornin, etc. It is
very valuable in chronic diarrhea and dysentery, and in mu-
cous hemorrhoids. In injection, it is useful in vaginitis, ul-
cerations of the cervix, and other affections of the uterine or-
gans.

It has been found beneficial in the latter stages of phthisis
for allaying the gastric irritability and restraining the diar-
rhea. It exercises a peculiar soothing and healing influence
over inflamed and abraded mucous surfaces. In solution, it is
employed with advantage as a topical application in eczema,
tinea capitis, and other cutaneous diseases, bruises, wounds,
etc. Made into an ointment with lard it has been used for the
same purposes ; also in piles.

The solution will be found useful as an injection in prolap-
sus of the womb, rectum, etc.

The doses may be increased to FIVE and even to TEN
grains, in several cases, with safety and advantage.

EUPHORBIA.

Derived from Euphorbia Corollata,

Nat. Ord. — Buphorbiacece.

Sex. Syst. — Dodecandria Trigynia.

Common Names. — Bowman's Hoot, Blooming Spurge, etiv>

Part Used.— The Boot.

No. of Principles. — Two, Viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Emetic, cathartic, diaphoretic, expectorant^
end vermifuge.

Employment. — Fevers, dropsy, diarrhea, dysentery, biliary
congestions, worms, etc.

The Euphorbia is" a reliable acquisition to our indigenous
materia medica, and fulfills many important indications. In
small, repeated doses, it acts as a diaphoretic, inducing free
perspiration, deterges the mucous coats of the stomach and
bowels, stimulates the functions of the liver, and corrects the
tendency to colliquitive diarrheal discharges. In large doses
it is emetic and cathartic. If an undue amount of acidity pre-
dominates in the stomach, its emetic powers are suspended,
*nd it passes off by the bowels. It is for this reason that,

872 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

whew administered as an emetic, it has obtained the reputation,
of being uncertain fin its operation. The necessity of neu*
tralising undue acidity previous to its administration will^
therefore, be apparent. When administered as an emetic, it
will generally vomit without exciting any previous nausea
white, at other times, considerable prostration of the muscular
system with lingering nausea will be observed, paleness of the
countenance, and a cool, moist state of the skin, from which,.
however, the patient rapidly recovers as soon as the me dicine
has operated upon the bowels. Its action in this respect may
generally be corrected by the administration of alkalies, or of
a quick cathartic, as the Jalapin. We deem the Euphorbin
oat; of the most powerful, and, at the same time, safest revul-
sive remedies that can be administered for the relief of cere-
bral congestions. It excites, powerfully, the absorbent and
venous systems, and is, therefore, frequently employed for the
removal oi dropsical effusions, removing them when other
mea&s fail. Combined with Podophyllin, as given under that
aead, its efficacy is enhanced, and, so combined, is employed
m - the forming stages of typhoid and other fevers, dropsy,.
cerebral congestions, obstinate menstrual suppressions, and
rbr the removal of biliary concretions.

We have found the Euphorbin of much utility in the treat-
Dent of cholera infantum, diarrhea and dysentery. It seems.
to .exercise a peculiar control over the glandular structure of.
ihe intestinal canal, correcting and giving tone to the action
of the secreting vessels, and promoting assimilation of the fecal
jiatters. We have administered it in cases of cholera infan-
tum when the alvine discharges were w r atery, copious, and
offensive, and had, as the result of its operation, well assimi-
lated s-tools, without fetor. It seems to possess considerable
power in correcting a tendency to putrescency. We have
been unable to discover that the Euphorbin acts as a special
irritant upon the bowels, but, on the contrary, esteem it as a
corrective of irritation. Our observations of its operatioa
have led us to the conclusion that the irritation sometimes ob-
servable is the result of an increased activity on the part of th®

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. % r3

eliminating vessels of the alimentary canal, and the consequent
depuration of certain morbid and acrid materials from the
blood, which, being brought in contact with the mucous sur-
faces, constitute an extraneous cause of excitement. It may
be, also, when the root has been administered in substance,
that the non-medicinal constituents have undergone a fermen-
tative decomposition, and given rise to products that operated
as special irritants. Or the ligneous portions may have ope-
rated mechanically. At any rate, we have found the Euphor-
bin to control rather than to excite irritation. ,

The average dose of the Euphorbin, as a diaphoretic, is from
ONE FOURTH to ONE grain, repeated at intervals of from one '
to three Jiours. As an emetic and cathartic, from TWO to
three grains. It may be combined with Asclepin to increase
its diaphoretic and expectorant powers.

9- . .

Euphorbin _ grs. X.

Asclepin grs. XL.

Mix.-i From one to two grains of this combination may
be administered once in from one to three hours, and will be
found exceedingly valuable in fevers, acute rheumatism, pneu-
monia, pleuritis, acute bronchitis, dysentery, etc. \ If nausea
arise, diminish the close, or exhibit at longer intervals. In
many cases it is desirable to provoke and maintain a degree
of nausea, for which purpose nothing better can be devised.

In the treatment of dropsy, the Euphorbin is usually ad-
ministered in full doses, say from two to four grains. Its
employment, however, will be contra-indicated in cases accom-
panied with much debility. It may be combined with Podo-
phyllin or Jalapin, at the option of the practitioner.

For the removal of worms, we usually give from one half
to one grain twice or three times a day, or sufficiently often
to keep the bowels somewhat relaxed, and continue it for three
•or four days at a time. Even when no worms are removed,
its administration results in decided benefit to the patient. We
value it exceedingly in the treatment of the indigestion of
children, and for the removal of all that train of symptoms

871 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

wkich is usually supposed to indicate the existence of worms
These are, loss of appetite, or it may be variable, voracious
at times, and none at others, furred tongue, feverishness, fetid
breath, bloating of the stomach, constipation, or, on the con-
trary, a troublesome diarrhea, emaciation, peevishness, wake*
fulness or disturbed sleep, etc. For the relief of these symp-
toms we rely with much confidence upon the judicious em-
ployment of the Euphorbin. As a general thing no other
modicine will be needed, but, when indicated, tonics may be
employed in connection.

We can conscientiously recommend the Euphorbin to tta
profession as a remedy entitled to their confidence

LYCOPIN.

Derived from Lycopus Vwginicus,

Nat. Order. — Laminaceoe.

Sex. Syst. — Diandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Water Horehound, Bugle Weed, Sweet
Bugle, etc.

Part Used.— The Herb

No. of Principles. — two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Astringent, styptic, sedative and tonic.

Employment. — Incipient phthisis, hemoptysis, hematame-
sis, hematuria, uterine and other /hemorrhages, diabetes,
chronic diarrhea and dysentery, cardiac affections, etc.

The Lycopin is, with us, an exceedingly valuable remedy,
[ts action is peculiar and positive. It exercises a special in-
fluence over the respiratory, cardiac, and renal functions, and
obviates a tendency to sanguineous exudations and effusions.
I No agent yet discovered can compare with it in efficacy as
a radical remedy in the treatment of hemorrhage of the lungs.
In this complaint it seems to be almost a specific. 4 We have
Used the plant and its preparations long and successfully, and

-f

376 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

can speak with authority. It is an arterial sedative of the
most valuable kind, reducing the force and frequency of the
pulse when abnormally excited, and its operation is unattended
with any symptoms of narcotism. It resolves congestions of
the capillary and venous plexuses, and invigorates and gives
tone to the capillary structure generally. It is a tonic of more
than ordinary efficiency, invigorating the appetite, promoting
digestion and assimilation, and allaying gastric and enteric
irritability. It cleanses and heals abrasions and ulcerations
of the mucous surfaces, and gives tone to the muscular fibres.
Upon the skin and kidneys it operates in a peculiar and de-
sirable manner, restoring the secreting power, and harmonising
and giving tone to those functions.

Lycopin is the most reliable remedy for the radical cure of
hemoptysis that we have ever employed. We give it in two
grain doses three or four times a day, preferring to administer
it in water. In severe hemorrhages we administer it every
thirty or sixty minutes until relief is afforded, and then con-
tinue as above stated. The same directions will' apply in
hemorrhages of every kind. The doses may be increased, or
repeated at shorter intervals when the urgency of the symp-
toms render it necessary. It may be combined, if desired,
with other styptics and astringents, as the oil of Erigeron, TriJ-
liin, Greranin, etc., but we have generally found the Lycopin
competent without the aid of auxiliaries. Lycopin has been
found serviceable in incipient phthisis, abating the febrile
tendency, promoting expectoration, strengthening digestion,
aiding cutaneous and renal depuration, and restraining a ten-
dency to hemorrhage. It is employed in the manner directed
above.

For the cure of ulcerations of the stomach and bowels, chro-
nic diarrhea and dysentery, and diseases of the mucous surfaces
generally, the Lycopin should be given in doses of TWO or
THREE grains three times a day, and alternated with Leptandrin
or Juglandin in sufficient doses to ensure a soluble condition
of the bowels. It may be combined, when in the judgment
of the practitioner it is advisable, with Myricin, or Ehusin, or

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 37*

Geranin, and other astringents, or with tonics, as the Fraserh*,
Cornin, etc.

Lycopin has been found of remarkable efficacy in diabetes*
We give it in doses of from two to four grains three times a
day, and regulate the bowels with Hydrastin. A suitable
diet and regimen must be adhered to. The alkaline sponge
bath must be employed two or three times a week, and the
food, for a time, consist mostly of animal gelatine. An occa-
sional alterative dose of Podophyllin and Leptandrin w ; ll
much facilitate the operation of the Lycopin.

The properties above ascribed to the Lycopin are positive
and uniform, and the remedy may be relied upon to accom-
plish all we have said for it. Its value once known to the
practitioner, he will consider his therapeutic repertory in-
complete without it. Its operation is promoted by the ad«
ministration of warm diluent infusions.

FRASEEIN.

Derived in *n Frasera CarolmensU.
Nat Ord. -Genticmacece.
Sex. Syst- -Pentandria Monogynia.
Common Name. — American Colombo.
Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles — three, viz., resin, neutral and mucvrenu.
Properties — Tonic, stimulant, and mildly astringent
Employment. — Indigestion, debility, diarrhea, -n*<jht'
sweats, hysteria, gravelly disorders, etc.

Fraserin is a special tonic and stimulant to the digestive
organs, and particularly to the mucous membranes of the liver
and other viscera concerned in digestion and assimilation. It
possesses no laxative properties, but, on the contrary, is slightly
astringenc. As a tonic it will be accepted by the stomach
when other tonics are rejected, and its employment is admissi-
ble in the most extreme cases of debility, by virtue of its kindly
influences upon this and the surrounding organs.

We employ Fraserin in atony of the digestive organs, and
in all cases of disordered secretion manifested in and by that

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 5*1 »

apparatus. It is of exceeding utility in the convalescing
stages of fevers, diarrhea, dysentery and cholera infantum,
and in all cases in which the system has been exhausted by
profuse colliquitive discharges. In all cases of viceral debility,
whether primary or induced by copious and exhaustive secre-
tion, Fraserin is equally appropriate. It is also useful in all
cases in which the secretions evince a septic tendency, having
considerable power as an antiseptic.

Fraserin is of great service in the treatment of bilious dis-
eases occurring in hot climates. In the latter stages of bilious
and asthenic dysenteries, and even in cholera, we can recom-
mend the Fraserin as entitled to much confidence. Also in
jaundice accompanied with extreme debility, mucous hemor-
rhoids, dyspepsia, etc. Hypochondriacal and hysterical af-
fections are also relieved by it. Colliquitive diarrheas are fre-
quently cured with Fraserin alone. V In arthritic and gravelly
affections accompanied with debility of the digestive organs,
the Fraserin will be found an excellent remedy.

The average dose of the Fraserin is four grains, but will
vary from two to ten. It is best administered dissolved in
warm water. It may be combined with aromatics and with
anti-spasmodicsj as the Dioscorein.

,jl . t V~ Jr^il. k*i * ******

q/*vy*

f fry-

XANTHOXYLIN.

Derived fromXanihoxylum Fraxineum,
Nat. Ord. — Xanthoxylacece.
Sex Syst. — Dicecia Pentandria.
Common Name. — Prickly Ash.
Part Used. — The Bark.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resinoid and neutral.
Properties. — Stimulant, tonic, alterative and sialaf^gvs.
Employment. — Rheumatism, scrofula, paralysis, indigc&
tion, colic, syphilis, etc.

Besides the two active principles above named, the bark •
of the Xanthoxylum yields an oil, which will be treated of
next in order.

The Xanthoxylin possesses the properties enumerated
above in an eminent degree, and will be found highly useful
in the diseases mentioned. We have used it extensively, and
esteem it a remedy of great value. It is a stimulant of the
most permanent kind, having considerable control over the
circulation, which it quickens and maintains. It also gives
activity to the muscular fibres of the stomach and bowels, pro

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 381

f/oxes the flow of the saliva, gastric, and other digestive juices,
and restores the proper secreting power of the mucous sm>
faces.

Xanthoxylin is a remedy of great value in the treatment
ufthe atonic form of indigestion, scrofula, chronic rheumatism,
paralysis, general debility, cutaneous eruptions, ulcers, chro-
nic diarrhea, dysentery, ulcerations of the stomach and bow-
els, syphilis, gleet, leucorrhea, etc., and for the correction of
all languid conditions of the system. It enhances the efficacy
and gives permanency to the influences of other stimulants
and tonics.

The average dose of the Xanthoxylin is from TWO to FOUR
grains. Il may be combined with other remedies when indi-
cated, or alternated with suitable agents, at the option of the
practitionei It operates well in combination with Stillingin
in syphilis, chronic diarrhea, gleet, etc. "With Macrotin we have
found it highly beneficial in chronic rheumatism. In combi-
nation with Fraserin it will be found highly serviceable in the
convalescing stages of dysentery, cholera infantum, and other
bowel disorders. Other combinations are pointed out in the
course of this work, and need not be repeated here.

OIL OF XANTHOXYLUM.

Derivation same as above.

This oil possesses properties analogous to the above, being,
however, more decidedly stimulating, with less of the altera-
tive and tonic proporties. Its use is more appropriate in as-
thenic than in sthenic conditions, as it is apt to [produce too
much irritation of the mucous surfaces. It is employed in
colic, chronic rheumatism, syphilis, etc. It may be com-
bined with Irisin and Phytolacin and formed into pills for the
treatment of the diseases last mentioned.

The average dose of the oil is from two to FIVE drops. It
may be dissolved in alcohol and so incorporated with other
mixtures when desired, or taken upon sugar, ox suspended m
mucilage.

CON. TIIC. XMTflOXTLUM MAX.

In this preparation we have embodied the entire therapeu-
tie value of the bark, and which may be used for all the pur-
poses of the crude article. It is positive and uniform in
strength, and convenient of administration. The average
dose is from TWO to four drops. It is more active than the
Xanthoxylin, but not so appropriate in the treatment of in-
fantile disorders, nor in cases of great debility. The Xan-
thoxylin, being deprived of the oil, is easily soluble and
readily assimilated, hence more compatible in enfeebled con-
ditions, as the beneficial effects of remedies depend somewhat
upon the ability of the system to appropriate them. We some-
times employ the Con. Tine, in combination with Leptandrin,
Populin, Juglandin, etc., as noticed under those heads.

SANGUIU ARIN

Derived from Sanguinaria Canadensis

Nat. Orel. — Papaveracece.

Sex. Syst.—Polyandria Monogynia.

Common Names.— Blood Boot, Bed Puccoon, etc.

Part Used. — The Root.

No. of Principles, four, viz., resm, resinoid, alkaloid and

neutral.

Properties. — Emetic, sedative, febrifuge, stimulant, tonic,
alterative, resolvent, diuretic, emmenagogue, detergent, anti-
wptic, expectorant, laxative, errMne, and escharotic.

Employment. — Fevers, pneumonia, croup, influenza, rheu-
matism,, amenorrhea, hooping cough, asthma, constipation,
gravel, scrofula, jaundice, dropsy, dyspepsia, etc.

Various preparations of the Sanguinarin have been before
the profession, each claiming to represent the medicinal pro-
perties of the plant, but, being composed of single isolated
principles, they failed to do so. We have had what was called
the alkaloid principle under the name of Sangumarina, the
alka-resinoid principle under the title of Sanguinarm, etc.,

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 385

but each were fractional and indefinite preparations entitled
to no confidence whatever. The Sanguinaria Canadensis is
truly a valuable plant, highly esteemed by the profession, and
one of which a concentrated equivalent is highly desirable.
Jn the Sanguinarin now under consideration, we believe this
desideratum to have been accomplished. The four active
proximate principles of which it is composed embody the en-
tire therapeutic constitution of the plant, and in their physio-
logical influences demonstrate the fact of their equivalency.

In small, continued doses, the Sanguinarin is a stimulating
diaphoretic, resolvent, alterative, and diuretic. Under its
immediate influence the pulse rises, but subsequently sinks
somewhat below the normal standard, for which reason the
Sanguinarin has acquired the reputation of being narcotic.
We are inclined to view the depression of the circulation as a
secondary influence, resulting from the relief of certain abnor-
mal conditions upon which arterial excitement was depend-
ent, such as plasticity of the blood, retention of effete matters,
capillary congestion, etc., and which have been obviated by
the resolvent, diaphoretic, and other properties of the San-
guinarin. Cutaneous depuration is powerfully promoted by
the Sanguinarin, hence it is of great vaiue in all cases in which
such a properly is required, as in fevers, rheumatism, skin
diseases, etc. The Sanguinarin ranks high as an expectorant,
for which purpose it should be given in small and frequently
repeated closes. Few remedies exercise a more decided influ-
ence upon the urinary apparatus, upon which it displays its
peculiar powers as an alterative. In obstinate gravelly affec-
tions, and in functional inactivity of the kidneys it is peculiarly
serviceable. It is* equally efficient in promoting the secretions
of the serous as well as of the mucous membranes, hence is a
valuable remedy in the treatment of chronic pleuritis, perito-
nitis, and other affections of the serous surfaces. Over the
'janillary circulation it exercises a wonderful control, operating
as a vascular excitant, and in cold and languid conditions of
the circulation, manifested by coldness of the extremities, a

relaxed and pallid appearance of the skin, great sensitiveness

386 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

to atmospheric changes, etc., it will be found one of the most

reliable remedies possible to employ.

Sanguinarin resolves the plasticity of the venous blood, and
stimulates the venous, absorbent and lymphatic vessels and
glands. It is, for these reasons, a valuable remedy in the
treatment of dropsy, particularly the asthenic forms, arousing
the system from its torpor, and invigorating the functions of
secretion and depuration. The liver comes within the especial
province of the sanative influences of the Sanguinarin, and in
all cases of hepatic torpor, jaundice, biliary concretions, chronic
hepatitis, and other abnormal conditions of that organ, the
practitioner will find it a remedy worthy of his highest confi-
dence.

The emmenagogue properties of the Sanguinarin are marked
and decided, and in chronic amenorrhea have proved of ex-
ceeding utility. In all atonic conditions of the uterus and its
appendages the Sanguinarin will be found an efficient auxil-
iary. It is decidedly anti-septic, and is beneficially employed
in offensive leucorrheal discharges, ulcerations of the cervix,
chancres, buboes, etc.

la larger doses the Sanguinarin operates as a prompt and
efficient emetic, and is employed in croup, pneumonia, feveis,
to eject poisons, and whenever prompt emesis is desirable. Its
operation as an emetic is sometimes attended with a severe
burning sensation, and pain in the stomach, which lasts for a
considerable time after the medicine has operated. This effect
may be obviated in a measure by the abundant use of mucil-
ages. The Sanguinarin possesses a considerable degree of
escharotic power, hence its use is contra-indicated in gastritis
iind enteritis, and whenever we have occasion to suspect abra-
sion or ulceration of the mucous surfaces of the stomach or
bowels. When used as an emetic it should be thoroughly
triturated with Eupatorjn Perfo., and diffused in plenty of warm
water, or a thin gruel of corn meal. It may sometimes be
usefully combined with the Wine Tine, of Lobelia, particularly
in croup, asthma and pneumonia. It has a tendency to quicken
the operation of other emetics.

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 337

Of the special employment of the Sanguinarin we note as
follows. In all fevers denoting a languid condition of the
vital forces its employment is peculiarly appropriate. As a
diaphoretic it is scarcely excelled. It belongs to the class of
nauseants, hence its administration must be governed accord-
ingly. For favoring the development of the exanthema in
eruptive fevers, we know of nothing better. "We have used >
it with marked success in the treatment of scarlatina. The \
average dose is from one eighth to ONE fourth of one
grain, repeated once in one or two hours as occasion requires.
If nausea arise, and it be not desirable, the doses may be di-
minished, or administered less frequently. In many cases a
•degree of nausea is necessary to the overcoming of capillary
constriction, in which event the Sanguinarin will be found to
answer an admirable purpose. It will operate more efficiently
as a diaphoretic and febrifuge if administered in warm water*
Joined with Asclepin, its efficacy will be materially enhanced.
We observe the following formula :

Sanguinarin grs. ii.

Asclepin 3 ss.

Warm water o lv *

Triturate the Sanguinarin thoroughly with the Asclepin
nd add the water. Dose, one teaspoonful every hour. The
doses and frequency of repetition are to be governed by the
necessities of the case. It is desirable to excite and maintain
a gentle and permanent diaphoresis. This preparation may
also be employed with great advantage in pneumonia, influ-
enza, bronchitis, asthma, whooping cough, and other affections
of the respiratory organs. The expectorant power of the San-
guinarin is considerable, and is particularly displayed when
the pulmonary secretions are viscid from retention. In in-
cipient phthisis, asthma, influenza, bronchitis and other affec-
tions of the respiratory apparatus, the Sanguinarin may be
given in doses of from one eighth to one half of one grain
three or four times daily. Suitable combinations may be
■effected when existing symptoms indicate their necessity.

S88 CONCENTS ATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Thus in asthma, the convalescing stages of croup, influenza,
etc., the Sanguinarin will act exceedingly well in combination
with Eupatorin Purpu. We observe the following propor-
tions :

Sanguinarin - g rs - ll -

Eupatorin Purpu 3 ss.

Mix and divide into sixteen powders. .One of these may
be given in from two to four hours. Valuable in hooping
cough, and in all cases of dyspnea. If these powders be alter-
nated with suitable doses of Asclepin, their efficacy will be
much enhanced. The latter will assist in promoting the action
of the cutaneous exhalents. When tonics are indicated, the
Sanguinarin may be combined with Prunin, or Fraserin, or

Cornin, etc.

Sanguinarin is efficient in overcoming hepatic torpor, in
which affection it may be given in doses of from ONE eighth
to one grain twice a day. Joined with Podophyllin, or Lep-
tandrin, or Phytolacin, etc., it will promote their action, and
so combined may be employed in chronic and obstinate cases
of constipation, visceral enlargements, jaundice, gravel, and
in all cases requiring a powerful alterative, resolvent, and de-
obstruent remedy.

In the treatment of secondary and tertiary syphilis, the
Sanguinarin has been found of great service. In all cold and
languid conditions of the system it is useful for arousing
the impressibility of the nerves, and so preparing the way
for other remedies. In the above mentioned disease it may
be combined with other alteratives, as the Stillingin, Cory*
dalin, Phytolacin, Irisin, etc. In eczema, herpes, syphilitic
eruptions, and other diseases of the skin, it will be found to
operate admirably in connection with Cerasein. The San-
guinarin may be given in doses of from one fourth to one
half grain twice a day, and altera .ited with five grain doses

of Cerasein.

As an emmenagogue, the Sanguinarin has acquired con-
«dcrable repute. In cases of debility it should be used m

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. ' 389

connection with suitable tonics, as the Fraserin, Cornin, Iron,
etc. The following formula constitutes the most powerful
■emmenagogue remedy with which we are acquainted :

Sanguinarin grs . ii.

Macrotin „ mmm grs.

vm.

Baptisin grs. xvi.

Mix and divide into sixteen powders. One of these may-
be given morning and evening. In simple amenorrhea, not
•accompanied with debility or other complications, this remedy
will be found one of the most efficient that can be employed.
"The exhibition of an occasional dose of Podophyllin will ren-
der success almost certain. The Sanguinarin, as with all
other forcing remedies, is contra-indicated in anemic habits.

We might specify many other forms of disease in which the
Sanguinarin may be beneficially employed, but we are aware
that the profession are already quite well acquainted with the
virtues of the plant, and, as the Sanguinarin is its true con-
centrated equivalent, they have but to transfer that knowledge
to the preparation under consideration. Those who are not
familiar with its properties and employment may, by atten-
tively studying the history we have given of its dynamic in-
fluences, easily comprehend its adaptation.

Externally, the Sanguinarin is beneficially employed for a
/ variety of purposes. It possesses considerable escharotic pow-
er, and is also anti-septic. It is applied to nasal and uterine
polypi, and in some cases will disorganise them. Applied to
the surface of foul a?nd indolent ulcers, it cleanses and disposes
them to heal. It may be combined with Hydrastin, Baptisin,
Trilliin, or Phytolacin. In solution, in water, from ten to
FORTY grains to the pint, there is, perhaps, nothing better as
a gargle in the sore throat of scarlatina. Also in other ulcer-
ative affections of the mouth and throat. In scaly eruptions
of the skin, dissolved in alcohol or strong vinegar, it has been
^emp^yed with much success. Also, in combination with,
caustics, in the treatment of cancers and malignant ulcers.

P R U N I N .

■♦-♦

i)erived from Primus Virgmiana. (Cerasus Serotina.J

Nat. Ord. — Drupacece.

Sex. Syst. — Icosandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Wild Cherry, Black Cherry, etc.

Part Used.— The Baric.

No. of Principles. — Three, viz., resinoid, neutral, and
amygdalin.

Properties. — Stimulant, tonic, expectorant, and, in large
doses, sedative.

Employment. — Coughs, colds, incipient phthisis, dyspejth
*ia, hectic fever, debility, scrofula, etc.

Much uncertainty has hitherto attended the question, in
what peculiar principle resides the active properties of th©
wild cherry bark ?" Some have supposed that its medicinal
value depended upon the piesence of hydrocyanic acid, viewed
by early writers as an educt, but latterfy, and correctly, as a
product of the decomposition of amygdalin. Others have-
attributed its medicinal influences to a portion of the amygda
;in remaining undecomposed. Various conjectures in regards

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 391

to its active constituents have prevailed at times, all open to
objections, and all lacking confirmation, until, at last, the more
philosophical conclusion was, that the more valuable thera-
peutic properties resided in some " yet undiscovered principle."
Such was truly the case. We now have the pleasure of pre-
senting the profession with that " undiscovered principle" in
the neutral proximate active constituent of the Prunin under
consideration. In the neutral resides the chief tonic power of
the bark. It is perfectly soluble, and is the principle yielded
to infusions and decoctions. But it has been observed that
decoctions of the bark seom deficient in medicinal value. By
referring to the article on infusions and decoctions, in the first
part of this work, the reader will there find the cause ex-
plained, namely, the conversion of the neutral principle into
apotheme. But our space will not permit our going into a
fuller elucidation of the subject, and we shall rely upon the
therapeutic integrity of the Prunin to sustain the statements
we have put forth.

Prunin is a valuable stimulant, tonic, and expectorant, when
given in small and repeated doses, and an arterial sedative of
considerable efficacy when given in larger doses. Its special
tonic influences seem to be directed mainly to the digestive
and assimilative apparatus, promoting activity and. giving
vigor in the performance of their functions. Hence it is val-
uable in cases of enfeebled digestion, particularly in the con-
valescing stages of pneumonia, fevers, and other acute diseases,
incipient phthisis, and in all cases in which the additional pro-
perty of an expectorant is indicated. In the asthenic forms
of dyspepsia it has been found peculiarly serviceable. In
hectic fever it has likewise been employed with much benefit.
It seems to give tone to the cutaneous capillary structure, and
to restrain the tendency to colliquitive sweats. It promotes
the appetite, strengthens digestion, calms the irritability of the
nervous system, and allays inordinate action of the heart and
arterial vessels. From these considerations of its dynamic
influences, its range of application may be easily deduced.
The average dose of the Prunin, as a tonic, is TWO grains. As

392 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

a sedative from four to eight. The frequency of the repe«
tition must be governed by the judgment of the practitioner.
As an expectorant, we give from one to TWO grains every
two hours.

Prunin admits of many appropriate combinations, which
may be used to advantage in the treatment of complicated
cases. Thus, when we wish a diaphoretic, expectorant, and
tonic influence, we combine it with Asclepin.

Prunin 3 j-

. Asclepin s 3 ss.

Mix. From two to three grains of this compound may
be exhibited once in two or three hours, as may be necessary.
It will be found valuable in the convalescing stages ot
pneumonia, bronchitis, influenza, and in phthisis when the
cough is dry and expectoration difficult. Also in hooping
cough, chronic cough, and some forms of asthma, as well as
in the asthenic stages of croup.

Prunin may also be advantageously combined with Eupa-
torin Purpu., forming a useful remedy in the treatment of
dropsical affections. We employ it as follows:
£.

Prunin _.

Eupatorin Purpu aa. 3 ss.

Mix. From two to five grains of this mixture may be
given once in six hours. Valuable in gravely disorders,
catarrh of the bladder, leucorrhea, and atony of the urinary
and generative apparatus. We sometimes employ it com-
bined with Senecin.

Prunin ..........

Senecin aa. 3j.

Mix. Dose, from two to five grains three times a day.
In cases of amenorrhea, dysmenorrhea, leucorrhea, and other
uterine disorders accompanied with feeble digestion, this
remedy is of exceeding utility.

It will be sometimes observed that the employment of the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 393

Prunin in affections of the respiratory system will prove ob
jectionable on account of its producing constriction of the chest
and difficult respiration. This effect seems to arise from
some constitutional peculiarity of the patient, the Prunin prov-
ing too much of a stimulant. If other indications are had for
its employment, this influence may be obviated in a measure
by combining it with anti-spasmodics and expectorants, as the
Asclepin, Eupatorin Purpu., Veratrin, Cypripedin, etc.

Prunin may be joined with other tonics with advantage in
particular cases, as with Fraserin in the convalescing stages of
diarrhea, dysentery, and cholera infantum ; and with Hydras*
tin or Euonymin when a laxative property is needed. It is
best administered in water.

MEN I SPERM IN.

♦♦♦

Derived from Menispermum Canadense.

Nat. Ord. — Menispermaceo3.

Sex. Syst. — Dicecia Polyandria.

Common Names. — Yellow Parilla, Moonseed, etc.

Part Used.— The Boot.

No. of Principles — three, viz., resinoid, alkaloid, and neu-
tral.

Properties. — Alterative, tonic, laxative, diuretic, and stimu-
lant.

Employment. — Scrofula, syphilitic infections, cutaneous
eruptions, gout, rheumatism, hepatic torpor, constipation y
loss of appetite, indigestion, glandular enlargements, etc.

The Menispermin is a remedy of positive and remarkable
value. We have employed it with a great degree of satisfac-
tion in the treatment of a variety of affections. As an altera-
tive and resolvent, it deserves to be ranked with the best in
the materia medica. It excites the action of the glandular
system in a peculiar manner, resolving vitiated deposits, cor«

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 'dtiO

recting the action of the secretory functions, stimulates the
venous, absorbent, and lymphatic vessels, and promotes depu-
ration through the various channels. It is an alterative diu-
retic of well attested efficacy, and a laxative of more than
ordinary value, operating without irritation. Upon the func-
tions of the skin it seems to exercise an especial influence,
promoting cutaneous depuration in a peculiar manner. At the
same time it imparts a peculiar toning influence to all parts of
the organism involved in its therapeutic control. It is espe-
cially useful irf atonic conditions of the system, as it seems to
possess the power of promoting its own appropriation. It
stimulates the entire vascular system, and increases the force
and frequency of the pulse. In very large doses, it proves
emetic and cathartic.

Among the diseases in which the Menispermin has been
found valuable, we would mention scrofula. From a consid-
eration of the foregoing enumeration of its physiological in-
fluences, its appropriateness in the treatment of strumous dis-
eases will be manifest. It increases the appetite, strengthens
digestion, promotes absorption and assimilation, resolves viscid
deposits, and imparts activity and tone to the entire depurative
structure of the system. The medium dose of the Menisper-
min, in these cases, is two grains, increased to five if more
of the laxative property is needed, and repeated twice or three
times a day. When the indications render it admissible, it
may be joined with other alteratives, as the Stillingin, Irisin,
Ampelopsin, etc. As a general thing, however, we prefer to
alternate it with such other remedies as may be appropriate in
the case. In strumous affections, complicated with suppression
of the menses, it operates well in connection with Helonin and
Senecin. In the treatment of chlorosis, it should be joined
with Iron. V In the treatment of the asthenic forms of scrofula?
we deem the Menispermin one of our most valuable agents.
vlt is a stimulating alterative and tonic of a high order of ther-
apeutic value, and peculiarly appropriate in all atonic condi-
tions of the venous, lymphatic, and glandular systems.

Menispermin has been found of marked utility in the cure

396 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

of syphilis, particularly for the relief of that peculiar train of
symptoms termed mercurio-syphilitic. It may be joined with
Stillingin, Phytolacin, Irisin, Corydalin, Ampelopsin, etc., at
the option of the practitioner, and alternated with suitable
doses of Podophyllin.

In the treatment of cutaneous diseases, we value the Menis-
permin highly. Its action upon the skin is remarkable and
peculiar, restoring the functional activity and integrity of tin
entire cutaneous structure. When indicated, it should be
combined with Iron, not omitting the alkaline sponge bath.
Alternated with the tincture of the chloride of Iron, it will be
found highly efficacious in scaly eruptions of the skin, herpes,
^ erysipelas, etc.

We have employed the Menispermin with much success in
the atonic forms of dyspepsia, and in those cases of enfeebled
digestion following attacks of acute diseases. Particularly
when constipation, loss of appetite, and a feeble circulation are
present, will it prove of peculiar utility. It may be joined
with Hydrastin, thus forming one of the best combination?
with which we are acquainted for fulfilling the indication!
above mentioned.

On account of the stimulant, tonic, alterative and resolvent
properties of the Menispermin, it is highly beneficial in the
treatment of chronic rheumatism. When desirable to increase
the stimulant effect, it may be joined with Xanthoxylin ; and
when the circulation is much enfeebled, accompanied with
coldness of the extremities, with Sanguinarin. XMenispermin
is hio-hlv useful in gravelly disorders and dropsy. It stimu-
lates the functions of the absorbent system, and promotes the
depurative action of the kidneys, resolving calculous deposits,
and favoring their expulsion. In all affections of the glandu
lar system we would recommend it as worthy of the confident
of the profession.

Medium dose, two grains.

OIL OF SOLIDAGO.

-♦-♦

Derived from Solidago Odor a.

Nat. Order. — Aster acece.

Sex. Syst. — Syngenesia Superflua.

Common Name. — Sweet Scented Goldenrod.

Part Used. — The Leaves.

Properties. — Aromatic, stimulant, carminative, and diu-
retic.

Employment. — Pain in the stomach and oowels, flatulence,
suppression of urine, inflammation of the kidneys and blad-
der, and for inhalation in diseases of the respiratory organs.

The oil of Solidago is a mild but efficient remedy in the
tomplaints above mentioned. It may be given in doses of
from TWO to FIVE drops, and repeated every thirty or sixty
minutes until relief is obtained. It is peculiarly appropriate
in the treatment of the colicky pains of infants, being mild and
unirritating in its operation. It is likewise highly beneficial
in the treatment of suppression of the urine occurring in chil-
dren and infants. It is better, as a general thing, to dissolve
the oil in alcohol for employment in these cases.

398 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Oil of Solidago - J i.

Alcoliol - ^ vui.

From five to twenty drops, or more, may be given at a
dose, and repeated at suitable intervals. The same will be
found excellent lor flatulent pain in the stomach and bowels,
faintness, etc., in adults. The dose is from one-half to one
teaspoonful.V Equal parts of the above ticture, Holland Gin,
and Swt. Spts. l^itre^mixed and given in doses of from a tea-
spoonful to a tablespoonful, will be found highly efficacious
for the relief of suppression and retention of urine, and inflam-
mation of the kidneys and bladder. In the latter •affections it
should be accompanied with a plentiful supply of mucilages.
"We have employed the Oil of Solidago for the purposes of
inhalation in the affections of the respiratory organs, and with
much benefit. The oil should first be dissolved in alcohol, in
the proportion above directed. One teaspoonful of this tinc-
ture may be employed for each inhalation. It relaxes con-
striction of the lungs, soothes the pulmonary surfaces, and
promotes expectoration. It is useful in bronchitis, asthma,
influenza, catarrh, pneumonia, and phthisis. The inhalation
may be repeated four or five times daily.

When the alcohol is objectionable, the oil may be taken on
sugar or suspended in mucilage.

*•

SMILACIN.

Derived from Smilax Officmalis.

Nat. Orel. — Smilacece.

Sex Syst. — Dioecia Hexand/ria

Common. Name. — Sarsa/parilla.

Part Used.— The Boot.

No. of Principles. — two, viz., resinoid and neutral.

Properties. — Alterative, resolvent, and detergent.

Employment. — Scrofula, venerial diseases, rheumatism^

cutaneous diseases etc.

Notwithstanding the Sarsaparilla is a remedial agent of
variable reputation, it really possesses most valuable proper-
ties as an alterative and restorative. Many facts can be ad-
duced of the want of therapeutic uniformity manifested in the
history of this plant, to a few of which we would wish briefly to
•call attention. In the first place, the reader will please to call to
mind the history we have given of the neutral proximate active
principles. The variable amount of this constituent, whether
it be owing to the fact of its imperfect development at the time
the plant was collected, or to chemical reactions afterwards
transpiring, we hold to be the chief cause of the discrepancy.

400 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

On the other hand, be the neutral principle ever so abundant,.
a faulty, method of preparation will eventuate in disappoint-
ment to the practitioner. The influences of boiling and evapo-
ration upon the neutral principle have already been fully set
forth. Hence it will be seen that the chief active principle,
instead of being volatile, and so dissipated by boiling as is
generally supposed in the preparation of decoctions, syrups,
etc., is, by the process of boiling and evaporating, converted
into apotheme, and so altered in its constitution and therapeu-
tic properties. Again, we have the highest authority foi
stating -that many varieties of the Sarsaparilla are of no appre-
ciable medicinal value under any circumstances, and taking
into consideration the liability of their being thrown into mar-
ket, we have another fact accounting for the sometimes nega-
tive value of the drug.

Thus it will be seen that the divided sentiments of the pro-
fession relative to the medicinal value of the. Sarsaparilla had
each good foundation. That it has proved of positive curative
value in many cases and types of disease, is not to be disputed ;
while it is equally true that it has proved inefficient in a large
number of instances. "We are induced to believe that the ex-
planations we have given in this volume will reconcile, iv a
measure, the contrariety of sentiment existing respecting the
medicinal value of the plant under consideration, as well as of
many others. We believe that the preparations of Sarsaparilla
here treated of embody all of medicinal worth pertaining to the
plant, and in a form at once concentrated, positive, and
uniform in therapeutic character. So far as we have
employed the Smilacin, we have every reason to be satisfied
with its operation. The precise manner in which its remedial
influences are brought to bear upon the system, is a question
difficult of solution. That it is alterative and resolvent in its
action is manifested by the improvement following its exhibi-
tion in those cases in which we know an alterative and resolv-
ent influence to be indispensable. It is not an evacuant, no
exaltation of the functions of one organ over another being
liscernable. It seems to impart a healthful stimulus to the

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 401

entire glandular system, promoting equally the functions of
absorption, secretion, assimilation and depuration. It will at
once be seen, therefore, that it is highly restorative in its pro-
perties, and peculiarly appropriate in the treatment of various
cachexies.

It is scarcely necessary for us to specify the individual types
of disease in which the Smilacin may be employed with ad-
vantage, yet we will give the results of our observations in
a few cases. In scrofula, attended with feeble digestion and
an anemic habit, it will be found highly useful. It may be
given in doses of from two to five grains three times a day.
As a general thing, it should be alternated with suitable
tonics, as Fraserin, Iron, etc. When deemed advisable, it
may be combined with other alteratives. In cold and indo-
lent conditions of the system its operation may be rendered
more prompt by combining it with Xanthoxylin, Sanguinarin,
Macrotin, or other stimulants.

In the treatment of scrofula, the Smilacin may be depended
upon as an efficient auxiliary, if not as an exclusive remedy.
We have lately prescribed it in a case of spinal curvature oc-
curring in a patient having a strumous diathesis, and with the
most beneficial results. The general health of the patient has
been steadily improving since the medicine was commenced.
We have noted several cases in which a gradual and steady
improvement of the constitutional health has followed the
exhibition of the Smilacin. We value it highly in the treat,
ment of rachitis and other diseases of children connected with
feeble nutrition. For the purposes of an alterative, resolvent
and detergent, it may be advantageously employed in the
treatment of skin diseases, necrosis, caries, and oiher affections
of the bones, ulcers, and for the correction of all morbid ca-
chexies. "In syphilis, joined with Irisin or Phytolacin, or Slil-
lingin, etc., the practitioner will find ample opportunity for its
employment. Predicating our opinion on the well known
remedial value of the plant, when its therapeutic constitution
has not been impaired by age, method of preparation, etc., to-
gether with a limited experience in the employment of the

402 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Smilacin, which we believe to be its concentrated equivalent,
we do not hesitate to recommend it for all the purposes for
which the plant has been found useful. Dose, TWO to FIVE
grains.

CON. TDTC. SMILAX SAESAPARILLA.

Identical with the Smilacin, and employed for the same
purposes. Average dose, fifteen drops.

CEKASEIN.

Derived from Cerasus Virginiana.

Nat. Orel. — Drupacece.

Sex. Syst. — Icosandria Di-pentagynia.

Common Name. — Choke Cherry.

Part Used.— The Bark.

No. of Principles. — -Jice, viz., resinoid, neutral, amygdalin
.frhloridzin, and picrin.

Properties. — Tonic, antiperiodic, diaphoretic, febrifuge,
anti-spasmodic, and slightly astringent.

Employment. — Intermittent and other fevers, debility, in*
■digestion, chorea, hysteria, spermatorrhea, passive hermor-
rkages, chronic cough, the convalescing stages of diarrhea,
■dysentery, etc.

Tpje Cerasein is one of the most important and valuable
acquisitions made to the materia medica of late years. It sup-
plies a necessity long felt by practitioners for a substitute for
"Quinine in certain conditions of the system wherein the latter
4s inadmissable. We do not offer it as a complete substitute
for Quinine, but as its equivalent in a majority of cases, and

•iO-i CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

as a competent substitute when the latter is contra-indicated.
In oui own practice we have not prescribed a particle of
Quininj in the past two years, having relied upon the Cera-
>sem, ir>. connection with appropriate auxiliary remedies, in the
treatment of intermittent forms of disease, and with invariable
^ucce^s. Yet we do not recommend it as adapted to the pecu
liaritLjs of periodic diseases in every section of the country
A' ell knowing that local influences so modify the action of
medicines as to frequently render them of negative value..
Tlid existence of these local influences, together with the pecu-
liarities of organization, will forever exclude the discovery of
^o n titutional- specific remedies. Nevertheless, we may ascer-
tain, a remedy to be possessed of specific therapeutic properties,
reliable when the conditions regulating its successful adminis-
t::m> on are present.
•n£ i erasein is an anti-periodic tonic of remarkable and extended
\jUj ity. It neither produces cerebral excitement nor deranges
t'Lx stomach or bowels : but, on the contrary, is a nervine and
Itui -spasmodic, allaying irritability and quieting the action of
i\:d nervous system, and correcting the diarrheal disturbances
w<» characteristic of intermittent fevers. In, addition, it is
<Tu?y heretic and powerfully febrifuge. V Under its influence the
ska. becomes moist, soft, and flexible, and the pulse, when
cxvb ied, is reduced in force and frequency, and becomes soft
auvl regular. Upon the mucous membranes of the stomach
a. id vowels it acts in a most desirable manner, deter&ino- mor-
b..d oj. udations, allaying irritability, and restoring the secre-
ting pvwer. It seems to operate remarkably well as an altera-
z,\e. insolvent and tonic upon the capillary system, hence
as ulilr y in passive hemorrhages, night-sweats and other col-
Lquitiyn and exhausting discharges.

y\ We krve employed the Cerasein with uniform success in the

i -ire of [\^ue and fever. The first case in practice in which we

i ad occasion to try it was of the double quotidian type, and

• f eighteen months duration. We premised our treatment

iy th^ exhibition of the following powder:

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER, 405

-^Podophyllin gr.j.

Gelsemin or. ss.

Asclepin gr. ij.

Mix. This powder was administered in the evening, during
the febrile paroxysm, and the use of the Cerasein was com-
menced next morning in doses of about ten grains, repeated
once in three hours, and so continued fo'F forty-eight hours,
then at intervals of four hours for forty -eight hours longer.
'The dose was then diminished to about FIY.E grains, at which
quantity it was continued for a few days longer, and such was
the success of the treatment that not a single paroxj'-sm of the
-disease was experienced from the time of taking the first dose,
and the patient remains well at the present time, some two
years having elapsed since she came under our professional
care.

The second case in which we employed it was of the
quotidian type, and most inveterate in its character. The
patient experienced severe pain in the head upon the approach
of every chill, together with irritability of the stomach,
nausea, griping pain in the bowels, and a troublesome diarrhea.
The Cerasein accomplished a cure in three days. In many
chronic cases we have employed the Cerasein with entire suc-
cess. We remember one case, a lady, who had been afflicted
with chills and fever eight months out of the twelve, for four
years. The Cerasein, in connection with Podophyllin, effected
a. permanent cure. But we need not multiply instances to
prove its efficacy. The experience of many besides ourself
will confirm all that we claim for it.

Much will depend upon the judicious employment of the
Cerasein, as regards time, quantity, repetition, continuance,
and other necessary conditions, in order to reap success. Our
conception of an anti-periodic tonic remedy is, that it is a
means calculated to maintain a condition, and not to make -/-
it. In all diseases of a periodic type there is a season of what
we might term comparative health. It is this condition which

406 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

we desire to prolong to an indefinite period, and thus render
permanent. We should ascertain, therefore, whether the
existing condition be one which it would be desirable to con-
firm, before we employ means to render it permanent. We
are of opinion that much mischief is done by the ill-timed?
employment of remedies.

If the condition indicating the employment of anti-periodic
remedies does not exist, we must use proper measures to induce
it. If there be aberation of the functions of the liver, skin, or
kidneys, they must be corrected. Obstructions and morbid
accumulations must be removed, the plasticity of the blood
obviated, secretion, absorption and depuration established
upon a physiological basis, and a condition so brought
about, which, if then confirmed, will constitute the accom-
plished object of sanative medication. It is true that the
Cerasein possesses other than anti-periodic properties, all of
which are desirable in connection with such a power, but
which will not be sufficient, in a majority of cases, to induce
the condition we desire to render permanent. Hence we must
resort to other remedies, selected with a view of meeting the
existing necessities. Thus, if there be hepatic derangement,
we have Podophyllin, Leptandrin, Euonymin, Juglandin, etc.
As resolvents, we have Yeratrin, Sanguinarin, Asclepin, etc.,
which are also febrifuge and diaphoretic. Stimulants we find
in Xanthoxylin, Macro tin, Oil of Capsicum, etc. Grelsemin-
and Lobelia will supply the relaxant, anti-spasmodic, and other
appropriate powers. Thus we need be at no loss for agencies
to bring about any condition desired.

The average dose of the Cerasein is FIVE grains, but may-
be increased to ten, and even fifteen grains with safety and
advantage. . The frequency of repetition must be regulated
according to circumstances. As a general thing, we find three
hours an appropriate interval in the treatment of intermittent
fever. The medicine should be continued for some days after
the disease is arrested, in order to give tone to the system, and)
so guard against a return. We have employed the Ceraseia
successfully in the treatment of intermittent fever occurring

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 407

during pregnancy. We deem it the safest remedy that can be
exhibited, having used it in cases in which the patients were
within one month of the period of confinement.

But it is not alone in intermittent fevers that the Cerasein
has proved of eminent utility. Eemittent, typhoid, and other
fevers afford indications for its favorable employment. Being
devoid of irritant properties, its employment is admissible in
many cases in which other tonics are contra-indicated. Pos-
sessing the additional properties of a diaphoretic, febrifuge,
nervine, anti-spasmodic and diuretic, its range of application
is widely extended. In the convalescing stages of acute
diseases we have found it a remedy of great value. It allays
irritation, promotes digestion .and assimilation, while its dia-
phoretic, anti-spasmodic and diuretic properties are calculated
to fulfill other existing indications. It is for these reasons
highly useful for giving tone to the stomach and bowels fol-
lowing an attack of diarrhea, dysentery, or cholera infantum.
For the lutter purpose it may* be advantageously joined with
Fraserin.

We have found the Cerasein useful in the treatment of
dyspepsia, particularly when there is a tendency to acidifica-
tion of the food. From five to ten grains, administered in
a little water will generally give prompt relief to that dis-
tressing symptom known by the name of heart-burn. When
joined with Cornin, or Juglandin, it will prove more effica-
cious still. Its employment is admissible both in atonic and
sthenic conditions of the stomach.

We have employed the Cerasein with much advantage in
the treatment of spermatorrhea. We use it in connection
with Gelseinin. Our plan of treatment is to exhibit the Gelse-
min in proper doses and at suitable intervals until a remission
of the symptoms is induced, and then to commenee the use of
the Cerasein in doses of ten grains three times a day, exhibit
ing a dose of Gelsemin at bed time. When deemed expedient,
the Geloemin and Cerasein may be combined. We sometimey
combine the Cerasein with Lupulin in this complaint, and
with good effect. Further remarks upon the treatment of

408 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

spermatorrhea will be found under the heads of Gelsemin and
Lnoulin.

Chronic coughs have been relieved and cured by the use
of the Cerasein. General debility, night sweats, and defec-
tive circulation, also improve under the influence of the
Cerasein.

Passive hemorrhnges have also been successfully treated'
with this agent. When necessary, it may be joined with more
powerful styptics and astringents, as the Trilliin, Lycopin,
or Oil of Erigeron.

Cerasein has been found of remarkable efficacy in the treat-
ment of herpes, and other forms of chronic febrile exanthema.
It breaks up the tendency to periodical eruptions, and effec-
tually obviates the sthenic diathesis*^ Employed in connec-
tion with the Oil of Populus externally, it will effectually cure
many cutaneous affections.

Cerasein has also been used with advantage in chorea, hys-
teria, convulsions, and other affections indicating the employ-
ment of an anti-spasmodic and anti-periodic tonic. The full
range of employment of the Cerasein is not yet understood,
but we predict for it a steadily extending field of utility.

COLLINSONIN.

01 9m

Derived from Collinsonia Canadensis.

Nat. Ord. — Laminacece.

Sex. Syst. — Diandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Eardhack, Stone Root, Ox Balmy Knot
Hoot, Mealall, Rich Weed, etc.

Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resin and neutral.

Properties. — Tonic, astringent, diaphoretic, alterative,
resolvent, and diuretic.

Employment. — Diarrhea, dysentery, gout, gravel, dropsy,
catarrh of tlie bladder, leucorrhea, hemorrhoids, colic, cramps,
'ndigestion, etc.

Although the active principles of this plant have been
but recently introduced to the profession, they have rapidly
gained well merited favor, and the Collinsonin is entitled to a
prominent place in our materia medica.

Collinsonin possesses the therapeutic properties above
attributed to it in an eminent degree. It also seems to be
entitled to the appellation of carminative, anodyne, and anti-

410 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPiCK.

spasmodic, as it expels wind, relieves pain, and relaxes spasm
The sanative influences of the Coilinsoniji are particularly
directed to the absorbent system and mucous membranes. It
seems to possess efficient alterative and resolvent properties,,
and proves efficacious in diseases of the glandular system.
In diseases of the bowels and rectum, it stands unrivalled*
We have experienced its-sanative influences in diarrhea in our
own person, and can highly recommend it as a most desirable
auxiliary agent in the treatment of all bowel disorders. It
soothes, deterges, heals, and gives tone to the intestinal mu-
cous surfaces.
^^ The average dose of the Colli nsonin is TWO grains. In
diarrhea, dysentery, and cholera infantum, this dose may be
repeated once in two hours, except in the latter complaint, in
which the dose must be proportioned to the age of the patient
The quantity may be increased or diminished, relatively,
according to the urgency of the symtoms in the different
affections. When stimulants are indicated, it may be joined
withXanthoxylin, which combination we have employed with
much advantage. \ When astringents are required, it will
operate well in connection with Geranin. v Combined with
.. Dioscorein, no better remedy can possibly be had for the
relief of cramp in the stomach, flatulent and bilious colics,
cholera morbus, borborygmus, and all spasmodic affections of
the stomach, bowels, and urinary apparatus.\JFor gravelly
affections it may be joined with Populin, Senecin, etc.

The Collinsonin has been found highly useful in dropsy, by
reason of its peculiar stimulating influences upon the absorbent
system. In languid and atonic conditions of the system, it is
particularly beneficial, arousing an action in the venous,
absorbent and lymphatic vessels, and greatly promoting renal
depuration. At the same time it quickens the activity of the
cutaneous functions, and, aided by warm diluent drinks, pow-
erfully promotes diaphoresis. 4 It may be employed in con-
nection with Sanguinarin, Ampelopsin, Veratrin, Digitalin,
ete.

Collinsonin will be found valuable in the treatment of indi-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 413

gestipn, particularly when of an asthenic character, with a
tendency to gastritis.

Leucorrhea, catarrh of the bladder, and other critical and
excessive mucous discharges may be successfully treated with
the Collinsonin, in connection with suitable auxiliary reme-
dies. In these complaints it will be found to answer an ad-
mirable purpose in connection with Ilydrastin.
-.4-. But the most remarkabte influences of the Collinsonin are
observable in hemorrhoids and other diseases of the rectum.
The most inveterate and chronic cases are relieved and fre-
quently cured by means of this remedy alone. ^It should be
given in large doses at first, sa} r five grains, and repeated every
two hours, in severe cases, until the system is brought under
its influence and the symptoms controlled, and then continued
in average doses three or four times a day until the disease is
eradicated. We have known it to act promptly in suppressing
hemorrhage from the bowels, and in relieving those distressing
pains characteristic of hemorhoidal affections. It is a valuable
constitutional remedy in many affections, and its persevering
use seldom fails to benefit the general health. ^It increases the
appetite, and promotes digestion and assimilation.

CON. TINC. COLLINSONIA CANADENSIS.

^ • m

Equivalent in properties and employment to the above.
Average dose, fifteen drops, increased to thirty in severe
cases. We have employed it in connection with the saturated
tincture of Xanthoxylum berries, in the treatment of diarrhea,
and with excellent effect. Also for pain in the stomach and
bowels, etc.

WINE TINC. LOBELIA MLATA.

<^ » —

Derived from Lobelia Inflata.

Nat. Ord. — Lobeliacece.

Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Monogynia.

Common Names. — Indian Tobacco, Emetic Weed, eU

Part Used.— The Herb.

No. of Principles. — Two, viz., alkaloid, and neutral.

Properties. — Ametic, diaphoretic, expectorant, nervine,
anti-spasmodic, diuretic, resolvent, and relaxant.

Employment. — Croup, pneumonia, bronchitis, /looping
cough, asthma, influenza, catarrh, hysteria, chorea, convul-
sions, poisoning, suspended animation, tetanus, false labor
pains, sick- headache, epilepsy, neuralgia, febrile diseases,
cutaneous eruptions, etc*

This preparation of the Lobelia has long been a favorite
remedy with us in private practice, and its introduction to
the profession has given general satisfaction. The plant yields
a number of proximate active principles, but its chief excel-
lences reside in the alkaloid and neutral constituents. These

414 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

principles are soluble in water, possess the emetic, diaphoretic,
expectorant, nervine, anti-spasmodic, diuretic, and relaxant
properties of the plant in an eminent degree, and operate
without the slightest irritation. Besides the alkaloid and
neutral principles, the Lobelia yields a soft resinoid or oleo*
resinous principle, more valuable as an external application
•than for internal administration. This oleo-resin is possessed
of powerful relaxant properties, and is sometimes administered
internally in cases of spasm, convulsions, asthma, and when-
ever such a property is indicated. It is this active constituent
of the Lobelia that produces the "alarming symptoms" of
early writers, and which has caused the Lobelia to be regarded
by many as narcotic and dangerous. But its chief utility is
confined to its external employment. Dissolved in alcohol, it
is applied to contracted joints, to the throat in spasm of the
glottis, and whenever a powerful relaxant application is needed
In the preparation of the Wine Tine, this principle is sepa
rated from the alkaloid and neutral, and the latter are then
redissolved in malaga wine. The seeds yield a fiixed oil,
which will be treated of under the proper head.

The Wine Tine, is employed for all the purposes of an
emetic. The dose will vary from two drachms to two
ounces, and even more in particular cases. We have had a
clinical experience of fifteen years in the use of Lobelia in
substance, infusion, alcoholic and acetic tincture, etc., but we
give preference to the Wine Tine, over all other preparations.
It is the safest and most reliable emetic, under all circum-
stances, that can possibly be exhibited. We are governed in
its exhibition, not by the quantity administered, but by the
effects produced. The secret of success is, to give enough.
It is not uncommon for us to administer from FOUR to six
ounces of the Wine Tine, at one time, in the treatment of con-
vulsions, tetanus, etc. When the tincture cannot be given by
way of the mouth, in consequence of the patient's inability to
swallow, the quantity intended to be exhibited should be
doubled and administered by enema. Emesis can as readily
be produced with the Lobelia employed in this manner as if

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 415

it were taken in the stomach. It should be diluted with a
proper quantity of warm water, and, in some instances, a
stimulant joined with it, as the Myricin, Oil of Xanthoxylum,
Capsicum, etc. In cases of suspended animation by drown-
ing, banging, etc., this is the only way in which the medicine
fcan be brought to bear. The following formula may be ob-
served in the above .cases, as well as in cases of poisoning,
■asphyxia, etc.:

Wine Tine. Lobelia §. VI. vel. X

Oil of Capsicum gtt. X. vel. XX.

Mix and administer at once with a suitable sized syringe.
It would, perhaps, be better to dissolve the Oil of Capsicum
in a little alcohol before adding it to the tincture of Lobelia,
From one to TWO drachms of the tincture of the Oil of Cap-
sicum may be employed, as given under that head. Or, when
neither are at hand, one drachm of powdered Capsicum may
be used instead. This injection should be repeated at suitable
intervals until relief is afforded, or until no chance for resusci-
tation remains. ^ We have known the most desperate cases of
suspended animation by drowning to be restored by this
treatment when all other means had failed.

In cases of poisoning, particularly when ignorant of the
character of the substance swallowed, emetics should never be
administered by way of the mouth, but by injection. By
neglect of this precaution it frequently happens that the emetic
is neutralised and does not operate, either in consequence of
chemical reactions, or from paralysis of the nerves of the
stomach. There is, also, a liability to the formation of dan-
gerous compounds by the mutual reactions which take place
between the substances introduced and the substances already
there. These remarks apply when the character of the poison
swallowed is not known. One very essential condition to be
observed in connection with the employment of the Wine
Tine, of Lobelia as an emetic, either per os or per anum, is,
that undue acidity oi the stomach and bowels be neutralised,
either by the previous administration of an alkalie, or by

4:16 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

combining it with the Lobelia when exhibited. It frequently
happens, when this precaution is neglected, that the emetic
influences of the Lobelia are suspended, and the medicine
passes off by perspiration, stool, and urine. Acids effect a
destructive decomposition of the neutral principle, and hold
the alkaloid in solution, thus suppressing its action. Tannic
acid is incompatible with the alkaloid principle, forming with
it an insoluble compound, and thus rendering it inert. When
soda or other carbonic alkalies are administered for the pur*
pose of neutralising acidity, severe pain will be experienced in
the region of the stomach, accompanied with a death-like
nausea. This is occasioned, probably, by the sudden disen-
gagement of the carbonic acid of the alkalie, the base com-
bining with the lactic or other acids present. It does not
occur, however, in every instance, and is relieved as soon as
vomiting takes place. When this phenomenon is properly
understood, it prevents unnecessary alarm on the part of the
patient. If the precautions here noted in regard to neutralis-
. ing acidity be neglected, the Lobelia will be very tardy in
manifesting its emetic influences, and, in many instances,
will not operate at all.

As a remedy in the treatment of mucous and spasmodic
croup, the Wine Tine, of Lobelia is superior to any other
single agent. Its purely innoxious character renders it a sate
and reliable remedy for patients of all Ages, from the infant to
the septagenarian. In the management of this disease the
Lobelia must be administered promptly and in full doses, and
repeated at intervals of from ten to thirty minutes until free
vomiting ensues. It is necessary to induce complete relaxa*
tion of the system by means of full emetic doses, and after-
wards to maintain it with smaller doses repeated at suitable
intervals. When inconvenient or difficult to administer it by
the mouth, as in the case of infants and children, it should be
given by injection. The same directions will apply in cases
of pneumonia, asthma, convulsions, hysteria, tetanus, etc. In
croup the Lobelia is sometimes joined with Sanguinarin, and
with advantage. In other cases with Eupatorin Perfo. We

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 417

have seen the Lobelia employed to a considerable extent in
the treatment of pneumonia, and with the happiest results.
We remember the case of our little sister, who, at two years
of age, was attacked with this complaint, and to whom six
Lobelia emetics were administered daily for several consecutive
days, and we believe them to have been the means of savins
her life. Lobelia not only unloads the lungs of the accumu-
lated secretions, but it also resolves the plasticity of the blood,
relaxes spasm, promotes diaphoresis, and changes the entire
diathesis of the system. In all febrile disorders manifesting a
determination to the brain, or a tendency to congestion, we
have, in the Lobelia, one of the most reliable derivative reme-
dies yet discovered. Here its powers of relaxing constric-
tion, equalising the circulation, promoting absorption, secre-
tion and exhalation are particularly called for, and will seldom
disappoint the practitioner. The necessities of particular cases
will best indicate the manner of employing the Lobelia. If it
be desirable to produce sudden revulsion, as in severe and
sudden congestions, it should be exhibited in full emetic doses,
say from one to three ounces. In other instances, broken
doses frequently repeated will subserve a better purpose. The
latter plan of administration should be adopted in the treat-
ment of low delirium, tonic spasm, and febrile disorders gene-
rally. In confirmed and lingering cases of typhoid fevers this
course will be found of much service. A case occurred in
our practice in the fall of 1846, when typhoid fever was pre-
valent, in which we administered one drachm of the infusion
of the Lobelia herb every hour in the twenty-four for eight
days consecutively, and we believe it to have been the means
of effecting a cure. The patient had a rapid convalescence,
and " still lives." The fever had been running eleven days
before we were called.

One noticeable feature in connection with the operation of
Lobelia, as an emetic, is this, it does not derange the functions
of digestion. In the treatment of chronic diseases, the patient,
after having been subjected to the operation of a Lobelia

*>metic is enabled, in thirty or sixty minutes thereafter, to eat

418 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

his dinner, and not only eat but digest it. In the treatment
of indigestion, the exhibition of a Lobelia emetic has frequently
enabled the patient to eat and digest a substantial meal,
-whereas he had not been able to either receive or retain food
upon the stomach for a considerable time. Its sanative in-
fluences, in many instances, seem to be almost electrical. We
would mention, in connection with this idea, that, while under
the influence of a Lobelia emetic, the patient frequently expe-
riences a sensation as if a strong galvanic current was passing
through the system, or rather the stomach seems to be the
centre from which radiate numerous currents, passing along
the limbs and to the periphery of the entire nervous system.
These sensations resemble a series of rapid galvanic shocks,
accompanied with a feeling of numbness, and pass off with
the operation of the medicine.

In the treatment of chorea we give an emetic of the Wine
Tine, of Lobelia every other day, or every day in severe cases,
and alternate with Cerasein, ilydrastin, Cornin, Capsicum,
Scutellarin, Grelsemin, and other tonics and antispasmodics.

In spasmodic asthma we administer the tincture in quanti-
ties sufficient to relieve the immediate symptoms, and then
continue the same in suitable doses, and at proper inter vols,
in connection with appropriate auxiliary remedies, until a cure
is effected. We observe the same method in the treatment of
influenza, hooping cough, and other affections of the respira-
tory organs. Ordinary catarrh or cold in the head may be
relieved by taking from five to ten drops of the undiluted
tincture at a time, and repeating as occasion requires. The
benefit derived is more in consequence of the stimulating effect
of the Lobelia upon the glands of the throat, than from its
passing into the stomach. Fcr ^he colds, coughs, and il snuffles"
of children, we mix the tincture with molasses or sugar-house
^yrup.

Wine Tine. Lobelia 3 i-

Sugar-house Syrup § iss.

Mix. Dose, from one half to one teaspoonful every hum or

GGSfCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 419

two. This will be found excellent for ordinary coughs and
•colds. Of course, the dose must be varied to suit the occa-
sion. As an expectorant, the Lobelia has few equals, and no
superior. It is of much utility in pleuritis, overcoming the
viscidity of the pulmonary secretions and favoring expectora-
tion.

The Wine Tine, of Lobelia is a remedy of great value in the
i reatment of disorders of the female system. y^We have already
spoken of its remarkable efficacy, in connection with Myricin,
in relieving spasmodic and false labor pains. The reader ia
respectfully referred to the article on Myricin for a description
of the method of employing it, and thus save us the necessity
of repetition. Equally efficient will the Lobelia be found for
■controlling undilated and undilatable os uteri, puerperal con-
vulsions, puerperal fever, retention of the placenta, etc. Our
method of employing it in the latter instance is by injection
per annul.

V- Wine Tine. Lobelia 5 ss »

Cypripedin ^%v

Warm Water % lV '

Mix Administer blood warm, and repeat once in thirty
minutes, if found necessary. The efficacy of this remedy in
promoting the expulsion of retained placenta needs to be wit-
Lssed in order to be fully appreciated. The same injection.
will be found of great service for the relief of pams attendant
upon the passage of calculi through the ureters, and for sup-
pression and retention of the urine. In the latter affections
its efficacy will be materially enhanced by the addition of from
TEN to fifteen grains of Myricin to each enema.

An occasional emetic of the Wine Tine, of Lobelia is fre-
quently of great service in the treatment of diarrhea and other
mtestinal disorders. In cholera morbus, when tue stomach
* loaded with acrid ingeste, it should not be omitted. It has
been employed in asiatic cholera, in the same conditions, With
most excellent effect. Prolonged nausea and vomiting de-
petding npon spasm of the. stomach are effectually relieved

•420 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

with broken doses of the tincture. In ordinary cases the
tincture may be reduced with water when used as an emetic,
but in urgent cases, and where smallness of dose is an
object, we administer it without admixture. In croup and
convulsions of children it is better administered undiluted.

For relieving the ill effects of drinking too freely of cold
water while heated, there is r.o better remedy than the Wine
Tine, of lobelia. It should be given in large and repeated
doses, and continued until complete reaction is established
and the circulation equalised. In some cases it may be ad-
visable xn combine a stimulant with the Lobelia, for which
purpose we prefer the Capsicum or its preparations to anything
else.

A Lobelia emetic will give speedy relief in cases of sick-
headache, and, where they are chronic, its occasional repeti-
tion will frequently break up the constitutional diathesis.
Neuralgia is often relieved by the same means.

For relaxing constriction and favoring the development of
the eruption in exanthematous fevers, we have, in the Lobelia,.
a most excellent remedy The doses and repetitions must be
governed by the necessities of the case.

Externally, the tincture is applied in cases of erysipelas,
various eruptions, and, diluted with water, is employed in the
treatment of purulent, strumous, and other forms of opthal-
mia. Also to the throat and chest in croup, asthma, etc.

Finally, the Wine Tine, of Lobelia may be employed with
advantage in all spasmodic affections, and whenever an emetic,
nauseant, diaphoretic, anti-spasmodic, expectorant, or relaxant
is indicated. It is neither narcotic nor dangerous, and may
be employed with perfect safety for fulfilling any of the indi-
cations embraced within its range of therapeutic properties*
Experience in its employment will confirm the confidence of
every practitioner in its utility, and he will learn to look upon
it as an indispensable agent of the materia medica. We are
far from deeming it a specific, yet we hold it capable of ful«
filling specific indications with far more certainty and safety
than any other remedy, and one for which there is no substi

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROrER. 421

tute. We should feel lost without it, and are confident thai
such would be the expression of all who become acquainted
with its true value

•A

OIL OF LOBELIA

Derived from the seeds of the Lobelia Inflata.

The oil of Lobelia is chiefly valued as an expectorant, anti-
spasmodic and relaxant. Although sometimes used for the
purposes of an emetic, it does not operate so kindly as the
preparation first treated of. Internally, it is employed with
much benefit in the treatment of asthma and other affections
of the respiratory organs. The medium dose of the oil is one
drop, repeated three or four times daily. It may be adminis-
tered on sugar, or suspended in mucilage. It will be found
a valuable expectorant and relaxant, and may be employed
with advantage in all spasmodic affections. It may be com-
bined with other agents at the pleasure of the practitioner.

But it is in combination with the Oil of Capsicum that we
make most use of this agent. Our formula is as follows :

Oil of Lobelia

' Oil of Capsicum aa. 3i,

Alcohol, 95 per cent gii

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol and it is ready for use. The
dose of this preparation is from fifteen to sixty dops. We
employ it in apoplexy, asphyxia, convulsions, suspended ani-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 423

mation, asiutic cholera, tetanus, and all violent spasmodic
disorders. No physician should be without this remedy at
hand. In cases of fainting, falls, concussions, drinking too
ireely of iced-water, violent spasmodic pains in the stomach
and bowels, and whenever it is necessary to relax spasm,
equalise the circulation, and so bring about a re-action, this
remedy is unequalled. When it cannot be swallowed, the
quantity may be doubled and administered by enema' In
tetanus, when the jaws are set together, also in hysteria, and
other convulsions, a quantity of this preparation poured be-
tween the teeth, will, as soon as it reaches and kaa time to act
upon the muscles of the throat, relax the spasm and enable the
patient to open his mouth and swallow. At the same time
the throat may be bathed externally with the same. Neural-
gic and rheumatic pains, toothache, etc., are relieved by
bathing with this preparation. When the tooth is decayed
and the nerve exposed, it may be applied on cotton. We
have treated many cases of apoplexy with this medicine, and
in connection with hot mustard foot baths and the application
of cold to the head, with invariable success.

The oil applied to the throat externally has given prompt
relief in spasm of the glottis, croup, etc., and applied to the
chest relieves dyspnea. It enters into the Comp. Stillingia
— vLiniment, for the formula of which see Oil of Stillingia, In'
applying the oil to infants and children, externally, care must
be taken not to apply it too freely, as more relaxation may be
produced than is desirable, together with nausea and vomit-

ing

In spasmodic croup, the oil may be given in doses of one
drop, and repeated once in thirty minutes until relief is
afforded. But we prefer the Wine Tine, in the treatment of
the disorders of infants and children.

CON. COMP. STILLINGIA ALTERATIVE.

•-^

FORMULA.

Had. Stillingia Sylvatica.

" Gorydalis Formosa,

" Phytolacca Decandria.

" Iris Yersicolor.
Cort. Xanthoxylum Fraxinewm,
Fol. Chi?naphila Umbellata.
Sem. Cardambmum.

We quote from the manual of Messrs B. Keith k Co., the
following extracts explanatory of the character and peculiari-
ties of this preparation :

" Complaints having reached us that the above syrup, (Syr.
Stillingia Conip.) as put up by manufacturing druggists, had
failed in numerous instances of exercising its accustomed
remedial influences, we directed our attention to the discovery
of the cause, and the remedy. The former we found to de-
pend upon the fact that, in its preparation, the starch, grape-
sugar, and the other non-medicinal elements were retained,
and in consequence of there not being alcohol enough present
to resist a tendeney to fermentation, a destructive chemical

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 425

decomposition ensued, whereby the therapeutic elements were
destroyed. Syrups long made up, undergo a progressive dis-
integration of their therapeutic constituents, and thus become
unreliable and unfit for use."

" Another pertinent reason is found in the fact which we
have heretofore advanced, that is, the uncertain amount of
active principles any given number of pounds of a crude ar-
ticle will yield. Hence, so long as organic pharmaceutic com-
pounds are regulated by the weight of the crude substances of
which they are composed, instead of the actual amount of
active principles present, there can be nothing but uncertainty
in regard to their medicinal strength."

" Having ascertained, by repeated analyses, the utmost yield
•of the above articles, when dictated by weight, we are no
longer governed by a stipulated number of pounds, but by the
actual product of active principles, Our estimate is based
upon therapeutic and not upon physical considerations. In
this way we secure an uniformity in no other way attainable,
and avoid the discrepancy in remedial value which renders
ordinary syrups unreliable."

" One ounce of our preparation is equivaelent to 32 ounces
of the Comp. Syrup of Stillingia as prepared by other drug-
gists, when of maximum strength."

1 The dose of the latter is from one fluid-drachm to one fluid-
ounce.' "

( The dose of our preparation is from two to five drops.'

" Any practitioner so inclined, may prepare one quart of
Comp. Stillingia Syrup in a few minutes, by adding an ounce
of our Con. Comp. Stillingia Alterative to thirty-one ounces of
simple syrup, and flavoring as preferred. , We warrant our
preparation against change in any climate, and for an unlimited
period of time."

" Thus are portability, uniformity of strength, convenience
of administration, and protection against inertness secured."

The reader may learn, by referring to their respective heads,
the properties of the various ingredients composing this prepa-
ration, and thus form some conception of its range of applied

426 CONCENTRATES MEDICINES PROPER.

tion. Although opposed to such complexity of combination,
we must acknowledge that our experience in the employment
of the Con. Comp. Stillingia Alterative has been of the most
gratifying character. With it we have treated scrofula,
syphilis, cutaneous eruptions, hepatic disorders, rheumatism,,
mercurial affections, leucorrhea, gonorrhea, glandular enlarge-
ments, and almost every form of disease requiring the em-
ployment of an alterative, resolvent, and tonic remedy. As a
constitutional remedy in the treatment of contagious, purulent,
and strumous opthalmia, when not complicated, it is remark-
ably efficient, and seldom will any other remedy be needed.

Although the dose of this preparation averages from two
to FIVE drops, we frequently increase it gradually to ten,
finding cases and conditions requiring more than the average
dose to produce the desired effect. We find that it operates
much better by exhibiting it two hours after eating, than when
given shortly before meals. In the latter instance it interferes
with the appetite, and when food is taken nausea is produced,
as is also the case when the dose is too large. The best way
of administering it is to drop it into a little cold water. It ia
easily made into syrup, as above stated.

STRYCHNIN.

Derived from Strychnos JSux Yo?nica t
Nat. Ord. — ApocynacecB.
Sex. Syst. — Pentandria Monogynia.
Common Name. — Nwx Vomica,
Part Used. — The Seeds.

No. of Principles. — three, viz., two alkaloids, (strychinia
and brucia,) and a neutral principle.

We have never employed the Strychnin in practice our-
selves, but the concurrent testimony of those who have tested
it clearly defines it to be equivalent to the Nux Vomica in
therapeutic properties, and infinitely preferable to the extracts
and other preparations of that remedy, as it is of definite, re-
liable, uniform, and unchanging medicinal strength. It is
employed for all the purposes for which the seeds have been
found beneficial, for a history of which the reader is respect-
fully referred to the U. S. Dispensatory, and other standard
works on materia medica. It has been manufactured by
request, and has given satisfaction to those for whose use it
was prepared. It is ONE third less in remedial strength
than the Strychnine of commerce. Thus, if the dose of the

428 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

Strychin^ be from one sixteenth to one twelfth of om
grain, the dose of the Strychnin will be from one twelfth to
ONE eighth of one grain, or thirty-three and one-third per
cent. more.

It is a medicine of great power, and will not bear to be in-
cautiously trifled with*

CON. TINC. STRYCHNOS NUX VOMICA.

■» i

This preparation is equivalent to the Strychnin above de-
scribed. The dose is from ONE FOURTH of ONE drop to ONE
drop. It is simply a solution of the active principles com-
posing the Strychnin. For a history of its properties and
uses, the reader may consult standard authorities upon materia
medica.

CON. TINC. CANNABIS 1NDICA.

«^ •■

Derived from Cannabis Indica.

Nat. Ord. — Canabinnacece.

Sex. Syst. — Dicecia Pentandria.

Common Name. — Indian Hemp.

Part Used.— The Herb.

No. of Principles — two, viz., resinoid, and neutral.

Properties. — Narcotic, anodyne, anti-spasmodic, etc.

Employment. — Nervous diseases generally.

We are not enabled to record our personal experience of the
utility of the Cannabis Indica, never having employed it in
practice. According to the U. S. Dispensatory " it is recom-
mended in neuralgia, gout, rheumatism, tetanus, hydrophobia,
epidemic cholera, convulsions, chorea, hysteria, mental depres-
sion, insanity and uterine hemorrhage." Of the modus operandi
of this remedy we have been enabled to learn but little. So
far as we can ascertain, it is of doubtful and uncertain effect,
its administration being attended with great disparity of action.
The Dispensatory further tells us, "in morbid conditions ot
the system, it has been found to produce sleep, to allay spasm,
to compose nervous inquietude, and to relieve pain." These,

430 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

we apprehend, are the accidental deductions made from the
joint experiments and opinions of various practitioners.
Further than this, nothing entitled to our credence has been
adduced. For our own part, we do not look upon the Cannabis
Indica as a desirable acquisition to our materia medica, much
less an indispensible one, as we know of no indications it is
capable of fulfilling that cannot be met with other medicines,
and with far more precision, certainty, and uniformity of
action.

We are of opinion that medicinal plants grown in remote
sections of the earth, and known to produce certain specific
physiological influences upon the natives of that locality,
should not be looked upon as being capable of inducing the
same train of results when transferred in their application to
the people of another clime. Differences of organization, tem-
perament, habits, occupation, diet, climate, and other in-
fluences all tend to modify the impressibility of the nervous
system, and correspondingly will the means of therapeutic im-
pression vary in their operation upon the living forces. We
hold that the experiments of Dr. O'Shaughnessy in India can-
not be accepted as a criterion in estimating the remedial value
of the Hemp in this country. In a volume entitled "Headland
on the action of medicine," the reader may find recorded some
interesting information in regard to the diversity of therapeutic
action. In speaking of opium, he tells us, "in the Caucasian
race it generally produces somnolency; in the Chinese, intoxi-
cation ; in the Javenese, and Malays, it will cause a raving
delirium." And from some notes of an intelligent reader and
writer we take the following : — " Do not ardent spirits act in
the same mysterious way upon the different races? It is sel-
dom that an Indian becomes "jolly" — he is, as a rule, sullen,
morose, and savage. The Negro is sleepy. The Malay is a
raving, blood-thirsty maniac." These facts would seem to
support the conclusions we hav3 come to in the preceding
paragraphs. When uniformity of organization and tempera-
lnent shall become a national characteristic, then may we ex-
oect to find the people of that nation similarly exercised by the

CONCENTRATED MEDICI NKS PROPER. 43]

vrmbition of a given therapeutic agent. True, nations as well
•w individuals have their distinguishing characteristics, but
each are subjected to a variety and diversity of 'modifying in-
fluences. In the one instance the phenomena produced are
national; in the other, individual. As we see individuals
among people of the same race variously impressed by alcohol
and other narcotics, so may we behold it of nations. In an
mdividual case opium soothes and depresses; in the other it
excites and exhilerates ; in a majority ot instances it consti-
Dates the bowels, while we have known individuals to employ
it for the purposes of a cathartic, being freely purged by
even a small quantity.

We have adduced the fact, in the first chapter of this work,
that the Cannabis Indica grown upon the hills of India is en-
tirely different from that grown in the valleys, an additional
evidence of the uncertainty of the plant as a reliable remedial
agent. But it is not improbable that time and further experi-
ment may enable us to overcome these objections, and to give,
in future editions of this work, a fuller and more reliable his-
tory of the remedial value of this plant. The average dose
of the tincture is FIVE drops.

We now conclude our history of the therapeutic properties
«o'f concentrated medicines proper, hoping, in future editioi.s,
*;o enlarge the list by making such additions as the necessities
of the profession demand. The Erythroxylin, from the
Erythroxylum Coca, and the Daturin from the Datura Stram-
imonium, are now under consideration, and as soon as they

432 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

shall have been thoroughly tested in clinical practice, th«
history of their therapeutic properties and range of employ-
ment will be laid before the profession. The Con. Tinu. <Gros-
sypium Herbaceum is likewise being put to practical tests, but
so far the results secured have not been sufficiently definite to
enable us to recommend it to the confidence of the profession.
We are conscious that we have not embraced the entire
range of application of the various remedies described in this
work, yet we have endeavored faithfully to portray their
therapeutic action. Since penning the article on Grelsemin,
we have employed that agent extensively in the treatment of
bowel disorders, and with the most satisfactory results. For
controlling the spasmodic action of the stomach and intestinal
tube, it far excels any single remedy we have yet employed.
It soothes the irritability of the mucous surfaces, and com-
pletely controls the spasmodic tendency. For the relief of
tenesmus, we employ the Con. Tinct., adding from ten to
sixty drops to an enema, according to the severity of the case
and the age of the patient, and repeat as occasion requires. It
operates admirably. The Con. Tine. Senecio Gracilis has been
found, by several / practitioners, an excellent . and reliable
remedy for allaying the nausea attending pregnancy. The
Con. Tine. Gelseminum has been applied with complete success
to counteract the effects of the bite of a spider, relieving the
pain, abating the inflammation and swelling, and effecting a
cure. So we might go on enumerating instances of the diver"
sified application of these remedies, but space will not admit
of a lengthy recapitulation, and we shall be content to submit
the question of adaptation to the intelligent judgment of our
readers, trusting that our feeble efforts to elucidate the history
of these agents may shed some light upon tkeir pathway.

ADDENDA.

ACONITIN.

Derived from Aconitum WapeUus.

Nat. Ord. — RanunculacecB.

Sex. Syst. — Polyandria Trigynia.

Common Names. — Wolfsbane, Monkshood*

Parts Used. — Leaves, and Root,

No. of Principles. — Three, viz., resin, neutral, axi(l alhrtoid.

Properties. — Diaphoretic, diuretic, alterative, antispasmo-
dic, and narcotic.

Employment. — Phthisis, dropsy, gout, neuralgia, rheuma-
tism, paralysis, portal congestions, hysteria, etc.

In small and frequently repeated doses, Aconitin promotes
diaphoresis and diuresis, and increases the secretions of <the
mucous, 6erous, and synovial membranes. Its long contin-
ued use is attended with the appearance of exanthematic
eruptions upon the skin, accompanied with a troublesome
itching, and severe pain in the joints.
28

434: CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

In larger doses Aconitin gives rise to severe cardialgia,
paralysis of the tongue and pharynx, a sense of suffocation,
vomiting, painful diarrhea, quick and irregular pulse, dysp-
nea, swelling of the abdomen, tremors of the limbs, followed
in due time by extreme prostration, chills, severe pains in the
head, bones and joints. After a longer or shorter duration
of these symptoms, the patient is attacked with profuse sweats,
together with an increased flow of urine, and oftentimes a
measley looking eruption makes its appearance on the skin.
Permanent derangement of the digestive functions, together
with a jaundiced condition of the system, are the general
sequents of excessive doses of Aconitin.

Large doses of Aconitin sometimes prove speedily fatal,
preceded by convulsions, delirium, cerebral congestions,
tetanus, &c. A post-mortem examination in these cases
reveals severe congestion in the veins of the head, lungs,
and abdomen. Sometimes, but not always, inflammation of
the membranes of the stomach and intestines is present.

The above described dynamical effects of Aconitin de-
monstrates it to be a stimulant to the nerves of sensation
and to the secreting apparatus generally, but more particu-
larly to the veins, skin, kidneys, mucous and synovial
membranes, and the sheaths of the muscles and tendons, in-
creasing their secernent activity, and exalting their sensi-
bility and irritability. It also hastens the metamorphosis
of the fluidiform materials of the circulation.

From a consideration of the physiological influences of
Aconitin, it has been recommended in those forms of dis-
ease originating in a suppression of the peripheric secretions,
particularly in obstinate chronic cases — also in chronic affec-
tions of the sheaths of the muscles, tendons, and nerves
—of the fibrous membranes and organs — of the mucous and

synovial membranes — for the resolving of exudates and dis-
persion of swellings in these organs, such as are dependent
upon inactivity or obstruction — in paralytic affections of the
nerves, and in those neuralgic disorders which originate in
\ ten] metaplastic, rheumatic or arthritic affections of the ncu-

CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER. 435

jrilcma. Aconitin has also been recommended in phthisis
ipulmonalis, in the incipient stage, beginning with small doses
and gradually increasing. Aconitin is contra-indicated in
the presence of pneumonic inflammations and congestions,
high febrile excitement, and colliquitive sweatings.

Aconitin has been found of benefit in the asthenic forms of
dropsy, particularly when arising from suppressed perspiration,
rheumatic and arthritic cachexies, and especially when located
in the skin and joints. In connection with Podophyllin, Yera-
trin, Jalapin, Apocynin, &c, Aconitin has been successfully
employed in the treatment of portal congestions, and for the
correction of those functional derangements of the abdominal
viscera manifesting unusual torpor, occurring in individuals
of a cold, lymphatic or phlegmatic habit, though contra-indi-
cated when plethora or excessive nervous sensibility of those
organs is manifest.

Aconitin has been successfully employed in different forms
of rheumatism, even in the acute varieties when the fever and
erethism are diminishing, or have entirely ceased. In linger-
ing rheumatic pains of the joints, rheumatic headaches, rheu-
matic cardialgia, rheumatic metrorrhagia, and obstinate neu-
ralgias, occurring in asthenic habits, Aconitin has likewise
proved a valuable remedy. Also in atonic gout, asthma, &c,
combined with Asclepin, Eupatorin Purpu., Yeratrin, and in
cases of great nervous sensibility, with Gelsemin.

To recapitulate the principal uses of Aconitin, we may men-
tion, all that class of diseases arising from or dependent upon
suppressed cutaneous or other secretions, or inactivity of the
secernent vessels, as rheumatic, arthritic, strumous, syphilitic,
psoric, and mercurial cachexies, glandular enlargements, ob-
stinate salt rheum, itch, synovitis, amaurosis, deafness, paraly-
sis, as of the extremeties, bladder, &c, incontinence of urine,
tfec. The writer has employed the Tincture with much success
in the treatment of hysteria, more particularly of the chronic
forms, and in the absence of acute inflammations or conges-
tions.

Aconitin is contra-indicated in acute inflammation, hypers

436 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

thenic fevers, gastritis, threatened congestions of the brain,
lungs, or other organs, colliquitive sweats, great irritability of
the nerves of sensation, and acute hepatic affections.
.The dose of Aconitin is from one twenty-fourth to one

TWELFTH Of ONE GRAIN.

CON. TDTO. ACONITUM NAPELLUb.

Derivation and properties same as Aconitin. The internal
employment is the same. Externally, the Con. Tine., diluted
with eight times the quantity of water, is employed as a colly-
rium in rheumatic and arthritic inflammation of the eyes.
The dose of the Con. Tine, is from one to five drops.

COLOCYNTHIN.

•♦"•i

Derived fron Cucumis Colocynthi*.

Nat. Ord. — Oucurbitacece.

Sex. Syst. — Monoscia Monadelphia.

Common Names. — Golocynth, Bitter Cucumber,

Part Used.— The Fruit. '

No. of Principles. — One, viz., resinoid.

Properties. — An irritant hydragogue cathartic.

Employment. — Obstinate quartan fevers, atonic jaundice,
indolent dropsies, amenorrhea, worms, chronic nervous affeo-
ions, <&c.

In small doses, Colocynthin accelerates the peristaltic motion
f the intestinal canal — increasing the mucous and other se-
cretions ; promotes the activity of the abdominal blood-vessels,
and quickens the functions of the lymphatic and glandular
systems, and of the kidneys. In large doses, Colocynthin
gives rise to severe griping pains in the abdomen, vomiting,
a violent diarrhea, with frothy discharges, accompanied with
tenesmus and hemorrhage of the rectum. In yet larger doses,
it gives rise to the same train of symptoms in a more aggra-
vated form, followed by vertigo, blindness, deafness, delirium,
convulsions, and death. The fatal effects are produced by
excessive and exhaustive irritation, accompanied, in some in-
stances, with gangrene of the rectum. The continued employ-
ment of Colocynthin produces, like all other drastic remedies*

438 CONCENTRATED MEDICTNE8 PROPER.

paralytic-like debility of the bowels and rectum, suppressed
secretion, and obstinate constipation.

Colocynthin is employed, in small doses, in excessive torpor
of the abdominal organs, particularly of the lymphatics,
glands, mucous membranes, and nervous plexus, and in thoso
disorders arising irom or supported by said abnormal condi-
tions. Of this class we may mention obstinate and fre-
quently recurring quartan fevers, atonic jaundice, retention
of the catamenia- and hemorrhoidal discharges, indolent
dropsies, ascarides- and chronic blenorrhea.

Colocynthin has been employed with some success in the
cure of those chronic nervous ailments based upon or suppor-
ted by a general torpor of the nerves of sensation, or upon
local paralysis of the abdominal and lower spinal nerves.
It would seem to act, therefore, in the latter instance, as a
local deducive stimulant, and, when long continued, as a
stimulant to the entire nervous system.

In the treatment of mania, melancholy, epilepsy, chronic
nervous vertigo, aDd headache, Colocynthin is employed in
doses sufficient to purge ; a considerable interval — say several
days — being allowed to elapse between the repetitions of the
doses. Small and repeated doses of Colocynthin have proved
useful in the treatment of mild forms of mania, lethargies,
and as a prophylactic of serous and mucous apoplexies, para-
lysis of the rectum, urinary organs, and lower extremities.
Its employment is contra-indicated, however, in the presence
of an inflammatory condition of those organs. Colocynthin
has been employed with some success in dyspepsia, arising
from a paralytic debility of the stomach and its appendages.

The dose of Colocynthin will vary from one-half to two
grains.

RHEIN.

-444

Derived from Rheum Palmatum.

Nat. Ord. — Potygonacem.

Sex. Syst. — Enneandria Trigynicu

Common Name. — Rhubarb*

Part Used.— The Root.

No. of Principles. — Three, a retinoid, and two neutral*

Properties. — Cathartic, alterative, laxative, tonic, resolvent

chologogue, and antiseptic.

Employment. — Dyspepsia and its concomitant symptoms,
heart-burn, flatulence, constipation, &c, diarrhea, dysentery,
colic, atonic dropsy, chlorosis, mucous cachexies, scrofula,
diabetes mellitus, fevers, hemorrhoids, jaundice, biliary cal-
culi, asthenic catarrhs, etc.

Administered in small doses, Ehein stimulates the digestive
apparatus, improves the appetite, promotes the formation of
chyle and the supply of bile, and corrects disturbed action of
either function.

It exercises a general tonic influence over the secretive func-
tions, and particularly those of the mucous membranes. In
very large doses, Ehein gives rise to diarrhea, which is
usually followed by constipation.

Ehein, in small doses, may be usefully employed for the
relief of heart-burn, flatulence, diarrhea, constipation, and
other symptoms attendant upon indigestion, and for the cor-

440 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

reetion .of the excessive mucous discharges which sometimes
follow an attack of gastric or bilious fever. In asthenic
dysenteries, it may be usefully combined with Leptandrin,
Collinsonin, Cerasein, Fraserin, &c. It is a valuable remedy
in the digestive disorders of children, such as vomitng of the
food, colic, diarrhea, and convulsions produced by the reten-
tion of acrid ingesta. In the disorders of dentition, it answers
an admirabie purpose, in combination with alkalies and aro-

matics.

Khein is also of much utility in the treatment of chlorosis,
leucorrhea, dropsy, scrofula, rickets, diabetes mellitus, and
atonic hemorrhoids. For the cure of jaundice, and for the
removal of biliary concretions and impacted foeces, the Rhein
is said to be of remarkable efficacy. Finally, in all disorders
connected with the digestive and assimilative apparatus, either
of the organs themselves, or from sympathy therewith, and in
all disorders of the mucous surfaces, the Ehein will be found
a remedy of much value.

Rhein is sometimes employed locally as an application to
foul ulcers, on account of its tonic and antiseptic properties,
and in the form of an injection to restrain excessive hemorr-
hoidal and leucorrheal discharges.

Rhein is contra-indicated in active inflammations, conges
tions, and hemorrhages.

The dose of Rhein is from one to four grains.

ATROPIN.

*— *

Derived from Atropa Belladonna.

Nat. Ord. — Solanacece.

Sex. Syst. — JPentandria Monogynia*

Common Names. — Belladonna, Deadly Nightshade, <£&

Parts Used. — Leaves and Boot.

No. of Principles. — Three : resin, neutral, and alkaloid.

Properties. — Narcotic, anodyne, antispasmodic, calmative,
alterative, resolvent, diaphoretic, and diuretic.

Employment. — Convulsions, epilepsy, neuralgia, schirrus,
dropsy, obstinate intermittents, scarlet fever, whooping cough,
asthma, suppression of the menses, syphilitic infections, par air
ysis, amaurosis, nervous affections, mania, melancholy, <&c.

The dynamical effects of Atropin, when given m email
doses, are dryness in the fauces, thirst, difficult deglutition,
deluded vision, increased sensibility and irritability of the
optic nerve, dilated pupil, vertigo, mental exhiliration, and
increased perspiration. When the doses are increased, the
thirst becomes excessive, swallowing is difficult if not impossi-
ble, the throat becomes swelled and painful, with spasm of
the glottis, a sense of numbness is felt about the eyes, follow-
ed by delirium, mania, hiccough, dyspnea, grinding of the
teeth, convulsions, tetanus, lethargic slumber, and apoplectic
death. A post-mortem examination reveals severe and ex-
tensive congestions of the brain, lungs, liver, spleen, stomach,

442 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

and intestines. The spleen is soft and easily separated betweea
the fingers, the blood is in a state of decomposition, and the-
body soon putrefies.

According to the experiments of Orfila, Atropin acts most
speedily when taken into the stomach, or injected into the
veins ; more slowly when brought in contact with the cellular
structure.

Important indications for the employment of Atropin are
found in the early stages of organic affections, such as indu-
ration and schirrus of the more important organs, and in the
dispersion of glandular enlargements. The peculiar utility
of Atropin in these cases depends, in addition to its alterative,
resolvent, and stimulant powers, upon the possession of re-
markable anti-spasmodic and sedative properties, whereby if
soothes and overcomes the abnormal sensibility giving rise
to and accompanying these structural changes. The employ-
ment of stimulating resolvents devoid of these auxiliary
properties would, under like circumstances, be more likely to
aggravate the disorder by provoking the existing irritation to
a dangerous extent. The use of Atropin is said to have
cured fully developed indurations, even when of long stand-
ing ; but in general its influence in these cases goes no further
than to arrest the development at its present stage, and to
act as a prophylactic of cancerous degeneration.

Atropin is employed in the treatment of mania, preceded
by the use of alteratives and relaxants. Much care must be
exercised in its employment, and all existing idiosyncrasies
carefully noted. The encephalic constitution is said to bear
this remedy best.

Atropin is likewise said to have been successfully employed
in the treatment of hypochondria, hysteria, epilepsy, chorea,
and other nervous diseases dependent upon abominal ob-
structions 01 suppressions, as of the menses, or upon a morbid
exaltation of the nervous sensibility of the parts. It is exhibi-
ted in connection with Podophyllin, Yeratrin, Lobelia, Khein,
<fcc. In connection with Lobelia, Podophyllin, Hyosciamin,
Prunin, Asclepin, &c, it has been highly recommended in

CONCENTRATED MEDICINE8 PROPER. 443

whooping cough, asthma, and other affections of the respira-
tory system. In various forms of neuralgia, the use of
Atropin, both internally and externally, has been attended
with much success.

In hydrophobia, Atropin is said not only to act as a pre-
ventive, but also to have effected a cure in several instances.
In order to be efficacious, it must be given in sufficient doses
to induce a degree of narcotism, and its use persevered in.
"While under its influence the patient will frequently complain
of a smarting sensation in the wounds inflicted by the bite.

Paralysis dependent upon torpor of the abdominal functions
is said to have been successfully treated with Atropin. In
dropsy arising from biliary derangement, this remedy has found
useful employment. In suppression or defective flow of the
catamenial and lochial secretions, when arising from ob-
structions in the portal system, and in rheumatic, arthritic,
and exanthematic metastases, salt rheum, and even in long
standing syphilitic infections, Atropin is recommended as a
remedy entitled to much confidence. In chronic nervous
rheumatism Atropin will afford much relief. It is sometimes
employed to prevent abortion in consequence of too great
sensibility and contractility of the uterus. Small doses are
exhibited at bed time.

Atropin has gained considerable reputation as a prophy-
lactic of scarlet fever, and is also extensively employed in the
treatment of that malady.

Contra-indications to the employment of Atropin are, high
inflammatory excitement, plethora, tendency to congestion of
the brain, lungs, or other organs, erethism of the blood, and
extreme debility.

The dose of Atropin is from one twenty-fourth to one-
twelfth of one grain. When the exhibition of this remedy
produces dryness of the fauces, sparkling of the eyes, or dila-
tion of the pupil, the dose must be diminished, or the remedy
entirely laid aside for a time. Physicians will do well to
triturate the Atropin with Asclepin, as the latter will in no
case counteract the effects of the Atropin, but in view of its

444 CONCENTRATED MEDICINES PROPER.

diaphoretic and neutralising properties, will materially enhance
its action. It will also ensure a proper diffusion of the reme-
dy, and enable the practitioner to more easily proportion and
regulate the doses.

CON. TTN"C. ATROPA BELLADONNA.

Derivation, properties and employment same as the Atropin.
"We give preference to this preparation of the Belladonna, as
it is more diffusible, the dose is more easily proportioned than
that of the powder, and is more readily prepared for local
employment. Diluted with from one to eight parts of water
according to the extent and condition of the local affection, it
is employed as an injection in painful neuralgic affections of
the uterns and rectum, and as a local sedative over the seat
of neuralgic pains, either by means of cloths saturated with
the solution, or added to fomentations. When employed for
injections, not more than twice or thrice the quantity exhi-
bited to the same patient at a dose should be administered.

The dose of the Tine, is from one to five dbops.

INDEX.

-• -+~ •

Acid". Vegetable 38

Alkaloids 4(1

Amy linn 45

^pothemo 63

Amygdalin 08

Asclepin . 122

Ampelopsin 153

Alnuin 2<56

Apocynin '. 34!)

Aconitiii. .... 483

A tropin 441

Baptisin 219

Barosmin 852

Cmdc organic remedies .... 4 17

( "Tstitucnts of plants 3i

Cellulose 42

Cnticnlar or cork substance 43

Camphors 55

Caoutchouc 08

Coloring matters 58

Concentrated medicines 70

Concentrated medicines proper 83

Chemical transformations 91

Concentrated tinctures 92

Con. Tine. Apocynum 354

" " AconitTim Napellns 436

u " Atropa Belladonna 444

" " Collinsonia. 412

" " Cannabis Ihdioa 429

" " Digitalis 'J 1 3

u " Euonymus . 200

"' " Knpatorittiu Purpu 333

" " (lelseminnm 139

u " Oossypium 432

" " Hy-oscvamns 297

* . H EhusGlabum. 213

» " Scutellaria 347

«* u Smilax 402

«* " Strvchnos Xux Vomica 428

a •» Sen'ecio 120

u " Veratrum 325

« " Xantho.vylum 3S3

Combinations .". 95

Cvnripedin IJp

Chimaphilin 172

Cornin 272

Canlophyllin 2,3

Corydalin 334

Chelonin • 1S J-

Collinsonin 40?

Capsicum, oil of 3Co

Cerasei n ■ . 403 — V

Con. (Jomp. Stillingia AlteratiVH *24

Colocynthin 437

Dextrine 47

Decoctions 7 ; {

TMoseorein 170

Digital in 201

Daturin 43i

Extractive substances 59

Emulsin > 08

Extracts 74

'' aqueous 74

" nleoliolic '. 76

" Imlro-aleoholie .• 70

" inspissated 77

fluid 77

Euonymin 257

Eiipatorin Pi-rfo 323

Eupatorin Purpu. . ., 33ft

j&uphorbin 37!

Erijrcron. oil of 2''. I

Ery throxylin 431

Fraserin .» 373

Fixed oils 51

Fluid extracts 77

'I'll*... ■••■•••• ••*••■•••■•• •••«•••••■•* "*"

Onm iv«ins 5<>

Celsomiii 129

Geranin 159'

TTnmns 01

Helonin 185

Ilyoscynmin 292

J 1 V Ul d.'l III , , , ••■• ••••• ••• ■ ■ • • •••• • ' '' '■'

Hamamelin 309

Inulin 4?

Infusions 70

Isolated preparations 101

Irisin 355

Jalapin 234

Juglandin 337

Leptandrin 193

Lupulin 806

Lycopin 875

448

INDEX.

Mucilage 49

Muci-resins 50

Macrotin ...143

Myricin 252

Menispermin 394

Neutral principles 41

Neutrals 59

Oils, fixed 51

" volatile 53

01co-resi«s 56

Officinal preparations 70

Oil of Eriireron 261

" " Capsicum 365

" " Stillingia - 3"02

w " Populus 348

" tt Solidago 397

w " Xanthox)-lum 3S2

u tt Lobelia 422

Oleo. Resin of Lobelia 414

Protei n 44

Pectin 48

Populin 164

Phytolacin 287

Podophyllin .. 225

Prunin 890

Resins 55

Retinoid* 5«

tt tin sin '_M4

Rumin 9"h

Rhein 439

SuTnrs 47

Syrups 79

Senecin Ill

Stillinirin 29^

Scutellaria 344

Smilacin ,. 399

San?uinarin '. 3S4

Strychnin 427

Tinctures .*. 79

Trilliin 341

Vegetable bases 40

V.iscin 5')

Volatile Oils 53

Viburnin 269

Veratrin 310

Wax 58

"Wood substance 43

Wine Tine. Lobelia 413

Xylojjen 43

Xanthoxylin 8S0

Xantlioxylum oil of.. 89S

•'

■■/ J' *"

if\ J ^ i Kt*

4. £ £

l/hd

tZj. Q u/***™2 -^

t/}~

-i

• ,

5/ ■ t

■ ; #

*v^

/ 7 /

»/

->^>^J t-i/: f^v>' ^

A f

1 < H^r/ c t'h -

wl eMrfuj

f u~

r I t

m '\

/ -

/ I

^trtirr

7 ^

■ ■ ■

^^^H

^i^,^..*./

^i p*

■ '

1 • 1

1 1

4' 1

■ ■ ■

1 '

&S&

■ /

" ' ' If

I .

■

,,yW

■

ttf>v

\lo

I.V V

Class

V>V5

Book

\V>

CARNEGIE LIBRARY OF ATLANTA.

Any resident of Atlanta shall be entitled to draw books
from the Library by signing the proper application and
agreement.

Books labeled "Seven-day Book" may be kept seven
days, and can not be renewed.

Other books may be kept two weeks, and may be once
renewed for the same time.

A fine of two cents a day must be paid on each volume
kept over time. A book kept one week after it is due, will
be sent for at the expense of the borrower.

Each borrower is responsible for all books drawn on
his card, and no books can be drawn until fines and claims
for damages are paid.

Books can not be exchanged the day they are drawn.

No claim can be established because of the failure of
any notice to or from the Library, through the mail.

Intentional injury of books or other property of the
Library will be punished by fine.

Hi '

KEEP YOUR CARD IN THIS POCKET.